<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/534/index.xml" />
    <title>Discover New Releases Audiobooks in Business, Commerce &amp; Economy</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
 
Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It&apos;s that easy!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.</description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/534/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:52:39 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:52:39 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/534/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/534/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Discover New Releases Audiobooks in Business, Commerce &amp; Economy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/534/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>Website Free Audiobook</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/534/logo.jpg" />
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Rogers Walsh</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>biacuaduc@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
 
Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It&apos;s that easy!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Management &amp; Marketing"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>The Taking of Getty Oil Audiobook by Steve Coll</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Taking-of-Getty-Oil-Audiobook/B00KV25714</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Taking of Getty Oil
Subtitle: The Full Story of the Most Spectacular - and Catastrophic - Takeover of All
Author: Steve Coll
Narrator: Steven Cooper
Format: Unabridged
Length: 17 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-10-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 68 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A true story of family, ambition, and greed in the most bitter and controversial takeover struggle in business history. The high-stakes fight between Texaco and Pennzoil to take over Getty Oil is a startling and intriguing case involving family infighting, courtroom drama, and corporate intrigue that ends in bankruptcy and the largest damages award in American history.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Steve Coll)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jun 2014 04:01:57 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/018917/bk_adbl_018917_sample.mp3" length="1251975" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Taking-of-Getty-Oil-Audiobook/B00KV25714</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51dxBIGfylL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>17:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Taking of Getty Oil
Subtitle: The Full Story of the Most Spectacular - and Catastrophic - Takeover of All
Author: Steve Coll
Narrator: Steven Cooper
Format: Unabridged
Length: 17 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-10-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 68 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A true story of family, ambition, and greed in the most bitter and controversial takeover struggle in business history. The high-stakes fight between Texaco and Pennzoil to take over Getty Oil is a startling and intriguing case involving family infighting, courtroom drama, and corporate intrigue that ends in bankruptcy and the largest damages award in American history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Taking of Getty Oil
Subtitle: The Full Story of the Most Spectacular - and Catastrophic - Takeover of All
Author: Steve Coll
Narrator: Steven Cooper
Format: Unabridged
Length: 17 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-10-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 68 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A true story of family, ambition, and greed in the most bitter and controversial takeover struggle in business history. The high-stakes fight between Texaco and Pennzoil to take over Getty Oil is a startling and intriguing case involving family infighting, courtroom drama, and corporate intrigue that ends in bankruptcy and the largest damages award in American history.

Members Reviews:
Incredible research
Extremely well researched. I could see where someone would say it&apos;s somewhat dry. The complete story of the biggest merger up till that time in the 80s and the lawsuits that followed and almost destroyed both companies involved in the lawsuit. The speaker has an awesome voice for movie previews or a murder mystery TV show but it&apos;s hard to follow the story through his voice. There are a couple times where the story and the speakers voice match tempo but it&apos;s not till late in the book and it&apos;s only long enough for you to realize how distracting it has been.

Sibling contention, intrique, courtroom drama
Steve Coil, a correspondent for the Washington Post has painstakingly reconstructed telephone conversations, meetings and written memoranda to set out the events leading to the litigation between Pennzoil and Texaco.  Coil has maintained his reporters objectivity, not condemning anyone but staying neutral throughout the book.  The book was originally published in 1987.
The first part of the book is about the Getty family and their inner fights.  The middle of the book is about Getty oil and its corporate officers and board members and their relationship with Gordon Getty.  The last part of the book is about the trial.
Three and a half years of haggling and infighting preceded the legal judgment.  Gordon Getty, one of the J. Paul Gettys sons became sole trustee of the Sarah C. Getty Trust, which owned 40% of Getty Oils stock.  Gordon Getty maneuvered for control of the company in opposition of the company management and his family.   Pennzoil thought they did a takeover in January of 1984 in an agreement in principle to buy the bloc of Getty Stock, then the following week Texaco offered more money and bought the same stock.
On November 1985 a Houston court awarded a ten billion dollar judgment against Texaco to Pennzoil.  It is the largest damages award yet made in an American business case.
The book by Coil reads like a novel with lots of drama, family conflicts and business fighting. I found the book most interesting. Steven Cooper narrated the book.

Masterful telling of a cautionary business tale by a masterful journalist.
Steve Coll is one of the great nonfiction writers of our day. The personalities described in this tome are complex and deep with the exception of the clearly shallow money grubbers and cheats.The story develops from the death of a trusted attorney to the feeding frenzy of the takeover craziness of the mid 80s by executives, investors, attorneys and bankers with varying degrees of integrity. There are no true heroes with plenty of greed; enough for extra helpings.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lean Sustainable Supply Chain Management Audiobook by Ade Asefeso MCIPS MBA</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lean-Sustainable-Supply-Chain-Management-Audiobook/B00UVQZXT6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lean Sustainable Supply Chain Management
Author: Ade Asefeso MCIPS MBA
Narrator: Darryl Hughes Kurylo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-19-15
Publisher: Ade World LLC
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Lean Sustainable Supply Chain Management. It&apos;s More Than Just Being Green.
In today&apos;s business environment, companies are being held accountable to a growing list of stakeholders who assess company performance against a variety of criteria, from financial and operational performance to labor practices and environmental issues. The pressure for greater transparency in all areas of performance is increasing; not only for consumer-facing companies, but for all business entities throughout the supply chain, including manufacturers who are several steps removed from the ultimate consumer.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ade Asefeso MCIPS MBA)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2015 19:35:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/032337/bk_acx0_032337_sample.mp3" length="1950001" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lean-Sustainable-Supply-Chain-Management-Audiobook/B00UVQZXT6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51IHXdP33QL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lean Sustainable Supply Chain Management
Author: Ade Asefeso MCIPS MBA
Narrator: Darryl Hughes Kurylo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-19-15
Publisher: Ade World LLC
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Lean Sustainable Supply Chain Management. It&apos;s More Than Just Being Green.
In today&apos;s business environment, companies are being held accountable to a growing list of stakeholders who assess company performance against a variety of criteria, from financial and operational performance to labor practices and environmental issues. The pressure for greater transparency in all areas of performance is increasing; not only for consumer-facing companies, but for all business entities throughout the supply chain, including manufacturers who are several steps removed from the ultimate consumer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lean Sustainable Supply Chain Management
Author: Ade Asefeso MCIPS MBA
Narrator: Darryl Hughes Kurylo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-19-15
Publisher: Ade World LLC
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Lean Sustainable Supply Chain Management. It&apos;s More Than Just Being Green.
In today&apos;s business environment, companies are being held accountable to a growing list of stakeholders who assess company performance against a variety of criteria, from financial and operational performance to labor practices and environmental issues. The pressure for greater transparency in all areas of performance is increasing; not only for consumer-facing companies, but for all business entities throughout the supply chain, including manufacturers who are several steps removed from the ultimate consumer.

Members Reviews:
nice points to consider &amp; implement
Very accessible book and brings up case studies that are good food for though. Highly recommend!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fashion 2.0: Season of Change Audiobook by Yuli Ziv</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Fashion-20-Season-of-Change-Audiobook/B01EQV1J8A</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fashion 2.0: Season of Change
Subtitle: A Forecast of Digital Trends Set to Disrupt the Fashion Industry
Author: Yuli Ziv
Narrator: Chelsea Lee Rock
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 56 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-26-16
Publisher: Yuli Ziv
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her controversial second book in the Fashion 2.0 series, Season of Change, serial entrepreneur Yuli Ziv analyzes major technology trends and forecasts their effect on the fashion industry. She questions why everyday objects such as clothes used by the entire human race see so little innovation.
Her book, with a foreword by a visionary venture capitalist Lawrence Lenihan of FirstMark Capital, is a wakeup call to the outdated fashion industry. A must-listen for everyone involved in the business of fashion, from designers to company CEOs and marketers, Ziv&apos;s bold predictions, sure to incite debate, address the future of the industry in multiple areas including consumer, branding, retail, product and lifestyle. Her goal is to provoke thought and foster innovation by challenging the status quo: from seasonal collections to pricing models; production and manufacturing; traditional advertising; trend forecasting; fashion week and more. She also offers up ideas for fellow entrepreneurs seeking to make their mark on the industry.
Ziv highlights trends that brands need to consider in developing a successful strategy to navigate this new environment of constant change, including: the rise of group consciousness and crowd sourcing; the shift from search to discovery; the power of suggestion; the monetization of influence; personal style as a commodity; personalization; interaction and engagement; efficiencies; and data as the new retail currency. She takes a critical look at luxury brands, stating that innovation is slowly replacing heritage as the new attribute of luxury for the future.
Inspired by innovation leaders like Ray Kurzweil, Ziv applies his Singularity theory to fashion by viewing it as part of the bigger change we are experiencing. Ziv proposes taking a page from the consumer electronics industry in her overview of new technologies: from smart fabrics to interactive retail, wearable tech and social tools.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Yuli Ziv)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2016 18:10:36 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/058004/bk_acx0_058004_sample.mp3" length="673956" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Fashion-20-Season-of-Change-Audiobook/B01EQV1J8A</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61+EKL17L4L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fashion 2.0: Season of Change
Subtitle: A Forecast of Digital Trends Set to Disrupt the Fashion Industry
Author: Yuli Ziv
Narrator: Chelsea Lee Rock
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 56 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-26-16
Publisher: Yuli Ziv
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her controversial second book in the Fashion 2.0 series, Season of Change, serial entrepreneur Yuli Ziv analyzes major technology trends and forecasts their effect on the fashion industry. She questions why everyday objects such as clothes used by the entire human race see so little innovation.
Her book, with a foreword by a visionary venture capitalist Lawrence Lenihan of FirstMark Capital, is a wakeup call to the outdated fashion industry. A must-listen for everyone involved in the business of fashion, from designers to company CEOs and marketers, Ziv&apos;s bold predictions, sure to incite debate, address the future of the industry in multiple areas including consumer, branding, retail, product and lifestyle. Her goal is to provoke thought and foster innovation by challenging the status quo: from seasonal collections to pricing models; production and manufacturing; traditional advertising; trend forecasting; fashion week and more. She also offers up ideas for fellow entrepreneurs seeking to make their mark on the industry.
Ziv highlights trends that brands need to consider in developing a successful strategy to navigate this new environment of constant change, including: the rise of group consciousness and crowd sourcing; the shift from search to discovery; the power of suggestion; the monetization of influence; personal style as a commodity; personalization; interaction and engagement; efficiencies; and data as the new retail currency. She takes a critical look at luxury brands, stating that innovation is slowly replacing heritage as the new attribute of luxury for the future.
Inspired by innovation leaders like Ray Kurzweil, Ziv applies his Singularity theory to fashion by viewing it as part of the bigger change we are experiencing. Ziv proposes taking a page from the consumer electronics industry in her overview of new technologies: from smart fabrics to interactive retail, wearable tech and social tools.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fashion 2.0: Season of Change
Subtitle: A Forecast of Digital Trends Set to Disrupt the Fashion Industry
Author: Yuli Ziv
Narrator: Chelsea Lee Rock
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 56 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-26-16
Publisher: Yuli Ziv
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her controversial second book in the Fashion 2.0 series, Season of Change, serial entrepreneur Yuli Ziv analyzes major technology trends and forecasts their effect on the fashion industry. She questions why everyday objects such as clothes used by the entire human race see so little innovation.
Her book, with a foreword by a visionary venture capitalist Lawrence Lenihan of FirstMark Capital, is a wakeup call to the outdated fashion industry. A must-listen for everyone involved in the business of fashion, from designers to company CEOs and marketers, Ziv&apos;s bold predictions, sure to incite debate, address the future of the industry in multiple areas including consumer, branding, retail, product and lifestyle. Her goal is to provoke thought and foster innovation by challenging the status quo: from seasonal collections to pricing models; production and manufacturing; traditional advertising; trend forecasting; fashion week and more. She also offers up ideas for fellow entrepreneurs seeking to make their mark on the industry.
Ziv highlights trends that brands need to consider in developing a successful strategy to navigate this new environment of constant change, including: the rise of group consciousness and crowd sourcing; the shift from search to discovery; the power of suggestion; the monetization of influence; personal style as a commodity; personalization; interaction and engagement; efficiencies; and data as the new retail currency. She takes a critical look at luxury brands, stating that innovation is slowly replacing heritage as the new attribute of luxury for the future.
Inspired by innovation leaders like Ray Kurzweil, Ziv applies his Singularity theory to fashion by viewing it as part of the bigger change we are experiencing. Ziv proposes taking a page from the consumer electronics industry in her overview of new technologies: from smart fabrics to interactive retail, wearable tech and social tools.

Members Reviews:
Narrated terribly
Some of the content in the book was good. The narrator made it difficult to stand, however. Names of brands were stated by machines, breaks in sentences were in odd places, mostly the over all flow of the book was just not good. I wonder if this book is better to read instead of listen to it. Like I said, though, the content was good. It was I thought provoking to say the least. Would I recommend it? Probably not, but hopefully the info becomes useful to me one day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wal-Mart Effect Audiobook by Charles Fishman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Wal-Mart-Effect-Audiobook/B002V02G4K</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wal-Mart Effect
Author: Charles Fishman
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-14-06
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 955 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Wal-Mart is not only the world&apos;s largest company; it is also the largest company in the history of the world. Though 70 percent of Americans now live within a 15-minute drive of a Wal-Mart store, we have not even begun to understand the true power of the company and the many ways it is shaping American life. We know about the lawsuits and the labor protests, but what we don&apos;t know is how profoundly the &quot;Wal-Mart effect&quot; is shaping our lives.
Fast Company senior editor Fishman, whose revelatory cover story on Wal-Mart generated the strongest reader response in the history of the magazine, takes us on an unprecedented behind-the-scenes investigative expedition deep inside the many worlds of Wal-Mart. Fishman penetrated the secrecy of Wal-Mart headquarters, interviewing 25 high-level ex-executives. He journeyed into the world of a host of Wal-Mart&apos;s suppliers to uncover how the company strong-arms even the most established brands. And he journeyed to the ports and factories, the fields and forests where Wal-Mart&apos;s power is warping the very structure of the world&apos;s market for goods.
Wal-Mart is not just a retailer anymore, Fishman argues. It has become a kind of economic ecosystem, and anyone who wants to understand the forces shaping our world today must understand the company&apos;s hidden reach.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In the end, Fishman sees Wal-Mart as neither good nor evil, but simply a fact of modern life that can barely be comprehended, let alone controlled.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
 &quot;He brings to light the serious repercussions that are occurring as consumers and suppliers have become locked in an addiction to massive sales of cheaper and cheaper goods.&quot; (Booklist)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Charles Fishman)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Apr 2006 22:38:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/000182/bk_tant_000182_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Wal-Mart-Effect-Audiobook/B002V02G4K</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51avrzAirZL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wal-Mart Effect
Author: Charles Fishman
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-14-06
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 955 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Wal-Mart is not only the world&apos;s largest company; it is also the largest company in the history of the world. Though 70 percent of Americans now live within a 15-minute drive of a Wal-Mart store, we have not even begun to understand the true power of the company and the many ways it is shaping American life. We know about the lawsuits and the labor protests, but what we don&apos;t know is how profoundly the &quot;Wal-Mart effect&quot; is shaping our lives.
Fast Company senior editor Fishman, whose revelatory cover story on Wal-Mart generated the strongest reader response in the history of the magazine, takes us on an unprecedented behind-the-scenes investigative expedition deep inside the many worlds of Wal-Mart. Fishman penetrated the secrecy of Wal-Mart headquarters, interviewing 25 high-level ex-executives. He journeyed into the world of a host of Wal-Mart&apos;s suppliers to uncover how the company strong-arms even the most established brands. And he journeyed to the ports and factories, the fields and forests where Wal-Mart&apos;s power is warping the very structure of the world&apos;s market for goods.
Wal-Mart is not just a retailer anymore, Fishman argues. It has become a kind of economic ecosystem, and anyone who wants to understand the forces shaping our world today must understand the company&apos;s hidden reach.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In the end, Fishman sees Wal-Mart as neither good nor evil, but simply a fact of modern life that can barely be comprehended, let alone controlled.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
 &quot;He brings to light the serious repercussions that are occurring as consumers and suppliers have become locked in an addiction to massive sales of cheaper and cheaper goods.&quot; (Booklist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wal-Mart Effect
Author: Charles Fishman
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-14-06
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 955 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Wal-Mart is not only the world&apos;s largest company; it is also the largest company in the history of the world. Though 70 percent of Americans now live within a 15-minute drive of a Wal-Mart store, we have not even begun to understand the true power of the company and the many ways it is shaping American life. We know about the lawsuits and the labor protests, but what we don&apos;t know is how profoundly the &quot;Wal-Mart effect&quot; is shaping our lives.
Fast Company senior editor Fishman, whose revelatory cover story on Wal-Mart generated the strongest reader response in the history of the magazine, takes us on an unprecedented behind-the-scenes investigative expedition deep inside the many worlds of Wal-Mart. Fishman penetrated the secrecy of Wal-Mart headquarters, interviewing 25 high-level ex-executives. He journeyed into the world of a host of Wal-Mart&apos;s suppliers to uncover how the company strong-arms even the most established brands. And he journeyed to the ports and factories, the fields and forests where Wal-Mart&apos;s power is warping the very structure of the world&apos;s market for goods.
Wal-Mart is not just a retailer anymore, Fishman argues. It has become a kind of economic ecosystem, and anyone who wants to understand the forces shaping our world today must understand the company&apos;s hidden reach.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In the end, Fishman sees Wal-Mart as neither good nor evil, but simply a fact of modern life that can barely be comprehended, let alone controlled.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
 &quot;He brings to light the serious repercussions that are occurring as consumers and suppliers have become locked in an addiction to massive sales of cheaper and cheaper goods.&quot; (Booklist)

Members Reviews:
Excellent, Balanced View
I&apos;d read the article Fishman wrote in Wired a couple years back, so I was interested to learn more.  The book was a nice, balanced look into what makes Wal-Mart tick, and some of the repercussions of their single minded drive to lower prices.  While I was interested in the subject, I&apos;m more of a fiction book reader, so I wasn&apos;t sure if I&apos;d stick with a long non fiction book on business.  Surprisingly, it went by fairly quickly, kept my interest the whole time.
If you&apos;re a Wal-Mart hater, you&apos;ll find ammunition in there, especially with regards to cheap salmon and gallon jars of Vlasic pickles.  If you&apos;re a hard core capitalist, you&apos;ll appreaciate the fact that shopping at Wal-Mart saves many, many families a good deal of money due to their focus on lowered prices.
By chance, I listened to this soon after after re-reading &quot;Atlas Shrugged&quot;. It made for some interesting mental comparisons.

Amazing
Since I work at Walmart I have found this book so interesting. I am only half way though it and am captured by all the ways in which Walmart started. I also know the day to day routine of Walmart so I am hoping the last half of the book will detail my daily life. As with all jobs it&apos;s a 50/50 kind of place to work, I am thankful they hired me since I am an older person but find they are all talk and no action. I hope more will listen to this book and learn from it. I have also purchased the book for my hearing impaired friends to read....

Nothing you probably don&apos;t already know
This was a very good book.  Entertaining and informative... though a little repetitive at times.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cluetrain Manifesto Audiobook by Rick Levine, Christopher Locke, Doc Searls, more</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Cluetrain-Manifesto-Audiobook/B002V0A494</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Cluetrain Manifesto
Subtitle: The End of Business as Usual
Author: Rick Levine, Christopher Locke, Doc Searls, more
Narrator: Dick Summer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 02-26-00
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 170 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What if the real power of the Web lay not in the technology behind it, but in the profound changes it brings to the way people interact with business? And what if these changes were altering the nature of your company as profoundly as they have changed your markets? With language as sharp and compelling as the observations, www.cluetrain.com burst unexpectedly onto the scene with 95 Theses to ignite a vibrant and viral conversation making hash of corporate assumptions about the nature of online business. Provocative, outrageous, and wickedly smart, the manifesto has challenged executives from Global 1000 companies to sign-on or risk missing a genuine revolution.
Expanding on ideas and insights first nailed up on the Web, The Cluetrain Manifesto both signals and explores a sea change already nearing flood tide in today&apos;s wired world. Through the Internet, people are discovering new ways to share relevant knowledge with blinding speed. As a result, markets are getting smarter faster than most companies. Whether management understands it or not, networked employees are an integral part of these borderless conversations. Today, customers and employees are communicating with each other in language that is natural, open, direct, and often funny. Companies that aren&apos;t listening to these exchanges are missing a dire warning. Companies that aren&apos;t engaging in them are missing an unprecedented opportunity.
A rich tapestry of anecdotes, object lessons, parodies, insights, and predictions, The Cluetrain Manifesto illustrates how the Internet has radically reframed the &quot;immutable laws&quot; of business - and what business needs to know to weather the seismic aftershocks.
&#169;2000 Christopher Locke, Rick Levine, Doc Searls, and David Weinberger

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The Internet changes what we mean when we say we mean business. [ Cluetrain] explores the profound depths of this change to deliver an analysis that will enlighten and challenge you, make you laugh, or drive you crazy.&quot; (Michael Wolff, Burn Rate)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rick Levine)</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Feb 2000 20:04:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/000005/bk_adbl_000005_sample.mp3" length="123402" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Cluetrain-Manifesto-Audiobook/B002V0A494</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41QkqofECYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Cluetrain Manifesto
Subtitle: The End of Business as Usual
Author: Rick Levine, Christopher Locke, Doc Searls, more
Narrator: Dick Summer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 02-26-00
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 170 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What if the real power of the Web lay not in the technology behind it, but in the profound changes it brings to the way people interact with business? And what if these changes were altering the nature of your company as profoundly as they have changed your markets? With language as sharp and compelling as the observations, www.cluetrain.com burst unexpectedly onto the scene with 95 Theses to ignite a vibrant and viral conversation making hash of corporate assumptions about the nature of online business. Provocative, outrageous, and wickedly smart, the manifesto has challenged executives from Global 1000 companies to sign-on or risk missing a genuine revolution.
Expanding on ideas and insights first nailed up on the Web, The Cluetrain Manifesto both signals and explores a sea change already nearing flood tide in today&apos;s wired world. Through the Internet, people are discovering new ways to share relevant knowledge with blinding speed. As a result, markets are getting smarter faster than most companies. Whether management understands it or not, networked employees are an integral part of these borderless conversations. Today, customers and employees are communicating with each other in language that is natural, open, direct, and often funny. Companies that aren&apos;t listening to these exchanges are missing a dire warning. Companies that aren&apos;t engaging in them are missing an unprecedented opportunity.
A rich tapestry of anecdotes, object lessons, parodies, insights, and predictions, The Cluetrain Manifesto illustrates how the Internet has radically reframed the &quot;immutable laws&quot; of business - and what business needs to know to weather the seismic aftershocks.
&#169;2000 Christopher Locke, Rick Levine, Doc Searls, and David Weinberger

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The Internet changes what we mean when we say we mean business. [ Cluetrain] explores the profound depths of this change to deliver an analysis that will enlighten and challenge you, make you laugh, or drive you crazy.&quot; (Michael Wolff, Burn Rate)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Cluetrain Manifesto
Subtitle: The End of Business as Usual
Author: Rick Levine, Christopher Locke, Doc Searls, more
Narrator: Dick Summer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 02-26-00
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 170 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What if the real power of the Web lay not in the technology behind it, but in the profound changes it brings to the way people interact with business? And what if these changes were altering the nature of your company as profoundly as they have changed your markets? With language as sharp and compelling as the observations, www.cluetrain.com burst unexpectedly onto the scene with 95 Theses to ignite a vibrant and viral conversation making hash of corporate assumptions about the nature of online business. Provocative, outrageous, and wickedly smart, the manifesto has challenged executives from Global 1000 companies to sign-on or risk missing a genuine revolution.
Expanding on ideas and insights first nailed up on the Web, The Cluetrain Manifesto both signals and explores a sea change already nearing flood tide in today&apos;s wired world. Through the Internet, people are discovering new ways to share relevant knowledge with blinding speed. As a result, markets are getting smarter faster than most companies. Whether management understands it or not, networked employees are an integral part of these borderless conversations. Today, customers and employees are communicating with each other in language that is natural, open, direct, and often funny. Companies that aren&apos;t listening to these exchanges are missing a dire warning. Companies that aren&apos;t engaging in them are missing an unprecedented opportunity.
A rich tapestry of anecdotes, object lessons, parodies, insights, and predictions, The Cluetrain Manifesto illustrates how the Internet has radically reframed the &quot;immutable laws&quot; of business - and what business needs to know to weather the seismic aftershocks.
&#169;2000 Christopher Locke, Rick Levine, Doc Searls, and David Weinberger

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The Internet changes what we mean when we say we mean business. [ Cluetrain] explores the profound depths of this change to deliver an analysis that will enlighten and challenge you, make you laugh, or drive you crazy.&quot; (Michael Wolff, Burn Rate)

Members Reviews:
Keep up or perish
The text of this book was originally published in 1999 online for free - right before the Dot Com Bust - but the lessons are even more crucial today. Certainly, we overestimated some hotshot young upstarts in 2000, but today, the web is coming into it&apos;s own. Especially with consumer power. This is where markets become conversations. One blogger can bring down an entire empire (just google Kryptonite). If you haven&apos;t listened to or read this book, you have to before it&apos;s too late.

A bit of history
I read this piece  which was written before 9/11, before Google and Facebook, before the iPad, before the cloud, and before the browser wars ended  as a historic document. And in general I was surprised on two levels. First, that most big companies, all having embraced the internet as the game-changing paradigm that it is, still haven&apos;t gotten a clue about how to treat or talk to their customers. And two, how much of what the authors suggest and envision has been proven correct. The bits they got wrong  like the importance of &quot;zines&quot; and the pervasiveness of &quot;extranets&quot;  are mildly risible. Perhaps its time to update this manifesto. I&apos;d say it&apos;s a worthwhile endeavor.

Very interesting
It is very relevant despite being 9 years old.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The End of Loyalty Audiobook by Rick Wartzman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-End-of-Loyalty-Audiobook/B071HLJ3Y1</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The End of Loyalty
Subtitle: The Rise and Fall of Good Jobs in America
Author: Rick Wartzman
Narrator: Rick Wartzman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-30-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Having a good, stable job used to be the bedrock of the American dream. Not anymore.
In this richly detailed and eye-opening book, Rick Wartzman chronicles the erosion of the relationship between American companies and their workers. Through the stories of four major employers - General Motors, General Electric, Kodak, and Coca-Cola - he shows how big businesses once took responsibility for providing their workers and retirees with an array of social benefits. At the height of the post-World War II economy, these companies also believed that worker pay needed to be kept high in order to preserve morale and keep the economy humming. Productivity boomed.
But the corporate social contract didn&apos;t last. By tracing the ups and downs of these four corporate icons over 70 years, Wartzman illustrates just how much has been lost: job security and steadily rising pay, guaranteed pensions, robust health benefits, and much more. Charting the Golden Age of the &apos;50s and &apos;60s, the turbulent years of the &apos;70s and &apos;80s, and the growth of downsizing, outsourcing, and instability in the modern era, Wartzman&apos;s narrative is a biography of the American dream gone sideways.
Deeply researched and compelling, The End of Loyalty will make you rethink how Americans can begin to resurrect the middle class.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;TheEnd of Loyalty is the rich story of how the corporate bonds that were once essential to American life have fractured. It&apos;s a prescient book that helps explain the rise of Donald Trump and why so many people feel anger and an acute sense of loss.&quot; (Jill Abramson, former executive editor of The New York Times)
&quot;The End of Loyalty tells a story that needs to be told. Rick Wartzman vividly describes a world in which corporate leaders believed that good business meant generating value for their employees as well as their shareholders, an old-fashioned attitude whose time may come again. It&apos;s a great book.&quot; (Anne-Marie Slaughter, president and CEO of New America and author of Unfinished Business)
&quot;In a lucid economic history of the last seventy-five years, Rick Wartzman&apos;s The End of Loyalty convincingly argues that the economic angst and political turbulence of our moment are linked to the collapse of a corporate social contract that guided American economic life for much of the twentieth century. While Wartzman places much of the blame for this problem on business and a growing obsession with profit, he challenges all of us - liberals and conservatives, CEOs and union members - to imagine what a new social contract might look like.&quot; (E. J. Dionne Jr., author of Our Divided Political Heart and Why the Right Went Wrong)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rick Wartzman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2017 05:40:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/003184/bk_hach_003184_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-End-of-Loyalty-Audiobook/B071HLJ3Y1</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41+juFSGKSL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The End of Loyalty
Subtitle: The Rise and Fall of Good Jobs in America
Author: Rick Wartzman
Narrator: Rick Wartzman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-30-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Having a good, stable job used to be the bedrock of the American dream. Not anymore.
In this richly detailed and eye-opening book, Rick Wartzman chronicles the erosion of the relationship between American companies and their workers. Through the stories of four major employers - General Motors, General Electric, Kodak, and Coca-Cola - he shows how big businesses once took responsibility for providing their workers and retirees with an array of social benefits. At the height of the post-World War II economy, these companies also believed that worker pay needed to be kept high in order to preserve morale and keep the economy humming. Productivity boomed.
But the corporate social contract didn&apos;t last. By tracing the ups and downs of these four corporate icons over 70 years, Wartzman illustrates just how much has been lost: job security and steadily rising pay, guaranteed pensions, robust health benefits, and much more. Charting the Golden Age of the &apos;50s and &apos;60s, the turbulent years of the &apos;70s and &apos;80s, and the growth of downsizing, outsourcing, and instability in the modern era, Wartzman&apos;s narrative is a biography of the American dream gone sideways.
Deeply researched and compelling, The End of Loyalty will make you rethink how Americans can begin to resurrect the middle class.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;TheEnd of Loyalty is the rich story of how the corporate bonds that were once essential to American life have fractured. It&apos;s a prescient book that helps explain the rise of Donald Trump and why so many people feel anger and an acute sense of loss.&quot; (Jill Abramson, former executive editor of The New York Times)
&quot;The End of Loyalty tells a story that needs to be told. Rick Wartzman vividly describes a world in which corporate leaders believed that good business meant generating value for their employees as well as their shareholders, an old-fashioned attitude whose time may come again. It&apos;s a great book.&quot; (Anne-Marie Slaughter, president and CEO of New America and author of Unfinished Business)
&quot;In a lucid economic history of the last seventy-five years, Rick Wartzman&apos;s The End of Loyalty convincingly argues that the economic angst and political turbulence of our moment are linked to the collapse of a corporate social contract that guided American economic life for much of the twentieth century. While Wartzman places much of the blame for this problem on business and a growing obsession with profit, he challenges all of us - liberals and conservatives, CEOs and union members - to imagine what a new social contract might look like.&quot; (E. J. Dionne Jr., author of Our Divided Political Heart and Why the Right Went Wrong)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The End of Loyalty
Subtitle: The Rise and Fall of Good Jobs in America
Author: Rick Wartzman
Narrator: Rick Wartzman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-30-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Having a good, stable job used to be the bedrock of the American dream. Not anymore.
In this richly detailed and eye-opening book, Rick Wartzman chronicles the erosion of the relationship between American companies and their workers. Through the stories of four major employers - General Motors, General Electric, Kodak, and Coca-Cola - he shows how big businesses once took responsibility for providing their workers and retirees with an array of social benefits. At the height of the post-World War II economy, these companies also believed that worker pay needed to be kept high in order to preserve morale and keep the economy humming. Productivity boomed.
But the corporate social contract didn&apos;t last. By tracing the ups and downs of these four corporate icons over 70 years, Wartzman illustrates just how much has been lost: job security and steadily rising pay, guaranteed pensions, robust health benefits, and much more. Charting the Golden Age of the &apos;50s and &apos;60s, the turbulent years of the &apos;70s and &apos;80s, and the growth of downsizing, outsourcing, and instability in the modern era, Wartzman&apos;s narrative is a biography of the American dream gone sideways.
Deeply researched and compelling, The End of Loyalty will make you rethink how Americans can begin to resurrect the middle class.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;TheEnd of Loyalty is the rich story of how the corporate bonds that were once essential to American life have fractured. It&apos;s a prescient book that helps explain the rise of Donald Trump and why so many people feel anger and an acute sense of loss.&quot; (Jill Abramson, former executive editor of The New York Times)
&quot;The End of Loyalty tells a story that needs to be told. Rick Wartzman vividly describes a world in which corporate leaders believed that good business meant generating value for their employees as well as their shareholders, an old-fashioned attitude whose time may come again. It&apos;s a great book.&quot; (Anne-Marie Slaughter, president and CEO of New America and author of Unfinished Business)
&quot;In a lucid economic history of the last seventy-five years, Rick Wartzman&apos;s The End of Loyalty convincingly argues that the economic angst and political turbulence of our moment are linked to the collapse of a corporate social contract that guided American economic life for much of the twentieth century. While Wartzman places much of the blame for this problem on business and a growing obsession with profit, he challenges all of us - liberals and conservatives, CEOs and union members - to imagine what a new social contract might look like.&quot; (E. J. Dionne Jr., author of Our Divided Political Heart and Why the Right Went Wrong)

Members Reviews:
In-depth and interesting
The publisher&apos;s summary and the critics&apos; blurbs are accurate.
I read (listened to) this book after I heard the author speak about the book on a podcast. It&apos;s a subject I&apos;ve thought a lot about lately after nearly 40 years in the work place. I&apos;ve never really felt that any company I worked for had a &quot;social contract&quot; with me, so I was curious to read about an era in which this was the case.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Investing for Beginners: 4 Manuscripts Audiobook by Luke Sutton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Investing-for-Beginners-4-Manuscripts-Audiobook/B01LZHAN2C</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Investing for Beginners: 4 Manuscripts
Subtitle: Penny Stocks, Forex Trading, Option Trading, Day Trading
Author: Luke Sutton
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-19-16
Publisher: Luke Sutton Publishing
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penny Stocks - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:
Forex Trading - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:
Option Trading - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:
Day Trading - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Luke Sutton)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2016 22:36:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/068535/bk_acx0_068535_sample.mp3" length="953514" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Investing-for-Beginners-4-Manuscripts-Audiobook/B01LZHAN2C</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ghCmBIzeL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Investing for Beginners: 4 Manuscripts
Subtitle: Penny Stocks, Forex Trading, Option Trading, Day Trading
Author: Luke Sutton
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-19-16
Publisher: Luke Sutton Publishing
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penny Stocks - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:
Forex Trading - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:
Option Trading - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:
Day Trading - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Investing for Beginners: 4 Manuscripts
Subtitle: Penny Stocks, Forex Trading, Option Trading, Day Trading
Author: Luke Sutton
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-19-16
Publisher: Luke Sutton Publishing
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penny Stocks - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:
Forex Trading - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:
Option Trading - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:
Day Trading - Here is a preview of what is inside the book:

Members Reviews:
Informative
Outstanding  loved every minute of the book. easy listening with enough information for you to enjoy

Excellent info for beginners
very comprehensive and concise.
recommend it to everybody who wants to be involved in the stock or forex markets.
a must listen prior to engaging in trading.

Fundamental knowledge.
A good basic insight of each market type, with some sound ground rules for those who are deliberating wether to enter the world of trading or not.
The literature will not make you a trader though help you to decide if the world of trading is for you and the best actions to take should you decide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tangled Webs Audiobook by James B. Stewart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Tangled-Webs-Audiobook/B0053ZUQOM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Tangled Webs
Subtitle: How False Statements are Undermining America: From Martha Stewart to Bernie Madoff
Author: James B. Stewart
Narrator: Michael Kramer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-11
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 52 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Best-selling author James B. Stewart&apos;s newsbreaking investigation of our era&apos;s most high-profile perjurers, revealing the alarming extent of this national epidemic.
Our system of justice rests on a simple proposition: that witnesses will raise their hands and tell the truth. In Tangled Webs, James B. Stewart reveals in vivid detail the consequences of the perjury epidemic that has swept our country, undermining the very foundation of our courts.With many prosecutors, investigators, and participants speaking for the first time, Tangled Webs goes behind the scene of the trials of media and homemaking entrepreneur Martha Stewart; top White House political adviser Lewis &quot;Scooter&quot; Libby; home-run king Barry Bonds; and Wall Street money manager Bernard Madoff.
The saga of Martha Stewart&apos;s conviction captured the nation, but until now no one has answered the most basic question: Why would Stewart risk prison, put her entire empire in jeopardy, and lie repeatedly to government investigators to save a few hundred thousand dollars in stock gains? Moreover, how exactly was the notoriously meticulous Stewart brought down?
Drawing on the accounts of then-deputy attorney general James Comey and U.S. Attorney Patrick Fitzgerald, Stewart sheds new light on the Libby investigation, making clear how far into the White House the Valerie Plame CIA scandal extended, and why Libby took the fall.
In San Francisco, Giants home-run king Barry Bonds faces trial due to his testimony before a grand jury investigating the use of illegal steroids in sports. Bonds was warned explicitly that the only crime he faced was perjury. Stewart unlocks the story behind the mounting evidence that he nonetheless lied under oath.
Bernie Madoff&apos;s Ponzi scheme is infamous, but less well known is how he eluded detection for so long in the face of repeated investigations. Of the four he is the only one who has admitted to lying.The perjury outbreak is symptomatic of a broader breakdown of ethics in American life. It isn&apos;t just the judicial system that relies on an honor code: Academia, business, medicine, and government all depend on it. Tangled Webs explores the age-old tensions between greed and justice, self-interest and public interest, loyalty and duty. At a time when Americans seem hungry for moral leadership and clarity, Tangled Webs reaffirms the importance of truth.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (James B. Stewart)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Jun 2011 19:40:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/001726/bk_peng_001726_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Tangled-Webs-Audiobook/B0053ZUQOM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61GHqyVXDYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>19:07:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Tangled Webs
Subtitle: How False Statements are Undermining America: From Martha Stewart to Bernie Madoff
Author: James B. Stewart
Narrator: Michael Kramer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-11
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 52 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Best-selling author James B. Stewart&apos;s newsbreaking investigation of our era&apos;s most high-profile perjurers, revealing the alarming extent of this national epidemic.
Our system of justice rests on a simple proposition: that witnesses will raise their hands and tell the truth. In Tangled Webs, James B. Stewart reveals in vivid detail the consequences of the perjury epidemic that has swept our country, undermining the very foundation of our courts.With many prosecutors, investigators, and participants speaking for the first time, Tangled Webs goes behind the scene of the trials of media and homemaking entrepreneur Martha Stewart; top White House political adviser Lewis &quot;Scooter&quot; Libby; home-run king Barry Bonds; and Wall Street money manager Bernard Madoff.
The saga of Martha Stewart&apos;s conviction captured the nation, but until now no one has answered the most basic question: Why would Stewart risk prison, put her entire empire in jeopardy, and lie repeatedly to government investigators to save a few hundred thousand dollars in stock gains? Moreover, how exactly was the notoriously meticulous Stewart brought down?
Drawing on the accounts of then-deputy attorney general James Comey and U.S. Attorney Patrick Fitzgerald, Stewart sheds new light on the Libby investigation, making clear how far into the White House the Valerie Plame CIA scandal extended, and why Libby took the fall.
In San Francisco, Giants home-run king Barry Bonds faces trial due to his testimony before a grand jury investigating the use of illegal steroids in sports. Bonds was warned explicitly that the only crime he faced was perjury. Stewart unlocks the story behind the mounting evidence that he nonetheless lied under oath.
Bernie Madoff&apos;s Ponzi scheme is infamous, but less well known is how he eluded detection for so long in the face of repeated investigations. Of the four he is the only one who has admitted to lying.The perjury outbreak is symptomatic of a broader breakdown of ethics in American life. It isn&apos;t just the judicial system that relies on an honor code: Academia, business, medicine, and government all depend on it. Tangled Webs explores the age-old tensions between greed and justice, self-interest and public interest, loyalty and duty. At a time when Americans seem hungry for moral leadership and clarity, Tangled Webs reaffirms the importance of truth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Tangled Webs
Subtitle: How False Statements are Undermining America: From Martha Stewart to Bernie Madoff
Author: James B. Stewart
Narrator: Michael Kramer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-11
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 52 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Best-selling author James B. Stewart&apos;s newsbreaking investigation of our era&apos;s most high-profile perjurers, revealing the alarming extent of this national epidemic.
Our system of justice rests on a simple proposition: that witnesses will raise their hands and tell the truth. In Tangled Webs, James B. Stewart reveals in vivid detail the consequences of the perjury epidemic that has swept our country, undermining the very foundation of our courts.With many prosecutors, investigators, and participants speaking for the first time, Tangled Webs goes behind the scene of the trials of media and homemaking entrepreneur Martha Stewart; top White House political adviser Lewis &quot;Scooter&quot; Libby; home-run king Barry Bonds; and Wall Street money manager Bernard Madoff.
The saga of Martha Stewart&apos;s conviction captured the nation, but until now no one has answered the most basic question: Why would Stewart risk prison, put her entire empire in jeopardy, and lie repeatedly to government investigators to save a few hundred thousand dollars in stock gains? Moreover, how exactly was the notoriously meticulous Stewart brought down?
Drawing on the accounts of then-deputy attorney general James Comey and U.S. Attorney Patrick Fitzgerald, Stewart sheds new light on the Libby investigation, making clear how far into the White House the Valerie Plame CIA scandal extended, and why Libby took the fall.
In San Francisco, Giants home-run king Barry Bonds faces trial due to his testimony before a grand jury investigating the use of illegal steroids in sports. Bonds was warned explicitly that the only crime he faced was perjury. Stewart unlocks the story behind the mounting evidence that he nonetheless lied under oath.
Bernie Madoff&apos;s Ponzi scheme is infamous, but less well known is how he eluded detection for so long in the face of repeated investigations. Of the four he is the only one who has admitted to lying.The perjury outbreak is symptomatic of a broader breakdown of ethics in American life. It isn&apos;t just the judicial system that relies on an honor code: Academia, business, medicine, and government all depend on it. Tangled Webs explores the age-old tensions between greed and justice, self-interest and public interest, loyalty and duty. At a time when Americans seem hungry for moral leadership and clarity, Tangled Webs reaffirms the importance of truth.

Members Reviews:
in great detail
Stewart walks us through several high profile cases involving, amongst other things, perjury.  The Martha Stewart and Bernie Madoff segments were particularly interesting, in large part due to the tremendous detail that was included.  Narration was first rate.

Entitled to Lie
Lying has become so common place in American life and business that we don&apos;t think of it as wrong until some one gets caught and charged with a crime.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Global Risk Agility and Decision Making Audiobook by Daniel Wagner, Dante Disparte</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Global-Risk-Agility-and-Decision-Making-Audiobook/B01HN35L8W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Global Risk Agility and Decision Making
Subtitle: Organizational Resilience in the Era of Man-Made Risk
Author: Daniel Wagner, Dante Disparte
Narrator: Joseph R. Durika
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-28-16
Publisher: Country Risk Solutions &amp; The Risk Cooperative
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Cyber-risk, climate change, and terrorism are all man-made risks. Daniel Wagner and Dante Disparte, two leading authorities in global risk management, make a compelling case for the need to bring traditional approaches to risk management and decision-making into the 21st century. Based on their own deep and multi-faceted experience in risk management across numerous firms in dozens of countries, the authors call for a greater sense of urgency from corporate boards, decision makers, line managers, policymakers, and risk practitioners to address and resolve the plethora of challenges facing today&apos;s private and public sector organizations.
Set against the era of man-made risk, where transnational terrorism, cyber-risk, and climate change are making traditional risk models increasingly obsolete, they argue that remaining passively on the sidelines of the global economy is dangerous, and that understanding and actively engaging the world is central to achieving risk agility. Their definition of risk agility taps into the survival and risk-taking instincts of the entrepreneur while establishing an organizational imperative focused on collective survival.
The agile risk manager is part sociologist, anthropologist, psychologist, and quant. Risk agility implies not treating risk as a cost of doing business, but as a catalyst for growth. Wagner/Disparte bring the concept of risk agility to life through a series of case studies that cut across industries, countries, and the public and private sectors. The rich, real-world examples underscore how once mighty organizations can be brought to their knees - and even their demise - by simple miscalculations or a failure to just do the right thing. The listener is offered deep insights into specific risk domains that are shaping our world, including terrorism, cyber-risk, climate change, and economic resource nationalism, as well as a frame of reference from which to think about risk management and decision making in the 21st century.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;You have to manage risks before they manage you. Global Risk Agility provides a practical platform for greater risk governance at all layers of an organization and society. With this compelling work, we can no longer plead ignorance to the era of man-made risk nor can we afford a slow search for causality. It is time to mount our defenses to the effects of cyber risk, terrorism, climate change and other interconnected threats, which Wagner and Disparte masterfully deconstruct in this book.&quot; (Tom Ridge, first U.S. Secretary of Homeland Security, 43rd Governor of Pennsylvania and Chairman of Ridge Global (USA).)
&quot;Globalization&apos;s &apos;interconnectedness&apos; is moderating our tribal savage instincts; Conflict has become a growth industry. This book reveals what diplomats know -- if you accept a risk environment for its hidden opportunities, your interests will be greater, and better served. The rest is up to us -- to be able to identify risks and realize those opportunities. The authors&apos; lens adds clarity to this risk/opportunity landscape to illustrate that agility, not fear, will capture those opportunities. Wagner and Disparte split the atom on risk, and their book shows how to harness it.&quot; (Hugh T. Dugan, U.S.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Daniel Wagner)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2016 07:03:29 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/062286/bk_acx0_062286_sample.mp3" length="2400124" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Global-Risk-Agility-and-Decision-Making-Audiobook/B01HN35L8W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61nywXzGrRL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Global Risk Agility and Decision Making
Subtitle: Organizational Resilience in the Era of Man-Made Risk
Author: Daniel Wagner, Dante Disparte
Narrator: Joseph R. Durika
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-28-16
Publisher: Country Risk Solutions &amp; The Risk Cooperative
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Cyber-risk, climate change, and terrorism are all man-made risks. Daniel Wagner and Dante Disparte, two leading authorities in global risk management, make a compelling case for the need to bring traditional approaches to risk management and decision-making into the 21st century. Based on their own deep and multi-faceted experience in risk management across numerous firms in dozens of countries, the authors call for a greater sense of urgency from corporate boards, decision makers, line managers, policymakers, and risk practitioners to address and resolve the plethora of challenges facing today&apos;s private and public sector organizations.
Set against the era of man-made risk, where transnational terrorism, cyber-risk, and climate change are making traditional risk models increasingly obsolete, they argue that remaining passively on the sidelines of the global economy is dangerous, and that understanding and actively engaging the world is central to achieving risk agility. Their definition of risk agility taps into the survival and risk-taking instincts of the entrepreneur while establishing an organizational imperative focused on collective survival.
The agile risk manager is part sociologist, anthropologist, psychologist, and quant. Risk agility implies not treating risk as a cost of doing business, but as a catalyst for growth. Wagner/Disparte bring the concept of risk agility to life through a series of case studies that cut across industries, countries, and the public and private sectors. The rich, real-world examples underscore how once mighty organizations can be brought to their knees - and even their demise - by simple miscalculations or a failure to just do the right thing. The listener is offered deep insights into specific risk domains that are shaping our world, including terrorism, cyber-risk, climate change, and economic resource nationalism, as well as a frame of reference from which to think about risk management and decision making in the 21st century.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;You have to manage risks before they manage you. Global Risk Agility provides a practical platform for greater risk governance at all layers of an organization and society. With this compelling work, we can no longer plead ignorance to the era of man-made risk nor can we afford a slow search for causality. It is time to mount our defenses to the effects of cyber risk, terrorism, climate change and other interconnected threats, which Wagner and Disparte masterfully deconstruct in this book.&quot; (Tom Ridge, first U.S. Secretary of Homeland Security, 43rd Governor of Pennsylvania and Chairman of Ridge Global (USA).)
&quot;Globalization&apos;s &apos;interconnectedness&apos; is moderating our tribal savage instincts; Conflict has become a growth industry. This book reveals what diplomats know -- if you accept a risk environment for its hidden opportunities, your interests will be greater, and better served. The rest is up to us -- to be able to identify risks and realize those opportunities. The authors&apos; lens adds clarity to this risk/opportunity landscape to illustrate that agility, not fear, will capture those opportunities. Wagner and Disparte split the atom on risk, and their book shows how to harness it.&quot; (Hugh T. Dugan, U.S.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Global Risk Agility and Decision Making
Subtitle: Organizational Resilience in the Era of Man-Made Risk
Author: Daniel Wagner, Dante Disparte
Narrator: Joseph R. Durika
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-28-16
Publisher: Country Risk Solutions &amp; The Risk Cooperative
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Cyber-risk, climate change, and terrorism are all man-made risks. Daniel Wagner and Dante Disparte, two leading authorities in global risk management, make a compelling case for the need to bring traditional approaches to risk management and decision-making into the 21st century. Based on their own deep and multi-faceted experience in risk management across numerous firms in dozens of countries, the authors call for a greater sense of urgency from corporate boards, decision makers, line managers, policymakers, and risk practitioners to address and resolve the plethora of challenges facing today&apos;s private and public sector organizations.
Set against the era of man-made risk, where transnational terrorism, cyber-risk, and climate change are making traditional risk models increasingly obsolete, they argue that remaining passively on the sidelines of the global economy is dangerous, and that understanding and actively engaging the world is central to achieving risk agility. Their definition of risk agility taps into the survival and risk-taking instincts of the entrepreneur while establishing an organizational imperative focused on collective survival.
The agile risk manager is part sociologist, anthropologist, psychologist, and quant. Risk agility implies not treating risk as a cost of doing business, but as a catalyst for growth. Wagner/Disparte bring the concept of risk agility to life through a series of case studies that cut across industries, countries, and the public and private sectors. The rich, real-world examples underscore how once mighty organizations can be brought to their knees - and even their demise - by simple miscalculations or a failure to just do the right thing. The listener is offered deep insights into specific risk domains that are shaping our world, including terrorism, cyber-risk, climate change, and economic resource nationalism, as well as a frame of reference from which to think about risk management and decision making in the 21st century.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;You have to manage risks before they manage you. Global Risk Agility provides a practical platform for greater risk governance at all layers of an organization and society. With this compelling work, we can no longer plead ignorance to the era of man-made risk nor can we afford a slow search for causality. It is time to mount our defenses to the effects of cyber risk, terrorism, climate change and other interconnected threats, which Wagner and Disparte masterfully deconstruct in this book.&quot; (Tom Ridge, first U.S. Secretary of Homeland Security, 43rd Governor of Pennsylvania and Chairman of Ridge Global (USA).)
&quot;Globalization&apos;s &apos;interconnectedness&apos; is moderating our tribal savage instincts; Conflict has become a growth industry. This book reveals what diplomats know -- if you accept a risk environment for its hidden opportunities, your interests will be greater, and better served. The rest is up to us -- to be able to identify risks and realize those opportunities. The authors&apos; lens adds clarity to this risk/opportunity landscape to illustrate that agility, not fear, will capture those opportunities. Wagner and Disparte split the atom on risk, and their book shows how to harness it.&quot; (Hugh T. Dugan, U.S.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Daymond John&apos;s The Power of Broke Summary Audiobook by Ant Hive Media</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Daymond-Johns-The-Power-of-Broke-Summary-Audiobook/B01F69AEQY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Daymond John&apos;s The Power of Broke Summary
Author: Ant Hive Media
Narrator: Daniel Hawking
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-05-16
Publisher: Ant Hive Media
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is a summary of Daymond John&apos;s The Power of Broke: How Empty Pockets, a Tight Budget, and a Hunger for Success Can Become Your Greatest Competitive Advantage
Daymond John has been practicing the power of broke ever since he started selling his home-sewn t-shirts on the streets of Queens. With no funding and a $40 budget, Daymond had to come up with out-of-the box ways to promote his products. Luckily, desperation breeds innovation, and so he hatched an idea for a creative campaign that eventually launched the FUBU brand into a $6 billion dollar global phenomenon. But it might not have happened if he hadn&apos;t started out broke - with nothing but a heart full of hope and a ferocious drive to succeed by any means possible.
Here, the FUBU founder and star of ABC&apos;s Shark Tank shows that, far from being a liability, broke can actually be your greatest competitive advantage as an entrepreneur. Why? Because starting a business from broke forces you to think more creatively. It forces you to use your resources more efficiently. It forces you to connect with your customers more authentically, and market your ideas more imaginatively. It forces you to be true to yourself, stay laser focused on your goals, and come up with those innovative solutions required to make a meaningful mark. Drawing his own experiences as an entrepreneur and branding consultant, peeks behind-the scenes from the set of Shark Tank, and stories of dozens of other entrepreneurs who have hustled their way to wealth, John shows how we can all leverage the power of broke to phenomenal success. When your back is up against the wall, your bank account is empty, and creativity and passion are the only resources you can afford, success is your only option. Here you&apos;ll learn how to tap into that power of broke to scrape, hustle, and dream your way to the top.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ant Hive Media)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2016 18:53:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/058651/bk_acx0_058651_sample.mp3" length="797616" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Daymond-Johns-The-Power-of-Broke-Summary-Audiobook/B01F69AEQY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51nR-JgqDGL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Daymond John&apos;s The Power of Broke Summary
Author: Ant Hive Media
Narrator: Daniel Hawking
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-05-16
Publisher: Ant Hive Media
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is a summary of Daymond John&apos;s The Power of Broke: How Empty Pockets, a Tight Budget, and a Hunger for Success Can Become Your Greatest Competitive Advantage
Daymond John has been practicing the power of broke ever since he started selling his home-sewn t-shirts on the streets of Queens. With no funding and a $40 budget, Daymond had to come up with out-of-the box ways to promote his products. Luckily, desperation breeds innovation, and so he hatched an idea for a creative campaign that eventually launched the FUBU brand into a $6 billion dollar global phenomenon. But it might not have happened if he hadn&apos;t started out broke - with nothing but a heart full of hope and a ferocious drive to succeed by any means possible.
Here, the FUBU founder and star of ABC&apos;s Shark Tank shows that, far from being a liability, broke can actually be your greatest competitive advantage as an entrepreneur. Why? Because starting a business from broke forces you to think more creatively. It forces you to use your resources more efficiently. It forces you to connect with your customers more authentically, and market your ideas more imaginatively. It forces you to be true to yourself, stay laser focused on your goals, and come up with those innovative solutions required to make a meaningful mark. Drawing his own experiences as an entrepreneur and branding consultant, peeks behind-the scenes from the set of Shark Tank, and stories of dozens of other entrepreneurs who have hustled their way to wealth, John shows how we can all leverage the power of broke to phenomenal success. When your back is up against the wall, your bank account is empty, and creativity and passion are the only resources you can afford, success is your only option. Here you&apos;ll learn how to tap into that power of broke to scrape, hustle, and dream your way to the top.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Daymond John&apos;s The Power of Broke Summary
Author: Ant Hive Media
Narrator: Daniel Hawking
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-05-16
Publisher: Ant Hive Media
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is a summary of Daymond John&apos;s The Power of Broke: How Empty Pockets, a Tight Budget, and a Hunger for Success Can Become Your Greatest Competitive Advantage
Daymond John has been practicing the power of broke ever since he started selling his home-sewn t-shirts on the streets of Queens. With no funding and a $40 budget, Daymond had to come up with out-of-the box ways to promote his products. Luckily, desperation breeds innovation, and so he hatched an idea for a creative campaign that eventually launched the FUBU brand into a $6 billion dollar global phenomenon. But it might not have happened if he hadn&apos;t started out broke - with nothing but a heart full of hope and a ferocious drive to succeed by any means possible.
Here, the FUBU founder and star of ABC&apos;s Shark Tank shows that, far from being a liability, broke can actually be your greatest competitive advantage as an entrepreneur. Why? Because starting a business from broke forces you to think more creatively. It forces you to use your resources more efficiently. It forces you to connect with your customers more authentically, and market your ideas more imaginatively. It forces you to be true to yourself, stay laser focused on your goals, and come up with those innovative solutions required to make a meaningful mark. Drawing his own experiences as an entrepreneur and branding consultant, peeks behind-the scenes from the set of Shark Tank, and stories of dozens of other entrepreneurs who have hustled their way to wealth, John shows how we can all leverage the power of broke to phenomenal success. When your back is up against the wall, your bank account is empty, and creativity and passion are the only resources you can afford, success is your only option. Here you&apos;ll learn how to tap into that power of broke to scrape, hustle, and dream your way to the top.

Members Reviews:
Way over-priced ... I feel ripped off!
Not at all worth $6.95.  Just 18 large-print pages, and many of those were partial pages.  Way over-priced.  Don&apos;t.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 44 Most Closely Guarded Property Secrets Audiobook by Mark A. Homer, Rob Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-44-Most-Closely-Guarded-Property-Secrets-Audiobook/B01FG7NDPK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The 44 Most Closely Guarded Property Secrets
Author: Mark A. Homer, Rob Moore
Narrator: Peter Baker
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-11-16
Publisher: Progressive Property
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The 44 Most Closely Guarded Property Secrets will teach you how to easily and effortlessly secure financial independence through property.
You will learn the proven secrets most investors wish they knew and the mistakes 99% of investors make [so you don&apos;t have to].
This information-packed, fun, and sometimes provocative guide from two young and successful property investors will guarantee you success if you apply what you learn.
Listen to this book and you will discover how to:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark A. Homer)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 May 2016 13:21:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/058995/bk_acx0_058995_sample.mp3" length="813916" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-44-Most-Closely-Guarded-Property-Secrets-Audiobook/B01FG7NDPK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51gK13TnyZL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The 44 Most Closely Guarded Property Secrets
Author: Mark A. Homer, Rob Moore
Narrator: Peter Baker
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-11-16
Publisher: Progressive Property
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The 44 Most Closely Guarded Property Secrets will teach you how to easily and effortlessly secure financial independence through property.
You will learn the proven secrets most investors wish they knew and the mistakes 99% of investors make [so you don&apos;t have to].
This information-packed, fun, and sometimes provocative guide from two young and successful property investors will guarantee you success if you apply what you learn.
Listen to this book and you will discover how to:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The 44 Most Closely Guarded Property Secrets
Author: Mark A. Homer, Rob Moore
Narrator: Peter Baker
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-11-16
Publisher: Progressive Property
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The 44 Most Closely Guarded Property Secrets will teach you how to easily and effortlessly secure financial independence through property.
You will learn the proven secrets most investors wish they knew and the mistakes 99% of investors make [so you don&apos;t have to].
This information-packed, fun, and sometimes provocative guide from two young and successful property investors will guarantee you success if you apply what you learn.
Listen to this book and you will discover how to:

Members Reviews:
The Bible For Property Investors
WOW, Attention all Property Investors, this book is a must read if you&apos;re wanting to get into any form of property investing.
It outlines the areas of what to do and what not to do, and it&apos;s not written on opinion it&apos;s written on hard facts, which will save you money by learning from their true life story past and present.
It&apos;s what I&apos;d call the Bible for property investors (new or old).
Regards
Gary &amp; Sophie

Great structure and tips to get started!
Content and structure spot on and have some very thought provoking points.  Only downside was I wasnt keen on the voice narrating it, much prefer when Rob narrates his own books.

Wow! Top tips or what!
Great insight and lots of things i never knew about property investing and what to do&apos;s and major do nots!
Great book really well read!

Wish I had bought this book sooner
This is definitely my favourite property investing book! I wish I bought it before buying my first investment property.
Yes,  I have to agree with some reviews. they do advertise their products and courses a lot, but that doesn&apos;t change the fact that the advice in this book is solid!
it has encouraged me to go out and start working hard to make a success in property investing and not just sit around and dream.

Totally love this book.
so packed with vital information . I love the humor and can&apos;t wait to listen to the next book . highly recommended.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nature&apos;s Fortune Audiobook by Mark Tercek, Jonathan Adams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Natures-Fortune-Audiobook/B00CQ7YWLI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Nature&apos;s Fortune
Subtitle: How Business and Society Thrive by Investing in Nature
Author: Mark Tercek, Jonathan Adams
Narrator: Clinton Wade
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-13-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is nature worth? The answer to this question - which traditionally has been framed in environmental terms - is revolutionizing the way we do business.
In Natures Fortune, Mark Tercek, CEO of The Nature Conservancy and former investment banker, and science writer Jonathan Adams argue that nature is not only the foundation of human well-being, but also the smartest commercial investment any business or government can make. The forests, floodplains, and oyster reefs often seen simply as raw materials or as obstacles to be cleared in the name of progress are, in fact as important to our future prosperity as technology or law or business innovation.
Who invests in nature, and why? What rates of return can it produce? When is protecting nature a good investment? With stories from the South Pacific to the California coast, from the Andes to the Gulf of Mexico and even to New York City, Natures Fortune shows how viewing nature as green infrastructure allows for breakthroughs not only in conservation - protecting water supplies; enhancing the health of fisheries; making cities more sustainable, livable and safe; and dealing with unavoidable climate change - but in economic progress, as well. Organizations obviously depend on the environment for key resources - water, trees, and land. But they can also reap substantial commercial benefits in the form of risk mitigation, cost reduction, new investment opportunities, and the protection of assets. Once leaders learn how to account for nature in financial terms, they can incorporate that value into the organizations decisions and activities, just as habitually as they consider cost, revenue, and ROI.
A must-listen for business leaders, CEOs, investors, and environmentalists alike, Natures Fortune offers an essential guide to the worlds economic - and environmental - well-being.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark Tercek)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2013 19:32:57 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/012458/bk_adbl_012458_sample.mp3" length="2354932" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Natures-Fortune-Audiobook/B00CQ7YWLI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41eucftqsRL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Nature&apos;s Fortune
Subtitle: How Business and Society Thrive by Investing in Nature
Author: Mark Tercek, Jonathan Adams
Narrator: Clinton Wade
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-13-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is nature worth? The answer to this question - which traditionally has been framed in environmental terms - is revolutionizing the way we do business.
In Natures Fortune, Mark Tercek, CEO of The Nature Conservancy and former investment banker, and science writer Jonathan Adams argue that nature is not only the foundation of human well-being, but also the smartest commercial investment any business or government can make. The forests, floodplains, and oyster reefs often seen simply as raw materials or as obstacles to be cleared in the name of progress are, in fact as important to our future prosperity as technology or law or business innovation.
Who invests in nature, and why? What rates of return can it produce? When is protecting nature a good investment? With stories from the South Pacific to the California coast, from the Andes to the Gulf of Mexico and even to New York City, Natures Fortune shows how viewing nature as green infrastructure allows for breakthroughs not only in conservation - protecting water supplies; enhancing the health of fisheries; making cities more sustainable, livable and safe; and dealing with unavoidable climate change - but in economic progress, as well. Organizations obviously depend on the environment for key resources - water, trees, and land. But they can also reap substantial commercial benefits in the form of risk mitigation, cost reduction, new investment opportunities, and the protection of assets. Once leaders learn how to account for nature in financial terms, they can incorporate that value into the organizations decisions and activities, just as habitually as they consider cost, revenue, and ROI.
A must-listen for business leaders, CEOs, investors, and environmentalists alike, Natures Fortune offers an essential guide to the worlds economic - and environmental - well-being.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Nature&apos;s Fortune
Subtitle: How Business and Society Thrive by Investing in Nature
Author: Mark Tercek, Jonathan Adams
Narrator: Clinton Wade
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-13-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is nature worth? The answer to this question - which traditionally has been framed in environmental terms - is revolutionizing the way we do business.
In Natures Fortune, Mark Tercek, CEO of The Nature Conservancy and former investment banker, and science writer Jonathan Adams argue that nature is not only the foundation of human well-being, but also the smartest commercial investment any business or government can make. The forests, floodplains, and oyster reefs often seen simply as raw materials or as obstacles to be cleared in the name of progress are, in fact as important to our future prosperity as technology or law or business innovation.
Who invests in nature, and why? What rates of return can it produce? When is protecting nature a good investment? With stories from the South Pacific to the California coast, from the Andes to the Gulf of Mexico and even to New York City, Natures Fortune shows how viewing nature as green infrastructure allows for breakthroughs not only in conservation - protecting water supplies; enhancing the health of fisheries; making cities more sustainable, livable and safe; and dealing with unavoidable climate change - but in economic progress, as well. Organizations obviously depend on the environment for key resources - water, trees, and land. But they can also reap substantial commercial benefits in the form of risk mitigation, cost reduction, new investment opportunities, and the protection of assets. Once leaders learn how to account for nature in financial terms, they can incorporate that value into the organizations decisions and activities, just as habitually as they consider cost, revenue, and ROI.
A must-listen for business leaders, CEOs, investors, and environmentalists alike, Natures Fortune offers an essential guide to the worlds economic - and environmental - well-being.

Members Reviews:
Great real life examples and stories of sustainable business!
This book covered an impressive array of important topical areas in conservation, business and our role in our fast changing world of environmental and social issues.
I highly recommend this book to anyone interested in learning more about ways to solve some of our times most pressing environmental and social issues. This was a very inspiring book!

Insightful and interesting, if a little slow
Would you try another book from Mark Tercek and Jonathan Adams  and/or Clinton Wade?
Yes, if it held fresh information.
What did you like best about this story?
The presentation of ideas on collaborative conservation and the use of green capitol are interesting and insightful.  This is the &quot;new&quot; thinking in conservation, but these methods don&apos;t receive much publicity. It was worthwhile to listen to current practices that are being utilized in conservation if you are interested in the field.
What did you like about the performance? What did you dislike?
The performance was clear, but overly filled with information and references.  I sometimes had to stop and think about what was said, or to note down a mentioned reference. It would be nice if this performance came linked to a reference list, for this reason.  I found the book interesting, but not compelling.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Guide to the European Union Audiobook by Dick Leonard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Guide-to-the-European-Union-Audiobook/B00ELJQBLI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Guide to the European Union
Subtitle: The Economist
Author: Dick Leonard
Narrator: Gordon Griffin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-03-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The 10th edition of the long-established definitive guide to the EU. From its original six members (who formed the European Economic Community in 1957) what became the European Union had grown to 27 members in 2007, with several more candidates for membership standing in the wings.
This long-established definitive guide to the workings of the EU provides
The Guide to the European Union is well-established as the clearest and most comprehensive guide to how the EU operates.

Editorial Reviews:
From the publishers of the august news magazine The Economist and veteran British journalist and former politician Dick Leonard, Guide to the European Union is a clear and comprehensive guide to what the EU is, why it exists, and how it operates. Performed in an elegant, authoritative manner by prolific British actor Gordon Griffin, the guide is in its 10th edition and is arranged into the following sections: The Background, the Institutions, the Competences, and the &quot;Special Problems&quot; facing the EU. A discussion of the future of the powerful union is provided. The guide should be of interest to any intelligent follower of the political state of our world, and perfect for any beginning student of Europe.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dick Leonard)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2013 17:46:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/012990/bk_adbl_012990_sample.mp3" length="2337034" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Guide-to-the-European-Union-Audiobook/B00ELJQBLI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/516w5Ro9AWL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Guide to the European Union
Subtitle: The Economist
Author: Dick Leonard
Narrator: Gordon Griffin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-03-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The 10th edition of the long-established definitive guide to the EU. From its original six members (who formed the European Economic Community in 1957) what became the European Union had grown to 27 members in 2007, with several more candidates for membership standing in the wings.
This long-established definitive guide to the workings of the EU provides
The Guide to the European Union is well-established as the clearest and most comprehensive guide to how the EU operates.

Editorial Reviews:
From the publishers of the august news magazine The Economist and veteran British journalist and former politician Dick Leonard, Guide to the European Union is a clear and comprehensive guide to what the EU is, why it exists, and how it operates. Performed in an elegant, authoritative manner by prolific British actor Gordon Griffin, the guide is in its 10th edition and is arranged into the following sections: The Background, the Institutions, the Competences, and the &quot;Special Problems&quot; facing the EU. A discussion of the future of the powerful union is provided. The guide should be of interest to any intelligent follower of the political state of our world, and perfect for any beginning student of Europe.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Guide to the European Union
Subtitle: The Economist
Author: Dick Leonard
Narrator: Gordon Griffin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-03-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The 10th edition of the long-established definitive guide to the EU. From its original six members (who formed the European Economic Community in 1957) what became the European Union had grown to 27 members in 2007, with several more candidates for membership standing in the wings.
This long-established definitive guide to the workings of the EU provides
The Guide to the European Union is well-established as the clearest and most comprehensive guide to how the EU operates.

Editorial Reviews:
From the publishers of the august news magazine The Economist and veteran British journalist and former politician Dick Leonard, Guide to the European Union is a clear and comprehensive guide to what the EU is, why it exists, and how it operates. Performed in an elegant, authoritative manner by prolific British actor Gordon Griffin, the guide is in its 10th edition and is arranged into the following sections: The Background, the Institutions, the Competences, and the &quot;Special Problems&quot; facing the EU. A discussion of the future of the powerful union is provided. The guide should be of interest to any intelligent follower of the political state of our world, and perfect for any beginning student of Europe.

Members Reviews:
very insightful/informative
before reading this book I had so many questions. I can truly say many of them have been answered and some. a  must read for anyone interested in world affairs. good resource

The European Unions History brought to life
What made the experience of listening to Guide to the European Union the most enjoyable?
Very informative guide from the early staring point of the EU right through to present day.
Who was your favorite character and why?
I would say that amongst the characters Margaret Thatcher would be the more interesting players in the political scene (but then I am English). So in fact each character adds their part to the overall story.
What about Gordon Griffins performance did you like?
Gordon Griffin&apos;s performance was brilliant, his voice is commanding and keeps you attentive to the story line, which is complex in its own right.
If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be?
A real life adventure in a world that is carried out behind the scenes.
Any additional comments?
If you are either studding EU politics or need to get a better understanding of politics and its many different moves this is the book for you.

Good history but missing Recent events
What did you like most about Guide to the European Union?
The guide covers the various institutions of the European Union in detail and explains their histories and purposes clearly.The author is unashamedly pro-European and attributes all scepticism about the EU to irrational tribalism and nostalgia for empire. These emotions no doubt exists, but they are not the only reasons for doubts about the long term viability of the Union.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Analysis of Geoffrey Moore&apos;s Crossing the Chasm Audiobook by Milkyway Media</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Analysis-of-Geoffrey-Moores-Crossing-the-Chasm-Audiobook/B075KKLDZR</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Geoffrey Moore&apos;s Crossing the Chasm
Author: Milkyway Media
Narrator: Dwight Equitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-14-17
Publisher: Milkyway Media
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is an analysis of Crossing the Chasm, not the original book.
Crossing the Chasm: Marketing and Selling Disruptive Products to Mainstream Consumers (1991, third edition published in 2014) by Geoffrey Moore is a guide for high-tech companies that wish to transition successfully from a small, technically minded customer base to a larger general market.
Customers within a given market adopt new products at different points during their development....
Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Milkyway Media)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2017 18:06:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/096123/bk_acx0_096123_sample.mp3" length="593337" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Analysis-of-Geoffrey-Moores-Crossing-the-Chasm-Audiobook/B075KKLDZR</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/514V7hSZQ8L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Geoffrey Moore&apos;s Crossing the Chasm
Author: Milkyway Media
Narrator: Dwight Equitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-14-17
Publisher: Milkyway Media
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is an analysis of Crossing the Chasm, not the original book.
Crossing the Chasm: Marketing and Selling Disruptive Products to Mainstream Consumers (1991, third edition published in 2014) by Geoffrey Moore is a guide for high-tech companies that wish to transition successfully from a small, technically minded customer base to a larger general market.
Customers within a given market adopt new products at different points during their development....
Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Geoffrey Moore&apos;s Crossing the Chasm
Author: Milkyway Media
Narrator: Dwight Equitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-14-17
Publisher: Milkyway Media
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is an analysis of Crossing the Chasm, not the original book.
Crossing the Chasm: Marketing and Selling Disruptive Products to Mainstream Consumers (1991, third edition published in 2014) by Geoffrey Moore is a guide for high-tech companies that wish to transition successfully from a small, technically minded customer base to a larger general market.
Customers within a given market adopt new products at different points during their development....
Purchase this in-depth analysis to learn more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Theory of the Business Audiobook by Peter Drucker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Theory-of-the-Business-Audiobook/B004A9ZSM2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Theory of the Business
Subtitle: A Clear Focus on Your Core Mission
Author: Peter Drucker
Narrator: Deaver Brown
Format: Unabridged
Length: 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-02-10
Publisher: Simply Media
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This audiobook was created based on Peter Drucker&apos;s long business, consulting, and writing career. He focuses on what to do, what not to do, and how to keep a clear corporate identity and mission.
He addresses how all organizations eventually go obsolete and their theory of their business no longer works. It addresses how GM did not move from income based to lifestyle based marketing for their cars, thus hastening their demise after seven decades of success betting on incomes only. He also points out, though, that the GM theory of the business still worked for Hughes and EDS, which GM bought. He describes how organizations must choose how to do things. This, he says, is why IBM was paralyzed by the different requirements of a PC versus Mainframe business.
He states there are four specifications for a valid theory of a business: assumptions must fit reality; these assumptions about the environment, mission, and core competencies must fit together; the entire organization must know and understand the theory of the business and act accordingly; and the theory of the business must be tested constantly to be kept up to date. When testing the theory of the business, three things must be done if there is an issue: preventive care, early diagnosis before the problem becomes fatal, and applying the cure.
This is a must read for all managers and entrepreneurs in all types of organizations: nonprofit, educational, governmental and companies.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter Drucker)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2010 18:41:49 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/smag/000057/bk_smag_000057_sample.mp3" length="1389593" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Theory-of-the-Business-Audiobook/B004A9ZSM2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51H+HGnM4HL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Theory of the Business
Subtitle: A Clear Focus on Your Core Mission
Author: Peter Drucker
Narrator: Deaver Brown
Format: Unabridged
Length: 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-02-10
Publisher: Simply Media
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This audiobook was created based on Peter Drucker&apos;s long business, consulting, and writing career. He focuses on what to do, what not to do, and how to keep a clear corporate identity and mission.
He addresses how all organizations eventually go obsolete and their theory of their business no longer works. It addresses how GM did not move from income based to lifestyle based marketing for their cars, thus hastening their demise after seven decades of success betting on incomes only. He also points out, though, that the GM theory of the business still worked for Hughes and EDS, which GM bought. He describes how organizations must choose how to do things. This, he says, is why IBM was paralyzed by the different requirements of a PC versus Mainframe business.
He states there are four specifications for a valid theory of a business: assumptions must fit reality; these assumptions about the environment, mission, and core competencies must fit together; the entire organization must know and understand the theory of the business and act accordingly; and the theory of the business must be tested constantly to be kept up to date. When testing the theory of the business, three things must be done if there is an issue: preventive care, early diagnosis before the problem becomes fatal, and applying the cure.
This is a must read for all managers and entrepreneurs in all types of organizations: nonprofit, educational, governmental and companies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Theory of the Business
Subtitle: A Clear Focus on Your Core Mission
Author: Peter Drucker
Narrator: Deaver Brown
Format: Unabridged
Length: 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-02-10
Publisher: Simply Media
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This audiobook was created based on Peter Drucker&apos;s long business, consulting, and writing career. He focuses on what to do, what not to do, and how to keep a clear corporate identity and mission.
He addresses how all organizations eventually go obsolete and their theory of their business no longer works. It addresses how GM did not move from income based to lifestyle based marketing for their cars, thus hastening their demise after seven decades of success betting on incomes only. He also points out, though, that the GM theory of the business still worked for Hughes and EDS, which GM bought. He describes how organizations must choose how to do things. This, he says, is why IBM was paralyzed by the different requirements of a PC versus Mainframe business.
He states there are four specifications for a valid theory of a business: assumptions must fit reality; these assumptions about the environment, mission, and core competencies must fit together; the entire organization must know and understand the theory of the business and act accordingly; and the theory of the business must be tested constantly to be kept up to date. When testing the theory of the business, three things must be done if there is an issue: preventive care, early diagnosis before the problem becomes fatal, and applying the cure.
This is a must read for all managers and entrepreneurs in all types of organizations: nonprofit, educational, governmental and companies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Bitcoin Big Bang Audiobook by Brian Kelly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Bitcoin-Big-Bang-Audiobook/B00TYUG0NS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Bitcoin Big Bang
Subtitle: How Alternative Currencies Are About to Change the World
Author: Brian Kelly
Narrator: Eric Pollins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-24-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Get a handle on the digital currency revolution and learn how to get onboard
The Bitcoin Big Bang is a guide to navigating the uncharted territory of digital currency. Written by CNBC contributor Brian Kelly, this book goes beyond Bitcoin 101 to explain how this transformative technology is about to change the world. Digital currency is thrown into perspective against the history of payment systems and its own evolution as readers are invited to explore the ways in which this technology is already changing the way business gets done. Readers gain insight into the mechanisms behind Bitcoin and an expert perspective on digital currency&apos;s effect on the future of money and the economic implications of the Bitcoin revolution. In the same way that email changed the way we transfer information, the decentralized Bitcoin network is about to revolutionize the business world, the legal profession, and even the role of the government. The Bitcoin Big Bang dives headfirst into this paradigm shift, allowing readers to:
The digital currency revolution has implications that spread far beyond the finance industry. Anyone who exchanges payment for goods and services is on the cusp of the next big push in societal evolution, and only an understanding of the technology and a clear knowledge of the systems and behaviors at play can fully prepare us for the changes to come. The Bitcoin Big Bang is the go-to guide, helping those who use money use it better.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Brian Kelly)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2015 08:20:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/022456/bk_adbl_022456_sample.mp3" length="2371232" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Bitcoin-Big-Bang-Audiobook/B00TYUG0NS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/514N5GJqSDL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Bitcoin Big Bang
Subtitle: How Alternative Currencies Are About to Change the World
Author: Brian Kelly
Narrator: Eric Pollins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-24-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Get a handle on the digital currency revolution and learn how to get onboard
The Bitcoin Big Bang is a guide to navigating the uncharted territory of digital currency. Written by CNBC contributor Brian Kelly, this book goes beyond Bitcoin 101 to explain how this transformative technology is about to change the world. Digital currency is thrown into perspective against the history of payment systems and its own evolution as readers are invited to explore the ways in which this technology is already changing the way business gets done. Readers gain insight into the mechanisms behind Bitcoin and an expert perspective on digital currency&apos;s effect on the future of money and the economic implications of the Bitcoin revolution. In the same way that email changed the way we transfer information, the decentralized Bitcoin network is about to revolutionize the business world, the legal profession, and even the role of the government. The Bitcoin Big Bang dives headfirst into this paradigm shift, allowing readers to:
The digital currency revolution has implications that spread far beyond the finance industry. Anyone who exchanges payment for goods and services is on the cusp of the next big push in societal evolution, and only an understanding of the technology and a clear knowledge of the systems and behaviors at play can fully prepare us for the changes to come. The Bitcoin Big Bang is the go-to guide, helping those who use money use it better.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Bitcoin Big Bang
Subtitle: How Alternative Currencies Are About to Change the World
Author: Brian Kelly
Narrator: Eric Pollins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-24-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Get a handle on the digital currency revolution and learn how to get onboard
The Bitcoin Big Bang is a guide to navigating the uncharted territory of digital currency. Written by CNBC contributor Brian Kelly, this book goes beyond Bitcoin 101 to explain how this transformative technology is about to change the world. Digital currency is thrown into perspective against the history of payment systems and its own evolution as readers are invited to explore the ways in which this technology is already changing the way business gets done. Readers gain insight into the mechanisms behind Bitcoin and an expert perspective on digital currency&apos;s effect on the future of money and the economic implications of the Bitcoin revolution. In the same way that email changed the way we transfer information, the decentralized Bitcoin network is about to revolutionize the business world, the legal profession, and even the role of the government. The Bitcoin Big Bang dives headfirst into this paradigm shift, allowing readers to:
The digital currency revolution has implications that spread far beyond the finance industry. Anyone who exchanges payment for goods and services is on the cusp of the next big push in societal evolution, and only an understanding of the technology and a clear knowledge of the systems and behaviors at play can fully prepare us for the changes to come. The Bitcoin Big Bang is the go-to guide, helping those who use money use it better.

Members Reviews:
Not technically accurate, but a fair amateur view
This is not the book for those who really want to understand how Bitcoin works. The author clearly doesn&apos;t really understand the details. But, if your a regular person who wants to sort of understand the gist of how Bitcoin works though reasonably close and relatively familiar analogies, this book will do the trick.
It&apos;s not well written. There are more than few awkward repetitions. But it is interesting to see an outsider&apos;s perspective on Bitcoin when that outsider has an insider&apos;s perspective on conventional finance. That part of the book is interesting and enjoyable.
The authors whole nautilus coin he created seems like an unintentional crime / scam. Seriously do not try that at home (in the US).

Could Be Better
Overall a good try but as other have mentioned there are some technical inaccuracies, there are better options.

Pretty good
Just a quick comment about this book. I did like it and was decently informative. The only negative is the last chapter. The book was going pretty well until it fell off of a cliff and he spent the complete last chapter/hour reading New York business law.

Enjoyable
This was definitely worth a credit, and I&apos;ve already listened to several audiobooks on Bitcoin. Brian Kelly has a fresh approach to Bitcoin, and his way of explaining the complexities of the protocol is memorable.
Kelly also started his own cryptocurrency (and talks about it in his book), so he&apos;s definitely an insider with something to say.

Less about the tech, more about the author
What would have made The Bitcoin Big Bang better?
The author incorporates unnecessary narration which really draws the focus from Bitcoin to &quot;his story&quot;. In addition, cringeworthy lines like &quot;My fingers trembled as I purchased my first Bitcoin, my breath...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating a Learning Society Audiobook by Joseph E. Stiglitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Creating-a-Learning-Society-Audiobook/B01GETKPXC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Creating a Learning Society
Subtitle: A New Approach to Growth, Development, and Social Progress
Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-16-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It has long been recognized that most standard of living increases are associated with advances in technology, not the accumulation of capital. Yet it has also become clear that what truly separates developed from less developed countries is not just a gap in resources or output but a gap in knowledge. In fact the pace at which developing countries grow is largely determined by the pace at which they close that gap. Therefore, how countries learn and become more productive is key to understanding how they grow and develop, especially over the long term.
In Creating a Learning Society, Joseph E. Stiglitz and Bruce C. Greenwald spell out the implications of this insight for both economic theory and policy. Taking as a starting point Kenneth J. Arrow&apos;s 1962 paper &quot;Learning by Doing&quot;, they explain why the production of knowledge differs from that of other goods and why market economies alone are typically not efficient in the production and transmission of knowledge. Closing knowledge gaps, or helping laggards learn, is central to growth and development.
Combining technical economic analysis with accessible prose, Stiglitz and Greenwald provide new models of &quot;endogenous growth&quot;, upending the received thinking about global policy and trade regimes. They show how well-designed government trade and industrial policies can help create a learning society; explain how poorly designed intellectual property regimes can retard learning; demonstrate how virtually every government policy has effects, both positive and negative, on learning; and argue that policymakers need to be cognizant of these effects. They provocatively show why many standard policy prescriptions, especially associated with &quot;neoliberal&quot; doctrines focusing on static resource allocations, impede learning and explain why free trade may lead to stagnation while broad-based industrial protection and exchange rate interventions may bring benefits, not just to the industrial sector but to the entire economy.
The volume concludes with brief commentaries from Philippe Aghion and Michael Woodford as well as from Nobel Laureates Kenneth Arrow and Robert Solow.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joseph E. Stiglitz)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2016 10:59:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/027276/bk_adbl_027276_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Creating-a-Learning-Society-Audiobook/B01GETKPXC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41EDyZMC-kL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Creating a Learning Society
Subtitle: A New Approach to Growth, Development, and Social Progress
Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-16-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It has long been recognized that most standard of living increases are associated with advances in technology, not the accumulation of capital. Yet it has also become clear that what truly separates developed from less developed countries is not just a gap in resources or output but a gap in knowledge. In fact the pace at which developing countries grow is largely determined by the pace at which they close that gap. Therefore, how countries learn and become more productive is key to understanding how they grow and develop, especially over the long term.
In Creating a Learning Society, Joseph E. Stiglitz and Bruce C. Greenwald spell out the implications of this insight for both economic theory and policy. Taking as a starting point Kenneth J. Arrow&apos;s 1962 paper &quot;Learning by Doing&quot;, they explain why the production of knowledge differs from that of other goods and why market economies alone are typically not efficient in the production and transmission of knowledge. Closing knowledge gaps, or helping laggards learn, is central to growth and development.
Combining technical economic analysis with accessible prose, Stiglitz and Greenwald provide new models of &quot;endogenous growth&quot;, upending the received thinking about global policy and trade regimes. They show how well-designed government trade and industrial policies can help create a learning society; explain how poorly designed intellectual property regimes can retard learning; demonstrate how virtually every government policy has effects, both positive and negative, on learning; and argue that policymakers need to be cognizant of these effects. They provocatively show why many standard policy prescriptions, especially associated with &quot;neoliberal&quot; doctrines focusing on static resource allocations, impede learning and explain why free trade may lead to stagnation while broad-based industrial protection and exchange rate interventions may bring benefits, not just to the industrial sector but to the entire economy.
The volume concludes with brief commentaries from Philippe Aghion and Michael Woodford as well as from Nobel Laureates Kenneth Arrow and Robert Solow.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Creating a Learning Society
Subtitle: A New Approach to Growth, Development, and Social Progress
Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-16-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It has long been recognized that most standard of living increases are associated with advances in technology, not the accumulation of capital. Yet it has also become clear that what truly separates developed from less developed countries is not just a gap in resources or output but a gap in knowledge. In fact the pace at which developing countries grow is largely determined by the pace at which they close that gap. Therefore, how countries learn and become more productive is key to understanding how they grow and develop, especially over the long term.
In Creating a Learning Society, Joseph E. Stiglitz and Bruce C. Greenwald spell out the implications of this insight for both economic theory and policy. Taking as a starting point Kenneth J. Arrow&apos;s 1962 paper &quot;Learning by Doing&quot;, they explain why the production of knowledge differs from that of other goods and why market economies alone are typically not efficient in the production and transmission of knowledge. Closing knowledge gaps, or helping laggards learn, is central to growth and development.
Combining technical economic analysis with accessible prose, Stiglitz and Greenwald provide new models of &quot;endogenous growth&quot;, upending the received thinking about global policy and trade regimes. They show how well-designed government trade and industrial policies can help create a learning society; explain how poorly designed intellectual property regimes can retard learning; demonstrate how virtually every government policy has effects, both positive and negative, on learning; and argue that policymakers need to be cognizant of these effects. They provocatively show why many standard policy prescriptions, especially associated with &quot;neoliberal&quot; doctrines focusing on static resource allocations, impede learning and explain why free trade may lead to stagnation while broad-based industrial protection and exchange rate interventions may bring benefits, not just to the industrial sector but to the entire economy.
The volume concludes with brief commentaries from Philippe Aghion and Michael Woodford as well as from Nobel Laureates Kenneth Arrow and Robert Solow.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Interesting
I found the book interesting. But some concepts are hard to grasp first time. Maybe this is the type of book that should be read first, and listened to afterwords for revision purposes.

Eye opening book!
This is an awesome book, beautifully performed. the quality of the content makes you think a lot.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summary of Salt Sugar Fat by Michael Moss Audiobook by Instaread</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-of-Salt-Sugar-Fat-by-Michael-Moss-Audiobook/B01M03QIV3</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Salt Sugar Fat by Michael Moss
Subtitle: Includes Analysis
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Dwight Equitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-16-16
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Salt Sugar Fat by Michael Moss is a compelling nonfiction investigation into how corporate food manufacturers have come to rely on salt, sugar, and fat as the mainstays of processed and prepackaged food.
The food industry in the United States has become intensely dependent on these three potentially harmful ingredients to achieve its massive profits. This reliance has contributed to myriad public health problems, such as rising incidence of diabetes and obesity. Food executives have sought to manipulate consumption and drive up revenue at the expense of their consumers&apos; health.
The market for processed foods is an extremely competitive one; the average grocery store carries tens of thousands of products, of which only a small percentage will remain on the shelf and produce modest sales by industry standards. To maintain an advantage against rival companies, food manufacturers must continually churn out products that consumers crave.
Please note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Instaread)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Sep 2016 07:07:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/068335/bk_acx0_068335_sample.mp3" length="1481446" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-of-Salt-Sugar-Fat-by-Michael-Moss-Audiobook/B01M03QIV3</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51i90L3DavL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Salt Sugar Fat by Michael Moss
Subtitle: Includes Analysis
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Dwight Equitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-16-16
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Salt Sugar Fat by Michael Moss is a compelling nonfiction investigation into how corporate food manufacturers have come to rely on salt, sugar, and fat as the mainstays of processed and prepackaged food.
The food industry in the United States has become intensely dependent on these three potentially harmful ingredients to achieve its massive profits. This reliance has contributed to myriad public health problems, such as rising incidence of diabetes and obesity. Food executives have sought to manipulate consumption and drive up revenue at the expense of their consumers&apos; health.
The market for processed foods is an extremely competitive one; the average grocery store carries tens of thousands of products, of which only a small percentage will remain on the shelf and produce modest sales by industry standards. To maintain an advantage against rival companies, food manufacturers must continually churn out products that consumers crave.
Please note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of Salt Sugar Fat by Michael Moss
Subtitle: Includes Analysis
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Dwight Equitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-16-16
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Salt Sugar Fat by Michael Moss is a compelling nonfiction investigation into how corporate food manufacturers have come to rely on salt, sugar, and fat as the mainstays of processed and prepackaged food.
The food industry in the United States has become intensely dependent on these three potentially harmful ingredients to achieve its massive profits. This reliance has contributed to myriad public health problems, such as rising incidence of diabetes and obesity. Food executives have sought to manipulate consumption and drive up revenue at the expense of their consumers&apos; health.
The market for processed foods is an extremely competitive one; the average grocery store carries tens of thousands of products, of which only a small percentage will remain on the shelf and produce modest sales by industry standards. To maintain an advantage against rival companies, food manufacturers must continually churn out products that consumers crave.
Please note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book.

Members Reviews:
Great summary of interesting book
This book is all about how manufacturers manipulate salt, sugar, and fat to keep consumers coming back to their products. Fat gives a sense of satiety and flavor to foods, and salt and sugar are pleasurable tastes we can never seem to get enough of. I don&apos;t think this is a conspiracy like the tobacco companies manipulating the amount of nicotine in cigarettes, but it does make me wonder how much these companies think of their consumers. Sugar and fat when consumed together, combine in the bloodstream to form plastic like plaque which blocks the arteries and eventually leads to heart attack and stroke. It then falls to the consumer to become educated about this deadly combination, as well as the role salt plays in raising the blood pressure. A constant diet of high fat and sugar leads to other health problems, too, like diabetes 2 and some argue, a decrease in mental function that can lead to dementia as we move into the 70s and 80s.
This Instaread summary does a good job of highlighting the main points with key takeaways and a thorough analysis of Moss&apos;s argument. I received this summary for review purposes and highly recommend it. It covers all the  main points in a clear, well-written style. It will serve well as a companion to the full text, or as a stand-alone, fast read.

Why processed food is all the same
&quot;Salt Sugar Fat&quot; by Michael Moss is a compelling nonfiction investigation into how corporate food manufacturers have come to rely on salt, sugar, and fat as the mainstays of processed and prepackaged food. The food industry in the US has become intensely dependent upon these three potentially harmful ingredients to achieve its massive profits. This reliance has contributed to myriad public health problems, such as rising incidence of diabetes and obesity. Food executives have sought to manipulate consumption and drive up revenue at the expense of their consumer&apos;s health.
This Instaread summary explores a highly controversial subject, and makes it easier to read and understand. Instead of reading a book for hours and hours about the evil food industry, I can now speed through a light review of it. This summary pulls out the 12 key takeaways from &quot;Salt Sugar Fat&quot; which allow you to quickly digest (pun intended) the principles of Moss&apos;s book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Soda Politics Audiobook by Marion Nestle, Mark Bittman, Neal Baer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Soda-Politics-Audiobook/B01BX20TYA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Soda Politics
Subtitle: Taking on Big Soda (and Winning)
Author: Marion Nestle, Mark Bittman, Neal Baer
Narrator: Pam Dougherty
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-19-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Sodas are astonishing products. Little more than flavored sugar water, these drinks cost practically nothing to produce or buy yet have turned their makers - principally Coca-Cola and PepsiCo - into a multibillion-dollar industry with global recognition, distribution, and political power. Billed as &quot;refreshing&quot;, &quot;tasty&quot;, &quot;crisp&quot;, and &quot;the real thing&quot;, sodas also happen to be so well established to contribute to poor dental hygiene, higher calorie intake, obesity, and type 2 diabetes that the first line of defense against any of these conditions is to simply stop drinking them. Habitually drinking large volumes of soda not only harms individual health but also burdens societies with runaway health care costs. So how did products containing absurdly inexpensive ingredients become a multibillion-dollar industry and international brand icons while also having a devastating impact on public health?
In Soda Politics, Dr. Marion Nestle answers this question by detailing all of the ways that the soft drink industry works overtime to make drinking soda as common and accepted as drinking water for adults and children. Dr. Nestle, a renowned food and nutrition policy expert and public health advocate, shows how sodas are principally miracles of advertising; Coca-Cola and PepsiCo spend billions of dollars each year to promote their sale to children, minorities, and low-income populations, in developing as well as industrialized nations. And once they have stimulated that demand, they leave no stone unturned to protect profits. That includes lobbying to prevent any measures that would discourage soda sales, strategically donating money to health organizations and researchers who can make the science about sodas appear confusing, and engaging in corporate social responsibility (CSR) activities to create goodwill and silence critics.
Soda Politics follows the money trail wherever it leads, revealing how hard Big Soda works to sell as much of their products as possible to an increasingly obese world. But Soda Politics does more than just diagnose a problem - it encourages listeners to help find solutions. From Berkeley to Mexico City and beyond, advocates are successfully countering the relentless marketing, promotion, and political protection of sugary drinks. And their actions are having an impact - for all of the hardball and softball tactics the soft drink industry employs to maintain the status quo, soda consumption has been flat or falling for years. Health advocacy campaigns are now the single greatest threat to soda companies&apos; profits.
Soda Politics provides listeners with the tools they need to keep up pressure on Big Soda in order to build healthier and more sustainable food systems.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Marion Nestle)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Feb 2016 20:10:15 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/026702/bk_adbl_026702_sample.mp3" length="3222197" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Soda-Politics-Audiobook/B01BX20TYA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Hmj+4ODiL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Soda Politics
Subtitle: Taking on Big Soda (and Winning)
Author: Marion Nestle, Mark Bittman, Neal Baer
Narrator: Pam Dougherty
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-19-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Sodas are astonishing products. Little more than flavored sugar water, these drinks cost practically nothing to produce or buy yet have turned their makers - principally Coca-Cola and PepsiCo - into a multibillion-dollar industry with global recognition, distribution, and political power. Billed as &quot;refreshing&quot;, &quot;tasty&quot;, &quot;crisp&quot;, and &quot;the real thing&quot;, sodas also happen to be so well established to contribute to poor dental hygiene, higher calorie intake, obesity, and type 2 diabetes that the first line of defense against any of these conditions is to simply stop drinking them. Habitually drinking large volumes of soda not only harms individual health but also burdens societies with runaway health care costs. So how did products containing absurdly inexpensive ingredients become a multibillion-dollar industry and international brand icons while also having a devastating impact on public health?
In Soda Politics, Dr. Marion Nestle answers this question by detailing all of the ways that the soft drink industry works overtime to make drinking soda as common and accepted as drinking water for adults and children. Dr. Nestle, a renowned food and nutrition policy expert and public health advocate, shows how sodas are principally miracles of advertising; Coca-Cola and PepsiCo spend billions of dollars each year to promote their sale to children, minorities, and low-income populations, in developing as well as industrialized nations. And once they have stimulated that demand, they leave no stone unturned to protect profits. That includes lobbying to prevent any measures that would discourage soda sales, strategically donating money to health organizations and researchers who can make the science about sodas appear confusing, and engaging in corporate social responsibility (CSR) activities to create goodwill and silence critics.
Soda Politics follows the money trail wherever it leads, revealing how hard Big Soda works to sell as much of their products as possible to an increasingly obese world. But Soda Politics does more than just diagnose a problem - it encourages listeners to help find solutions. From Berkeley to Mexico City and beyond, advocates are successfully countering the relentless marketing, promotion, and political protection of sugary drinks. And their actions are having an impact - for all of the hardball and softball tactics the soft drink industry employs to maintain the status quo, soda consumption has been flat or falling for years. Health advocacy campaigns are now the single greatest threat to soda companies&apos; profits.
Soda Politics provides listeners with the tools they need to keep up pressure on Big Soda in order to build healthier and more sustainable food systems.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Soda Politics
Subtitle: Taking on Big Soda (and Winning)
Author: Marion Nestle, Mark Bittman, Neal Baer
Narrator: Pam Dougherty
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-19-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Sodas are astonishing products. Little more than flavored sugar water, these drinks cost practically nothing to produce or buy yet have turned their makers - principally Coca-Cola and PepsiCo - into a multibillion-dollar industry with global recognition, distribution, and political power. Billed as &quot;refreshing&quot;, &quot;tasty&quot;, &quot;crisp&quot;, and &quot;the real thing&quot;, sodas also happen to be so well established to contribute to poor dental hygiene, higher calorie intake, obesity, and type 2 diabetes that the first line of defense against any of these conditions is to simply stop drinking them. Habitually drinking large volumes of soda not only harms individual health but also burdens societies with runaway health care costs. So how did products containing absurdly inexpensive ingredients become a multibillion-dollar industry and international brand icons while also having a devastating impact on public health?
In Soda Politics, Dr. Marion Nestle answers this question by detailing all of the ways that the soft drink industry works overtime to make drinking soda as common and accepted as drinking water for adults and children. Dr. Nestle, a renowned food and nutrition policy expert and public health advocate, shows how sodas are principally miracles of advertising; Coca-Cola and PepsiCo spend billions of dollars each year to promote their sale to children, minorities, and low-income populations, in developing as well as industrialized nations. And once they have stimulated that demand, they leave no stone unturned to protect profits. That includes lobbying to prevent any measures that would discourage soda sales, strategically donating money to health organizations and researchers who can make the science about sodas appear confusing, and engaging in corporate social responsibility (CSR) activities to create goodwill and silence critics.
Soda Politics follows the money trail wherever it leads, revealing how hard Big Soda works to sell as much of their products as possible to an increasingly obese world. But Soda Politics does more than just diagnose a problem - it encourages listeners to help find solutions. From Berkeley to Mexico City and beyond, advocates are successfully countering the relentless marketing, promotion, and political protection of sugary drinks. And their actions are having an impact - for all of the hardball and softball tactics the soft drink industry employs to maintain the status quo, soda consumption has been flat or falling for years. Health advocacy campaigns are now the single greatest threat to soda companies&apos; profits.
Soda Politics provides listeners with the tools they need to keep up pressure on Big Soda in order to build healthier and more sustainable food systems.

Members Reviews:
A very important book for those wishing to stay healthy
An excellent eye-opener that delves into how the Big Corporates like the Coca-Cola company &quot;manage&quot; the marketing of their products. Knowing well their products like the Coke are nothing more than sugared drinks with zero nutritional value and have serious harmful effects on humans, these companies have historically and systematically undermined the advice of groups promoting good health. The book is very well researched and makes abundantly clear how people are duped into buying products that are harmful to them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dance of Change Audiobook by Peter Senge, Art Kleiner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Dance-of-Change-Audiobook/B002V1OR64</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dance of Change
Subtitle: The Challenge to Sustain Momentum in Learning Organizations
Author: Peter Senge, Art Kleiner
Narrator: Peter Senge, Art Kleiner
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Bantam Doubleday Dell Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 64 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Now, drawing upon new theories about leadership and the long-term success of change initiatives, and based upon 25 years of experience building learning organizations, the authors of The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook show how to accelerate success and avoid the obstacles that can stall momentum. The Dance of Change, written for managers and executives at every level of an organization, reveals how business leaders can work together to anticipate the challenges that profound change will ultimately force the organization to face.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Peter Senge)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 1999 21:11:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bant/000222/bk_bant_000222_sample.mp3" length="3588598" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Dance-of-Change-Audiobook/B002V1OR64</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/31GBbIdHqGL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dance of Change
Subtitle: The Challenge to Sustain Momentum in Learning Organizations
Author: Peter Senge, Art Kleiner
Narrator: Peter Senge, Art Kleiner
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Bantam Doubleday Dell Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 64 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Now, drawing upon new theories about leadership and the long-term success of change initiatives, and based upon 25 years of experience building learning organizations, the authors of The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook show how to accelerate success and avoid the obstacles that can stall momentum. The Dance of Change, written for managers and executives at every level of an organization, reveals how business leaders can work together to anticipate the challenges that profound change will ultimately force the organization to face.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dance of Change
Subtitle: The Challenge to Sustain Momentum in Learning Organizations
Author: Peter Senge, Art Kleiner
Narrator: Peter Senge, Art Kleiner
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Bantam Doubleday Dell Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 64 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Now, drawing upon new theories about leadership and the long-term success of change initiatives, and based upon 25 years of experience building learning organizations, the authors of The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook show how to accelerate success and avoid the obstacles that can stall momentum. The Dance of Change, written for managers and executives at every level of an organization, reveals how business leaders can work together to anticipate the challenges that profound change will ultimately force the organization to face.

Members Reviews:
Principal based and timeless
[{ &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;Change is inevitable.  Organization change should be based on timeless principles, and from the perspective of organizations as complex adaptive systems - not the more traditional machine metaphor.  This books contains timeless advise on overcoming common barriers to successful change from this less traditional perspective.  &quot;, &quot;type&quot; : &quot;Overall&quot;, &quot;question&quot; : &quot;If you could sum up Dance of Change in three words, what would they be?&quot;, &quot;id&quot; : 42, &quot;typeString&quot; : &quot;overall&quot; }, { &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;Timeless principles
Highly respected authors
very timely and useful&quot;, &quot;type&quot; : &quot;Story&quot;, &quot;question&quot; : &quot;What did you like best about this story?&quot;, &quot;id&quot; : 10, &quot;typeString&quot; : &quot;story&quot; }, { &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;Its good to hear the tone and emphasis of the authors who have a depth of knowledge and experience with the topic.  &quot;, &quot;type&quot; : &quot;Performance&quot;, &quot;question&quot; : &quot;What about Peter Senge and Art Kleiner s performance did you like?&quot;, &quot;id&quot; : 35, &quot;typeString&quot; : &quot;performance&quot; }, { &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;The Dance of Change - Human beings in motion.  &quot;, &quot;type&quot; : &quot;Genre&quot;, &quot;question&quot; : &quot;If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be?&quot;, &quot;id&quot; : 67, &quot;typeString&quot; : &quot;genre&quot; }, { &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;&quot;, &quot;type&quot; : &quot;Misc&quot;, &quot;question&quot; : &quot;Any additional comments?&quot;, &quot;id&quot; : -1, &quot;typeString&quot; : &quot;misc&quot; } ]</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>42 Rules for Sourcing and Manufacturing in China Audiobook by Rosemary Coates</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/42-Rules-for-Sourcing-and-Manufacturing-in-China-Audiobook/B00GB6U8UO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 42 Rules for Sourcing and Manufacturing in China
Subtitle: A Practical Handbook for Doing Business in China, Special Economic Zones, Factory Tours and Manufacturing Quality (2nd Edition)
Author: Rosemary Coates
Narrator: Rosemary Coates, Tex Texin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-31-13
Publisher: Super Star Press
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 43 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Doing business in China is tougher than you think. Not only is the culture vastly different, but China&apos;s experience in manufacturing is still developing. It will be a few years before the majority of manufacturers are up to world standards. In the meantime, quality, contract laws, schedules and logistics must be closely monitored. As a result, the things Westerners must do to be successful are far different from dealing with American or European manufacturers. The best way to quickly come up to speed on these differences and how to handle them is to learn from the experience of others.
Through over 20 extraordinary executive interviews, Rosemary Coates captured the essence of sourcing and manufacturing in China. 42 Rules for Sourcing and Manufacturing in China is a pragmatic approach that every businessperson headed to China must listen to. For business people who are experienced in doing business in China, or for first-time visitors, this audiobook will provide valuable insights from real executives and experts. These executives offer their personal experiences and recommendations about sourcing and manufacturing in China. Based on her 25 years of supply chain experience, much of it spent living and working across Asia, Rosemary Coates has become an expert on doing business in China. Her own personal experiences in China are interwoven into this audiobook.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rosemary Coates)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2013 02:21:36 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/011100/bk_acx0_011100_sample.mp3" length="1744293" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/42-Rules-for-Sourcing-and-Manufacturing-in-China-Audiobook/B00GB6U8UO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51GFk8A0zqL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 42 Rules for Sourcing and Manufacturing in China
Subtitle: A Practical Handbook for Doing Business in China, Special Economic Zones, Factory Tours and Manufacturing Quality (2nd Edition)
Author: Rosemary Coates
Narrator: Rosemary Coates, Tex Texin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-31-13
Publisher: Super Star Press
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 43 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Doing business in China is tougher than you think. Not only is the culture vastly different, but China&apos;s experience in manufacturing is still developing. It will be a few years before the majority of manufacturers are up to world standards. In the meantime, quality, contract laws, schedules and logistics must be closely monitored. As a result, the things Westerners must do to be successful are far different from dealing with American or European manufacturers. The best way to quickly come up to speed on these differences and how to handle them is to learn from the experience of others.
Through over 20 extraordinary executive interviews, Rosemary Coates captured the essence of sourcing and manufacturing in China. 42 Rules for Sourcing and Manufacturing in China is a pragmatic approach that every businessperson headed to China must listen to. For business people who are experienced in doing business in China, or for first-time visitors, this audiobook will provide valuable insights from real executives and experts. These executives offer their personal experiences and recommendations about sourcing and manufacturing in China. Based on her 25 years of supply chain experience, much of it spent living and working across Asia, Rosemary Coates has become an expert on doing business in China. Her own personal experiences in China are interwoven into this audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 42 Rules for Sourcing and Manufacturing in China
Subtitle: A Practical Handbook for Doing Business in China, Special Economic Zones, Factory Tours and Manufacturing Quality (2nd Edition)
Author: Rosemary Coates
Narrator: Rosemary Coates, Tex Texin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-31-13
Publisher: Super Star Press
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 43 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Doing business in China is tougher than you think. Not only is the culture vastly different, but China&apos;s experience in manufacturing is still developing. It will be a few years before the majority of manufacturers are up to world standards. In the meantime, quality, contract laws, schedules and logistics must be closely monitored. As a result, the things Westerners must do to be successful are far different from dealing with American or European manufacturers. The best way to quickly come up to speed on these differences and how to handle them is to learn from the experience of others.
Through over 20 extraordinary executive interviews, Rosemary Coates captured the essence of sourcing and manufacturing in China. 42 Rules for Sourcing and Manufacturing in China is a pragmatic approach that every businessperson headed to China must listen to. For business people who are experienced in doing business in China, or for first-time visitors, this audiobook will provide valuable insights from real executives and experts. These executives offer their personal experiences and recommendations about sourcing and manufacturing in China. Based on her 25 years of supply chain experience, much of it spent living and working across Asia, Rosemary Coates has become an expert on doing business in China. Her own personal experiences in China are interwoven into this audiobook.

Members Reviews:
Lots of generalities, few real insights and examples
First of all, the author reads the book herself and I find her manner of speaking quite annoying, it reminds me of Janet Yellen.
With regards to the contents, there are some useful insights like existence of shadow factories, strategies to protect intellectual property or keeping two sets of books. However, they are relatively few and far between. Much of the contents are generalities and repetitions, you will hear, seriously, at least six times each that you should do due dilligance, that China is changing very fast and that you should never assume you know China. What I expected to see instead was concrete examples and anecdotes illustrating each rule.

Great intro to china business
Im going to China for the first time to meet with my supplier. I figured I should a little more about China business culture. I picked up this book to do that. I think it is great little intro.  Well worth the 3.5 hours.

Great introductory for me
The author has packaged and condensed doing business in China in the best and easiest way to understand. Many of the quotes by &quot;professionals&quot; are good but unspecific. The author writes this book with much cultural sensitivity so you must read between the lines sometimes.  Great book!  I would love to hear more specific horror and specific success stories.

Great Beginner&apos;s Guide
I do recommend everyone who wants to travel to China to read this as a quick guide. It can save you from lots of trouble or confusion!

Extremely important, informative.
Would you consider the audio edition of 42 Rules for Sourcing and Manufacturing in China to be better than the print version?
I enjoy listening to books read by the author.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blockchain Audiobook by Matt Cohen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Blockchain-Audiobook/B077BQ83TK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blockchain
Subtitle: Complete Guide to Understanding the Blockchain Technology Revolution and the Future of Money
Author: Matt Cohen
Narrator: Eddie Leonard Jr.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-17
Publisher: Matt Cohen
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Discover the technology that will change our financial system forever.
The blockchain technology is probably the greatest human invention after the Internet. Simply put, the blockchain technology is a form of a distributed ledger that is decentralized, public, and can record transactions with a very high level of security.
All the records in the blockchain are called blocks, and each of them is linked to the previous one with a hash pointer and is securely stored with cryptography. This technology is revolutionary, because every transaction is recorded across a network of multiple computers in the net. This way, no record can be altered or modified without changing the other blocks.
The blockchain technology is still in its early days, but it&apos;s already clear that it has the potential to change our financial system forever.
The blockchain will do to the financial system what the internet did to media.&quot;
In this comprehensive guide, you&apos;ll find everything you need to know about the blockchain technology, blockchain based applications, and interesting future developments. This is an in-depth guide on the blockchain technology, but you&apos;ll be easily able to understand it, even if you&apos;re a non-technical user.
What you&apos;ll discover:
Take advantage of the revolution!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matt Cohen)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2017 00:02:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/100633/bk_acx0_100633_sample.mp3" length="619459" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Blockchain-Audiobook/B077BQ83TK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51zX6B9kxXL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blockchain
Subtitle: Complete Guide to Understanding the Blockchain Technology Revolution and the Future of Money
Author: Matt Cohen
Narrator: Eddie Leonard Jr.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-17
Publisher: Matt Cohen
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Discover the technology that will change our financial system forever.
The blockchain technology is probably the greatest human invention after the Internet. Simply put, the blockchain technology is a form of a distributed ledger that is decentralized, public, and can record transactions with a very high level of security.
All the records in the blockchain are called blocks, and each of them is linked to the previous one with a hash pointer and is securely stored with cryptography. This technology is revolutionary, because every transaction is recorded across a network of multiple computers in the net. This way, no record can be altered or modified without changing the other blocks.
The blockchain technology is still in its early days, but it&apos;s already clear that it has the potential to change our financial system forever.
The blockchain will do to the financial system what the internet did to media.&quot;
In this comprehensive guide, you&apos;ll find everything you need to know about the blockchain technology, blockchain based applications, and interesting future developments. This is an in-depth guide on the blockchain technology, but you&apos;ll be easily able to understand it, even if you&apos;re a non-technical user.
What you&apos;ll discover:
Take advantage of the revolution!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blockchain
Subtitle: Complete Guide to Understanding the Blockchain Technology Revolution and the Future of Money
Author: Matt Cohen
Narrator: Eddie Leonard Jr.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-17
Publisher: Matt Cohen
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Discover the technology that will change our financial system forever.
The blockchain technology is probably the greatest human invention after the Internet. Simply put, the blockchain technology is a form of a distributed ledger that is decentralized, public, and can record transactions with a very high level of security.
All the records in the blockchain are called blocks, and each of them is linked to the previous one with a hash pointer and is securely stored with cryptography. This technology is revolutionary, because every transaction is recorded across a network of multiple computers in the net. This way, no record can be altered or modified without changing the other blocks.
The blockchain technology is still in its early days, but it&apos;s already clear that it has the potential to change our financial system forever.
The blockchain will do to the financial system what the internet did to media.&quot;
In this comprehensive guide, you&apos;ll find everything you need to know about the blockchain technology, blockchain based applications, and interesting future developments. This is an in-depth guide on the blockchain technology, but you&apos;ll be easily able to understand it, even if you&apos;re a non-technical user.
What you&apos;ll discover:
Take advantage of the revolution!

Members Reviews:
but you&#226;ll be easily able to understand it even if you&#226;re a non-technical ...
I was curious to read this book. I learned a lot from it. In this comprehensive guide you&#226;ll find everything you need to know about the Blockchain technology, Blockchain based applications and interesting future developments. This is an in-depth guide on the blockchain technology, but you&#226;ll be easily able to understand it even if you&#226;re a non-technical user.

Easy to follow
This is a really interesting book on Blockchain.  Well written and easy to understand this book.  The author has a talent for explaining challenging concepts.  I like this book and would definitely recommend it who want to know about Blockchain.

Easy to follow
Well written, easy to understand guide to the block chain. Enhanced my understanding significantly. The author has a talent for explaining challenging concepts. At times the grammar, punctuation, and spelling errors make it difficult to read.

Great source to learn about blockchain
The author explains pros and cons of blockchain technology and how it will affect the future of money. I learned many interesting facts about this technology that I couldn&apos;t find anywhere else. This book is very interesting.

It is very useful for a beginner
Very interesting book. The author explains the advantages and disadvantages of blockading technology and how it affects future money. It is very useful for a beginner, it gives something and as technology, which will be an important part of our life in the future. I like the book and I want to recommend everyone!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership 2030 Audiobook by Georg Vielmetter, Yvonne Sell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Leadership-2030-Audiobook/B06Y62WPX6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Leadership 2030
Subtitle: The Six Megatrends You Need to Understand to Lead Your Company into the Future
Author: Georg Vielmetter, Yvonne Sell
Narrator: Steven Menasche
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-17
Publisher: Gildan Media, LLC
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The tumultuous changes of the past decade, including China&apos;s economic rise and the financial meltdown, were just the beginning. The next cataclysmic wave is surging relentlessly ahead, demanding leaders who can steer their companies through complexity and change.
Drawn from original research conducted jointly with foresight company Z-Punkt and further analyzed by Hay Group, Leadership 2030 uncovers six megatrends that will dramatically impact organizations&apos; markets, cultures, systems, and processes:
Research findings and case studies provide compelling evidence of each megatrend and highlight the skills, capabilities, and attitudes leaders must cultivate, such as adaptability, collaboration, cultural sensitivity, strategic thinking, meaning creation, and more. In the rush to produce quarterly profits in chaotic conditions, the longer view is often obscured. This forward-thinking audiobook helps businesses everywhere prepare for the seismic changes on the horizon.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Georg Vielmetter)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Apr 2017 17:39:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/gdan/002193/bk_gdan_002193_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Leadership-2030-Audiobook/B06Y62WPX6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51wxVIWMN-L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Leadership 2030
Subtitle: The Six Megatrends You Need to Understand to Lead Your Company into the Future
Author: Georg Vielmetter, Yvonne Sell
Narrator: Steven Menasche
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-17
Publisher: Gildan Media, LLC
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The tumultuous changes of the past decade, including China&apos;s economic rise and the financial meltdown, were just the beginning. The next cataclysmic wave is surging relentlessly ahead, demanding leaders who can steer their companies through complexity and change.
Drawn from original research conducted jointly with foresight company Z-Punkt and further analyzed by Hay Group, Leadership 2030 uncovers six megatrends that will dramatically impact organizations&apos; markets, cultures, systems, and processes:
Research findings and case studies provide compelling evidence of each megatrend and highlight the skills, capabilities, and attitudes leaders must cultivate, such as adaptability, collaboration, cultural sensitivity, strategic thinking, meaning creation, and more. In the rush to produce quarterly profits in chaotic conditions, the longer view is often obscured. This forward-thinking audiobook helps businesses everywhere prepare for the seismic changes on the horizon.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Leadership 2030
Subtitle: The Six Megatrends You Need to Understand to Lead Your Company into the Future
Author: Georg Vielmetter, Yvonne Sell
Narrator: Steven Menasche
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-17
Publisher: Gildan Media, LLC
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The tumultuous changes of the past decade, including China&apos;s economic rise and the financial meltdown, were just the beginning. The next cataclysmic wave is surging relentlessly ahead, demanding leaders who can steer their companies through complexity and change.
Drawn from original research conducted jointly with foresight company Z-Punkt and further analyzed by Hay Group, Leadership 2030 uncovers six megatrends that will dramatically impact organizations&apos; markets, cultures, systems, and processes:
Research findings and case studies provide compelling evidence of each megatrend and highlight the skills, capabilities, and attitudes leaders must cultivate, such as adaptability, collaboration, cultural sensitivity, strategic thinking, meaning creation, and more. In the rush to produce quarterly profits in chaotic conditions, the longer view is often obscured. This forward-thinking audiobook helps businesses everywhere prepare for the seismic changes on the horizon.

Members Reviews:
Has some good ideas that people who wish to succeed in the ...
Provides some new insights.  Has some good ideas that people who wish to succeed in the present/future should consider.  The times they are a changing.

A must-read for all managers and business owners.
Very comprehensive view of what is coming very soon. Perspective that helps our companies to to be prepared in advance in this era of chaos and turmoil.

Valuable resource for any organisation&apos;s long-term planning
Change is in the air, but it is difficult to get a grip on exactly what is changing, how and why, and what the future will look like as a result, according to Georg Vielmetter and Yvonne Sell in this book. The book contains the authors&#226; best attempts to imagine the future based on key megatrends which they have identified in current global society.
The six megatrends described in the book are:
&#226; Globalization 2.0, in which economic power is shifting from old economies to fast-developing Asian markets
&#226; Environmental crisis, with critical resources becoming scarcer and climate change bringing a range of threats
&#226; Individualization and value pluralism, which will create niche opportunities, but also require far greater sensitivity and agility
&#226; Digitalization, which generates unprecedented transparency, requiring greater attention to reputation management
&#226; Demographic change, which will bring a shrinking workforce and a war for talent as populations age
&#226; Technological convergence, which will place huge demands on companies to stay ahead of the curve
The authors provide further ideas for consideration by outlining a number of ways in which the megatrends might reinforce each other, and a number of dilemmas which are predicted to create increasing decision-making difficulties for leaders of organizations.
There is plenty of room for debating the likely severity and effect of some of these trends. For example, resource scarcities frequently turn out to be less imminent and less severe than expected. Nonetheless it is much better to have thought through possible future scenarios than to be caught completely unawares when predictable events occur.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edward Hess on Finding a Role for Humanity Audiobook by Edward Hess</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Edward-Hess-on-Finding-a-Role-for-Humanity-Audiobook/B06Y5422R2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Edward Hess on Finding a Role for Humanity
Author: Edward Hess
Narrator: Dave Summers
Format: Original Recording
Length: 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-11-17
Publisher: American Management Association
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Automation and robotics are coming to the workforce and they&apos;re poised to be as disruptive as the industrial revolution. Where will humans fit in to this new world of work? Edward Hess, coauthor along with Katherine Ludwig of the new book Humility Is the New Smart: Rethinking Human Excellence in the Smart Machine Age, joins us to talk about job opportunities for a newly automatic world.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Edward Hess)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2017 16:45:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/amai/000398/bk_amai_000398_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Edward-Hess-on-Finding-a-Role-for-Humanity-Audiobook/B06Y5422R2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51of2ZWoLsL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Edward Hess on Finding a Role for Humanity
Author: Edward Hess
Narrator: Dave Summers
Format: Original Recording
Length: 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-11-17
Publisher: American Management Association
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Automation and robotics are coming to the workforce and they&apos;re poised to be as disruptive as the industrial revolution. Where will humans fit in to this new world of work? Edward Hess, coauthor along with Katherine Ludwig of the new book Humility Is the New Smart: Rethinking Human Excellence in the Smart Machine Age, joins us to talk about job opportunities for a newly automatic world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Edward Hess on Finding a Role for Humanity
Author: Edward Hess
Narrator: Dave Summers
Format: Original Recording
Length: 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-11-17
Publisher: American Management Association
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Automation and robotics are coming to the workforce and they&apos;re poised to be as disruptive as the industrial revolution. Where will humans fit in to this new world of work? Edward Hess, coauthor along with Katherine Ludwig of the new book Humility Is the New Smart: Rethinking Human Excellence in the Smart Machine Age, joins us to talk about job opportunities for a newly automatic world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meltdown Audiobook by Thomas E. Woods</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Meltdown-Audiobook/B002V1OBWY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Meltdown
Subtitle: A Look at Why the Economy Tanked and Government Bailouts Will Make Things Worse
Author: Thomas E. Woods
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-03-09
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 485 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Meltdown, best-selling author Thomas E. Woods, Jr., unearths the real causes behind the collapse of housing values and the stock market---and it turns out the culprits reside more in Washington than on Wall Street. And the trillions of dollars in federal bailouts? Our politicians&apos; ham-handed attempts to fix the problems they themselves created will only make things much worse.
Woods, a senior fellow at the Ludwig von Mises Institute and winner of the 2006 Templeton Enterprise Award, busts the media myths and government spin. He explains how government intervention in the economy---from the Democratic hobby horse called Fannie Mae to affirmative action programs like the Community Redevelopment Act---actually caused the housing bubble. Most important, Woods, author of the New York Times best seller The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History, traces this most recent boom-and-bust---and all such booms and busts of the past century---back to one of the most revered government institutions of all: the Federal Reserve System, which allows busybody bureaucrats and ambitious politicians to pull the strings of our financial sector and manipulate the value of the very money we use.
Meltdown, which features a foreword by Congressman Ron Paul (R - Texas), also provides a timely history lesson to counter the current clamor for a new New Deal. The Great Depression, Woods demonstrates, was only as deep and as long as it was because of the government interventions by Herbert Hoover (no free-market capitalist, despite what your high-school history teacher may have taught you) and Franklin D. Roosevelt (no savior of the American economy, in spite of what the mainstream media says). If you want to understand what caused the fi...

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Provocative, well-written, and deserves to be read.&quot; (Catholic Historical Review)
&quot;Well written, well researched, and the thesis put forth is well argued.&quot; (Journal of American History)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas E. Woods)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2009 13:38:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/000933/bk_tant_000933_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Meltdown-Audiobook/B002V1OBWY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51u3YZV+VAL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Meltdown
Subtitle: A Look at Why the Economy Tanked and Government Bailouts Will Make Things Worse
Author: Thomas E. Woods
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-03-09
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 485 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Meltdown, best-selling author Thomas E. Woods, Jr., unearths the real causes behind the collapse of housing values and the stock market---and it turns out the culprits reside more in Washington than on Wall Street. And the trillions of dollars in federal bailouts? Our politicians&apos; ham-handed attempts to fix the problems they themselves created will only make things much worse.
Woods, a senior fellow at the Ludwig von Mises Institute and winner of the 2006 Templeton Enterprise Award, busts the media myths and government spin. He explains how government intervention in the economy---from the Democratic hobby horse called Fannie Mae to affirmative action programs like the Community Redevelopment Act---actually caused the housing bubble. Most important, Woods, author of the New York Times best seller The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History, traces this most recent boom-and-bust---and all such booms and busts of the past century---back to one of the most revered government institutions of all: the Federal Reserve System, which allows busybody bureaucrats and ambitious politicians to pull the strings of our financial sector and manipulate the value of the very money we use.
Meltdown, which features a foreword by Congressman Ron Paul (R - Texas), also provides a timely history lesson to counter the current clamor for a new New Deal. The Great Depression, Woods demonstrates, was only as deep and as long as it was because of the government interventions by Herbert Hoover (no free-market capitalist, despite what your high-school history teacher may have taught you) and Franklin D. Roosevelt (no savior of the American economy, in spite of what the mainstream media says). If you want to understand what caused the fi...

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Provocative, well-written, and deserves to be read.&quot; (Catholic Historical Review)
&quot;Well written, well researched, and the thesis put forth is well argued.&quot; (Journal of American History)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Meltdown
Subtitle: A Look at Why the Economy Tanked and Government Bailouts Will Make Things Worse
Author: Thomas E. Woods
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-03-09
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 485 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Meltdown, best-selling author Thomas E. Woods, Jr., unearths the real causes behind the collapse of housing values and the stock market---and it turns out the culprits reside more in Washington than on Wall Street. And the trillions of dollars in federal bailouts? Our politicians&apos; ham-handed attempts to fix the problems they themselves created will only make things much worse.
Woods, a senior fellow at the Ludwig von Mises Institute and winner of the 2006 Templeton Enterprise Award, busts the media myths and government spin. He explains how government intervention in the economy---from the Democratic hobby horse called Fannie Mae to affirmative action programs like the Community Redevelopment Act---actually caused the housing bubble. Most important, Woods, author of the New York Times best seller The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History, traces this most recent boom-and-bust---and all such booms and busts of the past century---back to one of the most revered government institutions of all: the Federal Reserve System, which allows busybody bureaucrats and ambitious politicians to pull the strings of our financial sector and manipulate the value of the very money we use.
Meltdown, which features a foreword by Congressman Ron Paul (R - Texas), also provides a timely history lesson to counter the current clamor for a new New Deal. The Great Depression, Woods demonstrates, was only as deep and as long as it was because of the government interventions by Herbert Hoover (no free-market capitalist, despite what your high-school history teacher may have taught you) and Franklin D. Roosevelt (no savior of the American economy, in spite of what the mainstream media says). If you want to understand what caused the fi...

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Provocative, well-written, and deserves to be read.&quot; (Catholic Historical Review)
&quot;Well written, well researched, and the thesis put forth is well argued.&quot; (Journal of American History)

Members Reviews:
Read this book!
Forget about &apos;derivatives&apos; and the other esoteric culprits for the economic collapse of 2008-2009.  The real reason is much simpler than that and Woods skillfully explains why. Woods is an historian who delivers a compelling narrative that hearing, you just know he would have been one of your favorite teachers if you had been in his class.
I was so impressed by it that I have bought and given out many copies of this book. Read it. Highest reviews.

A layman&apos;s opinion
I liked how this book revealed the feds involvement. I thought it was going to be more inflammatory regarding the party politics; putting responsibility on one and ignoring the others. Thankfully it was not.
Do not buy this to hear how the republicans got us in this mess and the democrats are the ones to save us. It will take a new way of thinking from everyone involved to get out of this and as partisan as politics are today I am not sure the ppl currently serving us are up for the job.
As far as the tone of the narrator goes: I would not have been able to make it through the text version of an economics book but I really liked how the narrator handled himself. After the book I went to thomasewoods.com and listened to the author himself, I believe the sarcasm was intended.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Is the Right Time to Sell My Business? Audiobook by Richard Mowrey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/When-Is-the-Right-Time-to-Sell-My-Business-Audiobook/B01LWUJKQE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When Is the Right Time to Sell My Business?
Subtitle: The Expert Answer from Richard Mowrey
Author: Richard Mowrey
Narrator: Greg Zarcone
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-16-16
Publisher: Richard Mowrey
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his new book, When Is The Right Time To Sell My Business?, Rich Mowrey tackles a decision point that many business owners inevitably find themselves in, but one that can be difficult, stressful, and full of trepidation. It is a decision that can bring regrets and questions about timing and planning that they never considered, and Mowrey&apos;s objective is to help a business owner sell their business without regrets.
In this intelligently written book, Mowrey answers one of the biggest questions that business owners who are interested in selling their business always ask:
When is the right time to sell to my business? To really ensure an informed decision can be made, he delves deeper into this question to get at the underlying, interrelated knowledge acquisition, purposeful action, and timing. Mowrey helps business owners examine their business&apos; value attributes, personal assets, and the types of plans that need to be in place in order to sell the business. He then focuses on four major areas of personal assessment to help crystalize one&apos;s personal readiness to start the process of selling their business.
In addition to providing guidance and expertise to the decision making process, Mowrey offers specific objectives required of the business owner as they start the next phase of their life.
By examining the factors addressed in this book now, a business owner will have all the necessary components in place when the opportunity to sell arises or when they decide to initiate the opportunity themselves.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Richard Mowrey)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Sep 2016 14:32:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/068327/bk_acx0_068327_sample.mp3" length="815170" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/When-Is-the-Right-Time-to-Sell-My-Business-Audiobook/B01LWUJKQE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51wEqIJ1RKL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When Is the Right Time to Sell My Business?
Subtitle: The Expert Answer from Richard Mowrey
Author: Richard Mowrey
Narrator: Greg Zarcone
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-16-16
Publisher: Richard Mowrey
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his new book, When Is The Right Time To Sell My Business?, Rich Mowrey tackles a decision point that many business owners inevitably find themselves in, but one that can be difficult, stressful, and full of trepidation. It is a decision that can bring regrets and questions about timing and planning that they never considered, and Mowrey&apos;s objective is to help a business owner sell their business without regrets.
In this intelligently written book, Mowrey answers one of the biggest questions that business owners who are interested in selling their business always ask:
When is the right time to sell to my business? To really ensure an informed decision can be made, he delves deeper into this question to get at the underlying, interrelated knowledge acquisition, purposeful action, and timing. Mowrey helps business owners examine their business&apos; value attributes, personal assets, and the types of plans that need to be in place in order to sell the business. He then focuses on four major areas of personal assessment to help crystalize one&apos;s personal readiness to start the process of selling their business.
In addition to providing guidance and expertise to the decision making process, Mowrey offers specific objectives required of the business owner as they start the next phase of their life.
By examining the factors addressed in this book now, a business owner will have all the necessary components in place when the opportunity to sell arises or when they decide to initiate the opportunity themselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When Is the Right Time to Sell My Business?
Subtitle: The Expert Answer from Richard Mowrey
Author: Richard Mowrey
Narrator: Greg Zarcone
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-16-16
Publisher: Richard Mowrey
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his new book, When Is The Right Time To Sell My Business?, Rich Mowrey tackles a decision point that many business owners inevitably find themselves in, but one that can be difficult, stressful, and full of trepidation. It is a decision that can bring regrets and questions about timing and planning that they never considered, and Mowrey&apos;s objective is to help a business owner sell their business without regrets.
In this intelligently written book, Mowrey answers one of the biggest questions that business owners who are interested in selling their business always ask:
When is the right time to sell to my business? To really ensure an informed decision can be made, he delves deeper into this question to get at the underlying, interrelated knowledge acquisition, purposeful action, and timing. Mowrey helps business owners examine their business&apos; value attributes, personal assets, and the types of plans that need to be in place in order to sell the business. He then focuses on four major areas of personal assessment to help crystalize one&apos;s personal readiness to start the process of selling their business.
In addition to providing guidance and expertise to the decision making process, Mowrey offers specific objectives required of the business owner as they start the next phase of their life.
By examining the factors addressed in this book now, a business owner will have all the necessary components in place when the opportunity to sell arises or when they decide to initiate the opportunity themselves.

Members Reviews:
Excellent thought processes and information on how to handle decisions ...
Excellent thought processes and information on how to handle decisions that can be vastly complicated.  It can be difficult to determine the whens and hows of parting with ownership in a business, but doing it at the right time for you and at the right time for your buyer can be huge.  Ideally both sides want to hit the best place in the time/value curve for their own goals...learn from an expert!

Great book!  A must read for every business owner.
I&apos;ve been involved with business sales and acquisitions of privately held companies for over 40 years.  Every business owner must exit their business sooner or later.  Some owners exit feet first and someone else handles the exit process.  Others plan for the exit and often retire millionaires.  This book will help you exit your business at the right time and for maximum value.  Nice job Richard!

Time well spent
I was very pleased with this book and felt the time reading it was well spent.  Even if retirement or the selling of your business is off in the distance, this book provides some very useful perspectives for making decisions along the way.  It will start you thinking about timing, how to attain the best valuation and eventually an easier sale.  Recommend to small and medium business owners.

Clear and Easy-to-Read Summary of the Topic from One of the Country&apos;s Top Practitioners
This book is an easy-to-read summary of the whole process. I am, myself, an experienced business broker, business appraiser and coach for smaller businesses (Less than $5MM Annual Sales). Richard is a nationally well-known expert M&amp;A intermediary, appraiser, and consultant in the sale of slightly larger businesses ($5MM Annual Sales +).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Would Google Do? Audiobook by Jeff Jarvis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/What-Would-Google-Do-Audiobook/B002V8LF44</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What Would Google Do?
Author: Jeff Jarvis
Narrator: Jeff Jarvis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-27-09
Publisher: HarperAudio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1066 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a book that&apos;s one part prophecy, one part thought experiment, one part manifesto, and one part survival manual, Internet impresario and blogging pioneer Jeff Jarvis reverse-engineers Google, the fastest-growing company in history, to discover 40 clear and straightforward rules to manage and live by.
At the same time, he illuminates the new worldview of the internet generation: how it challenges and destroys, but also opens up vast new opportunities. His findings are counterintuitive, imaginative, practical, and above all, visionary, giving readers a glimpse of how everyone and everything, from corporations to governments, nations to individuals, must evolve in the Google era.
Along the way, he looks under the hood of a car designed by its drivers, ponders a worldwide university where the students design their curriculum, envisions an airline fueled by a social network, imagines the open-source restaurant, and examines a series of industries and institutions that will soon benefit from this book&apos;s central question.
The result is an astonishing, mind-opening book that, in the end, is not about Google. It&apos;s about you.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeff Jarvis)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2009 00:08:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/harp/001794/bk_harp_001794_sample.mp3" length="2399699" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/What-Would-Google-Do-Audiobook/B002V8LF44</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51gH-+PaMTL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What Would Google Do?
Author: Jeff Jarvis
Narrator: Jeff Jarvis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-27-09
Publisher: HarperAudio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1066 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a book that&apos;s one part prophecy, one part thought experiment, one part manifesto, and one part survival manual, Internet impresario and blogging pioneer Jeff Jarvis reverse-engineers Google, the fastest-growing company in history, to discover 40 clear and straightforward rules to manage and live by.
At the same time, he illuminates the new worldview of the internet generation: how it challenges and destroys, but also opens up vast new opportunities. His findings are counterintuitive, imaginative, practical, and above all, visionary, giving readers a glimpse of how everyone and everything, from corporations to governments, nations to individuals, must evolve in the Google era.
Along the way, he looks under the hood of a car designed by its drivers, ponders a worldwide university where the students design their curriculum, envisions an airline fueled by a social network, imagines the open-source restaurant, and examines a series of industries and institutions that will soon benefit from this book&apos;s central question.
The result is an astonishing, mind-opening book that, in the end, is not about Google. It&apos;s about you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What Would Google Do?
Author: Jeff Jarvis
Narrator: Jeff Jarvis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-27-09
Publisher: HarperAudio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1066 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a book that&apos;s one part prophecy, one part thought experiment, one part manifesto, and one part survival manual, Internet impresario and blogging pioneer Jeff Jarvis reverse-engineers Google, the fastest-growing company in history, to discover 40 clear and straightforward rules to manage and live by.
At the same time, he illuminates the new worldview of the internet generation: how it challenges and destroys, but also opens up vast new opportunities. His findings are counterintuitive, imaginative, practical, and above all, visionary, giving readers a glimpse of how everyone and everything, from corporations to governments, nations to individuals, must evolve in the Google era.
Along the way, he looks under the hood of a car designed by its drivers, ponders a worldwide university where the students design their curriculum, envisions an airline fueled by a social network, imagines the open-source restaurant, and examines a series of industries and institutions that will soon benefit from this book&apos;s central question.
The result is an astonishing, mind-opening book that, in the end, is not about Google. It&apos;s about you.

Members Reviews:
A great place to start....
&quot;Overall I would definitely recommend this book. I say overall, because there are times where I am just amazed at some of the revelations and correlation he builds with reference to Google and new social based business models. Other times, I flat out want to ask him if he has lost his mind.
This book opens up a plethora (word of the day) of other books related to the Internet, up-and-coming social technologies and new business concepts such as &quot;Free as a business model&quot;. Based on Jeff&apos;s recommendations and references of sources, I now want to research and read them based on what is covered in this book. At the very least, this book is a great starting point for learning more about the future of the Internet and web based social networking.&quot;

Very useful overview of countless DOT Com topics
As the internet has emerged, some of us have been pretty on-the-ball in regards to education and knowledge. Something I found incredibly worthwhile with this book was how it speaks in such a way that both daily internet users and designers can benefit/pull info from this AND also small business owners who have basically been in the dark about the thing called the &quot;internet&quot;! I have had several people listen to this with me who have absolutely no idea about the internet and walked away with a much better idea of what they could do for their smaller businesses.

Change the way you think of your business
While the book covers what google does, it&apos;s more about the profound changes that the internet is making to all industries and businesses.
It uses the example of Google as best practice to make one think about ones own business.
Everyone in media,  particularly those who still  think content is king, should read it. But all marketing people and indeed anyone in service or sales will also benefit.
The author reading it himself adds a dimension of authority and enthusiasm. One can feel his metamorphosis from print to digital over 30 years.

Worth the read
Jarvis starts off strong and finishes well. The middle is a bit boring though... he wanders off into some examples that didn&apos;t keep my interest. Regardless, this book is well worth listening to.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Way You Do Anything Is the Way You Do Everything Audiobook by Suzanne Evans</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Way-You-Do-Anything-Is-the-Way-You-Do-Everything-Audiobook/B0130G5G0Y</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Way You Do Anything Is the Way You Do Everything
Subtitle: The Why of Why Your Business Isn&apos;t Making More Money
Author: Suzanne Evans
Narrator: Tamara Marston
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-25-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Why your business isn&apos;t succeeding and what you can do about it. While business consultants are having you scour profit and loss statements, the real truth is businesses don&apos;t fail; people quit.
The Way You Do Anything Is the Way You Do Everything offers a realistic, sarcastic, and fiercely honest look at how business owners fail to commit. Business success is all about mind-set, and author Suzanne Evans helps you uncover your goals and blast away the obstacles that are standing in your way. She offers ways to make more money more quickly and eliminate everything that doesn&apos;t work; offers specific daily practices to make more money even when every odd is stacked against you; and delivers the road map to abandon a job you hate and follow your professional dreams.
Author Suzanne Evans went from a secretary to seven-figure success, and her story has helped her to mentor thousands to change their lives, businesses, and finances forever. Take complete control over your life, build wealth faster, and create a business that not only makes money but also makes a difference.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Suzanne Evans)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2015 08:16:38 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/019565/bk_adbl_019565_sample.mp3" length="1316849" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Way-You-Do-Anything-Is-the-Way-You-Do-Everything-Audiobook/B0130G5G0Y</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51V-KcHTYXL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Way You Do Anything Is the Way You Do Everything
Subtitle: The Why of Why Your Business Isn&apos;t Making More Money
Author: Suzanne Evans
Narrator: Tamara Marston
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-25-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Why your business isn&apos;t succeeding and what you can do about it. While business consultants are having you scour profit and loss statements, the real truth is businesses don&apos;t fail; people quit.
The Way You Do Anything Is the Way You Do Everything offers a realistic, sarcastic, and fiercely honest look at how business owners fail to commit. Business success is all about mind-set, and author Suzanne Evans helps you uncover your goals and blast away the obstacles that are standing in your way. She offers ways to make more money more quickly and eliminate everything that doesn&apos;t work; offers specific daily practices to make more money even when every odd is stacked against you; and delivers the road map to abandon a job you hate and follow your professional dreams.
Author Suzanne Evans went from a secretary to seven-figure success, and her story has helped her to mentor thousands to change their lives, businesses, and finances forever. Take complete control over your life, build wealth faster, and create a business that not only makes money but also makes a difference.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Way You Do Anything Is the Way You Do Everything
Subtitle: The Why of Why Your Business Isn&apos;t Making More Money
Author: Suzanne Evans
Narrator: Tamara Marston
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-25-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Why your business isn&apos;t succeeding and what you can do about it. While business consultants are having you scour profit and loss statements, the real truth is businesses don&apos;t fail; people quit.
The Way You Do Anything Is the Way You Do Everything offers a realistic, sarcastic, and fiercely honest look at how business owners fail to commit. Business success is all about mind-set, and author Suzanne Evans helps you uncover your goals and blast away the obstacles that are standing in your way. She offers ways to make more money more quickly and eliminate everything that doesn&apos;t work; offers specific daily practices to make more money even when every odd is stacked against you; and delivers the road map to abandon a job you hate and follow your professional dreams.
Author Suzanne Evans went from a secretary to seven-figure success, and her story has helped her to mentor thousands to change their lives, businesses, and finances forever. Take complete control over your life, build wealth faster, and create a business that not only makes money but also makes a difference.

Members Reviews:
Worth my time!!!!!
this book really made me stop and think about the planning of my business and not just running by the seat of my pants. now I&apos;m planning to plan my business.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Growth Delusion Audiobook by David Pilling</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Growth-Delusion-Audiobook/B077BKQLG8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Growth Delusion
Subtitle: Why Economists Are Getting It Wrong and What We Can Do About It
Author: David Pilling
Narrator: Elliot Hill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-18
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A revelatory and entertaining book about the pitfalls of how we measure our economy and how to correct them, by an award-winning editor of The Financial Times.
According to GDP, the economy is in a golden era: economic growth has risen steadily over the past 70 years and shows no sign of stopping. But if this is the case, why are we living in such fractured times, with global populism on the rise and wealth inequality as stark as ever?
In this book, author and prize-winning journalist David Pilling demystifies gross domestic product, a tool that measures the goods and services a country produces in a set period. Revered by economists, GDP is considered evidence of a country&apos;s success and well-being. Yet GDP is actually, at best, a numbers game, unequipped to deal with the nuances of the digital economy and developing nations. It also lacks moral judgment: such is the drive for growth that heroin consumption is valued more than volunteer work. By fixating on GDP, experts are ignoring alternative models that better reflect reality and ushering in policies that could even harm us.
In characteristically clear and lively prose, Pilling draws on a quarter century of reporting to argue that our steadfast loyalty to GDP is informing misguided policies - and contributing to a growing mistrust of experts that is shaking the foundations of our democracy. We live in a society in which a priesthood of economists, wielding impenetrable mathematical formulas, sets the framework for public debate. Ultimately, it is economists who set the agenda for how much we can spend on our schools, highways, and defence; who decide how much unemployment is acceptable and whether it is right to print money or bail out profligate banks. The backlash we are currently witnessing suggests that people are turning against the economists and their faulty representation of our lives.
Despite decades of steady economic growth, many citizens feel more pessimistic than ever and are voting for candidates who voice undisguised contempt for the technocratic elite. For too long economics has relied on a language which fails to resonate with people&apos;s lived experience, and we are now living with the consequences.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Pilling)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2018 21:20:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/031977/bk_adbl_031977_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Growth-Delusion-Audiobook/B077BKQLG8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61uDjOqME4L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Growth Delusion
Subtitle: Why Economists Are Getting It Wrong and What We Can Do About It
Author: David Pilling
Narrator: Elliot Hill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-18
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A revelatory and entertaining book about the pitfalls of how we measure our economy and how to correct them, by an award-winning editor of The Financial Times.
According to GDP, the economy is in a golden era: economic growth has risen steadily over the past 70 years and shows no sign of stopping. But if this is the case, why are we living in such fractured times, with global populism on the rise and wealth inequality as stark as ever?
In this book, author and prize-winning journalist David Pilling demystifies gross domestic product, a tool that measures the goods and services a country produces in a set period. Revered by economists, GDP is considered evidence of a country&apos;s success and well-being. Yet GDP is actually, at best, a numbers game, unequipped to deal with the nuances of the digital economy and developing nations. It also lacks moral judgment: such is the drive for growth that heroin consumption is valued more than volunteer work. By fixating on GDP, experts are ignoring alternative models that better reflect reality and ushering in policies that could even harm us.
In characteristically clear and lively prose, Pilling draws on a quarter century of reporting to argue that our steadfast loyalty to GDP is informing misguided policies - and contributing to a growing mistrust of experts that is shaking the foundations of our democracy. We live in a society in which a priesthood of economists, wielding impenetrable mathematical formulas, sets the framework for public debate. Ultimately, it is economists who set the agenda for how much we can spend on our schools, highways, and defence; who decide how much unemployment is acceptable and whether it is right to print money or bail out profligate banks. The backlash we are currently witnessing suggests that people are turning against the economists and their faulty representation of our lives.
Despite decades of steady economic growth, many citizens feel more pessimistic than ever and are voting for candidates who voice undisguised contempt for the technocratic elite. For too long economics has relied on a language which fails to resonate with people&apos;s lived experience, and we are now living with the consequences.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Growth Delusion
Subtitle: Why Economists Are Getting It Wrong and What We Can Do About It
Author: David Pilling
Narrator: Elliot Hill
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-18
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A revelatory and entertaining book about the pitfalls of how we measure our economy and how to correct them, by an award-winning editor of The Financial Times.
According to GDP, the economy is in a golden era: economic growth has risen steadily over the past 70 years and shows no sign of stopping. But if this is the case, why are we living in such fractured times, with global populism on the rise and wealth inequality as stark as ever?
In this book, author and prize-winning journalist David Pilling demystifies gross domestic product, a tool that measures the goods and services a country produces in a set period. Revered by economists, GDP is considered evidence of a country&apos;s success and well-being. Yet GDP is actually, at best, a numbers game, unequipped to deal with the nuances of the digital economy and developing nations. It also lacks moral judgment: such is the drive for growth that heroin consumption is valued more than volunteer work. By fixating on GDP, experts are ignoring alternative models that better reflect reality and ushering in policies that could even harm us.
In characteristically clear and lively prose, Pilling draws on a quarter century of reporting to argue that our steadfast loyalty to GDP is informing misguided policies - and contributing to a growing mistrust of experts that is shaking the foundations of our democracy. We live in a society in which a priesthood of economists, wielding impenetrable mathematical formulas, sets the framework for public debate. Ultimately, it is economists who set the agenda for how much we can spend on our schools, highways, and defence; who decide how much unemployment is acceptable and whether it is right to print money or bail out profligate banks. The backlash we are currently witnessing suggests that people are turning against the economists and their faulty representation of our lives.
Despite decades of steady economic growth, many citizens feel more pessimistic than ever and are voting for candidates who voice undisguised contempt for the technocratic elite. For too long economics has relied on a language which fails to resonate with people&apos;s lived experience, and we are now living with the consequences.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Step by Step Crowdfunding Audiobook by Mr. Joseph Hogue</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Step-by-Step-Crowdfunding-Audiobook/B01BMVJ8OY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Step by Step Crowdfunding
Subtitle: Everything You Need to Raise Money from the Crowd
Author: Mr. Joseph Hogue
Narrator: Joseph Hogue
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-11-16
Publisher: Efficient Alpha
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ever wonder how some people raise money crowdfunding and fundraising time and again while 60 percent of campaigns fail?
Even Hollywood fame hasn&apos;t been able to save some crowdfunding campaigns from epic fails. It&apos;s because with all the media attention around crowdfunding, no one covers the actual process of how to run a successful campaign!
In this step-by-step guide, you will find the actual process you need from idea conception through pre-launch and fulfillment to make your fundraising or crowdfunding campaign a success. I skip all the history of crowdfunding and why it is a great tool for your business to go straight to the point; how to put your campaign on the path to beating its funding goal.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mr. Joseph Hogue)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2016 09:07:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/053268/bk_acx0_053268_sample.mp3" length="2314389" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Step-by-Step-Crowdfunding-Audiobook/B01BMVJ8OY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Dv0STGnbL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Step by Step Crowdfunding
Subtitle: Everything You Need to Raise Money from the Crowd
Author: Mr. Joseph Hogue
Narrator: Joseph Hogue
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-11-16
Publisher: Efficient Alpha
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ever wonder how some people raise money crowdfunding and fundraising time and again while 60 percent of campaigns fail?
Even Hollywood fame hasn&apos;t been able to save some crowdfunding campaigns from epic fails. It&apos;s because with all the media attention around crowdfunding, no one covers the actual process of how to run a successful campaign!
In this step-by-step guide, you will find the actual process you need from idea conception through pre-launch and fulfillment to make your fundraising or crowdfunding campaign a success. I skip all the history of crowdfunding and why it is a great tool for your business to go straight to the point; how to put your campaign on the path to beating its funding goal.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Step by Step Crowdfunding
Subtitle: Everything You Need to Raise Money from the Crowd
Author: Mr. Joseph Hogue
Narrator: Joseph Hogue
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-11-16
Publisher: Efficient Alpha
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ever wonder how some people raise money crowdfunding and fundraising time and again while 60 percent of campaigns fail?
Even Hollywood fame hasn&apos;t been able to save some crowdfunding campaigns from epic fails. It&apos;s because with all the media attention around crowdfunding, no one covers the actual process of how to run a successful campaign!
In this step-by-step guide, you will find the actual process you need from idea conception through pre-launch and fulfillment to make your fundraising or crowdfunding campaign a success. I skip all the history of crowdfunding and why it is a great tool for your business to go straight to the point; how to put your campaign on the path to beating its funding goal.

Members Reviews:
This book is the master of the obvious!
What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you?
This book spent too much time on how to start a business in remedial terms.

Good info
The information in this book was great, &amp; I am hopeful it will help me hit my goals, but the narration was not professionally done which made it hard to listen to sometimes. Too bad.

Very good primer on crowdfunding
If you&apos;re looking for information as a beginner in the area of crowdfunding you will find a considerable amount of useful information in this audiobook. My greatest complaint with it is the poor quality of the recording itself. More specifically the author while reading stumbles over his words considerably throughout the book, which tends to be a little distracting. Other than that, however, it was well worth the purchase price.

You should paid to someone who can read
This person is bad at reading. You should paid to someone who can read. Please

Decent, Direct and Thorough.
I think the content in the book is quality. The story and examples could&apos;ve gone much deeper, it seemed to stay quite shallow in areas when you really wanted the author to go deeper.
However I&apos;d still recommend anyone looking to crowdfund that these leading principles are sound.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt by Michael Lewis - A 30 Minute Summary Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Flash-Boys-A-Wall-Street-Revolt-by-Michael-Lewis-A-30-Minute-Summary-Audiobook/B00NJ0B0R0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt by Michael Lewis - A 30 Minute Summary
Author: Instaread Summaries
Narrator: Jason P. Hilton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-14
Publisher: Instaread Summaries
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 24 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With Instaread Summaries, you can get the summary of a book in 30 minutes or less. We read every chapter, summarize and analyze it for your convenience. This is an Instaread Summary of Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt by Michael Lewis.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Instaread Summaries)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2014 08:46:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/022897/bk_acx0_022897_sample.mp3" length="2388918" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Flash-Boys-A-Wall-Street-Revolt-by-Michael-Lewis-A-30-Minute-Summary-Audiobook/B00NJ0B0R0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51R26tmKHsL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt by Michael Lewis - A 30 Minute Summary
Author: Instaread Summaries
Narrator: Jason P. Hilton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-14
Publisher: Instaread Summaries
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 24 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With Instaread Summaries, you can get the summary of a book in 30 minutes or less. We read every chapter, summarize and analyze it for your convenience. This is an Instaread Summary of Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt by Michael Lewis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt by Michael Lewis - A 30 Minute Summary
Author: Instaread Summaries
Narrator: Jason P. Hilton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-14
Publisher: Instaread Summaries
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 24 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With Instaread Summaries, you can get the summary of a book in 30 minutes or less. We read every chapter, summarize and analyze it for your convenience. This is an Instaread Summary of Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt by Michael Lewis.

Members Reviews:
understandable insight
the book summary is concise understandable  and provides both definitions and insight into the high frequency trading subject

A Good Summary
A good summary and introduction to an important book.  The narration is clear and pleasant.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wikinomics Audiobook by Don Tapscott, Anthony D. Williams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Wikinomics-Audiobook/B002V0QIWQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Wikinomics
Subtitle: How Mass Collaboration Changes Everything
Author: Don Tapscott, Anthony D. Williams
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-06-07
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 379 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Today, encyclopedias, jetliners, operating systems, mutual funds, and many other items are being created by teams numbering in the thousands or even millions. While some leaders fear the burgeoning growth of these massive online communities, Wikinomics proves this fear is folly. Smart firms can harness collective capability and genius to spur innovation, growth, and success.
A brilliant guide to one of the most profound changes of our time, Wikinomics challenges our most deeply rooted assumptions about business and will prove indispensable to anyone who wants to understand competitiveness in the 21st century.
Based on a $9-million research project led by best-selling author Don Tapscott, Wikinomics shows how masses of people can participate in the economy like never before. They are creating TV news stories, sequencing genomes, remixing their favorite music, designing software, finding cures for disease, editing school texts, inventing new cosmetics, and even building motorcycles. You&apos;ll read about:


Critic Reviews:
&quot;A clear and exciting preview of how peer innovation will change everything.&quot; (Booklist)
 &quot;This clear and meticulously researched primer gives business leaders big leg up on mass collaboration possibilities.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Don Tapscott)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Apr 2007 04:26:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/000394/bk_tant_000394_sample.mp3" length="2399478" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Wikinomics-Audiobook/B002V0QIWQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51TO-PRCLnL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Wikinomics
Subtitle: How Mass Collaboration Changes Everything
Author: Don Tapscott, Anthony D. Williams
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-06-07
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 379 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Today, encyclopedias, jetliners, operating systems, mutual funds, and many other items are being created by teams numbering in the thousands or even millions. While some leaders fear the burgeoning growth of these massive online communities, Wikinomics proves this fear is folly. Smart firms can harness collective capability and genius to spur innovation, growth, and success.
A brilliant guide to one of the most profound changes of our time, Wikinomics challenges our most deeply rooted assumptions about business and will prove indispensable to anyone who wants to understand competitiveness in the 21st century.
Based on a $9-million research project led by best-selling author Don Tapscott, Wikinomics shows how masses of people can participate in the economy like never before. They are creating TV news stories, sequencing genomes, remixing their favorite music, designing software, finding cures for disease, editing school texts, inventing new cosmetics, and even building motorcycles. You&apos;ll read about:


Critic Reviews:
&quot;A clear and exciting preview of how peer innovation will change everything.&quot; (Booklist)
 &quot;This clear and meticulously researched primer gives business leaders big leg up on mass collaboration possibilities.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Wikinomics
Subtitle: How Mass Collaboration Changes Everything
Author: Don Tapscott, Anthony D. Williams
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-06-07
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 379 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Today, encyclopedias, jetliners, operating systems, mutual funds, and many other items are being created by teams numbering in the thousands or even millions. While some leaders fear the burgeoning growth of these massive online communities, Wikinomics proves this fear is folly. Smart firms can harness collective capability and genius to spur innovation, growth, and success.
A brilliant guide to one of the most profound changes of our time, Wikinomics challenges our most deeply rooted assumptions about business and will prove indispensable to anyone who wants to understand competitiveness in the 21st century.
Based on a $9-million research project led by best-selling author Don Tapscott, Wikinomics shows how masses of people can participate in the economy like never before. They are creating TV news stories, sequencing genomes, remixing their favorite music, designing software, finding cures for disease, editing school texts, inventing new cosmetics, and even building motorcycles. You&apos;ll read about:


Critic Reviews:
&quot;A clear and exciting preview of how peer innovation will change everything.&quot; (Booklist)
 &quot;This clear and meticulously researched primer gives business leaders big leg up on mass collaboration possibilities.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
Editor please
This book contains some interesting concepts to which I was happy to be introduced and some great stories, mostly from the worlds of business and academia, that illustrate and flesh out the concepts.  It is also, unfortunately, tedious and repetitive.  A good editor could shorten it by half and vastly improve it by doing so.

Wikinomics
The content of the book is excellent, especially for executives not really clued into the wikiness of the tech world.  But the narrator, who has a beautiful and strong speaking voice, is so forceful with every sentence, one would think the book is a series of proclamations on how wiki will save the world.  As a result the book&apos;s message and content began to seem redundant after Chapter 2.  Less would have been more in this case.

sadly, a disappointment
I was expecting a lot more from this book.  If you&apos;re looking for something insightful and interesting to listen to, I would suggest either &quot;Freakonomics&quot; or &quot;The World is Flat&quot;.
&quot;Wikinomics&quot; blathers on and on about an open-source revolution, and companies that do not embrace the open-source movement will ultimately lose out.  I personally would like to believe this, and perhaps there is evidence to really support this general claim, but you will not find it in this book.  The author does point out wikipedia and linux and a few other success stories, but these are already very well documented; the author would have you believe he&apos;s really pulling back the curtains to show you a world out there that people don&apos;t already know about.
The narrator isn&apos;t the best, but even an amazing narrator couldn&apos;t make this book interesting.  The tone of the book is often preachy.  This author will not keep your interest beyond the opening passage.  A very dull and uninspired book.

Nothing new here
Absolutely nothing new here. Tapscott seems to wait for the latest trends to pass and then writes about them as if they are new.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>And the Weak Suffer What They Must? Audiobook by Yanis Varoufakis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/And-the-Weak-Suffer-What-They-Must-Audiobook/B01DWD691U</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: And the Weak Suffer What They Must?
Subtitle: Europe, Austerity and the Threat to Global Stability
Author: Yanis Varoufakis
Narrator: Leighton Pugh, Yanis Varoufakis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-07-16
Publisher: Random House AudioBooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2008, the universe of Western finance outgrew planet Earth. When Wall Street imploded, a death embrace between insolvent banks and bankrupt states consumed Europe. Half a dozen national economies imploded, and several more came close. But the storm is far from over....
From the aftermath of the Second World War to the present, Varoufakis recounts how the eurozone emerged not as a route to shared prosperity but as a pyramid scheme of debt with countries such as Greece, Ireland, Portugal and Spain at its bottom. Its woeful design ensured that collapse would be inevitable and catastrophic.
But since the hurricane landed, Europe&apos;s leaders have chosen a cocktail of more debt and harsh austerity rather than reform, ensuring that the weakest citizens of the weakest nations pay the price for the bankers&apos; mistakes while doing nothing to prevent the next collapse. Instead, the principle of the greatest austerity for those suffering the greatest recessions has led to a resurgence of racist extremism. Once more Europe is a potent threat to global stability.
Drawing on the personal experience of his own negotiations with the eurozone&apos;s financiers and offering concrete policies and alternatives, Varoufakis shows how we concocted this mess and how we can get out of it. And the Weak Suffer What They Must? reminds us of our history in order to save European capitalism from itself.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Yanis Varoufakis)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Apr 2016 14:20:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rhuk/002387/bk_rhuk_002387_sample.mp3" length="2399703" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/And-the-Weak-Suffer-What-They-Must-Audiobook/B01DWD691U</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Q5niklZxL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: And the Weak Suffer What They Must?
Subtitle: Europe, Austerity and the Threat to Global Stability
Author: Yanis Varoufakis
Narrator: Leighton Pugh, Yanis Varoufakis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-07-16
Publisher: Random House AudioBooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2008, the universe of Western finance outgrew planet Earth. When Wall Street imploded, a death embrace between insolvent banks and bankrupt states consumed Europe. Half a dozen national economies imploded, and several more came close. But the storm is far from over....
From the aftermath of the Second World War to the present, Varoufakis recounts how the eurozone emerged not as a route to shared prosperity but as a pyramid scheme of debt with countries such as Greece, Ireland, Portugal and Spain at its bottom. Its woeful design ensured that collapse would be inevitable and catastrophic.
But since the hurricane landed, Europe&apos;s leaders have chosen a cocktail of more debt and harsh austerity rather than reform, ensuring that the weakest citizens of the weakest nations pay the price for the bankers&apos; mistakes while doing nothing to prevent the next collapse. Instead, the principle of the greatest austerity for those suffering the greatest recessions has led to a resurgence of racist extremism. Once more Europe is a potent threat to global stability.
Drawing on the personal experience of his own negotiations with the eurozone&apos;s financiers and offering concrete policies and alternatives, Varoufakis shows how we concocted this mess and how we can get out of it. And the Weak Suffer What They Must? reminds us of our history in order to save European capitalism from itself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: And the Weak Suffer What They Must?
Subtitle: Europe, Austerity and the Threat to Global Stability
Author: Yanis Varoufakis
Narrator: Leighton Pugh, Yanis Varoufakis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-07-16
Publisher: Random House AudioBooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2008, the universe of Western finance outgrew planet Earth. When Wall Street imploded, a death embrace between insolvent banks and bankrupt states consumed Europe. Half a dozen national economies imploded, and several more came close. But the storm is far from over....
From the aftermath of the Second World War to the present, Varoufakis recounts how the eurozone emerged not as a route to shared prosperity but as a pyramid scheme of debt with countries such as Greece, Ireland, Portugal and Spain at its bottom. Its woeful design ensured that collapse would be inevitable and catastrophic.
But since the hurricane landed, Europe&apos;s leaders have chosen a cocktail of more debt and harsh austerity rather than reform, ensuring that the weakest citizens of the weakest nations pay the price for the bankers&apos; mistakes while doing nothing to prevent the next collapse. Instead, the principle of the greatest austerity for those suffering the greatest recessions has led to a resurgence of racist extremism. Once more Europe is a potent threat to global stability.
Drawing on the personal experience of his own negotiations with the eurozone&apos;s financiers and offering concrete policies and alternatives, Varoufakis shows how we concocted this mess and how we can get out of it. And the Weak Suffer What They Must? reminds us of our history in order to save European capitalism from itself.

Members Reviews:
Eye opener and hard hitting account of the crisis
Loved it. Eye opener and hard hitting account of the euro zone crisis. A must read.

Wonderful book and super important
After the the 2008 crash and ensuing Euro crisis so much has been extolled by the media and politicians that it has been hard to know where to start at looking at what has happened and why it has happened. Yanis dissects the problem simply and concisely, explaining in simple terms a very complicated problem. He gets to the heart of the issue of the disintegration of democracy in Europe, pointing out the key players without dictating a personal bias. He also gives an alternative view to the status quo. So overall I feel this is important book for anyone interested in politics or economics of the current era. I look forward to reading his other book The Global Minotaur and hope to see more of his work in the future.

This book should be read or heard by everyone.
Why it all went wrong and why we the ordinary people of Europe are suffering is  brilliantly explained in clear and beautiful prose.

An eye opening history of the real European Union
Varoufakis&apos; eye opening narrative history of the EU leaves nothing much to recommend the union, only that it must be reformed.

The inhuman and undemocratic Euro
A good historic account of the birth of the Euro and an analysis of the unfortunate effects of the rules applied to the countries using it. I would have liked more details on how the author wants to reform the rules.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bitcoin Beginners Bible - How You Can Profit from Trading and Investing in Bitcoin Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Bitcoin-Beginners-Bible-How-You-Can-Profit-from-Trading-and-Investing-in-Bitcoin-Audiobook/B077DMQS24</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bitcoin Beginners Bible - How You Can Profit from Trading and Investing in Bitcoin
Subtitle: Bitcoin, Cryptocurrency and Blockchain, Book 3
Author: Stephen Satoshi
Narrator: Douglas Thornton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-17
Publisher: Stephen Satoshi
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the past seven years, no other asset on the planet has come close to producing the returns of Bitcoin - if you want to know how you can profit from it, keep going....
Between June 2010 and September 2017 - The price of one Bitcoin has exploded by an incredible 6716700%!
That means $100 invested in Bitcoin back then would be worth a life-changing $6,716,700 today.
Even since last year, Bitcoin increased by a gigantic 716.96%!
How about that for some solid return on investment?
So, now you want a piece of the pie.
But you don&apos;t really know where to start.
While other Bitcoin books are like a high school textbook and don&apos;t actually provide any information on how you can benefit, Bitcoin Beginners Bible is written, in plain English, with the singular goal of arming you with the information you need to make money with Bitcoin.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Stephen Satoshi)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2017 08:09:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/100716/bk_acx0_100716_sample.mp3" length="1424866" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Bitcoin-Beginners-Bible-How-You-Can-Profit-from-Trading-and-Investing-in-Bitcoin-Audiobook/B077DMQS24</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61fw+32MFBL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bitcoin Beginners Bible - How You Can Profit from Trading and Investing in Bitcoin
Subtitle: Bitcoin, Cryptocurrency and Blockchain, Book 3
Author: Stephen Satoshi
Narrator: Douglas Thornton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-17
Publisher: Stephen Satoshi
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the past seven years, no other asset on the planet has come close to producing the returns of Bitcoin - if you want to know how you can profit from it, keep going....
Between June 2010 and September 2017 - The price of one Bitcoin has exploded by an incredible 6716700%!
That means $100 invested in Bitcoin back then would be worth a life-changing $6,716,700 today.
Even since last year, Bitcoin increased by a gigantic 716.96%!
How about that for some solid return on investment?
So, now you want a piece of the pie.
But you don&apos;t really know where to start.
While other Bitcoin books are like a high school textbook and don&apos;t actually provide any information on how you can benefit, Bitcoin Beginners Bible is written, in plain English, with the singular goal of arming you with the information you need to make money with Bitcoin.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bitcoin Beginners Bible - How You Can Profit from Trading and Investing in Bitcoin
Subtitle: Bitcoin, Cryptocurrency and Blockchain, Book 3
Author: Stephen Satoshi
Narrator: Douglas Thornton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-17
Publisher: Stephen Satoshi
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the past seven years, no other asset on the planet has come close to producing the returns of Bitcoin - if you want to know how you can profit from it, keep going....
Between June 2010 and September 2017 - The price of one Bitcoin has exploded by an incredible 6716700%!
That means $100 invested in Bitcoin back then would be worth a life-changing $6,716,700 today.
Even since last year, Bitcoin increased by a gigantic 716.96%!
How about that for some solid return on investment?
So, now you want a piece of the pie.
But you don&apos;t really know where to start.
While other Bitcoin books are like a high school textbook and don&apos;t actually provide any information on how you can benefit, Bitcoin Beginners Bible is written, in plain English, with the singular goal of arming you with the information you need to make money with Bitcoin.

Members Reviews:
Great Information
I was curious to what is bitcoin because my friend talks about it. As i was curious, i saw this book and it is worth reading for someone new to bitcoins like me. The book have great info, well written and have many tips on how to start. It will guide you on how the bitcoin processed. I think this book have enough information that you need to know so it is recommended on all that is into bitcoins.

awesome guide
&#206;ll of the things, tips &#206;nd guides th&#206;t I need to know &#206;bout Bitcoin Mining, Bitcoin Investing, Blockch&#206;in Technology, Cryptocurrency &#206;re &#206;lre&#206;dy included &#206;nd well written inside. &#206;ll inform&#206;tion is described in simple l&#206;ngu&#206;ge. I would recommend it to anyone interested in investing in Bitcoin or other digital currency. I highly recommended it!

Awesome book about bitcoin
Awesome book about bitcoin. It is a system that works using a blockchain ledger to record transactions. .Highly recommended to all.

Goid
Good book for beginners . A lot of helpful tips and tricks about bitcoin .  You can read really helpful info on bitcoin topic.

Extremely useful and exhaustive books,
I heard about bitcoins on the Coast-To-Coast AM radio program and got this book to further my learning experience.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>E-Myth Veterinarian Audiobook by Michael E. Gerber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/E-Myth-Veterinarian-Audiobook/B011A4X0VK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: E-Myth Veterinarian
Author: Michael E. Gerber
Narrator: Peter Weinstein
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-09-15
Publisher: Prodigy Business Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Leading a veterinary practice can seem like a daunting task, with too few hours in the day, too many petty management issues, and problems veterinarians at large practices don&apos;t seem to face. E-Myth Veterinarian offers you a road map to create a veterinary practice that&apos;s self-sufficient, growing, and highly profitable. Take your practice to levels you didn&apos;t think possible with this unique guide!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael E. Gerber)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2015 22:28:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hove/001378/bk_hove_001378_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/E-Myth-Veterinarian-Audiobook/B011A4X0VK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Lswdy1AYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: E-Myth Veterinarian
Author: Michael E. Gerber
Narrator: Peter Weinstein
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-09-15
Publisher: Prodigy Business Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Leading a veterinary practice can seem like a daunting task, with too few hours in the day, too many petty management issues, and problems veterinarians at large practices don&apos;t seem to face. E-Myth Veterinarian offers you a road map to create a veterinary practice that&apos;s self-sufficient, growing, and highly profitable. Take your practice to levels you didn&apos;t think possible with this unique guide!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: E-Myth Veterinarian
Author: Michael E. Gerber
Narrator: Peter Weinstein
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-09-15
Publisher: Prodigy Business Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Leading a veterinary practice can seem like a daunting task, with too few hours in the day, too many petty management issues, and problems veterinarians at large practices don&apos;t seem to face. E-Myth Veterinarian offers you a road map to create a veterinary practice that&apos;s self-sufficient, growing, and highly profitable. Take your practice to levels you didn&apos;t think possible with this unique guide!

Members Reviews:
Inspiring read!
This Audible  book gave me a lot to think about. So much great information well put across.

Very relevant,  excellent,
Valuable and timeless. Wish come across this before, or as soon as i started my practice.

Supplement to E-Myth
A good supplement to the flagship book but no substitute. Full of theory but no actionable material. Spoiler alert &quot;Use systems&quot;...  but then no detail on how to create systems... kept waiting for it but the detail wasn&apos;t there.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Return of Depression Economics and the Crisis of 2008 Audiobook by Paul Krugman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Return-of-Depression-Economics-and-the-Crisis-of-2008-Audiobook/B002V1LHWQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Return of Depression Economics and the Crisis of 2008
Author: Paul Krugman
Narrator: Don Leslie
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-23-08
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 241 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the years that followed, as Wall Street boomed and financial wheeler-dealers made vast profits, the international crises of the 1990s faded from memory. But now depression economics has come to America: when the great housing bubble of the mid-2000s burst, the U.S. financial system proved as vulnerable as those of developing countries caught up in earlier crises and a replay of the 1930s seems all too possible.
In this new, greatly updated edition of The Return of Depression Economics, Krugman shows how the failure of regulation to keep pace with an increasingly out-of-control financial system set the United States, and the world as a whole, up for the greatest financial crisis since the 1930s. He also lays out the steps that must be taken to contain the crisis, and turn around a world economy sliding into a deep recession. Brilliantly crafted in Krugman&apos;s trademark style - lucid, lively, and supremely informed - this new edition of The Return of Depression Economics will become an instant cornerstone of the debate over how to respond to the crisis.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Krugman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2008 21:07:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/001685/bk_rand_001685_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Return-of-Depression-Economics-and-the-Crisis-of-2008-Audiobook/B002V1LHWQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51wJs3eFU0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Return of Depression Economics and the Crisis of 2008
Author: Paul Krugman
Narrator: Don Leslie
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-23-08
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 241 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the years that followed, as Wall Street boomed and financial wheeler-dealers made vast profits, the international crises of the 1990s faded from memory. But now depression economics has come to America: when the great housing bubble of the mid-2000s burst, the U.S. financial system proved as vulnerable as those of developing countries caught up in earlier crises and a replay of the 1930s seems all too possible.
In this new, greatly updated edition of The Return of Depression Economics, Krugman shows how the failure of regulation to keep pace with an increasingly out-of-control financial system set the United States, and the world as a whole, up for the greatest financial crisis since the 1930s. He also lays out the steps that must be taken to contain the crisis, and turn around a world economy sliding into a deep recession. Brilliantly crafted in Krugman&apos;s trademark style - lucid, lively, and supremely informed - this new edition of The Return of Depression Economics will become an instant cornerstone of the debate over how to respond to the crisis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Return of Depression Economics and the Crisis of 2008
Author: Paul Krugman
Narrator: Don Leslie
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-23-08
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 241 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In the years that followed, as Wall Street boomed and financial wheeler-dealers made vast profits, the international crises of the 1990s faded from memory. But now depression economics has come to America: when the great housing bubble of the mid-2000s burst, the U.S. financial system proved as vulnerable as those of developing countries caught up in earlier crises and a replay of the 1930s seems all too possible.
In this new, greatly updated edition of The Return of Depression Economics, Krugman shows how the failure of regulation to keep pace with an increasingly out-of-control financial system set the United States, and the world as a whole, up for the greatest financial crisis since the 1930s. He also lays out the steps that must be taken to contain the crisis, and turn around a world economy sliding into a deep recession. Brilliantly crafted in Krugman&apos;s trademark style - lucid, lively, and supremely informed - this new edition of The Return of Depression Economics will become an instant cornerstone of the debate over how to respond to the crisis.

Members Reviews:
Buy the printed book
A very interesting analysis of the causes of and remedies for the current and historical recessions and depressions, and the actions that have been taken and could be taken to ameliorate them. However, I recommend that the book be enjoyed in hard copy rather than in audio. The material is dense, and Krugman throws out references to  many technical aspects of domestic and international finance. Although Krugman states at the outset that he&apos;s trying to avoid economic jargon and abstruse economic concepts, so that a broader audience can understand his analysis, he assumes a level of understanding of the forces that operate in finance that I believe most listeners won&apos;t have.

Depressing necessity!
So much of this book, I did not want to hear.  The more I wanted to turn it off, the more I kept listening.  Because I spend much time in Bangkok, Thailand, chapter 3 on how crony capitalism in emerging markets really got my attention.  The detailed mechanism of the &apos;97 Asian financial crisis, which seems to be repeating itself in the US now, was cogently delineated, albeit with an attitude.  Chapter 6 on hedge funds also opened my eyes to the rise and fall of money.  Hear it but be prepared to turn it off only to turn it back on again!

Lucid and informative to the Nth degree
I&apos;ve followed Krugman in the NYT for some time, so was much gladdened by the appearance of his work on Audible.  The work requires the listener pay attention -- not as if you were defusing a bomb, but definitely more than a piece of pure fiction.  The historical perspectives are truly enlightening in their own right, but as the basis for understanding the present superbly invaluable.  Krugman&apos;s analysis is supported my much experience, data, and a superbly trained eye.  That&apos;s why I think this work can be fairly classified as neutral in political perspective.  He lets the evidence make his point and strengthen his conclusions, which makes for, in my mind, a very credible description of why we are where we are, and where we need to go next.  As I said at the onset one needs to focus when listening as the work will engage one&apos;s critical listening skills if your to enjoy the work.  Again, a masterful piece of historical analysis and explanation of the present.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wisdom of Crowds Audiobook by James Surowiecki</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Wisdom-of-Crowds-Audiobook/B002V0K5P2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wisdom of Crowds
Subtitle: Why the Many Are Smarter than the Few
Author: James Surowiecki
Narrator: Erik Singer
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-20-04
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 190 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This seemingly counterintuitive notion has endless and major ramifications for how businesses operate, how knowledge is advanced, how economies are (or should be) organized and how we live our daily lives. With seemingly boundless erudition and in delightfully clear prose, Surowiecki ranges across fields as diverse as popular culture, psychology, economic behaviorism, artificial intelligence, military history, and political theory to show just how this principle operates in the real world.
Despite the sophistication of his arguments, Surowiecki presents them in a wonderfully entertaining manner. The examples he uses are all down-to-earth, surprising, and fun to ponder. Why is the line in which you&apos;re standing always the longest? Why is it that you can buy a screw anywhere in the world and it will fit a bolt bought ten-thousand miles away? Why is network television so awful? If you had to meet someone in Paris on a specific day but had no way of contacting them, when and where would you meet? Why are there traffic jams? What&apos;s the best way to win money on a game show? Why, when you walk into a convenience store at 2:00 A.M. to buy a quart of orange juice, is it there waiting for you? What do Hollywood mafia movies have to teach us about why corporations exist?
The Wisdom of Crowds is a brilliant but accessible biography of an idea, one with important lessons for how we live our lives, select our leaders, conduct our business, and think about our world.

Editorial Reviews:
Why we think it&apos;s Essential: James Surowiecki offers an interesting theory: that answers to difficult questions are best reached by a group of alert, intelligent individuals rather than by single, even respected, experts alone. The author highlights tragedies that could have been avoided had a greater number of persons been consulted before crucial decisions were made. Veteran narrator Grover Gardner does a fine job engaging the listener with Surowiecki&apos;s extended case studies. Corey Thrasher

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Surowiecki&apos;s style is pleasantly informal, a tactical disguise for what might otherwise be rather dense material. He offers a great introduction to applied behavioral economics and game theory.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (James Surowiecki)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2004 12:49:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/000427/bk_rand_000427_sample.mp3" length="2388637" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Wisdom-of-Crowds-Audiobook/B002V0K5P2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41Yzx-WbWOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wisdom of Crowds
Subtitle: Why the Many Are Smarter than the Few
Author: James Surowiecki
Narrator: Erik Singer
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-20-04
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 190 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This seemingly counterintuitive notion has endless and major ramifications for how businesses operate, how knowledge is advanced, how economies are (or should be) organized and how we live our daily lives. With seemingly boundless erudition and in delightfully clear prose, Surowiecki ranges across fields as diverse as popular culture, psychology, economic behaviorism, artificial intelligence, military history, and political theory to show just how this principle operates in the real world.
Despite the sophistication of his arguments, Surowiecki presents them in a wonderfully entertaining manner. The examples he uses are all down-to-earth, surprising, and fun to ponder. Why is the line in which you&apos;re standing always the longest? Why is it that you can buy a screw anywhere in the world and it will fit a bolt bought ten-thousand miles away? Why is network television so awful? If you had to meet someone in Paris on a specific day but had no way of contacting them, when and where would you meet? Why are there traffic jams? What&apos;s the best way to win money on a game show? Why, when you walk into a convenience store at 2:00 A.M. to buy a quart of orange juice, is it there waiting for you? What do Hollywood mafia movies have to teach us about why corporations exist?
The Wisdom of Crowds is a brilliant but accessible biography of an idea, one with important lessons for how we live our lives, select our leaders, conduct our business, and think about our world.

Editorial Reviews:
Why we think it&apos;s Essential: James Surowiecki offers an interesting theory: that answers to difficult questions are best reached by a group of alert, intelligent individuals rather than by single, even respected, experts alone. The author highlights tragedies that could have been avoided had a greater number of persons been consulted before crucial decisions were made. Veteran narrator Grover Gardner does a fine job engaging the listener with Surowiecki&apos;s extended case studies. Corey Thrasher

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Surowiecki&apos;s style is pleasantly informal, a tactical disguise for what might otherwise be rather dense material. He offers a great introduction to applied behavioral economics and game theory.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wisdom of Crowds
Subtitle: Why the Many Are Smarter than the Few
Author: James Surowiecki
Narrator: Erik Singer
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-20-04
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 190 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This seemingly counterintuitive notion has endless and major ramifications for how businesses operate, how knowledge is advanced, how economies are (or should be) organized and how we live our daily lives. With seemingly boundless erudition and in delightfully clear prose, Surowiecki ranges across fields as diverse as popular culture, psychology, economic behaviorism, artificial intelligence, military history, and political theory to show just how this principle operates in the real world.
Despite the sophistication of his arguments, Surowiecki presents them in a wonderfully entertaining manner. The examples he uses are all down-to-earth, surprising, and fun to ponder. Why is the line in which you&apos;re standing always the longest? Why is it that you can buy a screw anywhere in the world and it will fit a bolt bought ten-thousand miles away? Why is network television so awful? If you had to meet someone in Paris on a specific day but had no way of contacting them, when and where would you meet? Why are there traffic jams? What&apos;s the best way to win money on a game show? Why, when you walk into a convenience store at 2:00 A.M. to buy a quart of orange juice, is it there waiting for you? What do Hollywood mafia movies have to teach us about why corporations exist?
The Wisdom of Crowds is a brilliant but accessible biography of an idea, one with important lessons for how we live our lives, select our leaders, conduct our business, and think about our world.

Editorial Reviews:
Why we think it&apos;s Essential: James Surowiecki offers an interesting theory: that answers to difficult questions are best reached by a group of alert, intelligent individuals rather than by single, even respected, experts alone. The author highlights tragedies that could have been avoided had a greater number of persons been consulted before crucial decisions were made. Veteran narrator Grover Gardner does a fine job engaging the listener with Surowiecki&apos;s extended case studies. Corey Thrasher

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Surowiecki&apos;s style is pleasantly informal, a tactical disguise for what might otherwise be rather dense material. He offers a great introduction to applied behavioral economics and game theory.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
great discourse on group dynamics....
i liked this book and to be honest (as i &quot;read&quot; this in audible format) i kept drifting from time to time so i will definitely go through it again.
surowiecki makes the point - in short - that diverse groups of people (crowds), regardless of how uninformed they are, are the best way to get the best answers and make the wisest decisions.
the book contains a ton of anecdotes and examples (and i got the abridged edition too!) like the fact that 40% of americans polled during the height of the cold war thought the Soviet Union was a member of NATO but then goes on to prove that this is immaterial in the larger scheme of things.

One interesting idea, but this book lacks wisdom
I kept hoping after hours of listening I there would be a pay off.  No luck.  the most interesting finding, that certain crowds, if they are diverse enough are wiser, than their wisest member, is revealed at the beginning.  Many anecdotes, and little wisdow, in fact a suprising level of ignorance about capitalism and people, fill the following ten hours.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>El Blockchain en la Pr&#225;ctica [Blockchain in Practice] Audio Libro por Lucas Sergio Cervigni</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/El-Blockchain-en-la-Practica-Blockchain-in-Practice-Audiobook/B071FGKJQF</link>
      <description>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El Blockchain en la Pr&#225;ctica [Blockchain in Practice]
Subtitular: Una introducci&#243;n simple para profesionales [A Simple Introduction for Professionals]
Autor: Lucas Sergio Cervigni
Narrador: Alfonso Sales
Formato: Unabridged
Duraci&#243;n: 2 hrs and 12 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 05-25-17
Editor: South Ram Consulting Associates, Ltd.
Calificaciones: 5 de 5 de 27 votos
Categor&#237;as: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Resumen del editor:
Tanto los profesionales del &#225;mbito acad&#233;mico como del &#225;mbito comercial, legislativo, contable y administrativo necesitan comprender los conceptos b&#225;sicos del Blockchain: qu&#233; es, c&#243;mo funciona y c&#243;mo cambiar&#225; nuestras vidas.
Este libro, escrito por el destacado experto Lucas Cervigni, es la primera gu&#237;a accesible pero inteligente para profesionales.
El libro consigue un equilibrio entre la perspectiva t&#233;cnica del Blockchain y los usos que muchos de nosotros le daremos (o le damos) en la vida real. Citando a algunos de los comentadores e innovadores m&#225;s importantes, Cervigni nos da su punto de vista especializado respecto de las distintas fuerzas que est&#225;n impulsando la evoluci&#243;n de esta tecnolog&#237;a revolucionaria.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Lucas Sergio Cervigni)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2017 00:21:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/087280/bk_acx0_087280_sample.mp3" length="810257" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/El-Blockchain-en-la-Practica-Blockchain-in-Practice-Audiobook/B071FGKJQF</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Qs5n1XcVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Escucha este t&#237;tulo completo gratis en thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El Blockchain en la Pr&#225;ctica [Blockchain in Practice]
Subtitular: Una introducci&#243;n simple para profesionales [A Simple Introduction for Professionals]
Autor: Lucas Sergio Cervigni
Narrador: Alfonso Sales
Formato: Unabridged
Duraci&#243;n: 2 hrs and 12 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 05-25-17
Editor: South Ram Consulting Associates, Ltd.
Calificaciones: 5 de 5 de 27 votos
Categor&#237;as: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Resumen del editor:
Tanto los profesionales del &#225;mbito acad&#233;mico como del &#225;mbito comercial, legislativo, contable y administrativo necesitan comprender los conceptos b&#225;sicos del Blockchain: qu&#233; es, c&#243;mo funciona y c&#243;mo cambiar&#225; nuestras vidas.
Este libro, escrito por el destacado experto Lucas Cervigni, es la primera gu&#237;a accesible pero inteligente para profesionales.
El libro consigue un equilibrio entre la perspectiva t&#233;cnica del Blockchain y los usos que muchos de nosotros le daremos (o le damos) en la vida real. Citando a algunos de los comentadores e innovadores m&#225;s importantes, Cervigni nos da su punto de vista especializado respecto de las distintas fuerzas que est&#225;n impulsando la evoluci&#243;n de esta tecnolog&#237;a revolucionaria.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El Blockchain en la Pr&#225;ctica [Blockchain in Practice]
Subtitular: Una introducci&#243;n simple para profesionales [A Simple Introduction for Professionals]
Autor: Lucas Sergio Cervigni
Narrador: Alfonso Sales
Formato: Unabridged
Duraci&#243;n: 2 hrs and 12 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 05-25-17
Editor: South Ram Consulting Associates, Ltd.
Calificaciones: 5 de 5 de 27 votos
Categor&#237;as: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Resumen del editor:
Tanto los profesionales del &#225;mbito acad&#233;mico como del &#225;mbito comercial, legislativo, contable y administrativo necesitan comprender los conceptos b&#225;sicos del Blockchain: qu&#233; es, c&#243;mo funciona y c&#243;mo cambiar&#225; nuestras vidas.
Este libro, escrito por el destacado experto Lucas Cervigni, es la primera gu&#237;a accesible pero inteligente para profesionales.
El libro consigue un equilibrio entre la perspectiva t&#233;cnica del Blockchain y los usos que muchos de nosotros le daremos (o le damos) en la vida real. Citando a algunos de los comentadores e innovadores m&#225;s importantes, Cervigni nos da su punto de vista especializado respecto de las distintas fuerzas que est&#225;n impulsando la evoluci&#243;n de esta tecnolog&#237;a revolucionaria.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.

Opiniones de los miembros:
Perfecto y muy bien explicado
Perfecta gu&#237;a de blockchain en espa&#241;ol . Los conceptos muy bien explicados . Gracias .

Lo que buscaba. Did&#225;ctico
Quise saber m&#225;s sobre Blockchain ante el auge que est&#225; teniendo y las continuas informaciones en los medios de comunicaci&#243;n. Este audiolibrones una gu&#237;a que me ha resultado muy did&#225;ctica.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cryptocurrency Investing Audiobook by Keizer S&#246;ze</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Cryptocurrency-Investing-Audiobook/B077BS2X22</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Cryptocurrency Investing
Subtitle: 13 Most Successful Cryptocurrencies You Should Invest, Volume 2
Author: Keizer S&#246;ze
Narrator: Matyas J.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-17
Publisher: Keizer S&#246;ze
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Not all cryptocurrencies are useful or good investments. In fact, 90% of all cryptocurrencies are scams. Many fake cryptocurrencies are advertised parallel with well-known names and existing successful coins to trick you into investing, and many people lose their hard-earned savings because of their lack of knowledge about the world of cryptocurrency. Unfortunately, due to a free market, we experience market manipulation daily.
However, there are some great cryptocurrencies with excellent ideas. It takes time to understand how to recognize a successful digital coin that has a potential to become the next Bitcoin.
So, how do you find them? This audiobook will teach you exactly that! You will learn:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Keizer S&#246;ze)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2017 03:37:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/100629/bk_acx0_100629_sample.mp3" length="1076915" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Cryptocurrency-Investing-Audiobook/B077BS2X22</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51b4PY903lL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Cryptocurrency Investing
Subtitle: 13 Most Successful Cryptocurrencies You Should Invest, Volume 2
Author: Keizer S&#246;ze
Narrator: Matyas J.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-17
Publisher: Keizer S&#246;ze
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Not all cryptocurrencies are useful or good investments. In fact, 90% of all cryptocurrencies are scams. Many fake cryptocurrencies are advertised parallel with well-known names and existing successful coins to trick you into investing, and many people lose their hard-earned savings because of their lack of knowledge about the world of cryptocurrency. Unfortunately, due to a free market, we experience market manipulation daily.
However, there are some great cryptocurrencies with excellent ideas. It takes time to understand how to recognize a successful digital coin that has a potential to become the next Bitcoin.
So, how do you find them? This audiobook will teach you exactly that! You will learn:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Cryptocurrency Investing
Subtitle: 13 Most Successful Cryptocurrencies You Should Invest, Volume 2
Author: Keizer S&#246;ze
Narrator: Matyas J.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-14-17
Publisher: Keizer S&#246;ze
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Not all cryptocurrencies are useful or good investments. In fact, 90% of all cryptocurrencies are scams. Many fake cryptocurrencies are advertised parallel with well-known names and existing successful coins to trick you into investing, and many people lose their hard-earned savings because of their lack of knowledge about the world of cryptocurrency. Unfortunately, due to a free market, we experience market manipulation daily.
However, there are some great cryptocurrencies with excellent ideas. It takes time to understand how to recognize a successful digital coin that has a potential to become the next Bitcoin.
So, how do you find them? This audiobook will teach you exactly that! You will learn:

Members Reviews:
Good book on cryptocurrency.
This book is informative and helpful when it comes of Bitcoin. I would totally recommend this to anyone trying to get their feet wet in this movement to online currency. Cryptocurrency is now one of the future money sources where can be earned a passive money. Well presented book, it also contains simple guidelines that very easy to take after. Recommended.

I recommend this book everyone who wants to learn more information ...
This book is a real and straight to the point. I decided to read it because Cryptocurrencies value had risen to that of gold and I wanted to understand what all the fuss was about.  I recommend this book everyone who wants to learn more information on this topic. It is worth reading.

Reading this book has been a great eye opener to me
Reading this book has been a great eye opener to me. The author of this book really made out time to analyse the various crypocurrencies available in the market and how lucrative each one is especially bitcoin.
If you are looking to invest in crypocurrencies then you should check it out.

I enjoyed reading and learning from the useful profitable information in ...
The value the book provides me tremendous. I went from completely oblivious into the know-how in one sitting. If you&apos;re getting started with crypto, start with this book. I enjoyed reading and learning from the useful profitable information in this book. Kudos to the Author, thank you I&apos;m personally applying what I learned in time for Cryptocurrency becoming more widely used just in time to reap life changing wealth.

A great read for anyone who wants to amp his knowledge ...
I&apos;ve read a lot of books about Cryptocurrency and thought that I know all there is to know about the topic. Until I got this book. This book explains some concepts more clearly than other books. A great read for anyone who wants to amp his knowledge on the cryptocurrency trend.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Greed and Glory on Wall Street Audiobook by Ken Auletta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Greed-and-Glory-on-Wall-Street-Audiobook/B0182YDPU2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Greed and Glory on Wall Street
Subtitle: The Fall of the House of Lehman
Author: Ken Auletta
Narrator: Steven Cooper
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The inside account of a financial meltdown that reshaped Wall Street.
In 1983, Lew Glucksman, then co-CEO of the heralded investment bank Lehman Brothers, demanded the resignation of chairman Pete Peterson, with whom he had long argued over how to manage the company. Shockingly, Peterson, who had taken charge a decade earlier and led Lehman from near collapse to record profits, agreed to step down.
In this meticulously researched volume, Ken Auletta details the turmoil, infighting, and power struggles that brought about Peterson&apos;s departure and the eventual sale of one of Wall Street&apos;s oldest and most prestigious firms. Set against the backdrop of the 1980s stock exchange, where hotshot young traders made and lost millions in a single afternoon, the story of Lehman&apos;s fall is a suspenseful battle of wills between bankers, traders, and executives motivated by greed, envy, and ego. Auletta, who conducted hundreds of hours of interviews and was granted access to private company records, has crafted a thorough, enduring, and engaging account of pivotal events that continued to influence this storied financial institution until its ultimate demise in 2008.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ken Auletta)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2015 06:46:06 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/025847/bk_adbl_025847_sample.mp3" length="969931" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Greed-and-Glory-on-Wall-Street-Audiobook/B0182YDPU2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51e4Wc7Z+0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Greed and Glory on Wall Street
Subtitle: The Fall of the House of Lehman
Author: Ken Auletta
Narrator: Steven Cooper
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The inside account of a financial meltdown that reshaped Wall Street.
In 1983, Lew Glucksman, then co-CEO of the heralded investment bank Lehman Brothers, demanded the resignation of chairman Pete Peterson, with whom he had long argued over how to manage the company. Shockingly, Peterson, who had taken charge a decade earlier and led Lehman from near collapse to record profits, agreed to step down.
In this meticulously researched volume, Ken Auletta details the turmoil, infighting, and power struggles that brought about Peterson&apos;s departure and the eventual sale of one of Wall Street&apos;s oldest and most prestigious firms. Set against the backdrop of the 1980s stock exchange, where hotshot young traders made and lost millions in a single afternoon, the story of Lehman&apos;s fall is a suspenseful battle of wills between bankers, traders, and executives motivated by greed, envy, and ego. Auletta, who conducted hundreds of hours of interviews and was granted access to private company records, has crafted a thorough, enduring, and engaging account of pivotal events that continued to influence this storied financial institution until its ultimate demise in 2008.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Greed and Glory on Wall Street
Subtitle: The Fall of the House of Lehman
Author: Ken Auletta
Narrator: Steven Cooper
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-18-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The inside account of a financial meltdown that reshaped Wall Street.
In 1983, Lew Glucksman, then co-CEO of the heralded investment bank Lehman Brothers, demanded the resignation of chairman Pete Peterson, with whom he had long argued over how to manage the company. Shockingly, Peterson, who had taken charge a decade earlier and led Lehman from near collapse to record profits, agreed to step down.
In this meticulously researched volume, Ken Auletta details the turmoil, infighting, and power struggles that brought about Peterson&apos;s departure and the eventual sale of one of Wall Street&apos;s oldest and most prestigious firms. Set against the backdrop of the 1980s stock exchange, where hotshot young traders made and lost millions in a single afternoon, the story of Lehman&apos;s fall is a suspenseful battle of wills between bankers, traders, and executives motivated by greed, envy, and ego. Auletta, who conducted hundreds of hours of interviews and was granted access to private company records, has crafted a thorough, enduring, and engaging account of pivotal events that continued to influence this storied financial institution until its ultimate demise in 2008.

Members Reviews:
An important fork in the road for Lehman
The biggest target audience, I think, would be those with an interest in history of business and particularly banking. Also it is a fine case study and cautionary tale in governance. On a wider level, I found it a classic, absorbing story of the collision within towers of economic power of drastically different but very ambitious individuals. At moments it descends into a sort of rugby scrum between antagonists in suits (some more svelte than others). The Lehman of the 1970s-1980s crackles with historical shifts and the impending collisions of intriguing business and political personalities on the make, no two of whom seem to have remembered any shared conversation in a remotely matching way. The self-serving stories swirl as much as do the different dynamics and shifting moves of the characters. Lew Glucksman in particular seemed born to wrestle, to enter any room and come out with some loyal team members, and others glaring with knives flashing. And the author did a great job of floating from scene to scene with insights, business and personal, large and small. Here much homework was paired with well-crafted writing. The narrator is a good fit for this work, much as he was for the (in some ways similar and splendid) audio of The Taking of Getty Oil. Steven Cooper&apos;s sober, well-intoned but ever-so-faintly querulous performance perfectly conveys the nervousness and discomfort of moments in which players very much preoccupied with their expected riches, their ambitions and jealously guarded self-image, are unavoidably propelled into a sort of crucible, flaws and all, where their fates will be decided. The thin veneer of big-town civility over it all only makes it more disturbed and, for me, gripping. History indeed pivots on some pretty unusual and imperfect personalities in messy situations. And in the wings appears the well-known Dick Fuld.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Tao of Warren Buffett Audiobook by Mary Buffett, David Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Tao-of-Warren-Buffett-Audiobook/B002UZKO1I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tao of Warren Buffett
Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark
Narrator: Anna Fields
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-23-07
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 64 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Following in the tradition of the Tao Te Ching, that ancient Chinese classic text on human nature (as well as more popular interpretations, like the best-selling The Tao of Pooh) comes The Tao of Warren Buffett, a compendium of quotes from America&apos;s favorite businessman. Buffett&apos;s investment strategies and life philosophies are revealed in this collection of sayings, some of which have never been heard before. Warren Buffett can teach us all a few secrets of success.
&#169;2006 Mary Buffett and David Clark; (P)2006 Tantor Media Inc.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mary Buffett)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Apr 2007 02:38:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/000401/bk_tant_000401_sample.mp3" length="1760210" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Tao-of-Warren-Buffett-Audiobook/B002UZKO1I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/416VWg52yRL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tao of Warren Buffett
Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark
Narrator: Anna Fields
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-23-07
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 64 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Following in the tradition of the Tao Te Ching, that ancient Chinese classic text on human nature (as well as more popular interpretations, like the best-selling The Tao of Pooh) comes The Tao of Warren Buffett, a compendium of quotes from America&apos;s favorite businessman. Buffett&apos;s investment strategies and life philosophies are revealed in this collection of sayings, some of which have never been heard before. Warren Buffett can teach us all a few secrets of success.
&#169;2006 Mary Buffett and David Clark; (P)2006 Tantor Media Inc.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tao of Warren Buffett
Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark
Narrator: Anna Fields
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-23-07
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 64 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Following in the tradition of the Tao Te Ching, that ancient Chinese classic text on human nature (as well as more popular interpretations, like the best-selling The Tao of Pooh) comes The Tao of Warren Buffett, a compendium of quotes from America&apos;s favorite businessman. Buffett&apos;s investment strategies and life philosophies are revealed in this collection of sayings, some of which have never been heard before. Warren Buffett can teach us all a few secrets of success.
&#169;2006 Mary Buffett and David Clark; (P)2006 Tantor Media Inc.

Members Reviews:
Nice book of investment wisdom
Overall, I enjoyed the book. However, as an Option Trader, I found very little use of the book. I just enjoy hearing the intelligent wisdom of Warren Buffet. If you are a investor in equities, then this book would serve you well. The only problem I had with the book is, that it tends to repeat many of the sayings.
All in all, I recommend this book.

An insight into a value investor
This audio book was a fascinating look into the ideology of value investing.  It changed my outlook on the stock market and helped to make sense of otherwise senseless market swings.  If everyone invested like Mr. Buffett, there would be fewer millionaires as there would be fewer losers in the market.

Number 2 See Number 1
This review is over due by 4 years or so.
My most favorite reader, the late Ms Fields, did justice to this list of the Why&apos;s of Warren.
Excellent start to entice you to stop living on credit, only buy what you can pay for at the end of the month, and to stay out of debit.
If you don&apos;t think you can ever retire, then this is for you.
This is a simple list of why&apos;s, and a good reminder,  it&apos;s never too late to start to do the right thing to make your life better.
note: it&apos;s best on the new 1.25x speed to keep your interest. Yes, like me, you may go back  a bit if a single point needs repeating, but you will definitely find out the what of the what&apos;s you don&apos;t know.
Were these comments helpful?

Sound advice for every investor
Age old principles of money never fail. Great reminders, eye openers and warnings for the baby investor. Wise council for the seasoned investor.

There are nuggets of wisdom here.
Any additional comments?
First off, Buffet doesn&apos;t believe in broad portfolio diversification. He chooses single businesses and invests in them big.
When Buffet describes how he chooses his investments, he basically says: choose a lasting business (such as razor blades, soda pop, chewing gum, etc), with a strong competitive advantage, great underlying economics, buy it when it&apos;s stock price is less than it&apos;s &quot;real value,&quot; and invest big in it. This information is presented as if it&apos;s dead simple and anyone can get rich following this advice. While I believe it&apos;s good advice, personally I feel Buffet owes a lot more of his success to luck than he&apos;d care to admit.
Aside from my skepticism of non-diversification, there are excellent nuggets of wisdom on running a business in this book. Plus I&apos;ve always been interested in how great people think, and for that this book is worth a listen, but if you&apos;re looking for sound (and more in depth) investing advice for normal people, I suggest reading &quot;A Random Walk Down Wall Street.&quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Free Lunch Audiobook by David Cay Johnston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Free-Lunch-Audiobook/B002VACCVM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Free Lunch
Subtitle: How the Wealthiest Americans Enrich Themselves at Government Expense
Author: David Cay Johnston
Narrator: David Cay Johnston
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-09-09
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The best-selling author of Perfectly Legal returns with a powerful new expose.
&#169;2008 David Cay Johnston; (P)2008 Penguin

Critic Reviews:
&quot;With clarity, conciseness, and cool, fact-saturated analysis, Mr. Johnston, the premier investigative reporter on how industry and commerce shift risks and costs to taxpayers, sends the ultimate message to all Americans - either we demand to have a say or we will continue to pay, pay, and pay.&quot; (Ralph Nader)
&quot;Here&apos;s a shocking novel with an amazing plot. Donald Trump, Ken Lay, and George Steinbrenner all conspire to siphon billions of dollars from the American middle class. Wait - it&apos;s not a novel! It&apos;s all true! .... Johnston narrates his own work with a newscaster&apos;s tone and perspective. His direct tone keeps listeners engaged throughout.&quot; (AudioFile)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Cay Johnston)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jan 2009 21:46:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/001148/bk_peng_001148_sample.mp3" length="2399731" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Free-Lunch-Audiobook/B002VACCVM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51nDhoZ36cL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Free Lunch
Subtitle: How the Wealthiest Americans Enrich Themselves at Government Expense
Author: David Cay Johnston
Narrator: David Cay Johnston
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-09-09
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The best-selling author of Perfectly Legal returns with a powerful new expose.
&#169;2008 David Cay Johnston; (P)2008 Penguin

Critic Reviews:
&quot;With clarity, conciseness, and cool, fact-saturated analysis, Mr. Johnston, the premier investigative reporter on how industry and commerce shift risks and costs to taxpayers, sends the ultimate message to all Americans - either we demand to have a say or we will continue to pay, pay, and pay.&quot; (Ralph Nader)
&quot;Here&apos;s a shocking novel with an amazing plot. Donald Trump, Ken Lay, and George Steinbrenner all conspire to siphon billions of dollars from the American middle class. Wait - it&apos;s not a novel! It&apos;s all true! .... Johnston narrates his own work with a newscaster&apos;s tone and perspective. His direct tone keeps listeners engaged throughout.&quot; (AudioFile)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Free Lunch
Subtitle: How the Wealthiest Americans Enrich Themselves at Government Expense
Author: David Cay Johnston
Narrator: David Cay Johnston
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-09-09
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The best-selling author of Perfectly Legal returns with a powerful new expose.
&#169;2008 David Cay Johnston; (P)2008 Penguin

Critic Reviews:
&quot;With clarity, conciseness, and cool, fact-saturated analysis, Mr. Johnston, the premier investigative reporter on how industry and commerce shift risks and costs to taxpayers, sends the ultimate message to all Americans - either we demand to have a say or we will continue to pay, pay, and pay.&quot; (Ralph Nader)
&quot;Here&apos;s a shocking novel with an amazing plot. Donald Trump, Ken Lay, and George Steinbrenner all conspire to siphon billions of dollars from the American middle class. Wait - it&apos;s not a novel! It&apos;s all true! .... Johnston narrates his own work with a newscaster&apos;s tone and perspective. His direct tone keeps listeners engaged throughout.&quot; (AudioFile)

Members Reviews:
A Must Listen! Great narration!
This book documents with facts and entertaining true stories how the corporate world and their high paid lobbyists have taken over our government to enrich the few at the expense of the many. For anyone who wants to know where all our money went, this is a must read! The narration makes it all the better as it is by the author himself, and he does an excellent job. I was sad when it ended and look forward to Mr Johnston&apos;s next book.

Fair and balanced
If you despise welfare moms who keep having kids to leach off the government, wait til you read about these corporate welfare hogs.  If you rush to vote politicians out of office when they&apos;re discovered taking extravagces at the taxpayers expense, wait til you read about famous wealthy folk who make a living using tax funds as their own bank.
These many shameful scams are described with careful reference to verifiable records - newspaper reports, court filings, etc.  The author even takes pains to defend some of those involved where appropriate - abasent a company culture to the contrary, corporate officers are obligated to pursue the most profitable course lest they be blamed for incompetence - small town government officials don&apos;t want to see their towns become a footnote in history.
What makes this book masterful is that the author describes the scams like a journalist, as opposed to the overstated and dramatic styles that O&apos;Reilley, Michael Moore, Limbaugh and other similar &quot;reporters&quot; have made fashionable.

Disturbing
At times I found the information provided so upsetting I had to turn it off. That should be taken as an ultimate compliment, considering the subject matter.  What made this so interesting throughout was that the author used many different scenarios to make his point.
What our representatives have allowed to happen in tax policies, lack of oversight etc. is nothing short of criminal.  If only every person in our country spent just a few hours each month listen/reading materials like this, maybe we would not all fall for the sound bites we are fed by our political representatives we would not be selling the very future of our company to the elite few.
Thank you Mr. Johnston for this very illuminating read.

Awful format
The book chapters aren&apos;t titled and are grouped into sections that do not give any information as to what is contained into each section.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Applied Economics Audiobook by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Applied-Economics-Audiobook/B002VA3NJW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Applied Economics
Subtitle: Thinking Beyond Stage One: Second Edition
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Bill Wallace
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-07-09
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 290 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Applied Economics is an accessible guide to how our economic decisions develop. It explains the application of economics to major world problems, including housing, medical care, discrimination, and the economic development of nations. The book is based on an international view of economics, includes examples from around the world, and shows how certain incentives and constraints produce similar outcomes among disparate peoples and cultures.
&#169;2009 Thomas Sowell; (P)2009 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Applied Economics...is simply the must-have field guide to our economic landscape.&quot; (Jonah Goldberg, Los Angeles Times columnist)
&quot;Applied Economics is full of...good sense - and serves as an excellent defense against the counterproductive promises of political candidates.&quot; (Wall Street Journal)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Sowell)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2009 01:05:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/003198/bk_blak_003198_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Applied-Economics-Audiobook/B002VA3NJW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/413YZTjPHrL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Applied Economics
Subtitle: Thinking Beyond Stage One: Second Edition
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Bill Wallace
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-07-09
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 290 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Applied Economics is an accessible guide to how our economic decisions develop. It explains the application of economics to major world problems, including housing, medical care, discrimination, and the economic development of nations. The book is based on an international view of economics, includes examples from around the world, and shows how certain incentives and constraints produce similar outcomes among disparate peoples and cultures.
&#169;2009 Thomas Sowell; (P)2009 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Applied Economics...is simply the must-have field guide to our economic landscape.&quot; (Jonah Goldberg, Los Angeles Times columnist)
&quot;Applied Economics is full of...good sense - and serves as an excellent defense against the counterproductive promises of political candidates.&quot; (Wall Street Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Applied Economics
Subtitle: Thinking Beyond Stage One: Second Edition
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Bill Wallace
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-07-09
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 290 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Applied Economics is an accessible guide to how our economic decisions develop. It explains the application of economics to major world problems, including housing, medical care, discrimination, and the economic development of nations. The book is based on an international view of economics, includes examples from around the world, and shows how certain incentives and constraints produce similar outcomes among disparate peoples and cultures.
&#169;2009 Thomas Sowell; (P)2009 Blackstone Audio, Inc.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Applied Economics...is simply the must-have field guide to our economic landscape.&quot; (Jonah Goldberg, Los Angeles Times columnist)
&quot;Applied Economics is full of...good sense - and serves as an excellent defense against the counterproductive promises of political candidates.&quot; (Wall Street Journal)

Members Reviews:
Look at the long term...it&apos;s important!
Look to the long term...that&apos;s the main message of Applied Economics.  Dr. Sowell is a master of making the complex understandable.  This book covers a number of topics such as rent control, land use restrictions, and corporate tax rates.  He follows each through to its logical conclusion, pointing out that politicians often  cast votes with an eye only on the current election cycle.  We need to make wise decisions based on sound facts, not emotion or sound bytes.  Dr. Sowell is a very wise man, and a wonderfully effective teacher!  Any book he writes is worth reading!  100 percent!!!!

Comprehensive and yet easy to listen to
An in depth and well articulated work on the goings on of the American economy.  Despite the comments of other reviewers, this book does not support the &apos;right wing&apos; Rebuplican agenda like books by Glen Beck or Ann Coulter might.  Rather, Sowell focuses on economic facts and calls members of both political parties for actions taht tend to damage economic prosperity.
Also, unlike the political cheerleader authors, Sowell&apos;s works are more educational in nature, and spend lest time bashing anyone than they do explaining actions and consequences.  While he certainly notes that politicians (on both sides) tend to act against the best long term interests of economic growth... he shows why they will inevitably do so, regardless of party, by outlining the incentives that govern political decisionmaking in relation to economics.
Well worth the read, regardless of your political orientation.  Be warned, however, the economics discussed here is based on looking at the choices real people make rather than on studying the aggregated graphs of entire populations (ala John Keynes).  It&apos;s an easy listen as well, despite the offputting title.  The prose is light and isn&apos;t filled with overly academic pretention, and the narrator handles the material well.

Great Writing Poor Reading
How could the performance have been better?
While listening to this book I was impressed by the excellence of the writing but disappointed as I found myself again and again distracted by the reader. The reader seems to think it&apos;s his job to dramatize the book. In all books, especially non-fiction, the reader&apos;s influence should fade into the background so that the writing comes to the forefront. This reader almost seems to be trying to upstage the writer by continually bringing the focus back to himself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Signals Audiobook by Pippa Malmgren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Signals-Audiobook/B01JASS7IE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Signals
Subtitle: How Everyday Signs Can Help Us Navigate the World&apos;s Turbulent Economy
Author: Pippa Malmgren
Narrator: Pippa Malmgren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-11-16
Publisher: Orion Publishing Group Limited
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Signals is the story of the world economy, told in the language of everyday objects, places and events - from magazine covers and supermarkets to public protests.
Pippa Malmgren argues that by being alert to the many signals around us, we can be empowered to deal with the varied troubles and treasures the world economy inevitably brings.
Economics is not just maths and data. Perfume and makeup are part of the world economy, too. Signals will help you understand why the size of chocolate bars, steaks and apartments are shrinking. It explains why the government says we face deflation, yet everyone feels their cost of living is rising and their standard of living is falling. Rising protein prices are felt not just during your weekly shop but by the leaders of emerging markets who are obliged to reach for food and energy assets to feed their people. The increasing near misses between America&apos;s spy planes and the fighter jets of China and Russia are no coincidence.
Malmgren reveals how our daily lives are affected by the ongoing battle, created by central bankers, between inflation and deflation. The fallout of this battle is evident in the rise of antiestablishment voting, the return of social unrest to emerging markets, the movement of manufacturing jobs back to the West and pressure from mass immigration.
Economic forces are breaking the social contract between citizens and their states. If the only real solution is innovation, then the key question becomes whether governments are hostile or hospitable to efforts to build tomorrow&apos;s economy today.
Malmgren shows us who is already building the future and how to be part of it. With its wonderful range of examples, from a Vogue magazine cover to a protest by a Tibetan monk, Signals demonstrates that although we can&apos;t predict the future of the world economy, we can better prepare ourselves for it.
Far from being the concern of only a privileged few, Malmgren shows that economics is a hot topic that touches every life.
Written and read by Dr Pippa Malmgrem.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A tour de force.&quot; (Lord Rose, former CEO and Chairman of Marks &amp; Spencer) 
&quot;Dr Pippa Malmgren&apos;s book is essential reading.&quot; (Dr Liam Fox, former British Defence Minister) 
&quot;Better than Piketty.&quot; (James Galbraith, Chair of Government and Business at the University of Texas)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Pippa Malmgren)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Aug 2016 10:19:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/orio/001008/bk_orio_001008_sample.mp3" length="2098723" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Signals-Audiobook/B01JASS7IE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41OKmF3BSPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Signals
Subtitle: How Everyday Signs Can Help Us Navigate the World&apos;s Turbulent Economy
Author: Pippa Malmgren
Narrator: Pippa Malmgren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-11-16
Publisher: Orion Publishing Group Limited
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Signals is the story of the world economy, told in the language of everyday objects, places and events - from magazine covers and supermarkets to public protests.
Pippa Malmgren argues that by being alert to the many signals around us, we can be empowered to deal with the varied troubles and treasures the world economy inevitably brings.
Economics is not just maths and data. Perfume and makeup are part of the world economy, too. Signals will help you understand why the size of chocolate bars, steaks and apartments are shrinking. It explains why the government says we face deflation, yet everyone feels their cost of living is rising and their standard of living is falling. Rising protein prices are felt not just during your weekly shop but by the leaders of emerging markets who are obliged to reach for food and energy assets to feed their people. The increasing near misses between America&apos;s spy planes and the fighter jets of China and Russia are no coincidence.
Malmgren reveals how our daily lives are affected by the ongoing battle, created by central bankers, between inflation and deflation. The fallout of this battle is evident in the rise of antiestablishment voting, the return of social unrest to emerging markets, the movement of manufacturing jobs back to the West and pressure from mass immigration.
Economic forces are breaking the social contract between citizens and their states. If the only real solution is innovation, then the key question becomes whether governments are hostile or hospitable to efforts to build tomorrow&apos;s economy today.
Malmgren shows us who is already building the future and how to be part of it. With its wonderful range of examples, from a Vogue magazine cover to a protest by a Tibetan monk, Signals demonstrates that although we can&apos;t predict the future of the world economy, we can better prepare ourselves for it.
Far from being the concern of only a privileged few, Malmgren shows that economics is a hot topic that touches every life.
Written and read by Dr Pippa Malmgrem.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A tour de force.&quot; (Lord Rose, former CEO and Chairman of Marks &amp; Spencer) 
&quot;Dr Pippa Malmgren&apos;s book is essential reading.&quot; (Dr Liam Fox, former British Defence Minister) 
&quot;Better than Piketty.&quot; (James Galbraith, Chair of Government and Business at the University of Texas)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Signals
Subtitle: How Everyday Signs Can Help Us Navigate the World&apos;s Turbulent Economy
Author: Pippa Malmgren
Narrator: Pippa Malmgren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-11-16
Publisher: Orion Publishing Group Limited
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 58 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Signals is the story of the world economy, told in the language of everyday objects, places and events - from magazine covers and supermarkets to public protests.
Pippa Malmgren argues that by being alert to the many signals around us, we can be empowered to deal with the varied troubles and treasures the world economy inevitably brings.
Economics is not just maths and data. Perfume and makeup are part of the world economy, too. Signals will help you understand why the size of chocolate bars, steaks and apartments are shrinking. It explains why the government says we face deflation, yet everyone feels their cost of living is rising and their standard of living is falling. Rising protein prices are felt not just during your weekly shop but by the leaders of emerging markets who are obliged to reach for food and energy assets to feed their people. The increasing near misses between America&apos;s spy planes and the fighter jets of China and Russia are no coincidence.
Malmgren reveals how our daily lives are affected by the ongoing battle, created by central bankers, between inflation and deflation. The fallout of this battle is evident in the rise of antiestablishment voting, the return of social unrest to emerging markets, the movement of manufacturing jobs back to the West and pressure from mass immigration.
Economic forces are breaking the social contract between citizens and their states. If the only real solution is innovation, then the key question becomes whether governments are hostile or hospitable to efforts to build tomorrow&apos;s economy today.
Malmgren shows us who is already building the future and how to be part of it. With its wonderful range of examples, from a Vogue magazine cover to a protest by a Tibetan monk, Signals demonstrates that although we can&apos;t predict the future of the world economy, we can better prepare ourselves for it.
Far from being the concern of only a privileged few, Malmgren shows that economics is a hot topic that touches every life.
Written and read by Dr Pippa Malmgrem.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A tour de force.&quot; (Lord Rose, former CEO and Chairman of Marks &amp; Spencer) 
&quot;Dr Pippa Malmgren&apos;s book is essential reading.&quot; (Dr Liam Fox, former British Defence Minister) 
&quot;Better than Piketty.&quot; (James Galbraith, Chair of Government and Business at the University of Texas)

Members Reviews:
An Annoying Must Read
Would you say that listening to this book was time well-spent? Why or why not?
A very important insight is padded with superfluous libertarian ideology meaning the reader has to work to get the benefit of Malmgren&apos;s discovery.
Would you recommend Signals to your friends? Why or why not?
Yes. The ideas contained are valuable for successful forcasting
Did Signals inspire you to do anything?
Take an interest in the seemingly small things that, while outwardly insignificant, combine to make life more interesting.

Overview of Actual Economics
The story of our nowadays economic problems are well told and explained. The books gives you an overview of our current situation but never saw the signal that would have ignited me.

Fringework and shrinkflation explained
Solid recap of all things global economics, Fringework as the leading innovative space, and tips/examples of how to identify signals from noise. Great read!

Excellent!
An eye opening listen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Start a Successful Food Truck Business Audiobook by J. D. Rockefeller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Successful-Food-Truck-Business-Audiobook/B012OVR9S8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Start a Successful Food Truck Business
Author: J. D. Rockefeller
Narrator: Ray Allaire
Format: Unabridged
Length: 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-28-15
Publisher: J.D. Rockefeller
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In today&apos;s world a different generation of street-food lovers is queuing up at food carts and food trucks like never seen before. But what they don&apos;t know is that food trucks are not new to the streets. Just as with many other trends, these are the latest version of part of a longstanding American and global culture. And yet the street-food industry hasn&apos;t ever enjoyed such notoriety or publicity.
Based on statistics from IBISWorld, a research firm in Los Angeles, the street-food business, including nonmerchandized carts and mobile food trucks, is a billion-dollar industry that has experienced an 8.4 percent increase over the five years between 2007 and 2012. It is a very entrepreneurial approach, with 78 percent of operators employing four or fewer employees. The actual number of these entities is difficult to compile, as the entire mobile food industry is made of food carts, kiosks, and food trucks, which can be found in trains, bus stations, airports, malls resorts, conference centers, stadiums, and other locations.
Experts in the food industry claim that food-truck businesses are on the increase, largely because of a slow-moving economy. More and more people are looking for relatively cheaper breakfasts and lunches. In addition, today&apos;s employees are often in a hurry, with more working time than lunch hours. Such contributing factors make the food truck concept more appealing than ever.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (J. D. Rockefeller)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2015 15:28:28 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/040043/bk_acx0_040043_sample.mp3" length="543496" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Start-a-Successful-Food-Truck-Business-Audiobook/B012OVR9S8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61vXoTsuNFL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Start a Successful Food Truck Business
Author: J. D. Rockefeller
Narrator: Ray Allaire
Format: Unabridged
Length: 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-28-15
Publisher: J.D. Rockefeller
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In today&apos;s world a different generation of street-food lovers is queuing up at food carts and food trucks like never seen before. But what they don&apos;t know is that food trucks are not new to the streets. Just as with many other trends, these are the latest version of part of a longstanding American and global culture. And yet the street-food industry hasn&apos;t ever enjoyed such notoriety or publicity.
Based on statistics from IBISWorld, a research firm in Los Angeles, the street-food business, including nonmerchandized carts and mobile food trucks, is a billion-dollar industry that has experienced an 8.4 percent increase over the five years between 2007 and 2012. It is a very entrepreneurial approach, with 78 percent of operators employing four or fewer employees. The actual number of these entities is difficult to compile, as the entire mobile food industry is made of food carts, kiosks, and food trucks, which can be found in trains, bus stations, airports, malls resorts, conference centers, stadiums, and other locations.
Experts in the food industry claim that food-truck businesses are on the increase, largely because of a slow-moving economy. More and more people are looking for relatively cheaper breakfasts and lunches. In addition, today&apos;s employees are often in a hurry, with more working time than lunch hours. Such contributing factors make the food truck concept more appealing than ever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Start a Successful Food Truck Business
Author: J. D. Rockefeller
Narrator: Ray Allaire
Format: Unabridged
Length: 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-28-15
Publisher: J.D. Rockefeller
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In today&apos;s world a different generation of street-food lovers is queuing up at food carts and food trucks like never seen before. But what they don&apos;t know is that food trucks are not new to the streets. Just as with many other trends, these are the latest version of part of a longstanding American and global culture. And yet the street-food industry hasn&apos;t ever enjoyed such notoriety or publicity.
Based on statistics from IBISWorld, a research firm in Los Angeles, the street-food business, including nonmerchandized carts and mobile food trucks, is a billion-dollar industry that has experienced an 8.4 percent increase over the five years between 2007 and 2012. It is a very entrepreneurial approach, with 78 percent of operators employing four or fewer employees. The actual number of these entities is difficult to compile, as the entire mobile food industry is made of food carts, kiosks, and food trucks, which can be found in trains, bus stations, airports, malls resorts, conference centers, stadiums, and other locations.
Experts in the food industry claim that food-truck businesses are on the increase, largely because of a slow-moving economy. More and more people are looking for relatively cheaper breakfasts and lunches. In addition, today&apos;s employees are often in a hurry, with more working time than lunch hours. Such contributing factors make the food truck concept more appealing than ever.

Members Reviews:
To brief to be much use
This goes about as deep as investing manual that says &quot;buy low, sell high&quot;.  I was looking for something that would at least give me a starting point on thinking through the food truck business.  Noting that you need licensing and permitting isn&apos;t quite a sufficient level of discussion.

Dissatisfied
Super short and didnt learn anything. I&apos;m super bummed I spent a credit on this. The voice was boring as well.

good listen
Pretty straight forward. this has pointed me in the right direction of how to start. Good read(listen).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Fed We Trust Audiobook by David Wessel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/In-Fed-We-Trust-Audiobook/B002V0KI40</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Fed We Trust
Subtitle: Ben Bernanke&apos;s War on the Great Panic
Author: David Wessel
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-04-09
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 137 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
That was Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke&apos;s vow as the worst financial panic in more than 50 years gripped the world and he struggled to avoid the once unthinkable: a repeat of the Great Depression.
Brilliant but temperamentally cautious, Bernanke researched and wrote about the causes of the Depression during his career as an academic. Then, when thrust into a role as one of the most important people in the world, he was compelled to boldness by circumstances he never anticipated.
The president of the United States can respond instantly to a missile attack with America&apos;s military might, but he cannot respond to a financial crisis with real money unless Congress acts. The Fed chairman can. Bernanke did. Under his leadership the Fed spearheaded the biggest government intervention in more than half a century and effectively became the fourth branch of government, with no direct accountability to the nation&apos;s voters.
Believing that the economic catastrophe of the 1930s was largely the fault of a sluggish and wrongheaded Federal Reserve, Bernanke was determined not to repeat that epic mistake. In this penetrating look inside the most powerful economic institution in the world, David Wessel illuminates its opaque and undemocratic inner workings, while revealing how the Bernanke Fed led the desperate effort to prevent the world&apos;s financial engine from grinding to a halt.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;David Wessel brings his deep knowledge of the Federal Reserve and U.S. politics and economics to a topic that will be studied by historians for decades to come....No one can understand what happened and what did not happen without reading this book.&quot; (Joseph E. Stiglitz, winner of the Nobel Prize in economics and author of Globalization and its Discontents)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Wessel)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2009 02:40:53 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/001935/bk_rand_001935_sample.mp3" length="2399827" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/In-Fed-We-Trust-Audiobook/B002V0KI40</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61mjAOPU7TL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Fed We Trust
Subtitle: Ben Bernanke&apos;s War on the Great Panic
Author: David Wessel
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-04-09
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 137 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
That was Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke&apos;s vow as the worst financial panic in more than 50 years gripped the world and he struggled to avoid the once unthinkable: a repeat of the Great Depression.
Brilliant but temperamentally cautious, Bernanke researched and wrote about the causes of the Depression during his career as an academic. Then, when thrust into a role as one of the most important people in the world, he was compelled to boldness by circumstances he never anticipated.
The president of the United States can respond instantly to a missile attack with America&apos;s military might, but he cannot respond to a financial crisis with real money unless Congress acts. The Fed chairman can. Bernanke did. Under his leadership the Fed spearheaded the biggest government intervention in more than half a century and effectively became the fourth branch of government, with no direct accountability to the nation&apos;s voters.
Believing that the economic catastrophe of the 1930s was largely the fault of a sluggish and wrongheaded Federal Reserve, Bernanke was determined not to repeat that epic mistake. In this penetrating look inside the most powerful economic institution in the world, David Wessel illuminates its opaque and undemocratic inner workings, while revealing how the Bernanke Fed led the desperate effort to prevent the world&apos;s financial engine from grinding to a halt.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;David Wessel brings his deep knowledge of the Federal Reserve and U.S. politics and economics to a topic that will be studied by historians for decades to come....No one can understand what happened and what did not happen without reading this book.&quot; (Joseph E. Stiglitz, winner of the Nobel Prize in economics and author of Globalization and its Discontents)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: In Fed We Trust
Subtitle: Ben Bernanke&apos;s War on the Great Panic
Author: David Wessel
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-04-09
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 137 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
That was Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke&apos;s vow as the worst financial panic in more than 50 years gripped the world and he struggled to avoid the once unthinkable: a repeat of the Great Depression.
Brilliant but temperamentally cautious, Bernanke researched and wrote about the causes of the Depression during his career as an academic. Then, when thrust into a role as one of the most important people in the world, he was compelled to boldness by circumstances he never anticipated.
The president of the United States can respond instantly to a missile attack with America&apos;s military might, but he cannot respond to a financial crisis with real money unless Congress acts. The Fed chairman can. Bernanke did. Under his leadership the Fed spearheaded the biggest government intervention in more than half a century and effectively became the fourth branch of government, with no direct accountability to the nation&apos;s voters.
Believing that the economic catastrophe of the 1930s was largely the fault of a sluggish and wrongheaded Federal Reserve, Bernanke was determined not to repeat that epic mistake. In this penetrating look inside the most powerful economic institution in the world, David Wessel illuminates its opaque and undemocratic inner workings, while revealing how the Bernanke Fed led the desperate effort to prevent the world&apos;s financial engine from grinding to a halt.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;David Wessel brings his deep knowledge of the Federal Reserve and U.S. politics and economics to a topic that will be studied by historians for decades to come....No one can understand what happened and what did not happen without reading this book.&quot; (Joseph E. Stiglitz, winner of the Nobel Prize in economics and author of Globalization and its Discontents)

Members Reviews:
A must-read for Fed watchers
It is a well-researched book giving the Fed&apos;s side of the story of how the present financial crisis developed and was managed. A must-read for those interested in politics and policy of money, inflation, financial markets and financial stability, to be read together with Charles Morris&apos; &apos;The two trillion dollar meltdown&apos; (which gives a market side of the things). Taking of the Fed perspective to describe the crisis is in itself unique and certainly worth a praise - it rightly focuses on the central bank as a the main nerve in crisis management, while  demystifying its workings and providing a lot of colorful inside detail. Yet a few criticisms can be made. First, the book tries to be three things at once: a primer on the Fed&apos;s history and functions, a journalistic recounting of how the Fed behaved in the crisis since August 2007 and a biographical background to a few key players - Ben Bernanke and his closest lieutenants. The way those three streams are mixed sometimes seems a bit too arbitrary - I imagine heavily indexing the print copy of the book to be able to fully recover the three intertwined stories. Also: having an European background I noticed the author is rather loose on covering the interaction between the European Central Bank and the Fed in the crisis  - which should  in fact be a fourth major story line.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Century of Wealth in America Audiobook by Edward N. Wolff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/A-Century-of-Wealth-in-America-Audiobook/B076QFTPRH</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Century of Wealth in America
Author: Edward N. Wolff
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged
Length: 22 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-31-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Understanding wealth in the United States - who has it, how they acquired it, and how they preserve it - is crucial to addressing the economic and political challenges facing the nation. But until now we have had little reliable information. Edward Wolff, one of the world&apos;s great experts on the economics of wealth, offers an authoritative account of patterns in the accumulation and distribution of wealth since 1900.
A Century of Wealth in America demonstrates that the most remarkable change has been the growth of per capita household wealth, which climbed almost eightfold prior to the 2007 recession. But overlaid on this base rate are worrying trends. The share of personal wealth claimed by the richest one percent almost doubled between the mid-1970s and 2013, concurrent with a steep run-up of debt in the middle class. As the wealth of the average family dropped precipitously - by 44 percent - between 2007 and 2013, with black families hit hardest, the debt-income ratio more than doubled.
The Great Recession also caused a sharp spike in asset poverty, as more and more families barely survived from one paycheck to the next. In short, the United States has changed from being one of the most economically equal of the advanced industrialized countries to being one of the most unequal.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Edward Wolff is probably the most knowledgeable scholar of the empirics of household wealth in the US. The book is comprehensive and engaging. The historical perspective is particularly illuminating.&quot; (Philippe Van Kerm, Luxembourg Institute of Socio-Economic Research and University of Luxembourg)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Edward N. Wolff)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2017 03:26:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/008710/bk_tant_008710_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/A-Century-of-Wealth-in-America-Audiobook/B076QFTPRH</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51J983LtveL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>22:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Century of Wealth in America
Author: Edward N. Wolff
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged
Length: 22 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-31-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Understanding wealth in the United States - who has it, how they acquired it, and how they preserve it - is crucial to addressing the economic and political challenges facing the nation. But until now we have had little reliable information. Edward Wolff, one of the world&apos;s great experts on the economics of wealth, offers an authoritative account of patterns in the accumulation and distribution of wealth since 1900.
A Century of Wealth in America demonstrates that the most remarkable change has been the growth of per capita household wealth, which climbed almost eightfold prior to the 2007 recession. But overlaid on this base rate are worrying trends. The share of personal wealth claimed by the richest one percent almost doubled between the mid-1970s and 2013, concurrent with a steep run-up of debt in the middle class. As the wealth of the average family dropped precipitously - by 44 percent - between 2007 and 2013, with black families hit hardest, the debt-income ratio more than doubled.
The Great Recession also caused a sharp spike in asset poverty, as more and more families barely survived from one paycheck to the next. In short, the United States has changed from being one of the most economically equal of the advanced industrialized countries to being one of the most unequal.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Edward Wolff is probably the most knowledgeable scholar of the empirics of household wealth in the US. The book is comprehensive and engaging. The historical perspective is particularly illuminating.&quot; (Philippe Van Kerm, Luxembourg Institute of Socio-Economic Research and University of Luxembourg)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Century of Wealth in America
Author: Edward N. Wolff
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged
Length: 22 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-31-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Understanding wealth in the United States - who has it, how they acquired it, and how they preserve it - is crucial to addressing the economic and political challenges facing the nation. But until now we have had little reliable information. Edward Wolff, one of the world&apos;s great experts on the economics of wealth, offers an authoritative account of patterns in the accumulation and distribution of wealth since 1900.
A Century of Wealth in America demonstrates that the most remarkable change has been the growth of per capita household wealth, which climbed almost eightfold prior to the 2007 recession. But overlaid on this base rate are worrying trends. The share of personal wealth claimed by the richest one percent almost doubled between the mid-1970s and 2013, concurrent with a steep run-up of debt in the middle class. As the wealth of the average family dropped precipitously - by 44 percent - between 2007 and 2013, with black families hit hardest, the debt-income ratio more than doubled.
The Great Recession also caused a sharp spike in asset poverty, as more and more families barely survived from one paycheck to the next. In short, the United States has changed from being one of the most economically equal of the advanced industrialized countries to being one of the most unequal.
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Edward Wolff is probably the most knowledgeable scholar of the empirics of household wealth in the US. The book is comprehensive and engaging. The historical perspective is particularly illuminating.&quot; (Philippe Van Kerm, Luxembourg Institute of Socio-Economic Research and University of Luxembourg)

Members Reviews:
Facts Are Stubborn Things.
Professor Ed Wolff has been studying wealth in America far longer than most living economists. He compiles striking, objective evidence about wealth creation that confounds politically motivated polemicists. His contributions to the field are unparalleled.

Yesterday&apos;s Wall Street Journal provided a fantastic book review [by Gregory Clark]
Am  about  half  way  through.  Yesterday&apos;s  Wall  Street  Journal  provided  a  fantastic  book  review  [by  Gregory  Clark].  Briefly,  Mr  Picketty  the  French  economist  [i.e.,  the  anti-American  socialist]  wrote  in  his  &quot;CAPITAL  IN  THE  TWENTY-FIRST  CENTURY&quot;  that  inheritance  is  the  major  source  of  wealth.  Mr  Edward  Wolff  in  his  well-written  and  superbly  researched  work,  finds  that  inheritance  provides  [only]  23%  of  wealth,  1989 - 2013.  Mr  Wolff&apos;s  fine  book  is  armed  with  facts  and  figures.  The  book  is  best  read  slowly;  and  i  recommend  it.

Howling Wolff
Thorough study of wealth and income inequality through the past 150 years in US.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Confessions of a Radical Industrialist Audiobook by Robin White, Ray C. Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Confessions-of-a-Radical-Industrialist-Audiobook/B002V59VT8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Confessions of a Radical Industrialist
Subtitle: Profits, People, Purpose - Doing Business by Respecting the Earth
Author: Robin White, Ray C. Anderson
Narrator: Ray C. Anderson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-09
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Thoughtful and winning, Confessions of a Radical Industrialist shows how Anderson revolutionized his company, while in the process bringing costs down, improving quality, making it one of Fortune&apos;s 100 Best Companies to Work For - and driving up profits.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Part cheerleader, part scold, part dreamer... [Anderson is] the rarest of hybrids: a born-again green industrialist.&quot; (
Fortune magazine)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robin White)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2009 09:60:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/003387/bk_blak_003387_sample.mp3" length="2399670" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Confessions-of-a-Radical-Industrialist-Audiobook/B002V59VT8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/514CtAzyV+L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Confessions of a Radical Industrialist
Subtitle: Profits, People, Purpose - Doing Business by Respecting the Earth
Author: Robin White, Ray C. Anderson
Narrator: Ray C. Anderson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-09
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Thoughtful and winning, Confessions of a Radical Industrialist shows how Anderson revolutionized his company, while in the process bringing costs down, improving quality, making it one of Fortune&apos;s 100 Best Companies to Work For - and driving up profits.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Part cheerleader, part scold, part dreamer... [Anderson is] the rarest of hybrids: a born-again green industrialist.&quot; (
Fortune magazine)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Confessions of a Radical Industrialist
Subtitle: Profits, People, Purpose - Doing Business by Respecting the Earth
Author: Robin White, Ray C. Anderson
Narrator: Ray C. Anderson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-09
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Thoughtful and winning, Confessions of a Radical Industrialist shows how Anderson revolutionized his company, while in the process bringing costs down, improving quality, making it one of Fortune&apos;s 100 Best Companies to Work For - and driving up profits.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Part cheerleader, part scold, part dreamer... [Anderson is] the rarest of hybrids: a born-again green industrialist.&quot; (
Fortune magazine)

Members Reviews:
Relevant and Impactful Sustainability Story
Excellent book from Ray Anderson on his personal journey implementing sustainable and environmentally friendly business and manufacturing processes. His experiences, triumphs and failures lend wisdom to an industry that is challenged with staying competitive and relevant.  He offers many stories from outside and inside his business on important sustainability themes.  Many metrics and studies are also presented to drive points home.
The chapter I found most inspiring was social sustainability.  This is a point that I hadn&apos;t paid much attention to and is a critical pillar to creating and sustaining a healthy community.  Again, he offers many real and touching stories to give life to the topic.
I&apos;ve purchased copies of this book for several friends as I believe his story resonates with business professionals of all backgrounds.

Career changing book!
The blueprint for a sustainable organization. Can&apos;t recommend this book enough!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer Success Is Key Audiobook by Christian Shaffer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Customer-Success-Is-Key-Audiobook/B019R4XIV2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Customer Success Is Key
Subtitle: How a Small Manufacturer Transformed into an Internet of Things (IoT) Solutions Provider and Unlocked $2 Million in SaaS Revenue
Author: Christian Shaffer
Narrator: Kevin Kollins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-28-15
Publisher: Christian K. Shaffer
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Customer Success is Key is a story about how a small company supercharged its business model with a connected products strategy, transformed itself from a traditional manufacturer into an Internet of Things (IoT) solutions provider and cultivated over $2 million dollars of recurring revenues with game-changing cloud services.
This audiobook offers real lessons, learned the hard way by a pioneering small manufacturing company that forged ahead with a bold IoT initiative. In its pages you will be given:
Successful IoT initiatives will afford proactive manufacturers the opportunity to augment their low margin hardware assets with useful software services that will create more value for their customers and ultimately drive significant streams of new revenue. These value added revenue drivers will introduce new business models to traditional manufacturers and will require new customer support models. With the introduction of subscription based services the customer life cycle no longer ends with the shipment of product rather that will just be the beginning of an exciting new business movement called Customer Success.
Customer Success is Key is a connected products strategy guide that includes high-level executive insights and granular details about growing revenues in one concisely written work.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Christian Shaffer)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Dec 2015 11:33:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/050438/bk_acx0_050438_sample.mp3" length="851671" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Customer-Success-Is-Key-Audiobook/B019R4XIV2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51xp7A5VkwL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Customer Success Is Key
Subtitle: How a Small Manufacturer Transformed into an Internet of Things (IoT) Solutions Provider and Unlocked $2 Million in SaaS Revenue
Author: Christian Shaffer
Narrator: Kevin Kollins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-28-15
Publisher: Christian K. Shaffer
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Customer Success is Key is a story about how a small company supercharged its business model with a connected products strategy, transformed itself from a traditional manufacturer into an Internet of Things (IoT) solutions provider and cultivated over $2 million dollars of recurring revenues with game-changing cloud services.
This audiobook offers real lessons, learned the hard way by a pioneering small manufacturing company that forged ahead with a bold IoT initiative. In its pages you will be given:
Successful IoT initiatives will afford proactive manufacturers the opportunity to augment their low margin hardware assets with useful software services that will create more value for their customers and ultimately drive significant streams of new revenue. These value added revenue drivers will introduce new business models to traditional manufacturers and will require new customer support models. With the introduction of subscription based services the customer life cycle no longer ends with the shipment of product rather that will just be the beginning of an exciting new business movement called Customer Success.
Customer Success is Key is a connected products strategy guide that includes high-level executive insights and granular details about growing revenues in one concisely written work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Customer Success Is Key
Subtitle: How a Small Manufacturer Transformed into an Internet of Things (IoT) Solutions Provider and Unlocked $2 Million in SaaS Revenue
Author: Christian Shaffer
Narrator: Kevin Kollins
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-28-15
Publisher: Christian K. Shaffer
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Customer Success is Key is a story about how a small company supercharged its business model with a connected products strategy, transformed itself from a traditional manufacturer into an Internet of Things (IoT) solutions provider and cultivated over $2 million dollars of recurring revenues with game-changing cloud services.
This audiobook offers real lessons, learned the hard way by a pioneering small manufacturing company that forged ahead with a bold IoT initiative. In its pages you will be given:
Successful IoT initiatives will afford proactive manufacturers the opportunity to augment their low margin hardware assets with useful software services that will create more value for their customers and ultimately drive significant streams of new revenue. These value added revenue drivers will introduce new business models to traditional manufacturers and will require new customer support models. With the introduction of subscription based services the customer life cycle no longer ends with the shipment of product rather that will just be the beginning of an exciting new business movement called Customer Success.
Customer Success is Key is a connected products strategy guide that includes high-level executive insights and granular details about growing revenues in one concisely written work.

Members Reviews:
Real World Results from Real Business
Real results from real business. A refreshing insight on how a real company overcame challenges, made adjustments and ultimately succeeded in a highly competitive niche. If you&apos;re tired of hype-filled stories about multi-billion dollar international deals that seem out of reach (and out of touch) for most small business owners; and want a &quot;to the point&quot; real world example that is attainable by most small business owners, this book is for you. A ton of value for the price of a cup of coffee. Well done!

Enjoyed the book and a great resource regarding business strategy
Customer-centricity and transformation are at the heart of this book. The author provides a storyline full of details and insights to show how a company was able to pivot successfully and attract millions in recurring revenue. Too many business books focus on the same handful companies e.g. Amazon, Google, Facebook, so it was refreshing to read about a small business success story. Enjoyed the book and a great resource regarding business strategy.

This book gave me some key new insights on IoT.
I really enjoyed this book.  It was a quick read and had useful hard to find content.  The author shares helpful anecdotes based on his real world experiences.  The book makes a clear case for the potential of the IoT.

great insights!
The book was a very good reading. It brought useful insights from a perspective that is different from most books about IoT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The End of Laissez-Faire Audiobook by John Maynard Keynes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-End-of-Laissez-Faire-Audiobook/B074T2311T</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The End of Laissez-Faire
Subtitle: The Economic Consequences of the Peace
Author: John Maynard Keynes
Narrator: John Clickman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-16-17
Publisher: BN Publishing
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In The End of Laissez-Faire, Keynes presents a brief historical review of laissez-faire economic policy. Though he agrees in principle that the marketplace should be free of government interference, he suggests that government can play a constructive role in protecting individuals from the worst harms of capitalism&apos;s cycles, especially as concerns unemployment. When the Great Depression struck a few years later, this work seemed very prescient.
Keynes first earned widespread prominence immediately following World War I, when he published The Economic Consequences of the Peace. This book gained a good deal of notoriety because of its withering portraits of both French premier Georges Clemenceau and US President Woodrow Wilson.
Keynes criticized the Allied victors for signing a treaty that would have ruinous consequences for Europe, if not modified as he suggested. Unfortunately, few leaders appreciated Keynes&apos;s criticisms, and he saw his worst fears realized in the rise of Hitler and the devastation of World War II.
Keynes&apos;s brilliant mind and lucid writing are evident in every paragraph. Both of these works are well worth hearing for his profound knowledge of economics.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Maynard Keynes)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Aug 2017 18:60:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/093814/bk_acx0_093814_sample.mp3" length="566796" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-End-of-Laissez-Faire-Audiobook/B074T2311T</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/619Mb+uDM7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The End of Laissez-Faire
Subtitle: The Economic Consequences of the Peace
Author: John Maynard Keynes
Narrator: John Clickman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-16-17
Publisher: BN Publishing
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In The End of Laissez-Faire, Keynes presents a brief historical review of laissez-faire economic policy. Though he agrees in principle that the marketplace should be free of government interference, he suggests that government can play a constructive role in protecting individuals from the worst harms of capitalism&apos;s cycles, especially as concerns unemployment. When the Great Depression struck a few years later, this work seemed very prescient.
Keynes first earned widespread prominence immediately following World War I, when he published The Economic Consequences of the Peace. This book gained a good deal of notoriety because of its withering portraits of both French premier Georges Clemenceau and US President Woodrow Wilson.
Keynes criticized the Allied victors for signing a treaty that would have ruinous consequences for Europe, if not modified as he suggested. Unfortunately, few leaders appreciated Keynes&apos;s criticisms, and he saw his worst fears realized in the rise of Hitler and the devastation of World War II.
Keynes&apos;s brilliant mind and lucid writing are evident in every paragraph. Both of these works are well worth hearing for his profound knowledge of economics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The End of Laissez-Faire
Subtitle: The Economic Consequences of the Peace
Author: John Maynard Keynes
Narrator: John Clickman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-16-17
Publisher: BN Publishing
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In The End of Laissez-Faire, Keynes presents a brief historical review of laissez-faire economic policy. Though he agrees in principle that the marketplace should be free of government interference, he suggests that government can play a constructive role in protecting individuals from the worst harms of capitalism&apos;s cycles, especially as concerns unemployment. When the Great Depression struck a few years later, this work seemed very prescient.
Keynes first earned widespread prominence immediately following World War I, when he published The Economic Consequences of the Peace. This book gained a good deal of notoriety because of its withering portraits of both French premier Georges Clemenceau and US President Woodrow Wilson.
Keynes criticized the Allied victors for signing a treaty that would have ruinous consequences for Europe, if not modified as he suggested. Unfortunately, few leaders appreciated Keynes&apos;s criticisms, and he saw his worst fears realized in the rise of Hitler and the devastation of World War II.
Keynes&apos;s brilliant mind and lucid writing are evident in every paragraph. Both of these works are well worth hearing for his profound knowledge of economics.

Members Reviews:
Hooray for Keynes!
would have preferred a better quality printing;

economcs, history
By a man way ahead of his time. Almost prescience in what would happen. He really deserves more study then the &apos;re-written&quot; text books show today.

We are all Keynesians Today (For Better or Worse)
Keynes saw the private corporate enterprise as an intermediate social structure between the state and the individual. In this manner, he thought that corporations could represent both the interest of the state as well as the individual. In this sense, corporations are a mode of governance and are self-socializing economic actors. The self-socializing process occurs naturally as a function of the shareholders being dissociated from the management of a public company. There comes a point where long-term sustainability and stability outweigh pure profit maximization. Public reputation thus becomes the primary concern of management.  I am not claiming that Keynes was a fascist, but this sounds very much like fascism with its emphasis on a partnership between great enterprises and the state.  In such cases, the state will always be the senior partner because the corporation will never have the force of law or the power of the gun.  These are monopolies preserved by the state and here of course is the great risk.  All the same, to a great extent, Keynes was prescient in that the most successful modern economies are mixed economies with both, important private and public actors with which the modern economy, as we understand it, could not function.  We now take much of this public-private cooperation and partnership for granted as most of it is as invisible to the individual as it is valuable to their well-being.  Like it or not, we are all Keynesian now.
In the final analysis, Keynes thought that pure laissez-faire had to evolve toward greater social awareness and responsibility without losing those qualities that stimulate economic growth and the creation wealth such as individual initiative and with it, private property and profit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Business Is Warfare Audiobook by Emily Goldstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Business-Is-Warfare-Audiobook/B01HH0ORWW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Business Is Warfare
Subtitle: The Ancient Secrets and Strategies of Genghis Khan, Attila the Hun and Alexander the Great
Author: Emily Goldstein
Narrator: Kelly Rhodes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-24-16
Publisher: WE CANT BE BEAT LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What can ancient warriors like Genghis Khan, Attila the Hun, and Alexander the Great teach you about modern-day business? The answer just might surprise you!
In the cutthroat world of business warfare, a comprehensive strategy is the only way to win. This book provides you with the powerful psychological insights you need to train your mind, dominate the competition, and change your financial destiny forever.
As a step-by-step guide to winning the psychological war of business, it brings you the power plays, tactics, and secrets of the greatest conquerors our world has ever known.
From turning adversity into advantage, and projecting power to effective negotiation, each lesson is linked to the very same strategies that these great warriors used to fight and win their greatest battles.
You&apos;ll learn about:
Packed with anecdotes, historical information and ultra-effective tactics, this book will inspire and guide you on the road to financial freedom.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Emily Goldstein)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jun 2016 23:34:44 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/062124/bk_acx0_062124_sample.mp3" length="2322408" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Business-Is-Warfare-Audiobook/B01HH0ORWW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61APbuEfPFL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Business Is Warfare
Subtitle: The Ancient Secrets and Strategies of Genghis Khan, Attila the Hun and Alexander the Great
Author: Emily Goldstein
Narrator: Kelly Rhodes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-24-16
Publisher: WE CANT BE BEAT LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What can ancient warriors like Genghis Khan, Attila the Hun, and Alexander the Great teach you about modern-day business? The answer just might surprise you!
In the cutthroat world of business warfare, a comprehensive strategy is the only way to win. This book provides you with the powerful psychological insights you need to train your mind, dominate the competition, and change your financial destiny forever.
As a step-by-step guide to winning the psychological war of business, it brings you the power plays, tactics, and secrets of the greatest conquerors our world has ever known.
From turning adversity into advantage, and projecting power to effective negotiation, each lesson is linked to the very same strategies that these great warriors used to fight and win their greatest battles.
You&apos;ll learn about:
Packed with anecdotes, historical information and ultra-effective tactics, this book will inspire and guide you on the road to financial freedom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Business Is Warfare
Subtitle: The Ancient Secrets and Strategies of Genghis Khan, Attila the Hun and Alexander the Great
Author: Emily Goldstein
Narrator: Kelly Rhodes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-24-16
Publisher: WE CANT BE BEAT LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What can ancient warriors like Genghis Khan, Attila the Hun, and Alexander the Great teach you about modern-day business? The answer just might surprise you!
In the cutthroat world of business warfare, a comprehensive strategy is the only way to win. This book provides you with the powerful psychological insights you need to train your mind, dominate the competition, and change your financial destiny forever.
As a step-by-step guide to winning the psychological war of business, it brings you the power plays, tactics, and secrets of the greatest conquerors our world has ever known.
From turning adversity into advantage, and projecting power to effective negotiation, each lesson is linked to the very same strategies that these great warriors used to fight and win their greatest battles.
You&apos;ll learn about:
Packed with anecdotes, historical information and ultra-effective tactics, this book will inspire and guide you on the road to financial freedom.

Members Reviews:
His conclusions are for ship yards workers manual
This book is a great effort to bridge military history, biographies of great historical leaders and modern business practice and theory. We need more of this type of books and we need more study of history for the purpose of drowning useful conclusions from it and distill them in theories and axioms. While the effort is admirable as an idea, I do need to warn young and a unexperienced readers that: his final conclusion of using intimidation and aggression to succeed in business, unless you work in a ship yard or in a prison or in a third world country or a jungle, not only will not work but it will destroy your reputation for ever. If your environment is a modern western values based environmental, especially Northern America you need to read other material like Grant Cardones ect to get what you need. Dont follow the advice of this book, especially if you are already a competitive business person, it will exacerbate your already existing competitive personality out of proportions.

Very interesting material.
I learned a lot about history and business in general by reading this book. it was very informative and well put together.

not disappointed
fun. insightful, worth listening to more than once.  Groundbreaking? no.  Yet it maintains integrity.

Awesome  book!
Very informative the whole way through it. Every chapter adds new insight into the  harsher realities  of the human experience that sometimes gets over looked</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Impact of Autonomy and Consumerism in Healthcare Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Impact-of-Autonomy-and-Consumerism-in-Healthcare-Audiobook/B078H6VRYD</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Impact of Autonomy and Consumerism in Healthcare
Author: Simbiso Ranga MD MBA, Chris Oti MD FACP MBA
Narrator: Patrick Morgan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-17
Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing &amp; Rights Co.
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the origins of consumerism to the evolution or revolution associated with consumerism in healthcare, this audiobook is a reflective depiction of the past, present, and future of healthcare as it empowers the consumer (patient).
The Impact of Autonomy and Consumerism in Healthcare navigates the changing healthcare landscape, navigating some of these changes and what they mean not only for healthcare delivery but for providers, suppliers, and consumers.
It comments on new healthcare developments, including the mushrooming urgent care centers and walk-in clinics, as well as such technological developments as patient portals in electronic medical records. The audiobook reflects on the challenges of opening up the healthcare infrastructure to the consumer, while raising issues about cyber security, privacy, and litigation.
The authors attempt to predict the future, just as many physicians reluctantly do for their patients, in a chapter aptly titled &quot;Prognosis&quot;.
The audiobook would not be complete without anecdotes and war stories from the authors&apos; experiences in the field, presenting surprises and contradictions in their practice of medicine across the USA as immigrant physicians. Hopefully these powerful stories will help untangle the healthcare juggernaut and move toward a more empowered consumer.
About the Authors:
Simbiso Ranga, MD, MBA, is cofounder of Tru-Point Synergy, Inc., an asset management company. He obtained his medical degree from the University of Zimbabwe and is a graduate of the Duke University Fuqua School of Business.
Chris Oti, MD, MRCP (UK), FACP, MBA, started his career in the United Kingdom healthcare system. He earned his medical degree at Kiev Medical Institute and a healthcare MBA from George Washington University. He is a member of the Royal College of Physicians of the United Kingdom and is a Fellow of the American College of Physicians.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Simbiso Ranga MD MBA)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2017 02:18:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/103527/bk_acx0_103527_sample.mp3" length="1827988" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Impact-of-Autonomy-and-Consumerism-in-Healthcare-Audiobook/B078H6VRYD</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51oUC87+AmL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Impact of Autonomy and Consumerism in Healthcare
Author: Simbiso Ranga MD MBA, Chris Oti MD FACP MBA
Narrator: Patrick Morgan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-17
Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing &amp; Rights Co.
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the origins of consumerism to the evolution or revolution associated with consumerism in healthcare, this audiobook is a reflective depiction of the past, present, and future of healthcare as it empowers the consumer (patient).
The Impact of Autonomy and Consumerism in Healthcare navigates the changing healthcare landscape, navigating some of these changes and what they mean not only for healthcare delivery but for providers, suppliers, and consumers.
It comments on new healthcare developments, including the mushrooming urgent care centers and walk-in clinics, as well as such technological developments as patient portals in electronic medical records. The audiobook reflects on the challenges of opening up the healthcare infrastructure to the consumer, while raising issues about cyber security, privacy, and litigation.
The authors attempt to predict the future, just as many physicians reluctantly do for their patients, in a chapter aptly titled &quot;Prognosis&quot;.
The audiobook would not be complete without anecdotes and war stories from the authors&apos; experiences in the field, presenting surprises and contradictions in their practice of medicine across the USA as immigrant physicians. Hopefully these powerful stories will help untangle the healthcare juggernaut and move toward a more empowered consumer.
About the Authors:
Simbiso Ranga, MD, MBA, is cofounder of Tru-Point Synergy, Inc., an asset management company. He obtained his medical degree from the University of Zimbabwe and is a graduate of the Duke University Fuqua School of Business.
Chris Oti, MD, MRCP (UK), FACP, MBA, started his career in the United Kingdom healthcare system. He earned his medical degree at Kiev Medical Institute and a healthcare MBA from George Washington University. He is a member of the Royal College of Physicians of the United Kingdom and is a Fellow of the American College of Physicians.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Impact of Autonomy and Consumerism in Healthcare
Author: Simbiso Ranga MD MBA, Chris Oti MD FACP MBA
Narrator: Patrick Morgan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-17
Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing &amp; Rights Co.
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the origins of consumerism to the evolution or revolution associated with consumerism in healthcare, this audiobook is a reflective depiction of the past, present, and future of healthcare as it empowers the consumer (patient).
The Impact of Autonomy and Consumerism in Healthcare navigates the changing healthcare landscape, navigating some of these changes and what they mean not only for healthcare delivery but for providers, suppliers, and consumers.
It comments on new healthcare developments, including the mushrooming urgent care centers and walk-in clinics, as well as such technological developments as patient portals in electronic medical records. The audiobook reflects on the challenges of opening up the healthcare infrastructure to the consumer, while raising issues about cyber security, privacy, and litigation.
The authors attempt to predict the future, just as many physicians reluctantly do for their patients, in a chapter aptly titled &quot;Prognosis&quot;.
The audiobook would not be complete without anecdotes and war stories from the authors&apos; experiences in the field, presenting surprises and contradictions in their practice of medicine across the USA as immigrant physicians. Hopefully these powerful stories will help untangle the healthcare juggernaut and move toward a more empowered consumer.
About the Authors:
Simbiso Ranga, MD, MBA, is cofounder of Tru-Point Synergy, Inc., an asset management company. He obtained his medical degree from the University of Zimbabwe and is a graduate of the Duke University Fuqua School of Business.
Chris Oti, MD, MRCP (UK), FACP, MBA, started his career in the United Kingdom healthcare system. He earned his medical degree at Kiev Medical Institute and a healthcare MBA from George Washington University. He is a member of the Royal College of Physicians of the United Kingdom and is a Fellow of the American College of Physicians.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Young Money Audiobook by Kevin Roose</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Young-Money-Audiobook/B00I0AJ7EW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Young Money
Subtitle: Inside the Hidden World of Wall Street&apos;s Post-Crash Recruits
Author: Kevin Roose
Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-18-14
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 227 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Becoming a young Wall Street banker is like pledging the world&apos;s most lucrative and soul-crushing fraternity. Every year, thousands of eager college graduates are hired by the world&apos;s financial giants, where they&apos;re taught the secrets of making obscene amounts of money - as well as how to dress, talk, date, drink, and schmooze like real financiers.
Young Money is the inside story of this well-guarded world. Kevin Roose, New York Magazine business writer and author of the critically acclaimed The Unlikely Disciple, spent more than three years shadowing eight entry-level workers at Goldman Sachs, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, and other leading investment firms. Roose chronicled their triumphs and disappointments, their million-dollar trades and runaway Excel spreadsheets, and got an unprecedented (and unauthorized) glimpse of the financial world&apos;s initiation process.
Roose&apos;s young bankers are exposed to the exhausting workloads, huge bonuses, and recreational drugs that have always characterized Wall Street life. But they experience something new, too: an industry forever changed by the massive financial collapse of 2008. And as they get their Wall Street educations, they face hard questions about morality, prestige, and the value of their work.
Young Money is more than an expos&#233; of excess; it&apos;s the story of how the financial crisis changed a generation - and remade Wall Street from the bottom up.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kevin Roose)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2014 15:03:10 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/001531/bk_hach_001531_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Young-Money-Audiobook/B00I0AJ7EW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51IPok68GkL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Young Money
Subtitle: Inside the Hidden World of Wall Street&apos;s Post-Crash Recruits
Author: Kevin Roose
Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-18-14
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 227 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Becoming a young Wall Street banker is like pledging the world&apos;s most lucrative and soul-crushing fraternity. Every year, thousands of eager college graduates are hired by the world&apos;s financial giants, where they&apos;re taught the secrets of making obscene amounts of money - as well as how to dress, talk, date, drink, and schmooze like real financiers.
Young Money is the inside story of this well-guarded world. Kevin Roose, New York Magazine business writer and author of the critically acclaimed The Unlikely Disciple, spent more than three years shadowing eight entry-level workers at Goldman Sachs, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, and other leading investment firms. Roose chronicled their triumphs and disappointments, their million-dollar trades and runaway Excel spreadsheets, and got an unprecedented (and unauthorized) glimpse of the financial world&apos;s initiation process.
Roose&apos;s young bankers are exposed to the exhausting workloads, huge bonuses, and recreational drugs that have always characterized Wall Street life. But they experience something new, too: an industry forever changed by the massive financial collapse of 2008. And as they get their Wall Street educations, they face hard questions about morality, prestige, and the value of their work.
Young Money is more than an expos&#233; of excess; it&apos;s the story of how the financial crisis changed a generation - and remade Wall Street from the bottom up.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Young Money
Subtitle: Inside the Hidden World of Wall Street&apos;s Post-Crash Recruits
Author: Kevin Roose
Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-18-14
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 227 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Becoming a young Wall Street banker is like pledging the world&apos;s most lucrative and soul-crushing fraternity. Every year, thousands of eager college graduates are hired by the world&apos;s financial giants, where they&apos;re taught the secrets of making obscene amounts of money - as well as how to dress, talk, date, drink, and schmooze like real financiers.
Young Money is the inside story of this well-guarded world. Kevin Roose, New York Magazine business writer and author of the critically acclaimed The Unlikely Disciple, spent more than three years shadowing eight entry-level workers at Goldman Sachs, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, and other leading investment firms. Roose chronicled their triumphs and disappointments, their million-dollar trades and runaway Excel spreadsheets, and got an unprecedented (and unauthorized) glimpse of the financial world&apos;s initiation process.
Roose&apos;s young bankers are exposed to the exhausting workloads, huge bonuses, and recreational drugs that have always characterized Wall Street life. But they experience something new, too: an industry forever changed by the massive financial collapse of 2008. And as they get their Wall Street educations, they face hard questions about morality, prestige, and the value of their work.
Young Money is more than an expos&#233; of excess; it&apos;s the story of how the financial crisis changed a generation - and remade Wall Street from the bottom up.

Members Reviews:
Wow, the effort taken to make this book possible
if you want to know what it&apos;s like as a first year kid on the street. it&apos;s real to the bone and lays out what is up with very little opinion other then the obvious.

Great insight into what life is like starting in Wall Street
Great stories in this book, would definitely recommend! Very fun book. Although it doesn&apos;t &quot;teach&quot; you anything, it&apos;s very entertaining.

Kevin Roose is the man
There&apos;s always an argument for, an argument against, and the truth. One of my favorite books of all time is Hell&apos;s Angels by Hunter S. Thompson. Like Thompson, Roose goes face to face with vilified creatures and discovers the reality is both simple and complicated. Narration is top notch. Also, Wall Street&apos;s &quot;high pay&quot;: $110,000/year  100 hours/week = $21.15/hour.    Six bucks better than a NYC McDonald&apos;s in 2018.

Entertaining listen about Wallstreet
It was entertaining to hear about some experiences on Wall Street for those of us who don&apos;t work there.   Many of the &quot;issues&quot; experienced by the subjects would be pretty typical of any college graduate one to two years out of school and trying to find their way in this world.

Excellent for young people
Would you listen to Young Money again? Why?
Yes, I enjoyed the strory tremendously and the author really put in a lot of work.
Who was your favorite character and why?
Derick.  I am most like him.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
No</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bitcoin Audiobook by Dominic Frisby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B00OSOCRKU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bitcoin
Subtitle: The Future Of Money?
Author: Dominic Frisby
Narrator: Dominic Frisby
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-14
Publisher: Unbound
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2008, while the world was busy panicking about the global financial crisis, a computer programmer going by the name of Satoshi Nakamoto posted a message on an out-of-the-way mailing list. &apos;I&apos;ve been working on a new electronic cash system,&apos; he said. Nobody seemed to care. It might make sense to get some just in case it catches on, he suggested.
How right he was. What he had programmed would become the worlds most famous alternative currency  Bitcoin. It would catch the zeitgeist in a way only two people foresaw. A cult of devotees was inspired  economists, anarchists, speculators, computer coders, libertarians, criminals, entrepreneurs. Early adopters would become multi-millionaires.
Now the suggestion is that Bitcoin will do to banking and finance what email did to the postal service and what the internet did to publishing: destroy old monopolies, creating new opportunities for the masses. Some even suggest that the technology behind Bitcoin  known as the block chain  will reform our Western systems of democracy, giving us the revolution so many are clamouring for.
In this gripping book, Dominic Frisby tells the amazing story of Bitcoin. He solves the mystery surrounding the identity of Bitcoins secretive creator. He shows how Bitcoin is going to change the world. And, perhaps most of all, he does something nobody else has hitherto been able to do: he explains in laymans language how the bally thing works.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Bitcoin is one of the most important innovations of our time  it will transform the way we do business. Dominic Frisby has written a great account. Read it and glimpse into the future&quot; (Sir Richard Branson)
&quot;The books outstanding, but the story it tells is even better.&quot; (Matt Ridley, The Times)
&quot;In this highly readable yet technically accomplished book, Dominic Frisby makes crypto currencies crystal clear. Read it, or fail to understand possibly the most important financial innovation of our time.&quot; (Liam Halligan, Sunday Telegraph)
&quot;Despite having an MSc in Computer Science and spending over ten years studying monetary theory, I ignored Bitcoin as hype for too long. You shouldnt. Read Dominics thrilling book and discover the next big thing.&quot; (Steve Baker, MP)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dominic Frisby)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Oct 2014 09:26:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/unbd/000004/bk_unbd_000004_sample.mp3" length="2014792" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Bitcoin-Audiobook/B00OSOCRKU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/534/logo.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bitcoin
Subtitle: The Future Of Money?
Author: Dominic Frisby
Narrator: Dominic Frisby
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-14
Publisher: Unbound
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2008, while the world was busy panicking about the global financial crisis, a computer programmer going by the name of Satoshi Nakamoto posted a message on an out-of-the-way mailing list. &apos;I&apos;ve been working on a new electronic cash system,&apos; he said. Nobody seemed to care. It might make sense to get some just in case it catches on, he suggested.
How right he was. What he had programmed would become the worlds most famous alternative currency  Bitcoin. It would catch the zeitgeist in a way only two people foresaw. A cult of devotees was inspired  economists, anarchists, speculators, computer coders, libertarians, criminals, entrepreneurs. Early adopters would become multi-millionaires.
Now the suggestion is that Bitcoin will do to banking and finance what email did to the postal service and what the internet did to publishing: destroy old monopolies, creating new opportunities for the masses. Some even suggest that the technology behind Bitcoin  known as the block chain  will reform our Western systems of democracy, giving us the revolution so many are clamouring for.
In this gripping book, Dominic Frisby tells the amazing story of Bitcoin. He solves the mystery surrounding the identity of Bitcoins secretive creator. He shows how Bitcoin is going to change the world. And, perhaps most of all, he does something nobody else has hitherto been able to do: he explains in laymans language how the bally thing works.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Bitcoin is one of the most important innovations of our time  it will transform the way we do business. Dominic Frisby has written a great account. Read it and glimpse into the future&quot; (Sir Richard Branson)
&quot;The books outstanding, but the story it tells is even better.&quot; (Matt Ridley, The Times)
&quot;In this highly readable yet technically accomplished book, Dominic Frisby makes crypto currencies crystal clear. Read it, or fail to understand possibly the most important financial innovation of our time.&quot; (Liam Halligan, Sunday Telegraph)
&quot;Despite having an MSc in Computer Science and spending over ten years studying monetary theory, I ignored Bitcoin as hype for too long. You shouldnt. Read Dominics thrilling book and discover the next big thing.&quot; (Steve Baker, MP)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bitcoin
Subtitle: The Future Of Money?
Author: Dominic Frisby
Narrator: Dominic Frisby
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-14
Publisher: Unbound
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2008, while the world was busy panicking about the global financial crisis, a computer programmer going by the name of Satoshi Nakamoto posted a message on an out-of-the-way mailing list. &apos;I&apos;ve been working on a new electronic cash system,&apos; he said. Nobody seemed to care. It might make sense to get some just in case it catches on, he suggested.
How right he was. What he had programmed would become the worlds most famous alternative currency  Bitcoin. It would catch the zeitgeist in a way only two people foresaw. A cult of devotees was inspired  economists, anarchists, speculators, computer coders, libertarians, criminals, entrepreneurs. Early adopters would become multi-millionaires.
Now the suggestion is that Bitcoin will do to banking and finance what email did to the postal service and what the internet did to publishing: destroy old monopolies, creating new opportunities for the masses. Some even suggest that the technology behind Bitcoin  known as the block chain  will reform our Western systems of democracy, giving us the revolution so many are clamouring for.
In this gripping book, Dominic Frisby tells the amazing story of Bitcoin. He solves the mystery surrounding the identity of Bitcoins secretive creator. He shows how Bitcoin is going to change the world. And, perhaps most of all, he does something nobody else has hitherto been able to do: he explains in laymans language how the bally thing works.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Bitcoin is one of the most important innovations of our time  it will transform the way we do business. Dominic Frisby has written a great account. Read it and glimpse into the future&quot; (Sir Richard Branson)
&quot;The books outstanding, but the story it tells is even better.&quot; (Matt Ridley, The Times)
&quot;In this highly readable yet technically accomplished book, Dominic Frisby makes crypto currencies crystal clear. Read it, or fail to understand possibly the most important financial innovation of our time.&quot; (Liam Halligan, Sunday Telegraph)
&quot;Despite having an MSc in Computer Science and spending over ten years studying monetary theory, I ignored Bitcoin as hype for too long. You shouldnt. Read Dominics thrilling book and discover the next big thing.&quot; (Steve Baker, MP)

Members Reviews:
Life Changing
Thank you for this book. It is life changing! The book is very clear and succinct.

A Comprehensive Overview
Well researched and explained you will not be disappointed, objective accomplished . A meaningful overview.   Russell

More speaking tour than a book
disappointed.  not enough depth around the impact of the tech. would have been better as an 1 hr presentation than an entire book.

Easy to understand, yet technically spot on
very.good explanation of everything you need to consider about bitcoin.  Easy for the non technical. But as a programmer it was still all I needed to understand the issues.

What a Bloody book.
I have never expectes such a great listening.  This book gave me much better picture to where we realy are in terms of Digital Currency.  I will be using many words from this book on my Crypto presentations.  SN realy rocked that money boat.  Thank You for Bitcoin.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The AIG Story Audiobook by Maurice R. Greenberg, Lawrence A. Cunningham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-AIG-Story-Audiobook/B00DYBDABI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The AIG Story
Author: Maurice R. Greenberg, Lawrence A. Cunningham
Narrator: Andy Caploe
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-22-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 40 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A legendary CEO tells the inside story of building the world&apos;s largest insurance companyand the dramatic tale of its near-destruction after he left in early 2005, as successors transformed AIG and drove it to the center of the financial crisis of 2008.
In 1962, Maurice Greenberg was handed leadership of a small, failing insurance company. By 2004, American International Group (AIG) had become the world&apos;s eighteenth largest company. Then the financial crisis hit and &quot;Hank&quot; Greenberg&apos;s magnificent creation teetered on the brink. You&apos;ve read other accounts of AIG. Now read the inside story.
In The AIG Story, Maurice Greenberg enlists Lawrence Cunningham to help chronicle the origins of the company and its relentless pioneering of open markets everywhere in the world. They regale readers with riveting vignettes of how AIG grew from a modest group of insurance enterprises in 1970 to the largest insurance company in world history. They help us understand AIG&apos;s distinctive entrepreneurial culture and how its outstanding employees worldwide helped pave the road to globalization.
A unique inside account of AIG by one of the iconic business leaders of the twentieth century who developed close relationships with many of the most important world leaders of the period and helped to open markets everywhere.
Offers new critical perspective on battles with N. Y. Attorney General Eliot Spitzer and the 2008 U.S. government seizure of AIG amid the financial crisis.
Enriched by the craftsmanship, research and extensive interviews of other players by corporate governance expert, law professor, and writer Lawrence Cunningham.
Shares considerable information not previously made public.
The AIG Story captures an impressive saga in business historyone of innovation, vision and leadership at a company that was nearly destroyed with a few strokes of governmental pens. The AIG Story is really Hank Greenberg&apos;s story, told from the very heart of events and carrying important lessons and implications for the U.S., especially its role in international affairs, its approach to business, its legal system and its handling of financial crises.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Maurice R. Greenberg)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2013 23:29:15 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/011381/bk_adbl_011381_sample.mp3" length="3544025" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-AIG-Story-Audiobook/B00DYBDABI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41oGAQ1J83L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The AIG Story
Author: Maurice R. Greenberg, Lawrence A. Cunningham
Narrator: Andy Caploe
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-22-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 40 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A legendary CEO tells the inside story of building the world&apos;s largest insurance companyand the dramatic tale of its near-destruction after he left in early 2005, as successors transformed AIG and drove it to the center of the financial crisis of 2008.
In 1962, Maurice Greenberg was handed leadership of a small, failing insurance company. By 2004, American International Group (AIG) had become the world&apos;s eighteenth largest company. Then the financial crisis hit and &quot;Hank&quot; Greenberg&apos;s magnificent creation teetered on the brink. You&apos;ve read other accounts of AIG. Now read the inside story.
In The AIG Story, Maurice Greenberg enlists Lawrence Cunningham to help chronicle the origins of the company and its relentless pioneering of open markets everywhere in the world. They regale readers with riveting vignettes of how AIG grew from a modest group of insurance enterprises in 1970 to the largest insurance company in world history. They help us understand AIG&apos;s distinctive entrepreneurial culture and how its outstanding employees worldwide helped pave the road to globalization.
A unique inside account of AIG by one of the iconic business leaders of the twentieth century who developed close relationships with many of the most important world leaders of the period and helped to open markets everywhere.
Offers new critical perspective on battles with N. Y. Attorney General Eliot Spitzer and the 2008 U.S. government seizure of AIG amid the financial crisis.
Enriched by the craftsmanship, research and extensive interviews of other players by corporate governance expert, law professor, and writer Lawrence Cunningham.
Shares considerable information not previously made public.
The AIG Story captures an impressive saga in business historyone of innovation, vision and leadership at a company that was nearly destroyed with a few strokes of governmental pens. The AIG Story is really Hank Greenberg&apos;s story, told from the very heart of events and carrying important lessons and implications for the U.S., especially its role in international affairs, its approach to business, its legal system and its handling of financial crises.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The AIG Story
Author: Maurice R. Greenberg, Lawrence A. Cunningham
Narrator: Andy Caploe
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-22-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 40 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A legendary CEO tells the inside story of building the world&apos;s largest insurance companyand the dramatic tale of its near-destruction after he left in early 2005, as successors transformed AIG and drove it to the center of the financial crisis of 2008.
In 1962, Maurice Greenberg was handed leadership of a small, failing insurance company. By 2004, American International Group (AIG) had become the world&apos;s eighteenth largest company. Then the financial crisis hit and &quot;Hank&quot; Greenberg&apos;s magnificent creation teetered on the brink. You&apos;ve read other accounts of AIG. Now read the inside story.
In The AIG Story, Maurice Greenberg enlists Lawrence Cunningham to help chronicle the origins of the company and its relentless pioneering of open markets everywhere in the world. They regale readers with riveting vignettes of how AIG grew from a modest group of insurance enterprises in 1970 to the largest insurance company in world history. They help us understand AIG&apos;s distinctive entrepreneurial culture and how its outstanding employees worldwide helped pave the road to globalization.
A unique inside account of AIG by one of the iconic business leaders of the twentieth century who developed close relationships with many of the most important world leaders of the period and helped to open markets everywhere.
Offers new critical perspective on battles with N. Y. Attorney General Eliot Spitzer and the 2008 U.S. government seizure of AIG amid the financial crisis.
Enriched by the craftsmanship, research and extensive interviews of other players by corporate governance expert, law professor, and writer Lawrence Cunningham.
Shares considerable information not previously made public.
The AIG Story captures an impressive saga in business historyone of innovation, vision and leadership at a company that was nearly destroyed with a few strokes of governmental pens. The AIG Story is really Hank Greenberg&apos;s story, told from the very heart of events and carrying important lessons and implications for the U.S., especially its role in international affairs, its approach to business, its legal system and its handling of financial crises.

Members Reviews:
Business with a Handshake
AIG is the thousand pound gorilla in insurance.  I always wanted to know more about the insurance company.  I know that they do a lot more other than insurance, but I don&apos;t have a MBA to fully understand all of the terms.  It was most interesting to listen to &quot;The AIG Story&quot; from Mr. Greenberg&apos;s point of view and how he formed the group and hired his employee with a handshake, and the drama of getting him outcasted in his own firm.  I&apos;ve read my fair amount on finance, but &quot;The AIG Story&quot; is sub par among them all.

You might not agree with Mr. Greenberg ...
... on everything, but if you want to see, blow by blow, how a business and insurance genius built a world-beating company, have a look. This man&apos;s success is not hard to understand, in this light. There are several books out (on audible as well) on aspects of this topic, but nobody has told Mr. Greenberg&apos;s story, anything like this. It is filled with action, conversations, confrontations, all the dynamics on the way up. The way things unfolded for AIG in recent times was very unfortunate, and I&apos;m not going to get into one side or another of the blame game.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Freight Forwarder Business Startup Audiobook by Allen McCarthy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Freight-Forwarder-Business-Startup-Audiobook/B077KQ2VXG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Freight Forwarder Business Startup
Author: Allen McCarthy
Narrator: Sam Slydell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-20-17
Publisher: Valencia Publishing House
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The global freight forwarding market has been seeing a steady growth of around 5 percent for the last four years. This trend is expected to continue and grow bigger. New trade deals like the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP), Trans-Atlantic Partnership (TAP), and many others are bringing the whole world into one marketplace.
In 2013, according to Transportation Intelligence, a leading logistics research firm, the freight forwarding industry was at 129 billion dollars, but as of today, it has grown by another 16-20 billion more.
This is an industry that, in my opinion, is still in its infancy. With TPP, TAP, and many other global trade agreements, the need for such services will grow higher every year.
Another rapid growth I see in this business is from &quot;Fulfilled by Amazon&quot; (FBA) business owners, most of who buy their merchandise from China. Now Amazon never accepts merchandise directly from a foreign country, so each and every piece of merchandise has to come through a freight forwarder or broker. This way, the merchandise can get relabeled and shipped to various Amazon warehouses.
In this audiobook, you will learn:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Allen McCarthy)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Nov 2017 18:06:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/101051/bk_acx0_101051_sample.mp3" length="796465" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Freight-Forwarder-Business-Startup-Audiobook/B077KQ2VXG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/514TLQV+cWL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Freight Forwarder Business Startup
Author: Allen McCarthy
Narrator: Sam Slydell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-20-17
Publisher: Valencia Publishing House
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The global freight forwarding market has been seeing a steady growth of around 5 percent for the last four years. This trend is expected to continue and grow bigger. New trade deals like the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP), Trans-Atlantic Partnership (TAP), and many others are bringing the whole world into one marketplace.
In 2013, according to Transportation Intelligence, a leading logistics research firm, the freight forwarding industry was at 129 billion dollars, but as of today, it has grown by another 16-20 billion more.
This is an industry that, in my opinion, is still in its infancy. With TPP, TAP, and many other global trade agreements, the need for such services will grow higher every year.
Another rapid growth I see in this business is from &quot;Fulfilled by Amazon&quot; (FBA) business owners, most of who buy their merchandise from China. Now Amazon never accepts merchandise directly from a foreign country, so each and every piece of merchandise has to come through a freight forwarder or broker. This way, the merchandise can get relabeled and shipped to various Amazon warehouses.
In this audiobook, you will learn:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Freight Forwarder Business Startup
Author: Allen McCarthy
Narrator: Sam Slydell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-20-17
Publisher: Valencia Publishing House
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The global freight forwarding market has been seeing a steady growth of around 5 percent for the last four years. This trend is expected to continue and grow bigger. New trade deals like the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP), Trans-Atlantic Partnership (TAP), and many others are bringing the whole world into one marketplace.
In 2013, according to Transportation Intelligence, a leading logistics research firm, the freight forwarding industry was at 129 billion dollars, but as of today, it has grown by another 16-20 billion more.
This is an industry that, in my opinion, is still in its infancy. With TPP, TAP, and many other global trade agreements, the need for such services will grow higher every year.
Another rapid growth I see in this business is from &quot;Fulfilled by Amazon&quot; (FBA) business owners, most of who buy their merchandise from China. Now Amazon never accepts merchandise directly from a foreign country, so each and every piece of merchandise has to come through a freight forwarder or broker. This way, the merchandise can get relabeled and shipped to various Amazon warehouses.
In this audiobook, you will learn:

Members Reviews:
Great starter book
Comprehensive book on starting a freight forwarding business! Easy read as well.  This writer speaks to you and provides fundamental deails.

Three Stars
Good book to learn the basics I you are considering to start a freight forwarding business.

Informative but Lacking
There is a lot of &quot;you should check this website to see what to do&quot; type of statements in this book. I did learn a few things and the book pointed me in the right direction. However, if you are new to freight forwarding, there is a huge lack of info that you&apos;ll need to know. I&apos;m mostly interested in how to sign up with the right agencies.
What&apos;s up with all the misspelled words?

Great Book!
I was really glad to read about this opportunity. It seems like a good business to research and start. Of course it would involve certain skills like logistics and organization. It is called freight forwarder or non vessel operating common carrier. A freight forwarder is someone who steers goods from a individual, organization, or company to destination. This is different from a customs person. However you will need to become familiar with cargo. The book touches on licensing and fees that can be applied to this business. The author does go on to say that anyone can do this. I personally think this would be a good job and a company to start for someone with a degree in systems logistics or some related field. That is because they would have learned about the difficult parts to this business in school. The author notes the legal benchmarks needed to open this business. While UPS make freight look easy, you may need to become bonded. The author touched on all the usual business components such as marketing and insurance. This was a very informative book, it was clearly valuable for people who are starting a new type of business. The author was also very informed and eager to share his knowledge.

For those who want to unederstand....
I majored in economics as an undergrad and with the theoretical foundation, I was never given a granular view of how the economy actually worked at a granular level.  This book explain the workings of a critical part of the world economy that is often  overlooked at a firm wide level.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Financial Statement Analysis Explained Audiobook by Can Akdeniz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Financial-Statement-Analysis-Explained-Audiobook/B010MZ9NLE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Financial Statement Analysis Explained
Subtitle: MBA Fundamentals, Book 7
Author: Can Akdeniz
Narrator: David Williams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-30-15
Publisher: Can Akdeniz
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Financial statement analysis seems like an obscure and complicated endeavor - and, indeed, it is. However, even if you&apos;re not an economics major, there are certain times when having a rudimentary working understanding of financial statement analysis can be really important. Most commonly, people find that they need to do some financial statement analysis if they&apos;re looking to invest in a company or evaluate its financial condition. So, if you want to be a savvy investor, how do you go about it? That&apos;s what we&apos;ll discuss in this book.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Can Akdeniz)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2015 13:48:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/038388/bk_acx0_038388_sample.mp3" length="611665" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Financial-Statement-Analysis-Explained-Audiobook/B010MZ9NLE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51dTvC0HzIL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Financial Statement Analysis Explained
Subtitle: MBA Fundamentals, Book 7
Author: Can Akdeniz
Narrator: David Williams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-30-15
Publisher: Can Akdeniz
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Financial statement analysis seems like an obscure and complicated endeavor - and, indeed, it is. However, even if you&apos;re not an economics major, there are certain times when having a rudimentary working understanding of financial statement analysis can be really important. Most commonly, people find that they need to do some financial statement analysis if they&apos;re looking to invest in a company or evaluate its financial condition. So, if you want to be a savvy investor, how do you go about it? That&apos;s what we&apos;ll discuss in this book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Financial Statement Analysis Explained
Subtitle: MBA Fundamentals, Book 7
Author: Can Akdeniz
Narrator: David Williams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-30-15
Publisher: Can Akdeniz
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Financial statement analysis seems like an obscure and complicated endeavor - and, indeed, it is. However, even if you&apos;re not an economics major, there are certain times when having a rudimentary working understanding of financial statement analysis can be really important. Most commonly, people find that they need to do some financial statement analysis if they&apos;re looking to invest in a company or evaluate its financial condition. So, if you want to be a savvy investor, how do you go about it? That&apos;s what we&apos;ll discuss in this book.

Members Reviews:
Basic introduction to financial statement analysis
Exactly what I was looking for.  Short but accurate explanations. I&apos;m looking forward to learning more.

Great information, but speed is way too fast
Too fast. I Had to slow down too much and replay to take notes. It is very detailed for a financial statement analysis which is very helpful. I just wish the speed was slowed down for the processing of all this information in a short time period.

Very good summation for myMBA
This book was a very good resource during my MBA financial class. I suggest to anyone going through their MBA.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Confidence Game: How Hedge Fund Manager Bill Ackman Called Wall Street&apos;s Bluff Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Confidence-Game-How-Hedge-Fund-Manager-Bill-Ackman-Called-Wall-Streets-Bluff-Audiobook/B008GWJHIU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Confidence Game: How Hedge Fund Manager Bill Ackman Called Wall Street&apos;s Bluff
Author: Christine S. Richard
Narrator: Caroline Shaffer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-04-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 158 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An expos&#233; on the delusion, greed, and arrogance that led to America&apos;s credit crisis.
The collapse of America&apos;s credit markets in 2008 is quite possibly the biggest financial disaster in U.S. history. Confidence Game: How a Hedge Fund Manager Called Wall Street&apos;s Bluff is the story of Bill Ackman&apos;s six-year campaign to warn that the $2.5 trillion bond insurance business was a catastrophe waiting to happen. Branded a fraud by the Wall Street Journal and New York Times, and investigated by Eliot Spitzer and the Securities and Exchange Commission, Ackman later made his investors more than $1 billion when bond insurers kicked off the collapse of the credit markets.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Christine S. Richard)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jul 2012 08:04:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/001651/bk_acx0_001651_sample.mp3" length="2337795" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Confidence-Game-How-Hedge-Fund-Manager-Bill-Ackman-Called-Wall-Streets-Bluff-Audiobook/B008GWJHIU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51XwXpW9OFL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Confidence Game: How Hedge Fund Manager Bill Ackman Called Wall Street&apos;s Bluff
Author: Christine S. Richard
Narrator: Caroline Shaffer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-04-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 158 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An expos&#233; on the delusion, greed, and arrogance that led to America&apos;s credit crisis.
The collapse of America&apos;s credit markets in 2008 is quite possibly the biggest financial disaster in U.S. history. Confidence Game: How a Hedge Fund Manager Called Wall Street&apos;s Bluff is the story of Bill Ackman&apos;s six-year campaign to warn that the $2.5 trillion bond insurance business was a catastrophe waiting to happen. Branded a fraud by the Wall Street Journal and New York Times, and investigated by Eliot Spitzer and the Securities and Exchange Commission, Ackman later made his investors more than $1 billion when bond insurers kicked off the collapse of the credit markets.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Confidence Game: How Hedge Fund Manager Bill Ackman Called Wall Street&apos;s Bluff
Author: Christine S. Richard
Narrator: Caroline Shaffer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-04-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 158 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An expos&#233; on the delusion, greed, and arrogance that led to America&apos;s credit crisis.
The collapse of America&apos;s credit markets in 2008 is quite possibly the biggest financial disaster in U.S. history. Confidence Game: How a Hedge Fund Manager Called Wall Street&apos;s Bluff is the story of Bill Ackman&apos;s six-year campaign to warn that the $2.5 trillion bond insurance business was a catastrophe waiting to happen. Branded a fraud by the Wall Street Journal and New York Times, and investigated by Eliot Spitzer and the Securities and Exchange Commission, Ackman later made his investors more than $1 billion when bond insurers kicked off the collapse of the credit markets.

Members Reviews:
Great book, greaty story, awful narration
[{ &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;Wouldn&apos;t listen to it again, but it was a good book and worth hearing once.&quot;, &quot;type&quot; : &quot;Overall&quot;, &quot;question&quot; : &quot;Would you listen to Confidence Game: How Hedge Fund Manager Bill Ackman Called Wall Street&apos;s Bluff again? Why?&quot;, &quot;id&quot; : 52, &quot;typeString&quot; : &quot;overall&quot; }, { &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;Love the detail the author goes into and doesn&apos;t have a problem with calling out the analysts that got it wrong.&quot;, &quot;type&quot; : &quot;Story&quot;, &quot;question&quot; : &quot;What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?&quot;, &quot;id&quot; : 7, &quot;typeString&quot; : &quot;story&quot; }, { &quot;answer&quot; : &quot;Narration was awful, nobody helped the narrator properly pronounce financial terms.  Have worked over 15 years in the investment industry and nobody pronounces a BBB bond as \&quot;Bee Bee Bee\&quot;, people say \&quot;triple B\&quot;.  Also a \&quot;Tranche\&quot; is pronounced \&quot;Tron-ch\&quot; not \&quot;tran-ch\&quot;.  However, she did do a very overly stylized \&quot;filet mignon\&quot; which lets me know she has the ability to say french words correctly so a little confused on why she couldn&apos;t say \&quot;tranche\&quot;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coined Audiobook by Kabir Sehgal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Coined-Audiobook/B00U1S26B2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Coined
Subtitle: The Rich Life of Money and How Its History Has Shaped Us
Author: Kabir Sehgal
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-10-15
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 46 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We are all aware of the power of money - how it influences our moods, compels us to take risks, and serves as the yardstick of success. Yet, because we take the daily reality of money so completely for granted, we seldom question how and why it has come to play such a central role in our lives.
In Coined, author Kabir Sehgal casts aside our workaday assumptions about money and takes the listener on a global quest to understand the relationship between money and humankind. Coined is not only a profoundly informative discussion of the concept of money, but it is also an endlessly fascinating take on the nature of humanity and the inner workings of the mind.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kabir Sehgal)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2015 23:20:24 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/002002/bk_hach_002002_sample.mp3" length="2399706" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Coined-Audiobook/B00U1S26B2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61p-M+ICjhL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Coined
Subtitle: The Rich Life of Money and How Its History Has Shaped Us
Author: Kabir Sehgal
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-10-15
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 46 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We are all aware of the power of money - how it influences our moods, compels us to take risks, and serves as the yardstick of success. Yet, because we take the daily reality of money so completely for granted, we seldom question how and why it has come to play such a central role in our lives.
In Coined, author Kabir Sehgal casts aside our workaday assumptions about money and takes the listener on a global quest to understand the relationship between money and humankind. Coined is not only a profoundly informative discussion of the concept of money, but it is also an endlessly fascinating take on the nature of humanity and the inner workings of the mind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Coined
Subtitle: The Rich Life of Money and How Its History Has Shaped Us
Author: Kabir Sehgal
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-10-15
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 46 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We are all aware of the power of money - how it influences our moods, compels us to take risks, and serves as the yardstick of success. Yet, because we take the daily reality of money so completely for granted, we seldom question how and why it has come to play such a central role in our lives.
In Coined, author Kabir Sehgal casts aside our workaday assumptions about money and takes the listener on a global quest to understand the relationship between money and humankind. Coined is not only a profoundly informative discussion of the concept of money, but it is also an endlessly fascinating take on the nature of humanity and the inner workings of the mind.

Members Reviews:
Everything you never knew about money.
What did you love best about Coined?
The author starts off right away and tells very good stories! The short story/examples are what sucked me in. What kept me hooked all the way through is the way that different concepts and stories weaved together. Made me appreciate all the different aspects of money I didn&apos;t really think about before. And there are many aspects about money none of us ever really understand.
What did you like best about this story?
The history lessons I learned. I came away with a lot of information I can share with friends.
Have you listened to any of Kevin Stillwells other performances before? How does this one compare?
I have not listened to any other of Kevin&apos;s performances.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
I actually wanted to learn more about each example given in the book, but the narrative always pulled me into another fascinating story. I came away with pages of notes that I&apos;m still researching today!

Informative and fun!
This book covers just enough of the various topics surrounding the history of money to keep you wanting more! I Listened to it twice and then bought the hardcover. You will not be disappointed with Coined.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bitcoin: The Complete Bitcoin Guide to Help you Master Bitcoin and the Cryptocurrency Ecosystem</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Bitcoin-The-Complete-Bitcoin-Guide-to-Help-you-Master-Bitcoin-and-the-Cryptocurrency-Ecosystem-Audiobook/B0773VSDTS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bitcoin: The Complete Bitcoin Guide to Help you Master Bitcoin and the Cryptocurrency Ecosystem
Author: Matthew Scott
Narrator: Matthew Bolden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-03-17
Publisher: Platinum Press LLC
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Do you want to become a master at trading and investing in Bitcoin? Here is the complete guide!
Bitcoin was dropped off in complete anonymity by a figure who referred to himself as &quot;Satoshi Nakamoto&quot;. This anonymous gift to the world has gone on to revolutionize the world of commerce like never before. Bitcoin is the first decentralized digital currency to be completely free from governmental controls and oversight.
Anyone anywhere can use Bitcoin and due to the finite amount of coins in circulation, whatever happens in the outside world, those virtual coins locked up in cyberspace will never face the inflation and corruption that plagues the dollar, pound, and euro. This book takes you back to the very beginning, to when the aptly named &quot;genesis block&quot; - the first seed of Bitcoin was planted in what has become the Bitcoin ecosystem.
Whether you are a novice or a seasoned user of Bitcoin this book will provide relevant and eye-opening details as to how you can succeed in the Bitcoin universe like never before. Learn how to mine your own Bitcoins, market them, join mining pools, and associated affiliate groups.
As well as a primer on how to use and mine in the Bitcoin ecosystem this book also provides an inside look at some of the triumphs and tragedies of this new mode of living with the personal testimonies of those whose whole world was changed by the seemingly random yet life changing letters and numbers that make up the block chain.
In this book you will learn how to:
Get your copy today and become a Bitcoin Master!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matthew Scott)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Nov 2017 18:12:10 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/099916/bk_acx0_099916_sample.mp3" length="2117216" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Bitcoin-The-Complete-Bitcoin-Guide-to-Help-you-Master-Bitcoin-and-the-Cryptocurrency-Ecosystem-Audiobook/B0773VSDTS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51N44y8B9HL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bitcoin: The Complete Bitcoin Guide to Help you Master Bitcoin and the Cryptocurrency Ecosystem
Author: Matthew Scott
Narrator: Matthew Bolden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-03-17
Publisher: Platinum Press LLC
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Do you want to become a master at trading and investing in Bitcoin? Here is the complete guide!
Bitcoin was dropped off in complete anonymity by a figure who referred to himself as &quot;Satoshi Nakamoto&quot;. This anonymous gift to the world has gone on to revolutionize the world of commerce like never before. Bitcoin is the first decentralized digital currency to be completely free from governmental controls and oversight.
Anyone anywhere can use Bitcoin and due to the finite amount of coins in circulation, whatever happens in the outside world, those virtual coins locked up in cyberspace will never face the inflation and corruption that plagues the dollar, pound, and euro. This book takes you back to the very beginning, to when the aptly named &quot;genesis block&quot; - the first seed of Bitcoin was planted in what has become the Bitcoin ecosystem.
Whether you are a novice or a seasoned user of Bitcoin this book will provide relevant and eye-opening details as to how you can succeed in the Bitcoin universe like never before. Learn how to mine your own Bitcoins, market them, join mining pools, and associated affiliate groups.
As well as a primer on how to use and mine in the Bitcoin ecosystem this book also provides an inside look at some of the triumphs and tragedies of this new mode of living with the personal testimonies of those whose whole world was changed by the seemingly random yet life changing letters and numbers that make up the block chain.
In this book you will learn how to:
Get your copy today and become a Bitcoin Master!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bitcoin: The Complete Bitcoin Guide to Help you Master Bitcoin and the Cryptocurrency Ecosystem
Author: Matthew Scott
Narrator: Matthew Bolden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-03-17
Publisher: Platinum Press LLC
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Do you want to become a master at trading and investing in Bitcoin? Here is the complete guide!
Bitcoin was dropped off in complete anonymity by a figure who referred to himself as &quot;Satoshi Nakamoto&quot;. This anonymous gift to the world has gone on to revolutionize the world of commerce like never before. Bitcoin is the first decentralized digital currency to be completely free from governmental controls and oversight.
Anyone anywhere can use Bitcoin and due to the finite amount of coins in circulation, whatever happens in the outside world, those virtual coins locked up in cyberspace will never face the inflation and corruption that plagues the dollar, pound, and euro. This book takes you back to the very beginning, to when the aptly named &quot;genesis block&quot; - the first seed of Bitcoin was planted in what has become the Bitcoin ecosystem.
Whether you are a novice or a seasoned user of Bitcoin this book will provide relevant and eye-opening details as to how you can succeed in the Bitcoin universe like never before. Learn how to mine your own Bitcoins, market them, join mining pools, and associated affiliate groups.
As well as a primer on how to use and mine in the Bitcoin ecosystem this book also provides an inside look at some of the triumphs and tragedies of this new mode of living with the personal testimonies of those whose whole world was changed by the seemingly random yet life changing letters and numbers that make up the block chain.
In this book you will learn how to:
Get your copy today and become a Bitcoin Master!

Members Reviews:
Finally a perfect introductory book.
It is very difficult to find a book written by a real expert. This author knows what he is talking about and conveys all the relevant information regarding Cryptocurrency in an easy and simplified way. For a long time I wanted to understand the principals of Cryptocurrencies, but not being tech savvy I refrained from the effort. Finally I have a book that gave me a wonderful introduction to the topics of Bitcoin,  Blockchain, and all. Will look after other books by this author.

Helpful and easy to understand
If you&apos;re interested in investing in crytocurrency, this is the best place to start. Matthew Scott gives helpful hints on how to succeed. His experience and know-how are apparent. His honesty on risks and explanations on how to manage them help the begginer investor avoid rookie pitfalls. Overall, a very helpful and insightful book.

Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency
Cryptocurrency are the new means of exchange that only function in the digital world. I know you will find this book valuable on your journey to learning about cryptocurrencies. . I&apos;ve read a lot of books regarding this topic and this must be one of the top for beginners. Highly recommend it. He gives good tips and advices on the basics of Cryptocurrency.

Well informed...
This is such a good reference for a newbie like me. I really had no idea about this before I&apos;ve read this book. I am not saying that I am already an expert, but I now know and understand what this is all about.

Highly Informative
The book introduces and explores Bitcoin and the various technologies it implements to make the system publicly available and secure. If you want to learn everything about bitcoin/crypto-currencies then this is the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crash Course Audiobook by Paul Ingrassia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Crash-Course-Audiobook/B0035BNTOU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Crash Course
Subtitle: The American Automobile Industry&apos;s Road from Glory to Disaster
Author: Paul Ingrassia
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-21-10
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 129 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is the epic saga of the American automobile industry&apos;s rise and demise, a compelling story of hubris, denial, missed opportunities, and self-inflicted wounds that culminates with the president of the United States ushering two of Detroit&apos;s Big Three car companies - once proud symbols of prosperity - through bankruptcy. The cost to American taxpayers topped $100 billion - enough to buy every car and truck sold in America in the first half of 2009.
With unprecedented access, Pulitzer Prize-winner Paul Ingrassia takes us from factory floors to small-town dealerships to Detroit&apos;s boardrooms to the inner sanctums of the White House. He reveals why President Barack Obama personally decided to save Chrysler when many of his advisors opposed the idea. Ingrassia provides the dramatic story behind Obama&apos;s dismissal of General Motors CEO Rick Wagoner and the angry reaction from GM&apos;s board - the same people who had watched idly while the company plunged into penury.
In Crash Course, Ingrassia answers the big questions: Was Detroit&apos;s self-destruction inevitable? What were the key turning points? Why did Japanese automakers manage American workers better than the American companies themselves? Ingrassia also describes dysfunctional corporate cultures (even as GM&apos;s market share plunged, the company continued business as usual) and Detroit&apos;s perverse system of &quot;inverse layoffs&quot; (which allowed union members to invoke seniority to avoid work). Along the way, we meet Detroit&apos;s frustrated reformers and witness the wrenching decisions that Ford executives had to make to avoid GM&apos;s fate.
Informed by Ingrassia&apos;s 25 years of experience covering the auto industry for the Wall Street Journal, and showing an appreciation for Detroit&apos;s profound influence on our country&apos;s society and culture, Crash Course is a uniquely American and deeply instructive story, one not to be missed.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;How did America&apos;s biggest business sink? It&apos;s complicated  three Titanics, dozens of icebergs, and 60 million deck chairs per year being rearranged. Only Paul Ingrassia can explain.&quot; (P. J. O&apos;Rourke, author of Driving Like Crazy)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Ingrassia)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jan 2010 05:60:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/001227/bk_tant_001227_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Crash-Course-Audiobook/B0035BNTOU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51bM7ylZbiL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Crash Course
Subtitle: The American Automobile Industry&apos;s Road from Glory to Disaster
Author: Paul Ingrassia
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-21-10
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 129 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is the epic saga of the American automobile industry&apos;s rise and demise, a compelling story of hubris, denial, missed opportunities, and self-inflicted wounds that culminates with the president of the United States ushering two of Detroit&apos;s Big Three car companies - once proud symbols of prosperity - through bankruptcy. The cost to American taxpayers topped $100 billion - enough to buy every car and truck sold in America in the first half of 2009.
With unprecedented access, Pulitzer Prize-winner Paul Ingrassia takes us from factory floors to small-town dealerships to Detroit&apos;s boardrooms to the inner sanctums of the White House. He reveals why President Barack Obama personally decided to save Chrysler when many of his advisors opposed the idea. Ingrassia provides the dramatic story behind Obama&apos;s dismissal of General Motors CEO Rick Wagoner and the angry reaction from GM&apos;s board - the same people who had watched idly while the company plunged into penury.
In Crash Course, Ingrassia answers the big questions: Was Detroit&apos;s self-destruction inevitable? What were the key turning points? Why did Japanese automakers manage American workers better than the American companies themselves? Ingrassia also describes dysfunctional corporate cultures (even as GM&apos;s market share plunged, the company continued business as usual) and Detroit&apos;s perverse system of &quot;inverse layoffs&quot; (which allowed union members to invoke seniority to avoid work). Along the way, we meet Detroit&apos;s frustrated reformers and witness the wrenching decisions that Ford executives had to make to avoid GM&apos;s fate.
Informed by Ingrassia&apos;s 25 years of experience covering the auto industry for the Wall Street Journal, and showing an appreciation for Detroit&apos;s profound influence on our country&apos;s society and culture, Crash Course is a uniquely American and deeply instructive story, one not to be missed.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;How did America&apos;s biggest business sink? It&apos;s complicated  three Titanics, dozens of icebergs, and 60 million deck chairs per year being rearranged. Only Paul Ingrassia can explain.&quot; (P. J. O&apos;Rourke, author of Driving Like Crazy)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Crash Course
Subtitle: The American Automobile Industry&apos;s Road from Glory to Disaster
Author: Paul Ingrassia
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-21-10
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 129 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is the epic saga of the American automobile industry&apos;s rise and demise, a compelling story of hubris, denial, missed opportunities, and self-inflicted wounds that culminates with the president of the United States ushering two of Detroit&apos;s Big Three car companies - once proud symbols of prosperity - through bankruptcy. The cost to American taxpayers topped $100 billion - enough to buy every car and truck sold in America in the first half of 2009.
With unprecedented access, Pulitzer Prize-winner Paul Ingrassia takes us from factory floors to small-town dealerships to Detroit&apos;s boardrooms to the inner sanctums of the White House. He reveals why President Barack Obama personally decided to save Chrysler when many of his advisors opposed the idea. Ingrassia provides the dramatic story behind Obama&apos;s dismissal of General Motors CEO Rick Wagoner and the angry reaction from GM&apos;s board - the same people who had watched idly while the company plunged into penury.
In Crash Course, Ingrassia answers the big questions: Was Detroit&apos;s self-destruction inevitable? What were the key turning points? Why did Japanese automakers manage American workers better than the American companies themselves? Ingrassia also describes dysfunctional corporate cultures (even as GM&apos;s market share plunged, the company continued business as usual) and Detroit&apos;s perverse system of &quot;inverse layoffs&quot; (which allowed union members to invoke seniority to avoid work). Along the way, we meet Detroit&apos;s frustrated reformers and witness the wrenching decisions that Ford executives had to make to avoid GM&apos;s fate.
Informed by Ingrassia&apos;s 25 years of experience covering the auto industry for the Wall Street Journal, and showing an appreciation for Detroit&apos;s profound influence on our country&apos;s society and culture, Crash Course is a uniquely American and deeply instructive story, one not to be missed.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;How did America&apos;s biggest business sink? It&apos;s complicated  three Titanics, dozens of icebergs, and 60 million deck chairs per year being rearranged. Only Paul Ingrassia can explain.&quot; (P. J. O&apos;Rourke, author of Driving Like Crazy)

Members Reviews:
Contemporary History at Its Best
Banks, real estate, and now the American auto industry have all been covered and Paul Ingrassia does us a favor for filling us in on the car parts (pun intended).  He includes the good the bad and ugly.
First, Ingrassia begins at the beginning and covers a lot of ground that to some may be familiar.  The start of US auto manufacture, the establishment of GM, Ford, Chrysler and others.  The boom years, oil embargo, muscle cars, SUV rage and the Japanese invasion are all here.  The latter part of the book, of course, details the ultimate demise of GM and Chrysler.
Ingrassia could be accused of union bashing, but I thought he was really explaining the codependency between management and the unions. He certainly comes down hard on the Honda bribery years and leaves rooms for all of us to hang our heads.
This is really a sad tale and I wonder if the story of the US auto industry might not be a metaphor for the decline of our competitive abilities in general.
Wonderfully written, Crash Course is read by the very able Patrick Lawlor. It is keeps the listener&apos;s interest.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dropshipping Audiobook by Richard Wall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Dropshipping-Audiobook/B077ZDCYP5</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dropshipping
Subtitle: 6 Steps to Start a Successful Dropship Ecommerce Business and Optimization Strategies to 10x Your Store Profits
Author: Richard Wall
Narrator: Lukas Arnold
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-08-17
Publisher: Richard Wall
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Are you tired of slaving away in your job and feel like you have no freedom at all? Have you ever dreamed about making money Online and telling your boss &quot;I quit&quot;? Maybe dropshipping is for you....
Dropshipping is a comprehensive guide that explains how you can easily setup a successful dropshipping ecommerce business from scratch and earn passive income Online.
You can run a dropshipping store anywhere in the world, giving you financial freedom and location independence, which is why this method has proved so popular in the modern digital nomad movement.
You may have only recently heard of dropshipping, but this method is almost as old as ecommerce itself and has been around since 1999. The competition in the ecommerce market has become stiffer in recent years.
The main objective of this step-by-step guide is to highlight the fundamental aspects of dropshipping, enabling you to create your own profitable store in a short period of time. The audiobook has been designed to answer all of the questions asked by a beginner. It begins with explaining what dropshipping is all about, and then moves on to describe the advantages of dropshipping over conventional ecommerce. You will learn about the different supply chain strategies involved with dropshipping and which will be most suitable for you.
The audiobook also covers the following:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Richard Wall)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Dec 2017 06:60:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/102734/bk_acx0_102734_sample.mp3" length="1273147" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Dropshipping-Audiobook/B077ZDCYP5</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61edUX0mT4L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dropshipping
Subtitle: 6 Steps to Start a Successful Dropship Ecommerce Business and Optimization Strategies to 10x Your Store Profits
Author: Richard Wall
Narrator: Lukas Arnold
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-08-17
Publisher: Richard Wall
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Are you tired of slaving away in your job and feel like you have no freedom at all? Have you ever dreamed about making money Online and telling your boss &quot;I quit&quot;? Maybe dropshipping is for you....
Dropshipping is a comprehensive guide that explains how you can easily setup a successful dropshipping ecommerce business from scratch and earn passive income Online.
You can run a dropshipping store anywhere in the world, giving you financial freedom and location independence, which is why this method has proved so popular in the modern digital nomad movement.
You may have only recently heard of dropshipping, but this method is almost as old as ecommerce itself and has been around since 1999. The competition in the ecommerce market has become stiffer in recent years.
The main objective of this step-by-step guide is to highlight the fundamental aspects of dropshipping, enabling you to create your own profitable store in a short period of time. The audiobook has been designed to answer all of the questions asked by a beginner. It begins with explaining what dropshipping is all about, and then moves on to describe the advantages of dropshipping over conventional ecommerce. You will learn about the different supply chain strategies involved with dropshipping and which will be most suitable for you.
The audiobook also covers the following:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dropshipping
Subtitle: 6 Steps to Start a Successful Dropship Ecommerce Business and Optimization Strategies to 10x Your Store Profits
Author: Richard Wall
Narrator: Lukas Arnold
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-08-17
Publisher: Richard Wall
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Are you tired of slaving away in your job and feel like you have no freedom at all? Have you ever dreamed about making money Online and telling your boss &quot;I quit&quot;? Maybe dropshipping is for you....
Dropshipping is a comprehensive guide that explains how you can easily setup a successful dropshipping ecommerce business from scratch and earn passive income Online.
You can run a dropshipping store anywhere in the world, giving you financial freedom and location independence, which is why this method has proved so popular in the modern digital nomad movement.
You may have only recently heard of dropshipping, but this method is almost as old as ecommerce itself and has been around since 1999. The competition in the ecommerce market has become stiffer in recent years.
The main objective of this step-by-step guide is to highlight the fundamental aspects of dropshipping, enabling you to create your own profitable store in a short period of time. The audiobook has been designed to answer all of the questions asked by a beginner. It begins with explaining what dropshipping is all about, and then moves on to describe the advantages of dropshipping over conventional ecommerce. You will learn about the different supply chain strategies involved with dropshipping and which will be most suitable for you.
The audiobook also covers the following:

Members Reviews:
Dropshiping is a great book. It is an informative book
Dropshiping is a great book. It is an informative book, The book: Dropshipping, is a comprehensive guide that explains how you can easily setup a successful Dropshipping ecommerce business from scratch and earn Passive Income online

Good read.
Such a great book to read. A lot of things here to learn.
This book is packed with information about drop shipping. It&apos;s a complete beginner guide and gone through the end. All step are easy to follow. I will definitely recommend this book to all.

It taught me how to be a smart online entrepreneur
Drop shipping is ideal for the current day and age where you get the chance to instruct individuals intrigued by items that premium you and for which there is a market. In any case, you need to convey no stock and you can let another person stress over the coordination of capacity, delivering and dealing with. So this book was extremely instructive. In any case, I observed it to be something other than drop shipping
Extremely clear, incorporate with incredible data about drop-shipping from some an author who knows what he&apos;s saying.

Let&apos;s get it on!
This book explained well what dropshipping is and how it works, through this book you can able to learn everything you need to know about choosing the right product and suppliers. The book is incredibly insightful and filled with a great deal of information that simplifies the drop shipping business so that everybody can understand and use the business model to their benefit. It&apos;s easy to understand, written with a lot of real world applications. It&apos;s a must read if you want practical advice and a clear blueprint to help you grow your business. I would completely recommend this book to anyone who&apos;s looking to get great resource to know more about dropshipping businesses.

Smart book
Starting up with your own business is not easy especially when you a little in the way of experience and finances.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Equity Crowdfunding Audiobook by Nathan Rose</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Equity-Crowdfunding-Audiobook/B06Y29QDXF</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Equity Crowdfunding
Subtitle: The Complete Guide for Startups and Growing Companies
Author: Nathan Rose
Narrator: Nathan Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-14-17
Publisher: Nathan Rose
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For many startups and growing companies, gaining marketing exposure and raising external funding from investors are first and second on their priority list. But, until recently, they were always separate activities - first you would raise the money, and then you would spend it on marketing.
The advent of equity crowdfunding means these two critical tasks can be done at the same time. This is a game-changer.
Unlike venture capital, the company founders get to set their own offer terms, retain their company culture, and bring on dozens, or even hundreds of shareholders rather than just a tiny handful - and gain all the promotional benefits that come with this.
And unlike the crowdfunding offered by sites like Kickstarter and Indiegogo, equity crowdfunding allows a company to offer shares in itself, instead of a pre-ordered product. This means equity crowdfunding can be used by far more types of businesses, and typically attracts a lot more money. Companies regularly raise hundreds of thousands, or even millions of dollars through equity crowdfunding.
This book will tell you how!
Equity crowdfunding offers amazing potential for startups and growing companies, but it is also a very steep learning curve. Many companies begin with no real idea of how to choose a platform, how to craft their pitch, or what they should be doing to drive people to their offer site.
In this step-by-step guide, you will learn:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nathan Rose)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Apr 2017 01:56:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/083772/bk_acx0_083772_sample.mp3" length="2301745" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Equity-Crowdfunding-Audiobook/B06Y29QDXF</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51kqgSTQryL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Equity Crowdfunding
Subtitle: The Complete Guide for Startups and Growing Companies
Author: Nathan Rose
Narrator: Nathan Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-14-17
Publisher: Nathan Rose
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For many startups and growing companies, gaining marketing exposure and raising external funding from investors are first and second on their priority list. But, until recently, they were always separate activities - first you would raise the money, and then you would spend it on marketing.
The advent of equity crowdfunding means these two critical tasks can be done at the same time. This is a game-changer.
Unlike venture capital, the company founders get to set their own offer terms, retain their company culture, and bring on dozens, or even hundreds of shareholders rather than just a tiny handful - and gain all the promotional benefits that come with this.
And unlike the crowdfunding offered by sites like Kickstarter and Indiegogo, equity crowdfunding allows a company to offer shares in itself, instead of a pre-ordered product. This means equity crowdfunding can be used by far more types of businesses, and typically attracts a lot more money. Companies regularly raise hundreds of thousands, or even millions of dollars through equity crowdfunding.
This book will tell you how!
Equity crowdfunding offers amazing potential for startups and growing companies, but it is also a very steep learning curve. Many companies begin with no real idea of how to choose a platform, how to craft their pitch, or what they should be doing to drive people to their offer site.
In this step-by-step guide, you will learn:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Equity Crowdfunding
Subtitle: The Complete Guide for Startups and Growing Companies
Author: Nathan Rose
Narrator: Nathan Rose
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-14-17
Publisher: Nathan Rose
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For many startups and growing companies, gaining marketing exposure and raising external funding from investors are first and second on their priority list. But, until recently, they were always separate activities - first you would raise the money, and then you would spend it on marketing.
The advent of equity crowdfunding means these two critical tasks can be done at the same time. This is a game-changer.
Unlike venture capital, the company founders get to set their own offer terms, retain their company culture, and bring on dozens, or even hundreds of shareholders rather than just a tiny handful - and gain all the promotional benefits that come with this.
And unlike the crowdfunding offered by sites like Kickstarter and Indiegogo, equity crowdfunding allows a company to offer shares in itself, instead of a pre-ordered product. This means equity crowdfunding can be used by far more types of businesses, and typically attracts a lot more money. Companies regularly raise hundreds of thousands, or even millions of dollars through equity crowdfunding.
This book will tell you how!
Equity crowdfunding offers amazing potential for startups and growing companies, but it is also a very steep learning curve. Many companies begin with no real idea of how to choose a platform, how to craft their pitch, or what they should be doing to drive people to their offer site.
In this step-by-step guide, you will learn:

Members Reviews:
Excellent Content: Very well researched and refere
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
I did read your book on Kindle and bought the audio as well so that I can re-listen while traveling.
The information provided is very well researched and valuable. The lists and downloadable files
are a time-saver.
Yes, I would recommend this audiobook.
Thank you. Jacques
What was one of the most memorable moments of Equity Crowdfunding?
Each Chapter is equally important. You can go back to the subjects time and time again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Return on Investment Crash Course Audiobook by IntroBooks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Return-on-Investment-Crash-Course-Audiobook/B078SGN6SH</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Return on Investment Crash Course
Author: IntroBooks
Narrator: Andrea Giordani
Format: Unabridged
Length: 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-18
Publisher: IntroBooks
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Since the dawn of time, we have been interested in knowing the returns we can get when we invest time or money in anything. It didnt always have a formula to calculate or measure the return, but there was the interest of knowing what a person will get out of the investment he makes. Whether it is profit or loss in terms of money or returns in kind, knowing that return can be expected makes a venture desirable.
The word returns has a very special place in business. Every business venture begins by identifying how the venture will enable the business owner to earn returns from the investment they make. Returns on Investment (ROI) is the result of our need to find out what we could earn through an opportunity or a prospect. It compares the costs involved with the benefits that stem through the opportunity. It helps the person find out if they will be able to earn more than the costs that are involved which eventually results in a profit. Everyone is interested in knowing if they will be able to earn more than what they invest or spend on a venture.
The purpose of Return on Investment is to help business owners and investors find out if an investment is worthy enough or not. Finding out if the returns will lead to profits or not can help the person find out whether they should invest or not. It also works as an indicator which compares various investments in an investors portfolio. Investments that have the highest ROI are considered to be priority. It is considered to be a useful metric for investors as well as marketing leaders.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jan 2018 18:00:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/104743/bk_acx0_104743_sample.mp3" length="832618" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Return-on-Investment-Crash-Course-Audiobook/B078SGN6SH</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51-L50qeo-L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Return on Investment Crash Course
Author: IntroBooks
Narrator: Andrea Giordani
Format: Unabridged
Length: 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-18
Publisher: IntroBooks
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Since the dawn of time, we have been interested in knowing the returns we can get when we invest time or money in anything. It didnt always have a formula to calculate or measure the return, but there was the interest of knowing what a person will get out of the investment he makes. Whether it is profit or loss in terms of money or returns in kind, knowing that return can be expected makes a venture desirable.
The word returns has a very special place in business. Every business venture begins by identifying how the venture will enable the business owner to earn returns from the investment they make. Returns on Investment (ROI) is the result of our need to find out what we could earn through an opportunity or a prospect. It compares the costs involved with the benefits that stem through the opportunity. It helps the person find out if they will be able to earn more than the costs that are involved which eventually results in a profit. Everyone is interested in knowing if they will be able to earn more than what they invest or spend on a venture.
The purpose of Return on Investment is to help business owners and investors find out if an investment is worthy enough or not. Finding out if the returns will lead to profits or not can help the person find out whether they should invest or not. It also works as an indicator which compares various investments in an investors portfolio. Investments that have the highest ROI are considered to be priority. It is considered to be a useful metric for investors as well as marketing leaders.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Return on Investment Crash Course
Author: IntroBooks
Narrator: Andrea Giordani
Format: Unabridged
Length: 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-18
Publisher: IntroBooks
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Since the dawn of time, we have been interested in knowing the returns we can get when we invest time or money in anything. It didnt always have a formula to calculate or measure the return, but there was the interest of knowing what a person will get out of the investment he makes. Whether it is profit or loss in terms of money or returns in kind, knowing that return can be expected makes a venture desirable.
The word returns has a very special place in business. Every business venture begins by identifying how the venture will enable the business owner to earn returns from the investment they make. Returns on Investment (ROI) is the result of our need to find out what we could earn through an opportunity or a prospect. It compares the costs involved with the benefits that stem through the opportunity. It helps the person find out if they will be able to earn more than the costs that are involved which eventually results in a profit. Everyone is interested in knowing if they will be able to earn more than what they invest or spend on a venture.
The purpose of Return on Investment is to help business owners and investors find out if an investment is worthy enough or not. Finding out if the returns will lead to profits or not can help the person find out whether they should invest or not. It also works as an indicator which compares various investments in an investors portfolio. Investments that have the highest ROI are considered to be priority. It is considered to be a useful metric for investors as well as marketing leaders.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership Is Dead Audiobook by Jeremie Kubicek</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Leadership-Is-Dead-Audiobook/B005IYXENS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Leadership Is Dead
Subtitle: How Influence Is Reviving It
Author: Jeremie Kubicek
Narrator: Jeremie Kubicek
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-25-11
Publisher: Oasis Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Leadership is alive when it is used for others. It dies when it is all about you. Anyone can make an impact. All you need is influence - the most potent professional asset on the planet. The problem is that influence is also the most underused asset on the planet. And the primary reason is that the enemy of influence is a universal human trait: self-preservation. You guard your ideas, your status, and your reputation. Within your self-constructed walls you must cast safer visions, take smaller risks, and accept shallower relationships to ensure the security of all you are protecting. This is the downside of self-preservation: While your walls protect you and yours from demise, they also restrict your influence. You must break down your walls of self-preservation and sacrifice your security for the sake of others. Only then does the escalating paradox of personal generosity come into play: The more you give, the more you receive.
This audio book shows that the key to effective leadership is learning how to influence in a way that engenders greater trust, stronger partnerships, and more impactful endeavors.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeremie Kubicek)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2011 14:01:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/oasi/000928/bk_oasi_000928_sample.mp3" length="3387739" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Leadership-Is-Dead-Audiobook/B005IYXENS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51sY2ZZi-FL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Leadership Is Dead
Subtitle: How Influence Is Reviving It
Author: Jeremie Kubicek
Narrator: Jeremie Kubicek
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-25-11
Publisher: Oasis Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Leadership is alive when it is used for others. It dies when it is all about you. Anyone can make an impact. All you need is influence - the most potent professional asset on the planet. The problem is that influence is also the most underused asset on the planet. And the primary reason is that the enemy of influence is a universal human trait: self-preservation. You guard your ideas, your status, and your reputation. Within your self-constructed walls you must cast safer visions, take smaller risks, and accept shallower relationships to ensure the security of all you are protecting. This is the downside of self-preservation: While your walls protect you and yours from demise, they also restrict your influence. You must break down your walls of self-preservation and sacrifice your security for the sake of others. Only then does the escalating paradox of personal generosity come into play: The more you give, the more you receive.
This audio book shows that the key to effective leadership is learning how to influence in a way that engenders greater trust, stronger partnerships, and more impactful endeavors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Leadership Is Dead
Subtitle: How Influence Is Reviving It
Author: Jeremie Kubicek
Narrator: Jeremie Kubicek
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-25-11
Publisher: Oasis Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Leadership is alive when it is used for others. It dies when it is all about you. Anyone can make an impact. All you need is influence - the most potent professional asset on the planet. The problem is that influence is also the most underused asset on the planet. And the primary reason is that the enemy of influence is a universal human trait: self-preservation. You guard your ideas, your status, and your reputation. Within your self-constructed walls you must cast safer visions, take smaller risks, and accept shallower relationships to ensure the security of all you are protecting. This is the downside of self-preservation: While your walls protect you and yours from demise, they also restrict your influence. You must break down your walls of self-preservation and sacrifice your security for the sake of others. Only then does the escalating paradox of personal generosity come into play: The more you give, the more you receive.
This audio book shows that the key to effective leadership is learning how to influence in a way that engenders greater trust, stronger partnerships, and more impactful endeavors.

Members Reviews:
the perfect intersection of faith and career.
if you&apos;ve ever wondered where God exists in your leadership life as a employer or employee, this book is got you. Jeremie&apos;s personal testimony and revelation inspires those that believe there is more to work than what the world portrays. both challenging and encouraging, this book will relate to all roles in life you live.

Great insight
This book had some great insights taught through memorable stories! I&apos;d highly recommend it to colleagues &amp; friends.

The Heart of Leadership
What made the experience of listening to Leadership Is Dead the most enjoyable?
Being able to listen to it in my car on a long drive.
What other book might you compare Leadership Is Dead to and why?
I would compare it to the 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership or Winning with People because they both deal with the issues surrounding leading people.
What about Jeremie Kubiceks performance did you like?
I believe the interview was insiteful and added value to the book. Having the opportunity to hear the author share his motivation and his passion was priceless.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
No. I wanted to take my time and digest the concepts presented.
Any additional comments?
This book brings humanity back to leadership. Too often, people in leadership positions respond to numbers, pressures, and deadlines rather than the authentic needs of their followers. Leadership is Dead explains how to get the same desired outcomes in a more personal, relational way.

WAY too religious
This book isn&apos;t marketed as a religious book but it is.  It has some pretty good information, but he focuses way too much on religion for my taste.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Purpose Economy Audiobook by Aaron Hurst</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Purpose-Economy-Audiobook/B00JJ4LCP0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Purpose Economy
Subtitle: How Your Desire for Impact, Personal Growth and Community Is Changing the World
Author: Aaron Hurst
Narrator: Darryl Hughes Kurylo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-08-14
Publisher: Elevate
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A series of shifts are happening in our economy: Millennials are trading in conventional career paths to launch tech start-ups, start small businesses that are rooted in local communities, or freelance their expertise. We are sharing everything, from bikes and cars, to extra rooms in our homes. We now create, buy and sell handcrafted products in our local communities with ease.
CEO of Imperative Aaron Hurst argues in his latest book that while these developments seem unrelated at first, taken together they reveal a powerful pattern that points to purpose as the new driver of the American economy.
Like the Information Economy, which has driven innovation and economic growth until now, Hurst argues that our new economic era is driven by connecting people to their purpose. It&apos;s an economy where value lies in establishing purpose for employees and customers through serving needs greater than their own, enabling personal growth and building community. Based on interviews with thousands of entrepreneurs, Hurst shows this new era is already fueling demand for a whole host of products and services and transforming how Millennials view their careers. A new breed of startups like Etsy, Zaarly, Tough Mudder, Kickstarter, and Airbnb are finding new ways to create value by connecting us with our local communities. At the same time, companies like Tesla and Whole Foods are making the march from just appealing to affluent buyers to becoming mainstream brands. Hurst calls these companies, along with the pioneering entrepreneurs who founded them, the Purpose Economy&apos;s taste-makers.
This book is at once a personal memoir of Aaron Hurst&apos;s own awakening as a purpose driven entrepreneur, when he left a well-paying tech job in 2001 to launch Taproot, creating a pathway for millions of professionals and Fortune 500 companies to volunteer for nonprofits. It&apos;s also a blueprint for a new economic era that is transforming companies, markets and our careers to better serve people and the world.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Aaron Hurst)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Apr 2014 20:15:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/017525/bk_acx0_017525_sample.mp3" length="2384329" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Purpose-Economy-Audiobook/B00JJ4LCP0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61ontUPSFUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Purpose Economy
Subtitle: How Your Desire for Impact, Personal Growth and Community Is Changing the World
Author: Aaron Hurst
Narrator: Darryl Hughes Kurylo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-08-14
Publisher: Elevate
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A series of shifts are happening in our economy: Millennials are trading in conventional career paths to launch tech start-ups, start small businesses that are rooted in local communities, or freelance their expertise. We are sharing everything, from bikes and cars, to extra rooms in our homes. We now create, buy and sell handcrafted products in our local communities with ease.
CEO of Imperative Aaron Hurst argues in his latest book that while these developments seem unrelated at first, taken together they reveal a powerful pattern that points to purpose as the new driver of the American economy.
Like the Information Economy, which has driven innovation and economic growth until now, Hurst argues that our new economic era is driven by connecting people to their purpose. It&apos;s an economy where value lies in establishing purpose for employees and customers through serving needs greater than their own, enabling personal growth and building community. Based on interviews with thousands of entrepreneurs, Hurst shows this new era is already fueling demand for a whole host of products and services and transforming how Millennials view their careers. A new breed of startups like Etsy, Zaarly, Tough Mudder, Kickstarter, and Airbnb are finding new ways to create value by connecting us with our local communities. At the same time, companies like Tesla and Whole Foods are making the march from just appealing to affluent buyers to becoming mainstream brands. Hurst calls these companies, along with the pioneering entrepreneurs who founded them, the Purpose Economy&apos;s taste-makers.
This book is at once a personal memoir of Aaron Hurst&apos;s own awakening as a purpose driven entrepreneur, when he left a well-paying tech job in 2001 to launch Taproot, creating a pathway for millions of professionals and Fortune 500 companies to volunteer for nonprofits. It&apos;s also a blueprint for a new economic era that is transforming companies, markets and our careers to better serve people and the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Purpose Economy
Subtitle: How Your Desire for Impact, Personal Growth and Community Is Changing the World
Author: Aaron Hurst
Narrator: Darryl Hughes Kurylo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-08-14
Publisher: Elevate
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 38 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A series of shifts are happening in our economy: Millennials are trading in conventional career paths to launch tech start-ups, start small businesses that are rooted in local communities, or freelance their expertise. We are sharing everything, from bikes and cars, to extra rooms in our homes. We now create, buy and sell handcrafted products in our local communities with ease.
CEO of Imperative Aaron Hurst argues in his latest book that while these developments seem unrelated at first, taken together they reveal a powerful pattern that points to purpose as the new driver of the American economy.
Like the Information Economy, which has driven innovation and economic growth until now, Hurst argues that our new economic era is driven by connecting people to their purpose. It&apos;s an economy where value lies in establishing purpose for employees and customers through serving needs greater than their own, enabling personal growth and building community. Based on interviews with thousands of entrepreneurs, Hurst shows this new era is already fueling demand for a whole host of products and services and transforming how Millennials view their careers. A new breed of startups like Etsy, Zaarly, Tough Mudder, Kickstarter, and Airbnb are finding new ways to create value by connecting us with our local communities. At the same time, companies like Tesla and Whole Foods are making the march from just appealing to affluent buyers to becoming mainstream brands. Hurst calls these companies, along with the pioneering entrepreneurs who founded them, the Purpose Economy&apos;s taste-makers.
This book is at once a personal memoir of Aaron Hurst&apos;s own awakening as a purpose driven entrepreneur, when he left a well-paying tech job in 2001 to launch Taproot, creating a pathway for millions of professionals and Fortune 500 companies to volunteer for nonprofits. It&apos;s also a blueprint for a new economic era that is transforming companies, markets and our careers to better serve people and the world.

Members Reviews:
Great content, could have used better narration
Informative, rousing and inspiring book for anyone looking to find and /or join purpose to career. Being a first-gen frustrated by having to figure out what, how &amp; why on my own despite immigrant parents who, while educated, haven&apos;t successfully navigated the social terrain of their new country, it was tempting initially to view Hurst as 1% progeny set up from the beginning, preaching from an ivory tower, but the sincere mix of telling his story while providing insight on societal norms, relevant historical context &amp; career development, won me over. I&apos;ve been a fan of Imperative since its early start, but this was so much more. It&apos;s a great read - full of useful, applicable info  if you&apos;re building a purpose business, or just trying to tweak your work to reflect greater purpose. It&apos;s not fluff, but it&apos;s not boring either; it&apos;s personable and current.
My main gripe is the narration- namely that the narrator just &quot;changed&quot; his voice to express different characters whether male or female, and he did so poorly. From &quot;lowering&quot; his voice (for males) or making it shrill (for women), bad accents and even auto tune, the narration was ineffective, distracting &amp; annoying.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Peacock in the Land of Penguins Audiobook by BJ Gallagher Hateley, Warren H. Schmidt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/A-Peacock-in-the-Land-of-Penguins-Audiobook/B002V8HIAY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Peacock in the Land of Penguins
Subtitle: A Fable About Creativity and Courage
Author: BJ Gallagher Hateley, Warren H. Schmidt
Narrator: BJ Gallagher Hateley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-01
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;Every once in a while a small book comes along that deals with a profound subject in a very simple, elegant way,&quot; says Ken Blanchard, co-author of The One Minute Manager. &quot;This is a tale of the perils and possibilities of being unique and creative in a world that values comfort, safety and the predictability of conformity. If you are interested in new ideas for making yourself and your organization successful, then read this little book.&quot;
Now expanded with new tips and tools for teaching penguins to fly.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The beauty of metaphor is that it communicates meaning, not just information, which is why I learned so much from this book about creativity, corporate culture, and organizational transformation. I also learned a lot about penguins and peacocks - lessons I will never forget.&quot; - (Warren Bennis, author of Organizing Genius and Managing the Dream)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (BJ Gallagher Hateley)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Nov 2001 05:18:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rhau/000065/bk_rhau_000065_sample.mp3" length="983562" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/A-Peacock-in-the-Land-of-Penguins-Audiobook/B002V8HIAY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41w5GRkondL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Peacock in the Land of Penguins
Subtitle: A Fable About Creativity and Courage
Author: BJ Gallagher Hateley, Warren H. Schmidt
Narrator: BJ Gallagher Hateley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-01
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;Every once in a while a small book comes along that deals with a profound subject in a very simple, elegant way,&quot; says Ken Blanchard, co-author of The One Minute Manager. &quot;This is a tale of the perils and possibilities of being unique and creative in a world that values comfort, safety and the predictability of conformity. If you are interested in new ideas for making yourself and your organization successful, then read this little book.&quot;
Now expanded with new tips and tools for teaching penguins to fly.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The beauty of metaphor is that it communicates meaning, not just information, which is why I learned so much from this book about creativity, corporate culture, and organizational transformation. I also learned a lot about penguins and peacocks - lessons I will never forget.&quot; - (Warren Bennis, author of Organizing Genius and Managing the Dream)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Peacock in the Land of Penguins
Subtitle: A Fable About Creativity and Courage
Author: BJ Gallagher Hateley, Warren H. Schmidt
Narrator: BJ Gallagher Hateley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-01
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;Every once in a while a small book comes along that deals with a profound subject in a very simple, elegant way,&quot; says Ken Blanchard, co-author of The One Minute Manager. &quot;This is a tale of the perils and possibilities of being unique and creative in a world that values comfort, safety and the predictability of conformity. If you are interested in new ideas for making yourself and your organization successful, then read this little book.&quot;
Now expanded with new tips and tools for teaching penguins to fly.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;The beauty of metaphor is that it communicates meaning, not just information, which is why I learned so much from this book about creativity, corporate culture, and organizational transformation. I also learned a lot about penguins and peacocks - lessons I will never forget.&quot; - (Warren Bennis, author of Organizing Genius and Managing the Dream)

Members Reviews:
A Corporate Help Guide
I bought this book thinking it would be a cute story about LGBT issues, but it turned out to be a guide for working in corporate businesses instead.  Still, I was surprised to find that some of the suggestions presented here are very applicable to dealing with LGBT struggles.
Turning everything into birds is a very clever way to explain the tricky social environment of big business to someone who has never even been employed by one.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lean Manufacturing Explained Audiobook by Can Akdeniz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lean-Manufacturing-Explained-Audiobook/B00UZL2282</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lean Manufacturing Explained
Author: Can Akdeniz
Narrator: Andrea Erickson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-23-15
Publisher: Can Akdeniz
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Lean manufacturing methodology provides a standard for operational excellence. Lean strategy enables you to change for the better, ensuring your processes are as streamlined as possible and costs are kept to a minimum while quality and speed of production are maintained.
Lean Manufacturing Explained will consider how lean principles can be applied specifically in relation to the manufacturing industry. It is in manufacture that the lean methodology has its roots, with the central tenets first developed by automotive industry giants Toyota and Ford. Manufacture is also the arena of business in which lean methodologies are most widely incorporated and well established.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Can Akdeniz)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2015 08:27:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/032525/bk_acx0_032525_sample.mp3" length="1567188" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Lean-Manufacturing-Explained-Audiobook/B00UZL2282</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ayG5xEqeL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lean Manufacturing Explained
Author: Can Akdeniz
Narrator: Andrea Erickson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-23-15
Publisher: Can Akdeniz
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Lean manufacturing methodology provides a standard for operational excellence. Lean strategy enables you to change for the better, ensuring your processes are as streamlined as possible and costs are kept to a minimum while quality and speed of production are maintained.
Lean Manufacturing Explained will consider how lean principles can be applied specifically in relation to the manufacturing industry. It is in manufacture that the lean methodology has its roots, with the central tenets first developed by automotive industry giants Toyota and Ford. Manufacture is also the arena of business in which lean methodologies are most widely incorporated and well established.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lean Manufacturing Explained
Author: Can Akdeniz
Narrator: Andrea Erickson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-23-15
Publisher: Can Akdeniz
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Lean manufacturing methodology provides a standard for operational excellence. Lean strategy enables you to change for the better, ensuring your processes are as streamlined as possible and costs are kept to a minimum while quality and speed of production are maintained.
Lean Manufacturing Explained will consider how lean principles can be applied specifically in relation to the manufacturing industry. It is in manufacture that the lean methodology has its roots, with the central tenets first developed by automotive industry giants Toyota and Ford. Manufacture is also the arena of business in which lean methodologies are most widely incorporated and well established.

Members Reviews:
Audible ebook was un-usable from bad sound
What did you love best about Lean Manufacturing Explained?
The book is excellent which I have on my kindle and paperback. The audio book is another story and I was shocked to find it unlistenable after going through several hoops to get it to play. The audio voice is robotic and non-understandable and so painful I had to shut it down in seconds. I expected an audio such as a narrator that I could listen to such as while driving. First to purchase you have to go through several hoops and downloads and complex figuing out how to get it to play. After a day I succeeded in getting it to play in itunes. The book was $3.99 but in a few minutes you have burned up so much time in frustration that the cost would actually be a couple hundred dollars.
What other book might you compare Lean Manufacturing Explained to and why?
All Can Akdeniz books are the best--I cannot figure out how he allowed this audio nightmare to occur. The system for playing audio books has great potential--however its simply not ready to release to the public for sale until they figure out how to do it.
How could the performance have been better?
horrifying sound quality and narration HOW CAN THIS HAPPEN in todays modern world????
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
YES--now I have to pay a friend or myself to read the book as an audio file on my iphone--then burn it to a cd.
Any additional comments?
Pull audio books untill there is a method to play the books with narration and reasonable sound. Now I have to go through an ADDITIONAL couple of hours to figure how to get a refund for the $3.99 rip

one of the best lean manufacturing explanations
I have almost all books on lean and Six Sigma ever rich. this is in my top 5!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Humanizing the Economy Audiobook by John Restakis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Humanizing-the-Economy-Audiobook/B008UDJ10O</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Humanizing the Economy
Subtitle: Co-operatives in the Age of Capital
Author: John Restakis
Narrator: David M. Adams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-09-12
Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
At the close of the twentieth century, corporate capitalism extended its reach over the globe. While its defenders argue that globalization is the only way forward for modern, democratic societies, the spread of this system is failing to meet even the most basic needs of billions of individuals around the world. Moreover, the entrenchment of this free market system is undermining the foundations of healthy societies, caring communities, and personal wellbeing.
Humanizing the Economy shows how co-operative models for economic and social development can create a more equitable, just, and humane future. With over 800 million members in 85 countries and a long history linking economics to social values, the co-operative movement is the most powerful grassroots movement in the world. Its future as an alternative to corporate capitalism is explored through a wide range of real-world examples including:
Highlighting the hopes and struggles of everyday people seeking to make their world a better place, Humanizing the Economy is essential reading for anyone who cares about the reform of economics, globalization, and social justice.

Critic Reviews:
Humanizing the Economy by John Restakis is an excellent, easily accessible read, which I highly recommend to anyone interested in the movement towards an alternative and equitable economy. Restakis, the Executive Director for the British Columbia Co-operative Association, is a researcher and educator on international cooperative economies and is highly regarded as a pioneer for economic democracy in Canada and abroad. His book provides a rich and well-researched account of the failures and inhumane realities of the dominant capitalist economy and how communities are forging together in the vision for economic justice in advanced industrial societies as well as in developing countries. (Crystal Tremblay, Community Development Journal, Oxford Journals)
Humanizing the Economy is a profoundly readable and accessible book in spite of its sweeping scope. Cooperatives read like a forgotten chapter in our economic history. I found the early part of the book, in which Restakis reviews the intellectual and practical history of cooperatives as a reaction to the excesses of early capitalism, particularly fascinating. (Marc Lee, Policy Note)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Restakis)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Aug 2012 14:41:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bigh/000458/bk_bigh_000458_sample.mp3" length="2631236" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Humanizing-the-Economy-Audiobook/B008UDJ10O</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61g9FKUKI6L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Humanizing the Economy
Subtitle: Co-operatives in the Age of Capital
Author: John Restakis
Narrator: David M. Adams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-09-12
Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
At the close of the twentieth century, corporate capitalism extended its reach over the globe. While its defenders argue that globalization is the only way forward for modern, democratic societies, the spread of this system is failing to meet even the most basic needs of billions of individuals around the world. Moreover, the entrenchment of this free market system is undermining the foundations of healthy societies, caring communities, and personal wellbeing.
Humanizing the Economy shows how co-operative models for economic and social development can create a more equitable, just, and humane future. With over 800 million members in 85 countries and a long history linking economics to social values, the co-operative movement is the most powerful grassroots movement in the world. Its future as an alternative to corporate capitalism is explored through a wide range of real-world examples including:
Highlighting the hopes and struggles of everyday people seeking to make their world a better place, Humanizing the Economy is essential reading for anyone who cares about the reform of economics, globalization, and social justice.

Critic Reviews:
Humanizing the Economy by John Restakis is an excellent, easily accessible read, which I highly recommend to anyone interested in the movement towards an alternative and equitable economy. Restakis, the Executive Director for the British Columbia Co-operative Association, is a researcher and educator on international cooperative economies and is highly regarded as a pioneer for economic democracy in Canada and abroad. His book provides a rich and well-researched account of the failures and inhumane realities of the dominant capitalist economy and how communities are forging together in the vision for economic justice in advanced industrial societies as well as in developing countries. (Crystal Tremblay, Community Development Journal, Oxford Journals)
Humanizing the Economy is a profoundly readable and accessible book in spite of its sweeping scope. Cooperatives read like a forgotten chapter in our economic history. I found the early part of the book, in which Restakis reviews the intellectual and practical history of cooperatives as a reaction to the excesses of early capitalism, particularly fascinating. (Marc Lee, Policy Note)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Humanizing the Economy
Subtitle: Co-operatives in the Age of Capital
Author: John Restakis
Narrator: David M. Adams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-09-12
Publisher: Post Hypnotic Press Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
At the close of the twentieth century, corporate capitalism extended its reach over the globe. While its defenders argue that globalization is the only way forward for modern, democratic societies, the spread of this system is failing to meet even the most basic needs of billions of individuals around the world. Moreover, the entrenchment of this free market system is undermining the foundations of healthy societies, caring communities, and personal wellbeing.
Humanizing the Economy shows how co-operative models for economic and social development can create a more equitable, just, and humane future. With over 800 million members in 85 countries and a long history linking economics to social values, the co-operative movement is the most powerful grassroots movement in the world. Its future as an alternative to corporate capitalism is explored through a wide range of real-world examples including:
Highlighting the hopes and struggles of everyday people seeking to make their world a better place, Humanizing the Economy is essential reading for anyone who cares about the reform of economics, globalization, and social justice.

Critic Reviews:
Humanizing the Economy by John Restakis is an excellent, easily accessible read, which I highly recommend to anyone interested in the movement towards an alternative and equitable economy. Restakis, the Executive Director for the British Columbia Co-operative Association, is a researcher and educator on international cooperative economies and is highly regarded as a pioneer for economic democracy in Canada and abroad. His book provides a rich and well-researched account of the failures and inhumane realities of the dominant capitalist economy and how communities are forging together in the vision for economic justice in advanced industrial societies as well as in developing countries. (Crystal Tremblay, Community Development Journal, Oxford Journals)
Humanizing the Economy is a profoundly readable and accessible book in spite of its sweeping scope. Cooperatives read like a forgotten chapter in our economic history. I found the early part of the book, in which Restakis reviews the intellectual and practical history of cooperatives as a reaction to the excesses of early capitalism, particularly fascinating. (Marc Lee, Policy Note)

Members Reviews:
Terrific book! Interesting, enjoyable, informative
This book is terrific! And narration is excellent.
It&apos;s about economic co-operatives in which the workers own the enterprise. It&apos;s starts with a description of a longstanding co-operative created by sex workers in Calcutta, India. By forming a co-operative, the women have been able to develop self-respect, improve their healthcare, their protection from HIV, and raise their economic situation and their literacy rates. The Calcutta co-operative has inspired similar co-operatives of sex workers in India and other countries.
Then, the book describes worker ownership of failed factories in Argentina which otherwise would have shut down. These two examples provide concrete understanding of how co-operatives are formed and operate.
The rest of the book discusses the role of cooperatives in dealing with problems that globalism is creating--the unfettered power of multinational corporations, the loss of U.S. manufacturing, and growing income inequality in the West.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wholesale Audiobook by Susan Varson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Wholesale-Audiobook/B0117TNNOC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Wholesale
Subtitle: The Ultimate Wholesale Sourcing Guide to Earning Big Profits on Amazon FBA and Ebay!
Author: Susan Varson
Narrator: Charles Orlik
Format: Unabridged
Length: 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-09-15
Publisher: Susan B. Varson
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Learn everything you need to know about wholesale sourcing and be on your way to success. This book is for those who want to start a wholesale sourcing or for those who are already in the business. If you want to increase your profit margins, then this is the right thing for you. Wholesale sourcing industry is a competitive field of business, but it also provides the largest opportunities especially because online markets allow you to connect to wider networks all over the world. You will learn the different dos and don&apos;ts in starting and maintaining your wholesale sourcing business. By the time you finish listening to this book you are going to be able to understand better what wholesale sourcing is about and you will be able to apply the things you will learn in order to be successful in your business venture.
Why you must have this book:
What you&apos;ll discover from the book:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Susan Varson)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2015 07:47:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/038975/bk_acx0_038975_sample.mp3" length="2434904" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Wholesale-Audiobook/B0117TNNOC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61BWY8nMcxL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Wholesale
Subtitle: The Ultimate Wholesale Sourcing Guide to Earning Big Profits on Amazon FBA and Ebay!
Author: Susan Varson
Narrator: Charles Orlik
Format: Unabridged
Length: 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-09-15
Publisher: Susan B. Varson
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Learn everything you need to know about wholesale sourcing and be on your way to success. This book is for those who want to start a wholesale sourcing or for those who are already in the business. If you want to increase your profit margins, then this is the right thing for you. Wholesale sourcing industry is a competitive field of business, but it also provides the largest opportunities especially because online markets allow you to connect to wider networks all over the world. You will learn the different dos and don&apos;ts in starting and maintaining your wholesale sourcing business. By the time you finish listening to this book you are going to be able to understand better what wholesale sourcing is about and you will be able to apply the things you will learn in order to be successful in your business venture.
Why you must have this book:
What you&apos;ll discover from the book:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Wholesale
Subtitle: The Ultimate Wholesale Sourcing Guide to Earning Big Profits on Amazon FBA and Ebay!
Author: Susan Varson
Narrator: Charles Orlik
Format: Unabridged
Length: 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-09-15
Publisher: Susan B. Varson
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Learn everything you need to know about wholesale sourcing and be on your way to success. This book is for those who want to start a wholesale sourcing or for those who are already in the business. If you want to increase your profit margins, then this is the right thing for you. Wholesale sourcing industry is a competitive field of business, but it also provides the largest opportunities especially because online markets allow you to connect to wider networks all over the world. You will learn the different dos and don&apos;ts in starting and maintaining your wholesale sourcing business. By the time you finish listening to this book you are going to be able to understand better what wholesale sourcing is about and you will be able to apply the things you will learn in order to be successful in your business venture.
Why you must have this book:
What you&apos;ll discover from the book:

Members Reviews:
Complete waste
Absolutely nothing here that can&apos;t be found on Google in two minutes.   Don&apos;t  waste your time or money.

common sense
Not really worth purchasing.  It&apos; all common sense. Nothing new was taught. No new inside information is disclosed.  It seems like a lot of common lists you could easily Google and find for free.

Way too simple
Not enough information at all even at the low price...prob shouldn&apos;t have made this book in the first place.

Do not waste your time.
Minimal value. Talk for talk sake, but nothing you can&apos;t find elsewhere. Reader is fine, content close to zip.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Soul Trader: Putting the Heart Back into Your Business Audiobook by Rasheed Ogunlaru</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Soul-Trader-Putting-the-Heart-Back-into-Your-Business-Audiobook/B009AFTG6A</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Soul Trader: Putting the Heart Back into Your Business
Author: Rasheed Ogunlaru
Narrator: Glen McCready
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Soul Trader, life and business coach Rasheed Ogunlaru encourages entrepreneurs to focus their energy away from the deadlines and demands of running a company in order to connect with the personal mission, values and passion that inspired the business in the first place. In doing so, Ogunlaru argues that you can create a stand out from the crowd business that enriches both financially and emotionally.
The book is broken down into seven essential principles that will help listeners build a business sensitive to todays economic and social realities; one that is profitable, customer-focused and in tune with your own beliefs, needs and goals.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Rasheed is grounded, energising and hugely inspirational - as is this book which is insightful for those dreaming of a business and those already running one. (Clare Longrigg, deputy editor, Psychologies)
&quot;A brilliant and motivational book by a knowledgeable, intelligent and thoughtful author.&quot; (Stephen Fear, Entrepreneur in Residence, The British Library)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rasheed Ogunlaru)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Oct 2012 14:35:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/004980/bk_adbl_004980_sample.mp3" length="2451480" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Soul-Trader-Putting-the-Heart-Back-into-Your-Business-Audiobook/B009AFTG6A</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41qHZuUYfEL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Soul Trader: Putting the Heart Back into Your Business
Author: Rasheed Ogunlaru
Narrator: Glen McCready
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Soul Trader, life and business coach Rasheed Ogunlaru encourages entrepreneurs to focus their energy away from the deadlines and demands of running a company in order to connect with the personal mission, values and passion that inspired the business in the first place. In doing so, Ogunlaru argues that you can create a stand out from the crowd business that enriches both financially and emotionally.
The book is broken down into seven essential principles that will help listeners build a business sensitive to todays economic and social realities; one that is profitable, customer-focused and in tune with your own beliefs, needs and goals.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Rasheed is grounded, energising and hugely inspirational - as is this book which is insightful for those dreaming of a business and those already running one. (Clare Longrigg, deputy editor, Psychologies)
&quot;A brilliant and motivational book by a knowledgeable, intelligent and thoughtful author.&quot; (Stephen Fear, Entrepreneur in Residence, The British Library)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Soul Trader: Putting the Heart Back into Your Business
Author: Rasheed Ogunlaru
Narrator: Glen McCready
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Soul Trader, life and business coach Rasheed Ogunlaru encourages entrepreneurs to focus their energy away from the deadlines and demands of running a company in order to connect with the personal mission, values and passion that inspired the business in the first place. In doing so, Ogunlaru argues that you can create a stand out from the crowd business that enriches both financially and emotionally.
The book is broken down into seven essential principles that will help listeners build a business sensitive to todays economic and social realities; one that is profitable, customer-focused and in tune with your own beliefs, needs and goals.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Rasheed is grounded, energising and hugely inspirational - as is this book which is insightful for those dreaming of a business and those already running one. (Clare Longrigg, deputy editor, Psychologies)
&quot;A brilliant and motivational book by a knowledgeable, intelligent and thoughtful author.&quot; (Stephen Fear, Entrepreneur in Residence, The British Library)

Members Reviews:
Opens your heart and clarifies/pacifies your mind
I have run my own business for over 10 years. In that time I&apos;ve been through many peaks and troughs and have read possibly hundreds of books relating to business. I recently came across this book and have to say that it stands head and shoulders above the rest. The author, Rasheed Ogunlaru asks us, &quot;If your heart is not in your business, then why are you?&quot; What a question! That&apos;s just one of the gems that set my heart ablaze. The book is also beautifully laid out and each chapter lead me seamlessly to a place of clarity and rekindles the passion and love for myself, and my business, and has reminded me why I got into business in the first place. I highly recommend this book, and rate it with 5 stars. I&apos;ve just ordered 5 more copies for xmas presents! Do yourself and your business a favor and buy this book, if not for yourself, then for someone you love!!!

Soul Trader - DON&apos;T leave this gem on the shelf!!
As a business owner having previously read countless, &apos;how to be successful&apos; books, I found Soul Trader to give an entirely new and fresh perspective on growing my business.  Rasheed Ogunlaru spots a fundamental common denominator to business and personal success that consistently gets overlooked.  Soul Trader gives practical tips and exercises to easily; re-calibrate, re-charge and re-invigorate both you and your business.  And the best bit for me in these tough economic times is that virtually all the ideas don&apos;t cost anything.  This easily read book has numerous anecdotes and case studies to illustrate what&apos;s clearly a proven approach.  It&apos;s simple to read, simple to digest, and very simple to do.  For me, simply a &apos;must buy&apos;.

Great advice for the entrepreneurial soul
I&apos;ve read many of Rasheed&apos;s works, but the Soul Trader is probably the one that has resonated with me the most. A stylish looking book packed with tips and stories from entrepreneurs and Rasheed on doing business from the heart. It&apos;s the way I work, I just hadn&apos;t found a name for it yet!
Soul Trader aims to help you bring the passion back into your business and remember the reason you first started out in business.  It offers practical steps to help you improve your success in the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Main Street to Mall Audiobook by Vicki Howard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/From-Main-Street-to-Mall-Audiobook/B01B8M832K</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: From Main Street to Mall
Subtitle: The Rise and Fall of the American Department Store
Author: Vicki Howard
Narrator: Beth Richmond
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-01-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The first national study of the department store industry, From Main Street to Mall traces the changing economic and political contexts that transformed the American shopping experience in the 20th century. With careful attention to small-town stores as well as glamorous landmarks such as Marshall Field&apos;s in Chicago and Wanamaker&apos;s in Philadelphia, historian Vicki Howard offers a comprehensive account of the uneven trajectory that brought about the loss of locally identified department store firms and the rise of national chains like Macy&apos;s and J. C. Penney. She draws on a wealth of primary source evidence to demonstrate how the decisions of consumers, government policy makers, and department store industry leaders culminated in today&apos;s Wal-Mart world. From Main Street to Mall shows that department stores were more than just places to shop.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;
From Main Street to Mall offers sharp analysis of American retailing from a new vantage point, advancing our understanding of the department store beyond Macy&apos;s and Marshall Field&apos;s. A significant contribution.&quot; (Susan Strasser, author of 
Satisfaction Guaranteed: The Making of the American Mass Market)
&quot;A must-read for researchers of American consumer culture and for anyone who loves to shop.&quot; (Regina Lee Blaszczyk, author of 
The Color Revolution)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Vicki Howard)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Feb 2016 23:28:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/052500/bk_acx0_052500_sample.mp3" length="2403423" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/From-Main-Street-to-Mall-Audiobook/B01B8M832K</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61+HnX-IV3L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: From Main Street to Mall
Subtitle: The Rise and Fall of the American Department Store
Author: Vicki Howard
Narrator: Beth Richmond
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-01-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The first national study of the department store industry, From Main Street to Mall traces the changing economic and political contexts that transformed the American shopping experience in the 20th century. With careful attention to small-town stores as well as glamorous landmarks such as Marshall Field&apos;s in Chicago and Wanamaker&apos;s in Philadelphia, historian Vicki Howard offers a comprehensive account of the uneven trajectory that brought about the loss of locally identified department store firms and the rise of national chains like Macy&apos;s and J. C. Penney. She draws on a wealth of primary source evidence to demonstrate how the decisions of consumers, government policy makers, and department store industry leaders culminated in today&apos;s Wal-Mart world. From Main Street to Mall shows that department stores were more than just places to shop.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;
From Main Street to Mall offers sharp analysis of American retailing from a new vantage point, advancing our understanding of the department store beyond Macy&apos;s and Marshall Field&apos;s. A significant contribution.&quot; (Susan Strasser, author of 
Satisfaction Guaranteed: The Making of the American Mass Market)
&quot;A must-read for researchers of American consumer culture and for anyone who loves to shop.&quot; (Regina Lee Blaszczyk, author of 
The Color Revolution)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: From Main Street to Mall
Subtitle: The Rise and Fall of the American Department Store
Author: Vicki Howard
Narrator: Beth Richmond
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-01-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The first national study of the department store industry, From Main Street to Mall traces the changing economic and political contexts that transformed the American shopping experience in the 20th century. With careful attention to small-town stores as well as glamorous landmarks such as Marshall Field&apos;s in Chicago and Wanamaker&apos;s in Philadelphia, historian Vicki Howard offers a comprehensive account of the uneven trajectory that brought about the loss of locally identified department store firms and the rise of national chains like Macy&apos;s and J. C. Penney. She draws on a wealth of primary source evidence to demonstrate how the decisions of consumers, government policy makers, and department store industry leaders culminated in today&apos;s Wal-Mart world. From Main Street to Mall shows that department stores were more than just places to shop.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;
From Main Street to Mall offers sharp analysis of American retailing from a new vantage point, advancing our understanding of the department store beyond Macy&apos;s and Marshall Field&apos;s. A significant contribution.&quot; (Susan Strasser, author of 
Satisfaction Guaranteed: The Making of the American Mass Market)
&quot;A must-read for researchers of American consumer culture and for anyone who loves to shop.&quot; (Regina Lee Blaszczyk, author of 
The Color Revolution)

Members Reviews:
Marvelous History Lesson
A detailed overview of the transactional and operational history of department stores, in addition to their social impact throughout the ages. Amazing how these stores went from being truly influential through their communities to existing almost only figuratively today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Housing Boom and Bust Audiobook by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Housing-Boom-and-Bust-Audiobook/B002V9Z42M</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Housing Boom and Bust
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-13-09
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 356 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This book is designed to unravel the tangled threads of that story. It also attempts to determine whether what is being done to deal with the problem is more likely to make things better or worse.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Among economists of the past thirty years, [Sowell] stands very proud indeed.&quot; (Wall Street Journal)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Sowell)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2009 11:43:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/003169/bk_blak_003169_sample.mp3" length="2399741" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Housing-Boom-and-Bust-Audiobook/B002V9Z42M</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41O+O5IwFQL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Housing Boom and Bust
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-13-09
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 356 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This book is designed to unravel the tangled threads of that story. It also attempts to determine whether what is being done to deal with the problem is more likely to make things better or worse.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Among economists of the past thirty years, [Sowell] stands very proud indeed.&quot; (Wall Street Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Housing Boom and Bust
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-13-09
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 356 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This book is designed to unravel the tangled threads of that story. It also attempts to determine whether what is being done to deal with the problem is more likely to make things better or worse.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Among economists of the past thirty years, [Sowell] stands very proud indeed.&quot; (Wall Street Journal)

Members Reviews:
Inciteful Non partisan blame
I read other reviews of this book before buying. The ones who rated it poorly seemed never to have read the book in its entirety.
Mr Sowell is a gifted communicator. He backs up his view with facts and statistics. He implicates those who deserve blame regardless of political affiliation, or business affiliation. He calls it like he sees it and I concur with the evidenciary findings he brings to light.

Informative, especially for this liberal listener
I was reluctant to hear Sowell due to his right leaning, and my left leaning, politics.  But I am very glad I did.  His book is very clearly written.  While I did not agree with all of his suppositions and conclusions, I found them to be well reasoned and supported.  I also found his tone to be far less severe than I feared.  He does not treat the left with kid gloves, but he does not employ the hyperbole and theatrics of other current conservative authors.  Most important is that I feel much more informed, and curious, about economics and politics as a whole after having listened to this book.  Any book that held my attention though out, and inspired me to ask more questions and seek more information, is a 4-5 star listen for me.  What makes this one a 5 star listen is the excellent narration by Robertson Dean (who kept reminding me of a serious Elliot Gould).

Explains the Bust
Provides a lot of details on how we ended up in this housing trouble.  There&apos;s a lot more to it than I realized.

Right to the Point
Thomas Sowell has his detractors, but this is another of his books well worth reading whatever your point of view. Essentially he sets out to explain how the Housting Boom came about and what the resulting Bust means to the average American. He is best when he describes the affordable housing movement and its ramifications. His point of view may not appeal, but his analysis and presentation can&apos;t be faulted.
If you are scratching your head about the current real estate problem - start here.

very good
Another great book by Thomas Sowell.
I have read most of his writings. The clarity of his thoughts and his intelligence is amazing.
Another classic for the &apos;weekend&apos; economist.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easiest Home Run Business in the World Audiobook by Alun Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Easiest-Home-Run-Business-in-the-World-Audiobook/B01HTZKH9C</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Easiest Home Run Business in the World
Subtitle: Buying and Selling on Alibaba, $50 to Start, No Risks!
Author: Alun Hill
Narrator: Kelly Rhodes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-04-16
Publisher: Alun Hill, Talking About Business
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Working from home is most people&apos;s dream job. Buying and selling from Alibaba, starting with an investment of just $50 and no risks, is surely the perfect way to achieve this! In this carefully researched guide, Alun Hill, the world-renowned business journalist, gives you all the details to enable you to start this week!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alun Hill)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Jul 2016 22:01:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/062675/bk_acx0_062675_sample.mp3" length="2392130" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Easiest-Home-Run-Business-in-the-World-Audiobook/B01HTZKH9C</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51aiAvDERwL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Easiest Home Run Business in the World
Subtitle: Buying and Selling on Alibaba, $50 to Start, No Risks!
Author: Alun Hill
Narrator: Kelly Rhodes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-04-16
Publisher: Alun Hill, Talking About Business
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Working from home is most people&apos;s dream job. Buying and selling from Alibaba, starting with an investment of just $50 and no risks, is surely the perfect way to achieve this! In this carefully researched guide, Alun Hill, the world-renowned business journalist, gives you all the details to enable you to start this week!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Easiest Home Run Business in the World
Subtitle: Buying and Selling on Alibaba, $50 to Start, No Risks!
Author: Alun Hill
Narrator: Kelly Rhodes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-04-16
Publisher: Alun Hill, Talking About Business
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Working from home is most people&apos;s dream job. Buying and selling from Alibaba, starting with an investment of just $50 and no risks, is surely the perfect way to achieve this! In this carefully researched guide, Alun Hill, the world-renowned business journalist, gives you all the details to enable you to start this week!

Members Reviews:
no specific examples  very vague learned nothing I
thank you though specifics learn to nothing that I did not know just by visiting the site do not recommend

Nothing really to learn
Any additional comments?
Nothing really to learn as the book is very vague, with not much usable content.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Slave Coast Audiobook by Ned Sublette, Constance Sublette</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-American-Slave-Coast-Audiobook/B01H7S4MGU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The American Slave Coast
Subtitle: A History of the Slave-Breeding Industry
Author: Ned Sublette, Constance Sublette
Narrator: Robin Eller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 30 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-20-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 48 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The American Slave Coast tells the horrific story of how the slavery business in the United States made the reproductive labor of &quot;breeding women&quot; essential to the expansion of the nation. The book shows how slaves&apos; children, and their children&apos;s children, were human savings accounts that were the basis of money and credit. This was so deeply embedded in the economy of the slave states that it could be decommissioned only by emancipation, achieved through the bloodiest war in the history of the United States.
The American Slave Coast is an alternative history of the United States that presents the slavery business, as well as familiar historical figures and events, in a revealing new light.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ned Sublette)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2016 05:26:28 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006242/bk_tant_006242_sample.mp3" length="2418879" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-American-Slave-Coast-Audiobook/B01H7S4MGU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ZBbTb+QDL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>30:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The American Slave Coast
Subtitle: A History of the Slave-Breeding Industry
Author: Ned Sublette, Constance Sublette
Narrator: Robin Eller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 30 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-20-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 48 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The American Slave Coast tells the horrific story of how the slavery business in the United States made the reproductive labor of &quot;breeding women&quot; essential to the expansion of the nation. The book shows how slaves&apos; children, and their children&apos;s children, were human savings accounts that were the basis of money and credit. This was so deeply embedded in the economy of the slave states that it could be decommissioned only by emancipation, achieved through the bloodiest war in the history of the United States.
The American Slave Coast is an alternative history of the United States that presents the slavery business, as well as familiar historical figures and events, in a revealing new light.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The American Slave Coast
Subtitle: A History of the Slave-Breeding Industry
Author: Ned Sublette, Constance Sublette
Narrator: Robin Eller
Format: Unabridged
Length: 30 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-20-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 48 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The American Slave Coast tells the horrific story of how the slavery business in the United States made the reproductive labor of &quot;breeding women&quot; essential to the expansion of the nation. The book shows how slaves&apos; children, and their children&apos;s children, were human savings accounts that were the basis of money and credit. This was so deeply embedded in the economy of the slave states that it could be decommissioned only by emancipation, achieved through the bloodiest war in the history of the United States.
The American Slave Coast is an alternative history of the United States that presents the slavery business, as well as familiar historical figures and events, in a revealing new light.

Members Reviews:
Get &quot;The Half Has Never Been Told&quot; instead!
Ned &amp; Constance Sublette have put together a thoroughly researched and well-told account of the slavery economy. The primary focus is on the slave trade from the Atlantic Coast (Maryland/Virginia vs. South Carolina/Georgia) to the cotton lands opened up by the Louisiana Purchase and subsequent wars. It covers much of the same territory as Edward Baptist&apos;s &quot;The Half Has Never Been Told,&quot; relying on many overlapping primary sources, and comes to similar conclusions as well. However, I found Baptist&apos;s prose is livelier and more engaging than the Sublette&apos;s, though the latter provide more complete social and historical context.
While this book is worth reading, I would advise you avoid the audio version. The narrator does an atrocious job; the reviewer who compared the narration to Siri is pretty much on the mark. Odd pauses within sentences, sometimes even within words; mispronunciations; and a complete lack of emotion do an utter disservice to this important material. By contrast, the narration of &quot;The Half Has Never Been Told&quot; is excellent.

Incredibly Eye Opening
While the narration is poor, the contents of this book clearly delineate a timeline for each country, territory, and state&apos;s involvement in the barbarism of the trade. Additionally, it demonstrates an alternative view to the founding fathers of this country. Eyes open wide!

Important &amp; Thoroughly Researched, Terrible Reader
I have both the paperback and the audible version of this insightful and enlightening story of how slavery is integral to the history of the United States. It&apos;s a detailed and engaging work that is well written, and extensively documented. But by all means get the book. As other reviewers have noted this reader has a flat and mechanical presentation. That&apos;s not so bad for a history book, in my opinion. However, the mangled and idiosyncratic pronunciation of some words is very distracting. Where is the audio editor for this audible edition? I note that some words that are mispronounced early are correctly pronounced later. So I think there is an editor involved in some places - perhaps one who dozes off from time to time because of the monotone performance. These problems are noted in other books that Robin Eller reads. It&apos;s a shame. A work this important deserves a first class narration.  The sample reading on the web site does not include any of the bizarre pronunciations.

Horrible Narrator
I was really looking forward to reading this book but the narrator completely killed me, I only made it an hour or so into the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fifty Things That Made the Modern Economy Audiobook by Tim Harford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Fifty-Things-That-Made-the-Modern-Economy-Audiobook/B06XRF81DW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fifty Things That Made the Modern Economy
Author: Tim Harford
Narrator: Roger Davis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-06-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio UK
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Based on the series produced for the BBC World Service)
A Financial Times and Bloomberg Business Week Book of the Year)
Who thought up paper money? How did the contraceptive pill change the face of the legal profession? Why was the horse collar as important for human progress as the steam engine? How did the humble spreadsheet turn the world of finance upside down?
The world economy defies comprehension. A continuously changing system of immense complexity, it offers over 10 billion distinct products and services, doubles in size every 15 years, and links almost every one of the planet&apos;s seven billion people. It delivers astonishing luxury to hundreds of millions. It also leaves hundreds of millions behind, puts tremendous strains on the ecosystem, and has an alarming habit of stalling. Nobody is in charge of it. Indeed, no individual understands more than a fraction of what&apos;s going on.
How can we make sense of this bewildering system on which our lives depend? From the tally stick to Bitcoin, the canal lock to the jumbo jet, each invention in Tim Harford&apos;s fascinating new book has its own curious, surprising and memorable story, a vignette against a grand backdrop. Step by step, listeners will start to understand where we are, how we got here and where we might be going next.
Hidden connections will be laid bare: how the barcode undermined family corner shops; why the gramophone widened inequality; how barbed wire shaped America. We&apos;ll meet the characters who developed some of these inventions, profited from them or were ruined by them. We&apos;ll trace the economic principles that help to explain their transformative effects. And we&apos;ll ask what lessons we can learn to make wise use of future inventions in a world where the pace of innovation will only accelerate.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tim Harford)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2017 07:23:02 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/twuk/001322/bk_twuk_001322_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Fifty-Things-That-Made-the-Modern-Economy-Audiobook/B06XRF81DW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Vl4A4XEKL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fifty Things That Made the Modern Economy
Author: Tim Harford
Narrator: Roger Davis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-06-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio UK
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Based on the series produced for the BBC World Service)
A Financial Times and Bloomberg Business Week Book of the Year)
Who thought up paper money? How did the contraceptive pill change the face of the legal profession? Why was the horse collar as important for human progress as the steam engine? How did the humble spreadsheet turn the world of finance upside down?
The world economy defies comprehension. A continuously changing system of immense complexity, it offers over 10 billion distinct products and services, doubles in size every 15 years, and links almost every one of the planet&apos;s seven billion people. It delivers astonishing luxury to hundreds of millions. It also leaves hundreds of millions behind, puts tremendous strains on the ecosystem, and has an alarming habit of stalling. Nobody is in charge of it. Indeed, no individual understands more than a fraction of what&apos;s going on.
How can we make sense of this bewildering system on which our lives depend? From the tally stick to Bitcoin, the canal lock to the jumbo jet, each invention in Tim Harford&apos;s fascinating new book has its own curious, surprising and memorable story, a vignette against a grand backdrop. Step by step, listeners will start to understand where we are, how we got here and where we might be going next.
Hidden connections will be laid bare: how the barcode undermined family corner shops; why the gramophone widened inequality; how barbed wire shaped America. We&apos;ll meet the characters who developed some of these inventions, profited from them or were ruined by them. We&apos;ll trace the economic principles that help to explain their transformative effects. And we&apos;ll ask what lessons we can learn to make wise use of future inventions in a world where the pace of innovation will only accelerate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fifty Things That Made the Modern Economy
Author: Tim Harford
Narrator: Roger Davis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-06-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio UK
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Based on the series produced for the BBC World Service)
A Financial Times and Bloomberg Business Week Book of the Year)
Who thought up paper money? How did the contraceptive pill change the face of the legal profession? Why was the horse collar as important for human progress as the steam engine? How did the humble spreadsheet turn the world of finance upside down?
The world economy defies comprehension. A continuously changing system of immense complexity, it offers over 10 billion distinct products and services, doubles in size every 15 years, and links almost every one of the planet&apos;s seven billion people. It delivers astonishing luxury to hundreds of millions. It also leaves hundreds of millions behind, puts tremendous strains on the ecosystem, and has an alarming habit of stalling. Nobody is in charge of it. Indeed, no individual understands more than a fraction of what&apos;s going on.
How can we make sense of this bewildering system on which our lives depend? From the tally stick to Bitcoin, the canal lock to the jumbo jet, each invention in Tim Harford&apos;s fascinating new book has its own curious, surprising and memorable story, a vignette against a grand backdrop. Step by step, listeners will start to understand where we are, how we got here and where we might be going next.
Hidden connections will be laid bare: how the barcode undermined family corner shops; why the gramophone widened inequality; how barbed wire shaped America. We&apos;ll meet the characters who developed some of these inventions, profited from them or were ruined by them. We&apos;ll trace the economic principles that help to explain their transformative effects. And we&apos;ll ask what lessons we can learn to make wise use of future inventions in a world where the pace of innovation will only accelerate.

Members Reviews:
Loved this book
I found this book through provoking and really interesting
Great narration too
Highly r commended

Good pick
The short chapters of 50 things is a good way to learn to look at things and enjoy our world. It also is diverse enough to teach something new to most people.

I am bored by the narrator
Would you try another book written by Tim Harford or narrated by Roger Davis?
I love Tim Harford from his More or Less programme on Radio 4 and I am very disappointed that he does not read it himself. After hearing the first story, I do not want to continue because of the narrator.
What other book might you compare Fifty Things That Made the Modern Economy to, and why?
Easy comparison is QI: THE SOUND OF GENERAL IGNORANCE book. It is being read by both authors and it is SOOO good, so ALIVE. You just want to carry on. Not here.
Would you be willing to try another one of Roger Daviss performances?
Definitely not
Was Fifty Things That Made the Modern Economy worth the listening time?
I only did about 10 mins...
Any additional comments?
Very disappointed, and I would like to swap for another book

Very scientific text
Not a light read. probably good, but I abandoned it because it was too technical.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Financial Crisis and the Free Market Cure Audiobook by John Allison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Financial-Crisis-and-the-Free-Market-Cure-Audiobook/B009F0KZQU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Financial Crisis and the Free Market Cure
Subtitle: Why Pure Capitalism Is the World Economys Only Hope
Author: John Allison
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-27-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 224 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Did Wall Street cause the mess we are in? Should Washington place stronger regulations on the financial industry? Can we lower unemployment rates by controlling the free market? Answer: no. Not only is free-market capitalism good for the economy, it is our only hope for recovery. As the nations longest-serving CEO of one of the top 25 financial institutions, John Allison has had a unique inside view of the events leading up to the financial crisis. He has seen what the government has done to the real estate market and how government regulations only make matters worse. Now in this controversial wake-up call of a book, he has given us a solution.
With shrewd insight, alarming insider details, and practical advice for todays leaders, this electrifying analysis is nothing less than a call to arms for a nation on the brink. In the end, youll understand why its so important to put the free back into free market.
About the author: John Allison is the former chairman and CEO of Branch Banking &amp; Trust Corporation. He currently serves as a distinguished professor at the Wake Forest University School of Business. He is an inductee of the North Carolina Business Hall of Fame.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Allison)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Sep 2012 22:51:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/005306/bk_blak_005306_sample.mp3" length="2398817" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Financial-Crisis-and-the-Free-Market-Cure-Audiobook/B009F0KZQU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51GQhikpCHL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Financial Crisis and the Free Market Cure
Subtitle: Why Pure Capitalism Is the World Economys Only Hope
Author: John Allison
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-27-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 224 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Did Wall Street cause the mess we are in? Should Washington place stronger regulations on the financial industry? Can we lower unemployment rates by controlling the free market? Answer: no. Not only is free-market capitalism good for the economy, it is our only hope for recovery. As the nations longest-serving CEO of one of the top 25 financial institutions, John Allison has had a unique inside view of the events leading up to the financial crisis. He has seen what the government has done to the real estate market and how government regulations only make matters worse. Now in this controversial wake-up call of a book, he has given us a solution.
With shrewd insight, alarming insider details, and practical advice for todays leaders, this electrifying analysis is nothing less than a call to arms for a nation on the brink. In the end, youll understand why its so important to put the free back into free market.
About the author: John Allison is the former chairman and CEO of Branch Banking &amp; Trust Corporation. He currently serves as a distinguished professor at the Wake Forest University School of Business. He is an inductee of the North Carolina Business Hall of Fame.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Financial Crisis and the Free Market Cure
Subtitle: Why Pure Capitalism Is the World Economys Only Hope
Author: John Allison
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-27-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 224 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Did Wall Street cause the mess we are in? Should Washington place stronger regulations on the financial industry? Can we lower unemployment rates by controlling the free market? Answer: no. Not only is free-market capitalism good for the economy, it is our only hope for recovery. As the nations longest-serving CEO of one of the top 25 financial institutions, John Allison has had a unique inside view of the events leading up to the financial crisis. He has seen what the government has done to the real estate market and how government regulations only make matters worse. Now in this controversial wake-up call of a book, he has given us a solution.
With shrewd insight, alarming insider details, and practical advice for todays leaders, this electrifying analysis is nothing less than a call to arms for a nation on the brink. In the end, youll understand why its so important to put the free back into free market.
About the author: John Allison is the former chairman and CEO of Branch Banking &amp; Trust Corporation. He currently serves as a distinguished professor at the Wake Forest University School of Business. He is an inductee of the North Carolina Business Hall of Fame.

Members Reviews:
Banking Info Excellent
Would you listen to The Financial Crisis and the Free Market Cure again? Why?
No--most of it was informative and interesting but he ended up talking about his other views, outside of banking, which were a bit weird
Would you be willing to try another book from John Allison? Why or why not?
NO--the banking part was interesting, even when he talked about his own bank, but the rest was boring
Any additional comments?
Most of the book was interesting, but seemed to be poorly edited, especially at the end.  At one point the author pointed to poor education for minorities (when talking about minimum wage problems) and said that  they could not get jobs so they ended up dealing drugs and then got thrown into jail.  This should have been edited out or modified because it sounded very strange.

Authoritative, Curmudgeonly and Randian
The former CEO of one of the few banks that did not need the TARP bailout explains the ways banks and banking regulators failed to protect the rest of us from, and actually caused, the crash of 2008.   A fascinating insider&apos;s viewpoint on US banking.   Quite, quite obvious the author is a big fan of Ayn Rand, long before he said so himself.

Best analysis of the Financial Crisis
A lot has been written about the Financial Crisis, but nothing comes closer to an analysis of all the factors and their relative contribution to the crisis. What is more, John Allison&apos;s book is easy to understand for anyone, with or without a background in finance, and offers the necessary solutions to prevent a recurrence.
You will be surprised to learn that the top 3 culprits aren&apos;t the ones touted by the pols and the media, but if you really think it through, you&apos;ll agree.

Profoundly insightful analysis
What did you love best about The Financial Crisis and the Free Market Cure?
The insight and analysis of the author.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pick It, Thrift It &amp; Flip It Audiobook by Michelle Davenport</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Pick-It-Thrift-It-Flip-It-Audiobook/B00YAZT6UQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pick It, Thrift It &amp; Flip It
Subtitle: A Comprehensive Guide to Making Money Picking, Thrifting &amp; Flipping Items at Garage Sales, Auctions &amp; Thrift Stores
Author: Michelle Davenport
Narrator: Raya J. Thomason
Format: Unabridged
Length: 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-29-16
Publisher: Michelle Davenport
Ratings: 1 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Reselling thrifted merchandise is one of the most lucrative and least risky startup endeavors you can choose. The reselling industry has grown exponentially over the past few years. The demand is from people who are now more cost conscious, collectors willing to pay good money, and other avid thrifters. The supply is also there, from chain, independent, and other specialty thrift stores. The only thing missing is you!
This audiobook gives you a step-by-step guide to start your reselling business. It will tell you everything about the types of thrift stores, the best thrifted products to resell, the locations of the stores, and even the advantages and challenges of the reselling business.
By listening to Pick It, Thrift It &amp; Flip It, you will learn:
A reselling operation is one of the few types of businesses that has the ideal combination of a small investment and efficient sourcing. Plus this type of business is online-store friendly and generates high demand. It is also very rewarding not only because of the profits, but also because it satisfies an avid thrifter&apos;s passion for thrifting and their desire for the thrill of the hunt.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michelle Davenport)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2016 03:42:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/036255/bk_acx0_036255_sample.mp3" length="850749" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Pick-It-Thrift-It-Flip-It-Audiobook/B00YAZT6UQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51K9Bw2hfjL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pick It, Thrift It &amp; Flip It
Subtitle: A Comprehensive Guide to Making Money Picking, Thrifting &amp; Flipping Items at Garage Sales, Auctions &amp; Thrift Stores
Author: Michelle Davenport
Narrator: Raya J. Thomason
Format: Unabridged
Length: 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-29-16
Publisher: Michelle Davenport
Ratings: 1 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Reselling thrifted merchandise is one of the most lucrative and least risky startup endeavors you can choose. The reselling industry has grown exponentially over the past few years. The demand is from people who are now more cost conscious, collectors willing to pay good money, and other avid thrifters. The supply is also there, from chain, independent, and other specialty thrift stores. The only thing missing is you!
This audiobook gives you a step-by-step guide to start your reselling business. It will tell you everything about the types of thrift stores, the best thrifted products to resell, the locations of the stores, and even the advantages and challenges of the reselling business.
By listening to Pick It, Thrift It &amp; Flip It, you will learn:
A reselling operation is one of the few types of businesses that has the ideal combination of a small investment and efficient sourcing. Plus this type of business is online-store friendly and generates high demand. It is also very rewarding not only because of the profits, but also because it satisfies an avid thrifter&apos;s passion for thrifting and their desire for the thrill of the hunt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pick It, Thrift It &amp; Flip It
Subtitle: A Comprehensive Guide to Making Money Picking, Thrifting &amp; Flipping Items at Garage Sales, Auctions &amp; Thrift Stores
Author: Michelle Davenport
Narrator: Raya J. Thomason
Format: Unabridged
Length: 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-29-16
Publisher: Michelle Davenport
Ratings: 1 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Reselling thrifted merchandise is one of the most lucrative and least risky startup endeavors you can choose. The reselling industry has grown exponentially over the past few years. The demand is from people who are now more cost conscious, collectors willing to pay good money, and other avid thrifters. The supply is also there, from chain, independent, and other specialty thrift stores. The only thing missing is you!
This audiobook gives you a step-by-step guide to start your reselling business. It will tell you everything about the types of thrift stores, the best thrifted products to resell, the locations of the stores, and even the advantages and challenges of the reselling business.
By listening to Pick It, Thrift It &amp; Flip It, you will learn:
A reselling operation is one of the few types of businesses that has the ideal combination of a small investment and efficient sourcing. Plus this type of business is online-store friendly and generates high demand. It is also very rewarding not only because of the profits, but also because it satisfies an avid thrifter&apos;s passion for thrifting and their desire for the thrill of the hunt.

Members Reviews:
Little disappointed here. I read the entire book and another ...
Little disappointed here.  I read the entire book and another one, while waiting at the dentist office, I only picked up a couple of interesting &quot;tips&quot;.  I think this was a quick write... the price reflects that too.

Very Thin Book, but did Save me Time
Description does state it&apos;s 40 pages but you don&apos;t really realize how thin 40 pages are until you&apos;re holding the book in your hand.  Forty pages, front/back is only 20 total pieces of paper.  Some good info, and for 5.99 it did save me looking up the info online, which I&apos;m sure I could have.  So, it depends on whether or not it&apos;s worth 5.99 to you for info you can probably find online for free if you take the time.

All You Need
All you need to succeed in thrifting and flipping is right in this comprehensive guide. In &quot;Pick It, Thrift It, and Flip It,&quot; Michelle Davenport takes beginners through the all of the basics and even offers important tips for pros. Among the most valuable portions of this book are a section on &quot;Do&apos;s and Don&apos;ts&quot; as well as some sample ideas to get you started. This can be a very lucrative side venture (or full-time for the dedicated) and Ms. Davenport has presented an excellent and succinct guide. Well done.

Good but short
Good but short book on making money via thrift shops. It is well written with many good tips but in some instances lacking in elaboration and  could be beefed-up a lot more 4 stars

Four Stars
Liked it</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Differentiate or Die Audiobook by Jack Trout, Steve Rivkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Differentiate-or-Die-Audiobook/B002V5D3G0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Differentiate or Die
Author: Jack Trout, Steve Rivkin
Narrator: Patrick Cullen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-26-02
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 188 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In todays ultra-competitive world, the average supermarket has 40,000 brand items on its shelves. Car shoppers can visit the showrooms of over twenty auto makers. Differentiating products today is more challenging than at any time in history, yet it remains a key to a companys survival.
In Differentiate or Die, best-selling author Jack Trout takes marketers to task for taking the easy route of high-tech razzle-dazzle and sleight of hand instead of marketing their products uniquely valuable qualities. He examines successful differentiation initiativesfrom giants like Wal-Mart to tiny Trinity Collegeto determine why some succeed and some fail. The author outlines the many ways to achieve differentiation, while also warning of how difficult it is to achieve differentiation by being creative, cheap, customer oriented, or quality driven, things that your competitor can do as well.
Jack Trout is president of Trout &amp; Partners, a marketing firm with offices in thirteen countries and a client list that includes AT&amp;T, IBM, Sears, Merrill Lynch, and other Fortune 500 companies. He was the first to popularize the idea of positioning products in the minds of consumers. He is a sought-after speaker and the author of numerous marketing classics.
Steve Rivkin, the coauthor of The New Positioning and The Power of Simplicity, is head of his own communications consulting firm, whose clients include Kraft Foods, Olin Corporation, and Horizon Health System. He is based in Glen Rock, New Jersey.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Differentiate or Die differentiates itself on the groaning marketing bookshelf with its lucid prose, its clear vision of the future marketplaceand its sensible solutions for surviving the frenzied competition were sure to find there.&quot; (Dan Rather, CBS News)
&quot;What I like about Differentiate or Die is the books emphasis on the power of logic, simplicity, and claritygetting to the essence of a problem. In Silicon Valley, attributes like that can make the difference between having lunch and being lunch.&quot; (Scott McNealy, CEO, Sun Microsystems, Inc.)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jack Trout)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Apr 2002 16:58:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/000548/bk_blak_000548_sample.mp3" length="3588598" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Differentiate-or-Die-Audiobook/B002V5D3G0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/4179Rx9UypL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Differentiate or Die
Author: Jack Trout, Steve Rivkin
Narrator: Patrick Cullen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-26-02
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 188 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In todays ultra-competitive world, the average supermarket has 40,000 brand items on its shelves. Car shoppers can visit the showrooms of over twenty auto makers. Differentiating products today is more challenging than at any time in history, yet it remains a key to a companys survival.
In Differentiate or Die, best-selling author Jack Trout takes marketers to task for taking the easy route of high-tech razzle-dazzle and sleight of hand instead of marketing their products uniquely valuable qualities. He examines successful differentiation initiativesfrom giants like Wal-Mart to tiny Trinity Collegeto determine why some succeed and some fail. The author outlines the many ways to achieve differentiation, while also warning of how difficult it is to achieve differentiation by being creative, cheap, customer oriented, or quality driven, things that your competitor can do as well.
Jack Trout is president of Trout &amp; Partners, a marketing firm with offices in thirteen countries and a client list that includes AT&amp;T, IBM, Sears, Merrill Lynch, and other Fortune 500 companies. He was the first to popularize the idea of positioning products in the minds of consumers. He is a sought-after speaker and the author of numerous marketing classics.
Steve Rivkin, the coauthor of The New Positioning and The Power of Simplicity, is head of his own communications consulting firm, whose clients include Kraft Foods, Olin Corporation, and Horizon Health System. He is based in Glen Rock, New Jersey.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Differentiate or Die differentiates itself on the groaning marketing bookshelf with its lucid prose, its clear vision of the future marketplaceand its sensible solutions for surviving the frenzied competition were sure to find there.&quot; (Dan Rather, CBS News)
&quot;What I like about Differentiate or Die is the books emphasis on the power of logic, simplicity, and claritygetting to the essence of a problem. In Silicon Valley, attributes like that can make the difference between having lunch and being lunch.&quot; (Scott McNealy, CEO, Sun Microsystems, Inc.)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Differentiate or Die
Author: Jack Trout, Steve Rivkin
Narrator: Patrick Cullen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-26-02
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 188 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In todays ultra-competitive world, the average supermarket has 40,000 brand items on its shelves. Car shoppers can visit the showrooms of over twenty auto makers. Differentiating products today is more challenging than at any time in history, yet it remains a key to a companys survival.
In Differentiate or Die, best-selling author Jack Trout takes marketers to task for taking the easy route of high-tech razzle-dazzle and sleight of hand instead of marketing their products uniquely valuable qualities. He examines successful differentiation initiativesfrom giants like Wal-Mart to tiny Trinity Collegeto determine why some succeed and some fail. The author outlines the many ways to achieve differentiation, while also warning of how difficult it is to achieve differentiation by being creative, cheap, customer oriented, or quality driven, things that your competitor can do as well.
Jack Trout is president of Trout &amp; Partners, a marketing firm with offices in thirteen countries and a client list that includes AT&amp;T, IBM, Sears, Merrill Lynch, and other Fortune 500 companies. He was the first to popularize the idea of positioning products in the minds of consumers. He is a sought-after speaker and the author of numerous marketing classics.
Steve Rivkin, the coauthor of The New Positioning and The Power of Simplicity, is head of his own communications consulting firm, whose clients include Kraft Foods, Olin Corporation, and Horizon Health System. He is based in Glen Rock, New Jersey.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Differentiate or Die differentiates itself on the groaning marketing bookshelf with its lucid prose, its clear vision of the future marketplaceand its sensible solutions for surviving the frenzied competition were sure to find there.&quot; (Dan Rather, CBS News)
&quot;What I like about Differentiate or Die is the books emphasis on the power of logic, simplicity, and claritygetting to the essence of a problem. In Silicon Valley, attributes like that can make the difference between having lunch and being lunch.&quot; (Scott McNealy, CEO, Sun Microsystems, Inc.)

Members Reviews:
Well presented arguments
This book presents a strong, compelling argument for the need to differentiate your brand from others, with many examples to prove the author&apos;s points. Relevant to our modern business climate and engaging all the way to the end. The kind of thing you&apos;ll listen to more than once if you&apos;re involved in marketing, advertising, or brand building.

Please re-record this book!
I&apos;m sure the information is valuable but the narration is painful!  I could not make it through the first 30 minutes as the narrator himself seemed to have no idea what he was reading.  The voice was that of a bad robot, proving that ALL differentiation in not necessarily GOOD differentiation.

hard to listen too
it is a great book but I cannot tell you how many times I had to back it up to hear what was said...the editor took ALL pauses out. there are no pauses in the reading and it is hard to listen too.....the sample does represent the reading

Great speaking voice, humor, knowledge on topic
Great book - gets kind of sloppy in the end chapters - not as thought provoking.  Highly recommended

excelent book!!
I think it is a very good book, written by the father of positioning Jack Trout.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick Out Your Balance Sheet and Cough Audiobook by Gary W. Patterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Stick-Out-Your-Balance-Sheet-and-Cough-Audiobook/B00CWJJB5C</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stick Out Your Balance Sheet and Cough
Subtitle: Best Practices for Long-Term Business Health
Author: Gary W. Patterson
Narrator: Jason Sullivan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-21-13
Publisher: Made for Success
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How fiscally fit is your company? Just say ah!
In Stick Out Your Balance Sheet and Cough, Gary Patterson details for the first time the proven methods he has used to successfully treat companies of all sizes across a range of industries - from a startup purchased by IBM, to a public technology company sold to eBay, to an Inc. 500 consumer goods manufacturer, to an international Fortune 500 firm. Offering tips to stanch the internal financial bleeding and providing a daily regimen for ensuring your company&apos;s financial health, the FiscalDoctor&apos;s prescription is clear: Give your company an overall checkup to gauge its condition. Diagnose problems by reviewing your financials and operations. Implement a treatment plan using best practices from world-class successful companies. Create a wellness program to prevent future fiscal crises.
Using the FiscalDoctor&apos;s best practices, the high-growth company you own, manage, or direct can avoid unnecessary increased expenses, revenue shortfalls, employee layoffs, missed bonuses or broken dreams. So open this book and say, &quot;Profit&quot;.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gary W. Patterson)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2013 14:47:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/007117/bk_acx0_007117_sample.mp3" length="2193599" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Stick-Out-Your-Balance-Sheet-and-Cough-Audiobook/B00CWJJB5C</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51-NuV1vKlL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stick Out Your Balance Sheet and Cough
Subtitle: Best Practices for Long-Term Business Health
Author: Gary W. Patterson
Narrator: Jason Sullivan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-21-13
Publisher: Made for Success
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How fiscally fit is your company? Just say ah!
In Stick Out Your Balance Sheet and Cough, Gary Patterson details for the first time the proven methods he has used to successfully treat companies of all sizes across a range of industries - from a startup purchased by IBM, to a public technology company sold to eBay, to an Inc. 500 consumer goods manufacturer, to an international Fortune 500 firm. Offering tips to stanch the internal financial bleeding and providing a daily regimen for ensuring your company&apos;s financial health, the FiscalDoctor&apos;s prescription is clear: Give your company an overall checkup to gauge its condition. Diagnose problems by reviewing your financials and operations. Implement a treatment plan using best practices from world-class successful companies. Create a wellness program to prevent future fiscal crises.
Using the FiscalDoctor&apos;s best practices, the high-growth company you own, manage, or direct can avoid unnecessary increased expenses, revenue shortfalls, employee layoffs, missed bonuses or broken dreams. So open this book and say, &quot;Profit&quot;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stick Out Your Balance Sheet and Cough
Subtitle: Best Practices for Long-Term Business Health
Author: Gary W. Patterson
Narrator: Jason Sullivan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-21-13
Publisher: Made for Success
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
How fiscally fit is your company? Just say ah!
In Stick Out Your Balance Sheet and Cough, Gary Patterson details for the first time the proven methods he has used to successfully treat companies of all sizes across a range of industries - from a startup purchased by IBM, to a public technology company sold to eBay, to an Inc. 500 consumer goods manufacturer, to an international Fortune 500 firm. Offering tips to stanch the internal financial bleeding and providing a daily regimen for ensuring your company&apos;s financial health, the FiscalDoctor&apos;s prescription is clear: Give your company an overall checkup to gauge its condition. Diagnose problems by reviewing your financials and operations. Implement a treatment plan using best practices from world-class successful companies. Create a wellness program to prevent future fiscal crises.
Using the FiscalDoctor&apos;s best practices, the high-growth company you own, manage, or direct can avoid unnecessary increased expenses, revenue shortfalls, employee layoffs, missed bonuses or broken dreams. So open this book and say, &quot;Profit&quot;.

Members Reviews:
Take a good look at your business and put it all into perspective
Gary Patterson uses medical practices as the background for a successful and healthy business strategy.  He gives you checklists, and examples all to help you better understand how to keep your business healthy.  He gives you 21 ways to generate quick cash and advises against extending credit but also suggests assigning customer write offs to a collection agency.  This may help your business to avoid bad debt, since you are not extending credit but it will also stump your business growth.  Taking risks, that are educated and outlined can help your business to grow.  An important nugget Patterson shares with us in regards to this point is that you should pay close attention to your most profitable customers.  He suggests doing business with those 20% of your customers that give you 80% of your business.  A good read, puts things into perspective.

The best prescription for the common and uncommon financial cough
There is a lot of talk out there about health and health care. There is not enough talk about prevention. Gary Patterson&apos;s book, &quot;Stick Out You Balance Sheet and Cough,&quot; offers great financial disease prevention and get&apos;s right down to business with determining just what is causing that financial ailment and how to fix it. Mr. Patterson gets to work with his Path to Profitability Checklist which includes a checkup, diagnosis, treatment and wellness phase. He delivers all the tools necessary to put a small and medium sized business in the position to take back financial control and increase profitability.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Good Luck Have Fun Audiobook by Roland Li</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Good-Luck-Have-Fun-Audiobook/B01GSJ6YXS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Good Luck Have Fun
Subtitle: The Rise of eSports
Author: Roland Li
Narrator: Alexander Cendese
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-02-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A Close-Up Look at the Global Phenomenon of Competitive Video Gaming
Esports is one of the fastest growing - and most cutthroat - industries in the world. A confluence of technology, culture, and determination has made this possible. Players around the world compete for millions of dollars in prize money, and companies like Amazon, Coca-Cola, and Intel have invested billions. Esports events have sold out Los Angeles&apos; Staples Center, Seoul&apos;s World Cup Stadium, and Seattle&apos;s KeyArena. Hundreds of people have dedicated their lives to gaming, sacrificing their education, their relationships, and even their bodies to compete, committing themselves with the same fervor of any professional athlete.
In Good Luck Have Fun, author Roland Li talks to some of the biggest names in the business and explores the players, companies, and games that have made it to the new major leagues. Follow Alexander Garfield as he builds Evil Geniuses, a modest gaming group in his college dorm, into a global, multimillion-dollar eSports empire. Learn how Brandon Beck and Marc Merrill made League of Legends the world&apos;s most successful eSports league and most popular PC game, on track to make over $1 billion a year. See how Twitch pivoted from a video streaming novelty into a $1 billion start-up on the back of professional gamers. And dive into eSports&apos; dark side: drug abuse, labor troubles, and for each success story hundreds of people who failed to make it big. These are the stories of the rise of an industry and culture that challenge what we know about sports, games, and competition.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Roland Li)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2016 07:21:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/027891/bk_adbl_027891_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Good-Luck-Have-Fun-Audiobook/B01GSJ6YXS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61nEeGhQIvL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Good Luck Have Fun
Subtitle: The Rise of eSports
Author: Roland Li
Narrator: Alexander Cendese
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-02-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A Close-Up Look at the Global Phenomenon of Competitive Video Gaming
Esports is one of the fastest growing - and most cutthroat - industries in the world. A confluence of technology, culture, and determination has made this possible. Players around the world compete for millions of dollars in prize money, and companies like Amazon, Coca-Cola, and Intel have invested billions. Esports events have sold out Los Angeles&apos; Staples Center, Seoul&apos;s World Cup Stadium, and Seattle&apos;s KeyArena. Hundreds of people have dedicated their lives to gaming, sacrificing their education, their relationships, and even their bodies to compete, committing themselves with the same fervor of any professional athlete.
In Good Luck Have Fun, author Roland Li talks to some of the biggest names in the business and explores the players, companies, and games that have made it to the new major leagues. Follow Alexander Garfield as he builds Evil Geniuses, a modest gaming group in his college dorm, into a global, multimillion-dollar eSports empire. Learn how Brandon Beck and Marc Merrill made League of Legends the world&apos;s most successful eSports league and most popular PC game, on track to make over $1 billion a year. See how Twitch pivoted from a video streaming novelty into a $1 billion start-up on the back of professional gamers. And dive into eSports&apos; dark side: drug abuse, labor troubles, and for each success story hundreds of people who failed to make it big. These are the stories of the rise of an industry and culture that challenge what we know about sports, games, and competition.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Good Luck Have Fun
Subtitle: The Rise of eSports
Author: Roland Li
Narrator: Alexander Cendese
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-02-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 17 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A Close-Up Look at the Global Phenomenon of Competitive Video Gaming
Esports is one of the fastest growing - and most cutthroat - industries in the world. A confluence of technology, culture, and determination has made this possible. Players around the world compete for millions of dollars in prize money, and companies like Amazon, Coca-Cola, and Intel have invested billions. Esports events have sold out Los Angeles&apos; Staples Center, Seoul&apos;s World Cup Stadium, and Seattle&apos;s KeyArena. Hundreds of people have dedicated their lives to gaming, sacrificing their education, their relationships, and even their bodies to compete, committing themselves with the same fervor of any professional athlete.
In Good Luck Have Fun, author Roland Li talks to some of the biggest names in the business and explores the players, companies, and games that have made it to the new major leagues. Follow Alexander Garfield as he builds Evil Geniuses, a modest gaming group in his college dorm, into a global, multimillion-dollar eSports empire. Learn how Brandon Beck and Marc Merrill made League of Legends the world&apos;s most successful eSports league and most popular PC game, on track to make over $1 billion a year. See how Twitch pivoted from a video streaming novelty into a $1 billion start-up on the back of professional gamers. And dive into eSports&apos; dark side: drug abuse, labor troubles, and for each success story hundreds of people who failed to make it big. These are the stories of the rise of an industry and culture that challenge what we know about sports, games, and competition.

Members Reviews:
Pronunciation errors are frequent
Pronunciation errors are frequent and hard to ignore. As an avid fan of esports I thought this book provided accurate insight into the industry.

Fantastic!
If you are a fan of E-Sports in any way you can&apos;t pass this up!

Great insight into the world of esport
I really liked this book. It gives a good idea of how the esport scene looks and evolved. I don&apos;t play any of the games mentioned in the book, but I still was able to follow everything that was described. It was fun.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Milton Friedman&apos;s Capitalism and Freedom Audiobook by Sulaiman Hakemy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Milton-Friedmans-Capitalism-and-Freedom-Audiobook/B01J4ISKF0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Milton Friedman&apos;s Capitalism and Freedom
Author: Sulaiman Hakemy
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-27-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Its arguments would go on to shape global economics and influence world leaders in the late 20th century, but Capitalism and Freedom was largely ignored when it was first published in 1962.
The first work written for the general public by American economist Milton Friedman, the book argues that a free market with little government interference is the best way to run society. Its ideas were considered to be on the fringes of the economic debate at first, but Capitalism and Freedom introduced a fresh challenge to the dominance of the economic ideas put forward by Englishman John Maynard Keynes. Its theories spurred Friedman&apos;s rise to fame and paved the way for the influential body of work that followed.
Capitalism and Freedom also inspired Friedman&apos;s highly successful book and television series, Free to Choose (1980). These both helped to popularize free-market thinking and made Friedman a household name.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Sulaiman Hakemy)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Jul 2016 19:31:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/064490/bk_acx0_064490_sample.mp3" length="630850" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Milton-Friedmans-Capitalism-and-Freedom-Audiobook/B01J4ISKF0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41aivdfg2nL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Milton Friedman&apos;s Capitalism and Freedom
Author: Sulaiman Hakemy
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-27-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Its arguments would go on to shape global economics and influence world leaders in the late 20th century, but Capitalism and Freedom was largely ignored when it was first published in 1962.
The first work written for the general public by American economist Milton Friedman, the book argues that a free market with little government interference is the best way to run society. Its ideas were considered to be on the fringes of the economic debate at first, but Capitalism and Freedom introduced a fresh challenge to the dominance of the economic ideas put forward by Englishman John Maynard Keynes. Its theories spurred Friedman&apos;s rise to fame and paved the way for the influential body of work that followed.
Capitalism and Freedom also inspired Friedman&apos;s highly successful book and television series, Free to Choose (1980). These both helped to popularize free-market thinking and made Friedman a household name.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Milton Friedman&apos;s Capitalism and Freedom
Author: Sulaiman Hakemy
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-27-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Its arguments would go on to shape global economics and influence world leaders in the late 20th century, but Capitalism and Freedom was largely ignored when it was first published in 1962.
The first work written for the general public by American economist Milton Friedman, the book argues that a free market with little government interference is the best way to run society. Its ideas were considered to be on the fringes of the economic debate at first, but Capitalism and Freedom introduced a fresh challenge to the dominance of the economic ideas put forward by Englishman John Maynard Keynes. Its theories spurred Friedman&apos;s rise to fame and paved the way for the influential body of work that followed.
Capitalism and Freedom also inspired Friedman&apos;s highly successful book and television series, Free to Choose (1980). These both helped to popularize free-market thinking and made Friedman a household name.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The China Dream Audiobook by Joe Studwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-China-Dream-Audiobook/B017WGT6E0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The China Dream
Subtitle: The Quest for the Last Great Untapped Market on Earth
Author: Joe Studwell
Narrator: JP Linton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-13-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In The China Dream, acclaimed business journalist Joe Studwell takes to task the predictions that China will become an economic juggernaut on the world stage in the 21st century - and instead foresees an economic crisis. He argues that since the days of Marco Polo, Western nations have seen the vast population of the Middle Kingdom as a fantastic opportunity for expanding trade, investing time and resources again and again in the hope to develop it, only to see, century after century, its economy crash and their dreams turn to dust.
Studwell traces the most recent developments in China, from Deng Xiaoping&apos;s &quot;liberalization&quot; of its market in the 1980s through the opening of its economy to foreign investment in the 1990s. In his rigorous analysis of the Chinese economy, government, and culture, Studwell also shows the roadblocks to the continuation of the country&apos;s unprecedented expansion and why its economy will fail once more - but this time harder than ever before and with potentially catastrophic results. Provocative, flawlessly researched, and endlessly engaging, The China Dream is a book that will have the business and political worlds talking about what&apos;s really going on in China - and what we can do to prepare for the coming crisis.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joe Studwell)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2015 22:52:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/021870/bk_adbl_021870_sample.mp3" length="1430083" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-China-Dream-Audiobook/B017WGT6E0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51FiDzlx-TL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>19:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The China Dream
Subtitle: The Quest for the Last Great Untapped Market on Earth
Author: Joe Studwell
Narrator: JP Linton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-13-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In The China Dream, acclaimed business journalist Joe Studwell takes to task the predictions that China will become an economic juggernaut on the world stage in the 21st century - and instead foresees an economic crisis. He argues that since the days of Marco Polo, Western nations have seen the vast population of the Middle Kingdom as a fantastic opportunity for expanding trade, investing time and resources again and again in the hope to develop it, only to see, century after century, its economy crash and their dreams turn to dust.
Studwell traces the most recent developments in China, from Deng Xiaoping&apos;s &quot;liberalization&quot; of its market in the 1980s through the opening of its economy to foreign investment in the 1990s. In his rigorous analysis of the Chinese economy, government, and culture, Studwell also shows the roadblocks to the continuation of the country&apos;s unprecedented expansion and why its economy will fail once more - but this time harder than ever before and with potentially catastrophic results. Provocative, flawlessly researched, and endlessly engaging, The China Dream is a book that will have the business and political worlds talking about what&apos;s really going on in China - and what we can do to prepare for the coming crisis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The China Dream
Subtitle: The Quest for the Last Great Untapped Market on Earth
Author: Joe Studwell
Narrator: JP Linton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-13-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In The China Dream, acclaimed business journalist Joe Studwell takes to task the predictions that China will become an economic juggernaut on the world stage in the 21st century - and instead foresees an economic crisis. He argues that since the days of Marco Polo, Western nations have seen the vast population of the Middle Kingdom as a fantastic opportunity for expanding trade, investing time and resources again and again in the hope to develop it, only to see, century after century, its economy crash and their dreams turn to dust.
Studwell traces the most recent developments in China, from Deng Xiaoping&apos;s &quot;liberalization&quot; of its market in the 1980s through the opening of its economy to foreign investment in the 1990s. In his rigorous analysis of the Chinese economy, government, and culture, Studwell also shows the roadblocks to the continuation of the country&apos;s unprecedented expansion and why its economy will fail once more - but this time harder than ever before and with potentially catastrophic results. Provocative, flawlessly researched, and endlessly engaging, The China Dream is a book that will have the business and political worlds talking about what&apos;s really going on in China - and what we can do to prepare for the coming crisis.

Members Reviews:
Dense/ Well thought out and clearly understood.
This lengthy document of some of the snafus of people that were managing HUNDREDS of millions of dollars of investors&apos; money is a testament to exactly how rare knowledge really is. And how much of a role psychology plays in the market. And how true the adage &quot;Those who do not learn history are doomed to repeat it&quot; is.
Currently, I am living here and find that the behavior of the people here is accurately represented by this work and could have been predicted based on some of the historical evidence that is given by Studwell. It is obvious that he has a good, sharp mind and has paid attention to his subject material.
I&apos;ve often heard phrases such as: &quot;We Chinese have invented words for every thing because of our long history and we don&apos;t need to invent more.&quot; Or, &quot;The American government lies to you too, and is just as afraid of a revolution as ours is.&quot; And on and on and on.  The mentality of the people here is very stubbornly fixated in the 12th century and is not likely to change anytime soon. It is with this understanding that the author goes on to describe the Chinese customs that make this reality possible--even now, people here think that Beijing and Shanghai are the financial capitals of the world because of what the government tells them.
The one weakness of the book is that he doesn&apos;t devote a whole chapter to describing the cultural aspects alone. And this was perhaps a conscious decision because the perception of a culture is not reproducible from person to person-- although I will admit that all that he has said has been consistent with my observation. It would be easy to predict what he observes if you could just understand the cultural context in which these things take place.
It might also have been nice if he had drawm some parallels with the nervousness that the Soviet Union created in the USA.  (It may be that I am going overboard with my &quot;could&apos;ve/should&apos;ve&quot;s, as just the documentation of this must have taken FOREVER.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Organizational Behavior: The Basics Audiobook by Trevor Clinger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Organizational-Behavior-The-Basics-Audiobook/B00NLPGDNO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Organizational Behavior: The Basics
Author: Trevor Clinger
Narrator: Jay Prichard
Format: Unabridged
Length: 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-16-14
Publisher: Trevor Clinger
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This final essay for an organizational behavior 300-level class explains the basic concepts involved with organizational behavior. Organizational behavior is extremely important to understand, because the behavior of a business&apos;s employees, customers, or suppliers can make or break the business. There are various main concepts that are important to identify when understanding an organization&apos;s behavior. This final class essay sums up every key aspect, and one of the key aspects is how an organization communicates. Providing goods and services is one thing, but those goods mean nothing if your organization&apos;s behavior is offensive or outright childish.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Trevor Clinger)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Sep 2014 10:00:15 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/023025/bk_acx0_023025_sample.mp3" length="789821" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Organizational-Behavior-The-Basics-Audiobook/B00NLPGDNO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41yjcgO+kaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Organizational Behavior: The Basics
Author: Trevor Clinger
Narrator: Jay Prichard
Format: Unabridged
Length: 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-16-14
Publisher: Trevor Clinger
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This final essay for an organizational behavior 300-level class explains the basic concepts involved with organizational behavior. Organizational behavior is extremely important to understand, because the behavior of a business&apos;s employees, customers, or suppliers can make or break the business. There are various main concepts that are important to identify when understanding an organization&apos;s behavior. This final class essay sums up every key aspect, and one of the key aspects is how an organization communicates. Providing goods and services is one thing, but those goods mean nothing if your organization&apos;s behavior is offensive or outright childish.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Organizational Behavior: The Basics
Author: Trevor Clinger
Narrator: Jay Prichard
Format: Unabridged
Length: 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-16-14
Publisher: Trevor Clinger
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This final essay for an organizational behavior 300-level class explains the basic concepts involved with organizational behavior. Organizational behavior is extremely important to understand, because the behavior of a business&apos;s employees, customers, or suppliers can make or break the business. There are various main concepts that are important to identify when understanding an organization&apos;s behavior. This final class essay sums up every key aspect, and one of the key aspects is how an organization communicates. Providing goods and services is one thing, but those goods mean nothing if your organization&apos;s behavior is offensive or outright childish.

Members Reviews:
Finally something useful!
I was given this  audiobook by the narrator Jay Prichard in exchange for honest review.  I must say his professional presentation was right on mark with this informative businesses tool to be used without concern on company property would help to properly intergrade new blooming managers onsite to excell to new skill level.
I  am in a management role in my employment and it is sometimes very hard to explain concepts to new managers/coaches. This is a quick easy tool that makes the information simple even retainable. The narrator made sure to keep this from being a monotone experience with voice pitch control and even souded excited about his work.  I would love to see a series done like thisthis made affordable but they must use this narrator due to his quality performance. Well done!

18 minutes
Any additional comments?
I listened to this very short audiobook and learned somethings that I can use in everyday life. The narrator&apos;s voice is very pleasant to listen to.

18 Minutes Your Boss Should Hear
Any additional comments?
In just 18 minutes, you as a manager can learn some powerful nuggets for a happier and more productive workplace. Or, if you are someone who works under an ineffective manager, it will give you insight to the cause of their behavior, and how to be more successful within that work environment, which can set you on the road to be THEIR boss one day.

Wonderful book! Very informational!
I was very pleased with this audiobook purchase. This book really delivered all the information I was wanting to aquire about organizational behavior. It would also serve as a great beginner&apos;s guide for someone who would like to learn about organizational basics!

Well written, well narrated, 5 stars!!!
What about Jay Prichards performance did you like?
I liked how his voice made this book easy to understand.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
Yes, because organizational behavior is essential to know when running any type of business, especially one involved in mass manufacturing!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Seeing What&apos;s Next Audiobook by Clayton M. Christensen, Scott D. Anthony, Erik A. Roth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Seeing-Whats-Next-Audiobook/B002V1BHJO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Seeing What&apos;s Next
Subtitle: Using the Theories of Innovation to Predict Industry Change
Author: Clayton M. Christensen, Scott D. Anthony, Erik A. Roth
Narrator: Joel Leffert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-22-07
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 159 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Seeing What&apos;s Next is a framework for predicting industry winners and losers. Every day, individuals take action based on how they believe innovation will change industries. Yet these beliefs are largely based on guesswork and incomplete data, and can lead to costly errors in judgment. Internationally renowned innovation expert Clayton M. Christensen and his research partners, Scott D. Anthony and Erik A. Roth, present this groundbreaking guide for predicting outcomes in the evolution of any industry.
&#169;2004 Clayton M. Christensen, Scott D. Anthony, and Erik A. Roth; (P)2006 Recorded Books LLC</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Clayton M. Christensen)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jan 2007 07:07:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/001135/bk_reco_001135_sample.mp3" length="2399368" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Seeing-Whats-Next-Audiobook/B002V1BHJO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51tIjRLEw5L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Seeing What&apos;s Next
Subtitle: Using the Theories of Innovation to Predict Industry Change
Author: Clayton M. Christensen, Scott D. Anthony, Erik A. Roth
Narrator: Joel Leffert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-22-07
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 159 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Seeing What&apos;s Next is a framework for predicting industry winners and losers. Every day, individuals take action based on how they believe innovation will change industries. Yet these beliefs are largely based on guesswork and incomplete data, and can lead to costly errors in judgment. Internationally renowned innovation expert Clayton M. Christensen and his research partners, Scott D. Anthony and Erik A. Roth, present this groundbreaking guide for predicting outcomes in the evolution of any industry.
&#169;2004 Clayton M. Christensen, Scott D. Anthony, and Erik A. Roth; (P)2006 Recorded Books LLC</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Seeing What&apos;s Next
Subtitle: Using the Theories of Innovation to Predict Industry Change
Author: Clayton M. Christensen, Scott D. Anthony, Erik A. Roth
Narrator: Joel Leffert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-22-07
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 159 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Seeing What&apos;s Next is a framework for predicting industry winners and losers. Every day, individuals take action based on how they believe innovation will change industries. Yet these beliefs are largely based on guesswork and incomplete data, and can lead to costly errors in judgment. Internationally renowned innovation expert Clayton M. Christensen and his research partners, Scott D. Anthony and Erik A. Roth, present this groundbreaking guide for predicting outcomes in the evolution of any industry.
&#169;2004 Clayton M. Christensen, Scott D. Anthony, and Erik A. Roth; (P)2006 Recorded Books LLC

Members Reviews:
Informative, but a bit dry.
The target reader of this book, I believe, would be people who invest in stocks and need to know all the variables that may cause companies to perform well or not. I think their point of view is very reasonable; explaining in large terms what motivates companies to compete for market share. The language is still just a bit abstract at times, with long, convoluted phrases, but it&apos;s still understandable. They cover many areas of business and describe real scenarios. Some of the examples are dated but don&apos;t sound farfetched, which would suggest that their theories may be feasible. I liked the book, and will likely listen to it again to see if I can get more out of it.

Dry, dated BUT informative
Would you consider the audio edition of Seeing What&apos;s Next to be better than the print version?
A very dry reading of a very dry book.  Having said that, I cannot imagine I would have been able to get through the print version without falling asleep, over and over.
Sadly, no pdf of the charts and other items mentioned in the audio book are provided...it would be helpful if there was a way to access some of the tables and charts mentioned throughout the book.
Did the narration match the pace of the story?
Complex ideas are presented very matter of factly, requiring rewinds at times to really get the whole message.
Any additional comments?
While the examples in this book are very dated, the concepts are very good.  As a company that is trying to innovate, this book provided some very interested frameworks to evaluate the approaches we might take.

Pretentious and Outdated
I really admire Clayton Christensen work and was amazed and inspired by his book &quot;The Innovator&apos;s Solution&quot;. However, here the team is taking same basic theory and attempt to project it on the future of several industries and try to forecast their future. Reading (listening) to those prediction a dozen or more years later makes it all sound like a joke. Being wrong in so many cases, I am not sure they created a very good service to their theory, and I am sure they showed a company should not let a team of professors navigate it to the future.
Anyway, there were many insightful stories and some reviews of the theory and the way it should be reduced to practice, so it was not a complete waste of time.

amazing read!
this book introduces a framework to sense signals of change in an industry and to identify where lies best strategic direction

Great narration, good content
Narrator was great, would definitely listen to him again...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading Continuous Change Audiobook by Bill Pasmore, John R. Ryan - foreword</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Leading-Continuous-Change-Audiobook/B011W6OPEM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Leading Continuous Change
Subtitle: Navigating Churn in the Real World
Author: Bill Pasmore, John R. Ryan - foreword
Narrator: Jeff Cummings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-17-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It&apos;s not news that globalization and ever-faster technological innovation have increased the pace of change exponentially. Existing change models were devised to deal with individual changes, one by one, but that&apos;s not a luxury leaders have any more. Bill Pasmore, senior vice president at the Center for Creative Leadership and a professor at Columbia University, offers a four-part model that will allow leaders to deal with multiple changes simultaneously without drowning in the churn.
First, Pasmore urges leaders to think fewer. He shows you how to &quot;back away from the buffet table&quot; - sort through the dizzying array of potential change efforts you could undertake and identify a few focused &quot;healthy&quot; choices that will most benefit your organization. Next, Pasmore says, think scarcer - be realistic about the resources you actually have at your disposal, including how many people in your organization are willing and able to lead change efforts. Then, having narrowed your choices, allocated your resources, and found your change agents, you need to think faster. Pasmore offers advice for streamlining change processes, getting buy-in throughout the organization, and increasing the pace of change. And finally, he says, think smarter: build in processes to learn from change initiatives while they&apos;re happening and apply that learning to new and ongoing change initiatives.
Change is not the problem - thinking about change in old-fashioned narrow and prescribed terms is. Recognizing it for the complex machine that it is and accurately taking stock of your resources and speed is what works.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bill Pasmore)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2015 09:01:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/007299/bk_brll_007299_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Leading-Continuous-Change-Audiobook/B011W6OPEM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51yHm-5fpnL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Leading Continuous Change
Subtitle: Navigating Churn in the Real World
Author: Bill Pasmore, John R. Ryan - foreword
Narrator: Jeff Cummings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-17-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It&apos;s not news that globalization and ever-faster technological innovation have increased the pace of change exponentially. Existing change models were devised to deal with individual changes, one by one, but that&apos;s not a luxury leaders have any more. Bill Pasmore, senior vice president at the Center for Creative Leadership and a professor at Columbia University, offers a four-part model that will allow leaders to deal with multiple changes simultaneously without drowning in the churn.
First, Pasmore urges leaders to think fewer. He shows you how to &quot;back away from the buffet table&quot; - sort through the dizzying array of potential change efforts you could undertake and identify a few focused &quot;healthy&quot; choices that will most benefit your organization. Next, Pasmore says, think scarcer - be realistic about the resources you actually have at your disposal, including how many people in your organization are willing and able to lead change efforts. Then, having narrowed your choices, allocated your resources, and found your change agents, you need to think faster. Pasmore offers advice for streamlining change processes, getting buy-in throughout the organization, and increasing the pace of change. And finally, he says, think smarter: build in processes to learn from change initiatives while they&apos;re happening and apply that learning to new and ongoing change initiatives.
Change is not the problem - thinking about change in old-fashioned narrow and prescribed terms is. Recognizing it for the complex machine that it is and accurately taking stock of your resources and speed is what works.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Leading Continuous Change
Subtitle: Navigating Churn in the Real World
Author: Bill Pasmore, John R. Ryan - foreword
Narrator: Jeff Cummings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-17-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It&apos;s not news that globalization and ever-faster technological innovation have increased the pace of change exponentially. Existing change models were devised to deal with individual changes, one by one, but that&apos;s not a luxury leaders have any more. Bill Pasmore, senior vice president at the Center for Creative Leadership and a professor at Columbia University, offers a four-part model that will allow leaders to deal with multiple changes simultaneously without drowning in the churn.
First, Pasmore urges leaders to think fewer. He shows you how to &quot;back away from the buffet table&quot; - sort through the dizzying array of potential change efforts you could undertake and identify a few focused &quot;healthy&quot; choices that will most benefit your organization. Next, Pasmore says, think scarcer - be realistic about the resources you actually have at your disposal, including how many people in your organization are willing and able to lead change efforts. Then, having narrowed your choices, allocated your resources, and found your change agents, you need to think faster. Pasmore offers advice for streamlining change processes, getting buy-in throughout the organization, and increasing the pace of change. And finally, he says, think smarter: build in processes to learn from change initiatives while they&apos;re happening and apply that learning to new and ongoing change initiatives.
Change is not the problem - thinking about change in old-fashioned narrow and prescribed terms is. Recognizing it for the complex machine that it is and accurately taking stock of your resources and speed is what works.

Members Reviews:
Very good
The book arrived as described. Very good condition

A Must For The Change Manager
Great book if you are serious about implementing change!  This book is based on practice and experience.  This is a must read for those working in organizational change!

Five Stars
Perfect.

Assigned reading
This book reads quickly because it makes such good sense. It provides leadership guidance that anyone leading an organization, or any work activity, will immediately put to practical use. I found it all intuitively obvious; that is, after Pasmore pointed it out. It&#226;s provides perspective that I don&#226;t think many people will forget.  As a professor, I have to be careful about what I ask my professionally employed children to read. If only it were thin enough to slip under their doors anonymously. It will be on the reading list for my professionally employed MBAs.

Brilliant!
A brilliantly laid out model for navigating the complex continuous change which is hallmark of our world today. A must read for all leaders.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rule of 72 Audiobook by Tom Jacobs, John Del Vecchio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Rule-of-72-Audiobook/B01M0VLU48</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Rule of 72
Subtitle: How to Compound Your Money and Uncover Hidden Stock Profits
Author: Tom Jacobs, John Del Vecchio
Narrator: Tom Jacobs
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-27-16
Publisher: Tom Jacobs
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Tom Jacobs and John Del Vecchio, authors of the best-selling book What&apos;s Behind the Numbers?, have now come out with their next best seller, The Rule of 72. In an era where it is easy to be skeptical with how companies manage their funds, Tom and John teach that there is a way to find companies that are actually willing to pay investors to own their stocks. These experienced and highly successful investment experts review the principles of the Rule of 72, explain the best ways to evaluate financial risks, and review the six tests for grading stocks.
Tom and John explain the trifecta for how to grow financial armor and protect your money from self-interested company management and the financial services industry. The book also includes interesting facts that you may not already know. Regardless of your investment experience or financial management knowledge, this is a must-listen for everyone.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tom Jacobs)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2016 03:39:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/069169/bk_acx0_069169_sample.mp3" length="1053407" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Rule-of-72-Audiobook/B01M0VLU48</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41jjJp9Oa6L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Rule of 72
Subtitle: How to Compound Your Money and Uncover Hidden Stock Profits
Author: Tom Jacobs, John Del Vecchio
Narrator: Tom Jacobs
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-27-16
Publisher: Tom Jacobs
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Tom Jacobs and John Del Vecchio, authors of the best-selling book What&apos;s Behind the Numbers?, have now come out with their next best seller, The Rule of 72. In an era where it is easy to be skeptical with how companies manage their funds, Tom and John teach that there is a way to find companies that are actually willing to pay investors to own their stocks. These experienced and highly successful investment experts review the principles of the Rule of 72, explain the best ways to evaluate financial risks, and review the six tests for grading stocks.
Tom and John explain the trifecta for how to grow financial armor and protect your money from self-interested company management and the financial services industry. The book also includes interesting facts that you may not already know. Regardless of your investment experience or financial management knowledge, this is a must-listen for everyone.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Rule of 72
Subtitle: How to Compound Your Money and Uncover Hidden Stock Profits
Author: Tom Jacobs, John Del Vecchio
Narrator: Tom Jacobs
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-27-16
Publisher: Tom Jacobs
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Tom Jacobs and John Del Vecchio, authors of the best-selling book What&apos;s Behind the Numbers?, have now come out with their next best seller, The Rule of 72. In an era where it is easy to be skeptical with how companies manage their funds, Tom and John teach that there is a way to find companies that are actually willing to pay investors to own their stocks. These experienced and highly successful investment experts review the principles of the Rule of 72, explain the best ways to evaluate financial risks, and review the six tests for grading stocks.
Tom and John explain the trifecta for how to grow financial armor and protect your money from self-interested company management and the financial services industry. The book also includes interesting facts that you may not already know. Regardless of your investment experience or financial management knowledge, this is a must-listen for everyone.

Members Reviews:
Wow! Fun, inspiring  and thorough.
What made the experience of listening to Rule of 72 the most enjoyable?
Jacobs and Del Vecchio made a scary topic understandable and relatable. I felt more empowered with every chapter.
Who was your favorite character and why?
Ben Franklin has always been my favorite founding father and it was so cool to learn more of his wisdom and to see how it has been proven over time.
Which character  as performed by Tom Jacobs  was your favorite?
Tom Jacobs has a wonderful way of making it seem as though he is speaking to you alone. His voice reminds you of your best friend that gives you really good advice but never patronizes.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
I listened to the book in one sitting and will listen to it again while taking notes!
Any additional comments?
I am a 48-year-old barber with a very small salon and no idea if or how I would ever be able to retire. Del Vecchio and Jacobs have provided the tools and rules that are helping me to make a plan and get to work.  The information in this book is presented clearly and thoroughly with humor and warmth. For me, the idea of investing in the stock market has always been an intimidating one. After reading Rule 72, I feel not only more confident and prepared but inspired to make my money grow. I would recommend this book to people young and old who want to make smart, sensible choices and actively take control of their futures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Too Much Magic Audiobook by James Howard Kunstler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Too-Much-Magic-Audiobook/B00WZYYGJA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Too Much Magic
Subtitle: Wishful Thinking, Technology, and the Fate of the Nation
Author: James Howard Kunstler
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-04-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
James Howard Kunstler&apos;s critically acclaimed and best-selling The Long Emergency, originally published in 2005, quickly became a grassroots hit, going into nine printings in hardcover. Kunstler&apos;s shocking vision of our post-oil future caught the attention of environmentalists and business leaders alike, and stimulated widespread discussion about our dependence on fossil fuels and our dysfunctional financial and government institutions. Kunstler has since been profiled in the New Yorker and invited to speak at TED. In Too Much Magic, Kunstler evaluates what has changed in the last seven years and shows us that, in a post-financial-crisis world, his ideas are more relevant than ever.
&quot;Too Much Magic&quot; is what Kunstler sees in the bright visions of a future world dreamed up by optimistic souls who believe technology will solve all our problems. Their visions remind him of the flying cars and robot maids that were the dominant images of the future in the 1950s. Kunstler&apos;s image of the future is much more sober.
With vision, clarity of thought, and a pragmatic worldview, Kunstler argues that the time for magical thinking and hoping for miracles is over, and the time to begin preparing for the long emergency has begun.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (James Howard Kunstler)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2015 18:32:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/021836/bk_adbl_021836_sample.mp3" length="1463889" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Too-Much-Magic-Audiobook/B00WZYYGJA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51LDVxXHdqL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Too Much Magic
Subtitle: Wishful Thinking, Technology, and the Fate of the Nation
Author: James Howard Kunstler
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-04-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
James Howard Kunstler&apos;s critically acclaimed and best-selling The Long Emergency, originally published in 2005, quickly became a grassroots hit, going into nine printings in hardcover. Kunstler&apos;s shocking vision of our post-oil future caught the attention of environmentalists and business leaders alike, and stimulated widespread discussion about our dependence on fossil fuels and our dysfunctional financial and government institutions. Kunstler has since been profiled in the New Yorker and invited to speak at TED. In Too Much Magic, Kunstler evaluates what has changed in the last seven years and shows us that, in a post-financial-crisis world, his ideas are more relevant than ever.
&quot;Too Much Magic&quot; is what Kunstler sees in the bright visions of a future world dreamed up by optimistic souls who believe technology will solve all our problems. Their visions remind him of the flying cars and robot maids that were the dominant images of the future in the 1950s. Kunstler&apos;s image of the future is much more sober.
With vision, clarity of thought, and a pragmatic worldview, Kunstler argues that the time for magical thinking and hoping for miracles is over, and the time to begin preparing for the long emergency has begun.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Too Much Magic
Subtitle: Wishful Thinking, Technology, and the Fate of the Nation
Author: James Howard Kunstler
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 12 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-04-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
James Howard Kunstler&apos;s critically acclaimed and best-selling The Long Emergency, originally published in 2005, quickly became a grassroots hit, going into nine printings in hardcover. Kunstler&apos;s shocking vision of our post-oil future caught the attention of environmentalists and business leaders alike, and stimulated widespread discussion about our dependence on fossil fuels and our dysfunctional financial and government institutions. Kunstler has since been profiled in the New Yorker and invited to speak at TED. In Too Much Magic, Kunstler evaluates what has changed in the last seven years and shows us that, in a post-financial-crisis world, his ideas are more relevant than ever.
&quot;Too Much Magic&quot; is what Kunstler sees in the bright visions of a future world dreamed up by optimistic souls who believe technology will solve all our problems. Their visions remind him of the flying cars and robot maids that were the dominant images of the future in the 1950s. Kunstler&apos;s image of the future is much more sober.
With vision, clarity of thought, and a pragmatic worldview, Kunstler argues that the time for magical thinking and hoping for miracles is over, and the time to begin preparing for the long emergency has begun.

Members Reviews:
Old fashion journalism
I believe that what this book says is true, but how does the song go? &quot;I&apos;d love to change the world, but I don&apos;t know what to do... so I leave it up to you.&quot; He does not tell you what to do about it, not at all. He lays blame to all of the people and decisions he feels are responsible for this. Basically, our society is enjoying itself, with no thought for the future. As for myself, if I was going to heed what he says, I would plan on solar cells for my house, wood heat for the winter, steam engine technology for electricity run off of the wood heat. If you haven&apos;t already, I would start by getting out of the city, go to an agricultural town where food is plenty, and have a hand pump well available. You can hook a wind mill up to it later. In short, this is a prequel to any prepper book that you might read on the market. Actually, speaking of markets, you might think about shorting the markets that will fail when petroleum runs out. Invest in the ones that will make a big one the panic sets in. All in all, it is a thought-provoking book.

The End Is Coming, No Really, It Is
Being an environmental science school teacher and a hobby economist, I easily followed along. Mr. Kuntsler is logical, not fanatical. Some of his premises are arguable, but not insane. Even if I don&apos;t agree with everything he proposes, his most weighty point hangs on me: How is it that Americans are intoxicated with the elixir of technology? And why are dissonant voices ridiculed? For myself, I&apos;d rather we all at least hedge against knowable, potentially disastrous outcomes. I&apos;m not taking about an asteroid collision. But the more probables like  climate alterations, populations crashing, and core resource shortages, especially for peoples living in megacities! Heck, I have a safety net for my family today, but what about my children tomorrow, or my grandchildren further out? Our government certainly isn&apos;t preparing for our childrens&apos; future. So, who is? Or who will?

Excellent&lt;br /&gt;A truly different view of the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>eCommerce MasterPlan 1.8 Audiobook by Chloe Thomas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/eCommerce-MasterPlan-18-Audiobook/B0100LFNOG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: eCommerce MasterPlan 1.8
Subtitle: Your 3 Steps to Successful Online Selling
Author: Chloe Thomas
Narrator: Matt Young
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-22-15
Publisher: Kernu Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Successful ecommerce businesses follow a pattern: the eCommerce MasterPlan. This book identifies the seven ecommerce business structures used by successful ecommerce businesses. These structures influence everything else in your ecommerce business.
Understanding the ecommerce business structure is just part of the first step in creating your eCommerce MasterPlan. The other two steps are: the foundations of your ecommerce business (the website, the money, and the products) and the marketing plan (how to create it, launch it, and improve it). These three steps, outlined in this book, are already being used by businesses to accelerate their growth and avoid failure.
The author, Chloe Thomas, has been running the marketing and websites of ecommerce businesses since 2004. Initially working in-house, she now acts as a coach, educator, and speaker.
eCommerce MasterPlan is built on Chloe&apos;s years of experience across many ecommerce sectors and different types of businesses. Whether you already have an ecommerce business and want to improve performance, or you are interested in starting one, this book will help you achieve your goals faster and help you waste less time, effort, and money.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Chloe Thomas)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2015 03:07:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/037834/bk_acx0_037834_sample.mp3" length="1277433" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/eCommerce-MasterPlan-18-Audiobook/B0100LFNOG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51QUMJl3-sL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: eCommerce MasterPlan 1.8
Subtitle: Your 3 Steps to Successful Online Selling
Author: Chloe Thomas
Narrator: Matt Young
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-22-15
Publisher: Kernu Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Successful ecommerce businesses follow a pattern: the eCommerce MasterPlan. This book identifies the seven ecommerce business structures used by successful ecommerce businesses. These structures influence everything else in your ecommerce business.
Understanding the ecommerce business structure is just part of the first step in creating your eCommerce MasterPlan. The other two steps are: the foundations of your ecommerce business (the website, the money, and the products) and the marketing plan (how to create it, launch it, and improve it). These three steps, outlined in this book, are already being used by businesses to accelerate their growth and avoid failure.
The author, Chloe Thomas, has been running the marketing and websites of ecommerce businesses since 2004. Initially working in-house, she now acts as a coach, educator, and speaker.
eCommerce MasterPlan is built on Chloe&apos;s years of experience across many ecommerce sectors and different types of businesses. Whether you already have an ecommerce business and want to improve performance, or you are interested in starting one, this book will help you achieve your goals faster and help you waste less time, effort, and money.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: eCommerce MasterPlan 1.8
Subtitle: Your 3 Steps to Successful Online Selling
Author: Chloe Thomas
Narrator: Matt Young
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-22-15
Publisher: Kernu Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Successful ecommerce businesses follow a pattern: the eCommerce MasterPlan. This book identifies the seven ecommerce business structures used by successful ecommerce businesses. These structures influence everything else in your ecommerce business.
Understanding the ecommerce business structure is just part of the first step in creating your eCommerce MasterPlan. The other two steps are: the foundations of your ecommerce business (the website, the money, and the products) and the marketing plan (how to create it, launch it, and improve it). These three steps, outlined in this book, are already being used by businesses to accelerate their growth and avoid failure.
The author, Chloe Thomas, has been running the marketing and websites of ecommerce businesses since 2004. Initially working in-house, she now acts as a coach, educator, and speaker.
eCommerce MasterPlan is built on Chloe&apos;s years of experience across many ecommerce sectors and different types of businesses. Whether you already have an ecommerce business and want to improve performance, or you are interested in starting one, this book will help you achieve your goals faster and help you waste less time, effort, and money.

Members Reviews:
How to ecommerce guide for starters
This book is an easy to follow and to apply guide for beginners in ecommerce

useless
I am thinking about starting my own website myself so this book seemed ideal from the description. This book contains vague sweeping comments that are no help what so ever. for example, &quot;building a website will takes at least 3 months and cost you thousands of pounds&quot;- dont think so! From the description it looked like a book that would help me but it contains no practical advice at all for me.

Interesting Book!
This book contains a lot of usefull information for successful ecommerce strategies. The voice of the narrator is also very good! Thank you Chloe &amp; Matt for organising this material. Worku

Fantastic Book and programme.
After reading many books mostly written for the American market this was a breath of fresh air. Very informative, practical and easy to understand. I rate this amongst the top books on the subject and would advise those starting up an online business to read this book and the others in the series first. I would have saved myself a lot of time, money and misery had I found this book in the first place. Being British I found it more suitable for me but that is not to say that other markets would not find it as valuable as the internet is universal so whatever your country I would advise you to purchase this book to give yourself a head start. 10 out of 10!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Taxes for Small Businesses Audiobook by Mike Nelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Taxes-for-Small-Businesses-Audiobook/B06XHQJXN9</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Taxes for Small Businesses
Subtitle: QuickStart Beginner&apos;s Guide to Understanding Taxes for Your Startup, Sole Proprietorship, and LLC
Author: Mike Nelson
Narrator: Rich Brennan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-13-17
Publisher: Open Spirit Publishing, LLC
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Are you thinking about starting a business but are confused by the taxes?
Do you already own a business and need to know the tax repercussions of having employees versus outsourcing to contractors?
Are you confused on depreciation and how to use it to your tax advantage?
Not sure which accounting software to use?
Do you need an accountant or can you do your taxes yourself?
Find the answers to these questions and more!
As a small business owner, you have a lot on your mind. Worries consist of how to increase sales, how much inventory to keep, and whether or not to rent office space. While these concerns are important, they&apos;re not as important as managing your taxes, which is an aspect of your small business that involves both profitability and legal compliance issues. If you don&apos;t handle your small business&apos;s taxes correctly, you can count on the almighty Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to come knocking, nay, banging at your small business&apos;s door to make things really hard and costly for you. That&apos;s why consistent and efficient tax management for your small business is something that you need to learn.
In this book you will learn:
In addition, this book features a lengthy discussion on the issue of depreciation and how to maximize that as a tax-deductible expense. You&apos;ll learn how to manage your small business&apos;s payroll taxes, should you decide to or are already employing people to help you run your business. This is another crucial area where most small business owners tend to struggle with and often need assistance in.
Don&apos;t wait until the IRS starts knocking - or banging - down your small business&apos;s doors before you take action. Learn how to manage your small business&apos;s taxes effectively and continue staying on the good side of the IRS!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mike Nelson)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Mar 2017 05:51:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/082181/bk_acx0_082181_sample.mp3" length="2405190" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Taxes-for-Small-Businesses-Audiobook/B06XHQJXN9</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61cs8Bnov9L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Taxes for Small Businesses
Subtitle: QuickStart Beginner&apos;s Guide to Understanding Taxes for Your Startup, Sole Proprietorship, and LLC
Author: Mike Nelson
Narrator: Rich Brennan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-13-17
Publisher: Open Spirit Publishing, LLC
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Are you thinking about starting a business but are confused by the taxes?
Do you already own a business and need to know the tax repercussions of having employees versus outsourcing to contractors?
Are you confused on depreciation and how to use it to your tax advantage?
Not sure which accounting software to use?
Do you need an accountant or can you do your taxes yourself?
Find the answers to these questions and more!
As a small business owner, you have a lot on your mind. Worries consist of how to increase sales, how much inventory to keep, and whether or not to rent office space. While these concerns are important, they&apos;re not as important as managing your taxes, which is an aspect of your small business that involves both profitability and legal compliance issues. If you don&apos;t handle your small business&apos;s taxes correctly, you can count on the almighty Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to come knocking, nay, banging at your small business&apos;s door to make things really hard and costly for you. That&apos;s why consistent and efficient tax management for your small business is something that you need to learn.
In this book you will learn:
In addition, this book features a lengthy discussion on the issue of depreciation and how to maximize that as a tax-deductible expense. You&apos;ll learn how to manage your small business&apos;s payroll taxes, should you decide to or are already employing people to help you run your business. This is another crucial area where most small business owners tend to struggle with and often need assistance in.
Don&apos;t wait until the IRS starts knocking - or banging - down your small business&apos;s doors before you take action. Learn how to manage your small business&apos;s taxes effectively and continue staying on the good side of the IRS!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Taxes for Small Businesses
Subtitle: QuickStart Beginner&apos;s Guide to Understanding Taxes for Your Startup, Sole Proprietorship, and LLC
Author: Mike Nelson
Narrator: Rich Brennan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-13-17
Publisher: Open Spirit Publishing, LLC
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Are you thinking about starting a business but are confused by the taxes?
Do you already own a business and need to know the tax repercussions of having employees versus outsourcing to contractors?
Are you confused on depreciation and how to use it to your tax advantage?
Not sure which accounting software to use?
Do you need an accountant or can you do your taxes yourself?
Find the answers to these questions and more!
As a small business owner, you have a lot on your mind. Worries consist of how to increase sales, how much inventory to keep, and whether or not to rent office space. While these concerns are important, they&apos;re not as important as managing your taxes, which is an aspect of your small business that involves both profitability and legal compliance issues. If you don&apos;t handle your small business&apos;s taxes correctly, you can count on the almighty Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to come knocking, nay, banging at your small business&apos;s door to make things really hard and costly for you. That&apos;s why consistent and efficient tax management for your small business is something that you need to learn.
In this book you will learn:
In addition, this book features a lengthy discussion on the issue of depreciation and how to maximize that as a tax-deductible expense. You&apos;ll learn how to manage your small business&apos;s payroll taxes, should you decide to or are already employing people to help you run your business. This is another crucial area where most small business owners tend to struggle with and often need assistance in.
Don&apos;t wait until the IRS starts knocking - or banging - down your small business&apos;s doors before you take action. Learn how to manage your small business&apos;s taxes effectively and continue staying on the good side of the IRS!

Members Reviews:
This book provides excellent practical advice applicable to many types of businesses
I am opening my own business soon and am desperate for tips on increasing profit and what pitfalls to watch out for. This book provides excellent practical advice applicable to many types of businesses. It was well worth my time to read and I cannot wait to implement some of these ideas! I was able to read this fairly quickly and I am already implementing certain aspects of it in my business. definitely recommend it to everyone starting out.

I really like the scenarios of successful businesses that were started with ...
This book not only helped answer many of my questions, but also gave me websites and business contacts that I have found very helpful.  I really like the scenarios of successful businesses that were started with people just like us.Lots of useful information and will keep on my desk for referencing frequently. It&apos;s nice to have it handy when I would like some detailed information that is reliable instead of random internet information.

This guide is definitely perfect for me
This guide is definitely perfect for me. I learned several things! The author speaks and explains very simply all strategies to start a business on a small scale, for example: a home business. Motivates you to want to make money and that this business will last or prosper over the time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Marijuana Retail Would Work Audiobook by Trevor Clinger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-Marijuana-Retail-Would-Work-Audiobook/B00UUC732Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Marijuana Retail Would Work
Author: Trevor Clinger
Narrator: Don Colasurd Jr.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-19-15
Publisher: Trevor Clinger
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With the tremendous push for marijuana legalization, I thought it may be necessary to understand how marijuana will work in the thriving United States economy. Washington and Colorado are basically held accountable for showing that recreational marijuana can be enjoyed responsibly. Enjoy this short audiobook on how both Washington and Colorado plan to take on selling marijuana in the retail sense. This audiobook also provides a clear look at what we can expect our first time when walking into a marijuana store to purchase their first ounce of marijuana. I do not use marijuana, and I do not encourage anyone to use marijuana, because it is still illegal under federal law, but not for long.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Trevor Clinger)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2015 11:25:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/032325/bk_acx0_032325_sample.mp3" length="149361" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-Marijuana-Retail-Would-Work-Audiobook/B00UUC732Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/4135kIkFFdL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Marijuana Retail Would Work
Author: Trevor Clinger
Narrator: Don Colasurd Jr.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-19-15
Publisher: Trevor Clinger
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With the tremendous push for marijuana legalization, I thought it may be necessary to understand how marijuana will work in the thriving United States economy. Washington and Colorado are basically held accountable for showing that recreational marijuana can be enjoyed responsibly. Enjoy this short audiobook on how both Washington and Colorado plan to take on selling marijuana in the retail sense. This audiobook also provides a clear look at what we can expect our first time when walking into a marijuana store to purchase their first ounce of marijuana. I do not use marijuana, and I do not encourage anyone to use marijuana, because it is still illegal under federal law, but not for long.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Marijuana Retail Would Work
Author: Trevor Clinger
Narrator: Don Colasurd Jr.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-19-15
Publisher: Trevor Clinger
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With the tremendous push for marijuana legalization, I thought it may be necessary to understand how marijuana will work in the thriving United States economy. Washington and Colorado are basically held accountable for showing that recreational marijuana can be enjoyed responsibly. Enjoy this short audiobook on how both Washington and Colorado plan to take on selling marijuana in the retail sense. This audiobook also provides a clear look at what we can expect our first time when walking into a marijuana store to purchase their first ounce of marijuana. I do not use marijuana, and I do not encourage anyone to use marijuana, because it is still illegal under federal law, but not for long.

Members Reviews:
Great book that&apos;s very accurate!
Have you listened to any of Don Colasurd Jr.s other performances before? How does this one compare?
Yes, this one is probably one of the top books he has done because Marijuana use is becoming more and more common as each day goes by. It&apos;s great the narrator and author have teamed up to provide solutions and possible outcomes for something that many people are afraid to talk about.

Wow, governemt officials need to use this plan!
This is the most ideal plan I have ever heard of when it comes to marijuana retail. great work by both the narrator and author! Very beneficial information!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Upstarts Audiobook by Brad Stone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Upstarts-Audiobook/B01NCZFQ8R</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Upstarts
Subtitle: How Uber, Airbnb and the Killer Companies of the New Silicon Valley Are Changing the World
Author: Brad Stone
Narrator: Dean Temple
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-17
Publisher: Penguin Random House UK
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author of The Everything Store Brad Stone takes us deep inside the new Silicon Valley.
Ten years ago the idea of getting into a stranger&apos;s car or walking into a stranger&apos;s home would have seemed bizarre and dangerous, but today it&apos;s as common as ordering a book online. Uber and Airbnb are household names: redefining neighbourhoods, challenging the way governments regulate business and changing the way we travel.
In the spirit of iconic Silicon Valley renegades like Steve Jobs and Bill Gates, a new generation of entrepreneurs is sparking yet another cultural upheaval through technology. They are among the Upstarts, idiosyncratic founders with limitless drive and an abundance of self-confidence. Young, hungry and brilliant, they are rewriting the traditional rules of business, changing our day-to-day lives and often sidestepping serious ethical and legal obstacles in the process.
The Upstarts is the definitive account of a dawning age of tenacity, creativity, conflict and wealth. In Brad Stone&apos;s highly anticipated and riveting account of the most radical companies of the new Silicon Valley, we find out how it all started and how the world is wildly different than it was 10 years ago.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Brad Stone)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Feb 2017 21:15:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rhuk/002709/bk_rhuk_002709_sample.mp3" length="2399734" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Upstarts-Audiobook/B01NCZFQ8R</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51IpUdOywxL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Upstarts
Subtitle: How Uber, Airbnb and the Killer Companies of the New Silicon Valley Are Changing the World
Author: Brad Stone
Narrator: Dean Temple
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-17
Publisher: Penguin Random House UK
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author of The Everything Store Brad Stone takes us deep inside the new Silicon Valley.
Ten years ago the idea of getting into a stranger&apos;s car or walking into a stranger&apos;s home would have seemed bizarre and dangerous, but today it&apos;s as common as ordering a book online. Uber and Airbnb are household names: redefining neighbourhoods, challenging the way governments regulate business and changing the way we travel.
In the spirit of iconic Silicon Valley renegades like Steve Jobs and Bill Gates, a new generation of entrepreneurs is sparking yet another cultural upheaval through technology. They are among the Upstarts, idiosyncratic founders with limitless drive and an abundance of self-confidence. Young, hungry and brilliant, they are rewriting the traditional rules of business, changing our day-to-day lives and often sidestepping serious ethical and legal obstacles in the process.
The Upstarts is the definitive account of a dawning age of tenacity, creativity, conflict and wealth. In Brad Stone&apos;s highly anticipated and riveting account of the most radical companies of the new Silicon Valley, we find out how it all started and how the world is wildly different than it was 10 years ago.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Upstarts
Subtitle: How Uber, Airbnb and the Killer Companies of the New Silicon Valley Are Changing the World
Author: Brad Stone
Narrator: Dean Temple
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-17
Publisher: Penguin Random House UK
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author of The Everything Store Brad Stone takes us deep inside the new Silicon Valley.
Ten years ago the idea of getting into a stranger&apos;s car or walking into a stranger&apos;s home would have seemed bizarre and dangerous, but today it&apos;s as common as ordering a book online. Uber and Airbnb are household names: redefining neighbourhoods, challenging the way governments regulate business and changing the way we travel.
In the spirit of iconic Silicon Valley renegades like Steve Jobs and Bill Gates, a new generation of entrepreneurs is sparking yet another cultural upheaval through technology. They are among the Upstarts, idiosyncratic founders with limitless drive and an abundance of self-confidence. Young, hungry and brilliant, they are rewriting the traditional rules of business, changing our day-to-day lives and often sidestepping serious ethical and legal obstacles in the process.
The Upstarts is the definitive account of a dawning age of tenacity, creativity, conflict and wealth. In Brad Stone&apos;s highly anticipated and riveting account of the most radical companies of the new Silicon Valley, we find out how it all started and how the world is wildly different than it was 10 years ago.

Members Reviews:
Definite must read for all entrepreneurs
Definite must read for all entrepreneurs with big dreams. Great insight into big mistakes not to make or how you should or shouldn&apos;t run a business.

Not for me
So this book was interesting in a way that it goes into depth of their journey of uber etc but probably not what I was expecting so rushed it and it felt long. I didn&apos;t know what I was expecting but I didn&apos;t connect; it&apos;s not a bad book but just not for me. It&apos;s good if you wanna imagine the reality of an upstart &amp; its trials &amp; tribulations. Respect to the author but I am prob not your correct audience.

Started strong
Started strong - and it as clearly very very well researched - but i have to admit it did get a little tedious in the second half. Still a good book if you are interested in the formation of huge companies.

Interesting account of Uber and Airbnb&apos;s history
Good for the history (recounting everything with information from insiders), but could&apos;ve been more insightful.

Real insight into the world of the Upstart
If you are fascinated by the recent uprising of the sharing economy heavyweights - Uber &amp; Airbnb - then this book will really appeal.
The 2 stories run alongside each other, which helps illustrate the speed of growth and briefly references the competition they faced throughout this period.
Personally, I was more interested by the insight into the characters of Travis Kalanick and Brian Chesky - what drove them to success and how they challenged city law-makers &amp; resistance from competition... who knows what will happen next!?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Car Guys vs. Bean Counters Audiobook by Bob Lutz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Car-Guys-vs-Bean-Counters-Audiobook/B0054SBG5G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Car Guys vs. Bean Counters
Subtitle: The Battle for the Soul of American Business
Author: Bob Lutz
Narrator: Norman Dietz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-13-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 184 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2001, General Motors hired Bob Lutz out of retirement with a mandate to save the company by making great cars again. He launched a war against penny pinching, office politics, turf wars, and risk avoidance. After declaring bankruptcy during the recession of 2008, GM is back on track thanks to its embrace of Lutz&apos;s philosophy. When Lutz got into the auto business in the early sixties, CEOs knew that if you captured the public&apos;s imagination with great cars, the money would follow. The car guys held sway, and GM dominated with bold, creative leadership and iconic brands like Cadillac, Buick, Pontiac, Oldsmobile, GMC, and Chevrolet. But then GM&apos;s leadership began to put their faith in analysis, determined to eliminate the &quot;waste&quot; and &quot;personality worship&quot; of the bygone creative leaders. Management got too smart for its own good. With the bean counters firmly in charge, carmakers (and much of American industry) lost their single-minded focus on product excellence. Decline followed. Lutz&apos;s commonsense lessons (with a generous helping of fascinating anecdotes) will inspire readers at any company facing the bean counter analysis-paralysis menace.

Editorial Reviews:
Bob Lutz is at his best when recounting specific anecdotes that shed light on the American car industry&apos;s recent history and predicaments. One particularly funny story that does much to illustrate his general point of view is about properly sealing new cars. To test the quality of the seal, engineers would put a cat in a recently finished car overnight. If the cat was lethargic the next morning from lack of fresh air, the seal was good. If the cat was energetic, the seal was bad. In General Motor&apos;s cars, Lutz jokes, the cat was missing.
Although Lutz occasionally digresses into overly-political or self-centered diatribes about media bias and global warming, he does have intensely interesting things to say overall. Car Guys vs. Bean Counters succeeds in the moments that are focused on the dichotomy between the two main characters in this story. The bean counters, with their metrics-based cost-cutting corporate culture approach, are left scratching their heads as customers run screaming from the shoddy GM cars they&apos;ve produced. Meanwhile, the car guys, frustrated and powerless, are tasked with trying to figure out last ditch solutions to the problems that this numbers-based approach has caused. Lutz&apos;s push, which is ultimately effective, is to put common sense solutions into practice, from the beginning to the end of the manufacturing process.
Narrator Norman Dietz is the perfect conduit for these lessons. Lutz&apos;s grandfatherly wisdom calls for a seasoned, austere tone. Dietz&apos;s performance delivers this element effortlessly.
Lutz&apos;s most salient point is to remember to keep thinking objectively, regardless of whatever story the numbers might be telling. Weird corporate metrics-focused ideology, like GM&apos;s overly analytical and complex &quot;Culture of Excellence,&quot; is a useless deadweight that the company must drag around through a bad economy, shaky union negotiations, and a number of increasingly competitive Japanese companies.
As numbers become more and more fundamental to the general decision-making process, things get more and more absurd.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bob Lutz)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jun 2011 00:59:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002030/bk_tant_002030_sample.mp3" length="2399656" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Car-Guys-vs-Bean-Counters-Audiobook/B0054SBG5G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61RQF585ajL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Car Guys vs. Bean Counters
Subtitle: The Battle for the Soul of American Business
Author: Bob Lutz
Narrator: Norman Dietz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-13-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 184 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2001, General Motors hired Bob Lutz out of retirement with a mandate to save the company by making great cars again. He launched a war against penny pinching, office politics, turf wars, and risk avoidance. After declaring bankruptcy during the recession of 2008, GM is back on track thanks to its embrace of Lutz&apos;s philosophy. When Lutz got into the auto business in the early sixties, CEOs knew that if you captured the public&apos;s imagination with great cars, the money would follow. The car guys held sway, and GM dominated with bold, creative leadership and iconic brands like Cadillac, Buick, Pontiac, Oldsmobile, GMC, and Chevrolet. But then GM&apos;s leadership began to put their faith in analysis, determined to eliminate the &quot;waste&quot; and &quot;personality worship&quot; of the bygone creative leaders. Management got too smart for its own good. With the bean counters firmly in charge, carmakers (and much of American industry) lost their single-minded focus on product excellence. Decline followed. Lutz&apos;s commonsense lessons (with a generous helping of fascinating anecdotes) will inspire readers at any company facing the bean counter analysis-paralysis menace.

Editorial Reviews:
Bob Lutz is at his best when recounting specific anecdotes that shed light on the American car industry&apos;s recent history and predicaments. One particularly funny story that does much to illustrate his general point of view is about properly sealing new cars. To test the quality of the seal, engineers would put a cat in a recently finished car overnight. If the cat was lethargic the next morning from lack of fresh air, the seal was good. If the cat was energetic, the seal was bad. In General Motor&apos;s cars, Lutz jokes, the cat was missing.
Although Lutz occasionally digresses into overly-political or self-centered diatribes about media bias and global warming, he does have intensely interesting things to say overall. Car Guys vs. Bean Counters succeeds in the moments that are focused on the dichotomy between the two main characters in this story. The bean counters, with their metrics-based cost-cutting corporate culture approach, are left scratching their heads as customers run screaming from the shoddy GM cars they&apos;ve produced. Meanwhile, the car guys, frustrated and powerless, are tasked with trying to figure out last ditch solutions to the problems that this numbers-based approach has caused. Lutz&apos;s push, which is ultimately effective, is to put common sense solutions into practice, from the beginning to the end of the manufacturing process.
Narrator Norman Dietz is the perfect conduit for these lessons. Lutz&apos;s grandfatherly wisdom calls for a seasoned, austere tone. Dietz&apos;s performance delivers this element effortlessly.
Lutz&apos;s most salient point is to remember to keep thinking objectively, regardless of whatever story the numbers might be telling. Weird corporate metrics-focused ideology, like GM&apos;s overly analytical and complex &quot;Culture of Excellence,&quot; is a useless deadweight that the company must drag around through a bad economy, shaky union negotiations, and a number of increasingly competitive Japanese companies.
As numbers become more and more fundamental to the general decision-making process, things get more and more absurd.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Car Guys vs. Bean Counters
Subtitle: The Battle for the Soul of American Business
Author: Bob Lutz
Narrator: Norman Dietz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-13-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 184 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2001, General Motors hired Bob Lutz out of retirement with a mandate to save the company by making great cars again. He launched a war against penny pinching, office politics, turf wars, and risk avoidance. After declaring bankruptcy during the recession of 2008, GM is back on track thanks to its embrace of Lutz&apos;s philosophy. When Lutz got into the auto business in the early sixties, CEOs knew that if you captured the public&apos;s imagination with great cars, the money would follow. The car guys held sway, and GM dominated with bold, creative leadership and iconic brands like Cadillac, Buick, Pontiac, Oldsmobile, GMC, and Chevrolet. But then GM&apos;s leadership began to put their faith in analysis, determined to eliminate the &quot;waste&quot; and &quot;personality worship&quot; of the bygone creative leaders. Management got too smart for its own good. With the bean counters firmly in charge, carmakers (and much of American industry) lost their single-minded focus on product excellence. Decline followed. Lutz&apos;s commonsense lessons (with a generous helping of fascinating anecdotes) will inspire readers at any company facing the bean counter analysis-paralysis menace.

Editorial Reviews:
Bob Lutz is at his best when recounting specific anecdotes that shed light on the American car industry&apos;s recent history and predicaments. One particularly funny story that does much to illustrate his general point of view is about properly sealing new cars. To test the quality of the seal, engineers would put a cat in a recently finished car overnight. If the cat was lethargic the next morning from lack of fresh air, the seal was good. If the cat was energetic, the seal was bad. In General Motor&apos;s cars, Lutz jokes, the cat was missing.
Although Lutz occasionally digresses into overly-political or self-centered diatribes about media bias and global warming, he does have intensely interesting things to say overall. Car Guys vs. Bean Counters succeeds in the moments that are focused on the dichotomy between the two main characters in this story. The bean counters, with their metrics-based cost-cutting corporate culture approach, are left scratching their heads as customers run screaming from the shoddy GM cars they&apos;ve produced. Meanwhile, the car guys, frustrated and powerless, are tasked with trying to figure out last ditch solutions to the problems that this numbers-based approach has caused. Lutz&apos;s push, which is ultimately effective, is to put common sense solutions into practice, from the beginning to the end of the manufacturing process.
Narrator Norman Dietz is the perfect conduit for these lessons. Lutz&apos;s grandfatherly wisdom calls for a seasoned, austere tone. Dietz&apos;s performance delivers this element effortlessly.
Lutz&apos;s most salient point is to remember to keep thinking objectively, regardless of whatever story the numbers might be telling. Weird corporate metrics-focused ideology, like GM&apos;s overly analytical and complex &quot;Culture of Excellence,&quot; is a useless deadweight that the company must drag around through a bad economy, shaky union negotiations, and a number of increasingly competitive Japanese companies.
As numbers become more and more fundamental to the general decision-making process, things get more and more absurd.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Health Care Finance Audiobook by IntroBooks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Health-Care-Finance-Audiobook/B01MS4EEGR</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Health Care Finance
Author: IntroBooks
Narrator: Andrea Giordani
Format: Unabridged
Length: 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-06-17
Publisher: IntroBooks
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Rising health care expenses have created enormous amounts of pressure in the health care system. A recurring theme is the need for reforms in the health care sector. Addressing the issues of efficient set up, equity, and the easiest possible access to medical care, critical reforms must come. Alternate funding sources must be sourced. Regional disparities must be borne in mind also, before getting deeper into the core of the issues. This is an attempt to shed light on the major areas that warrant the attention of the majority of consumers of health care.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Jan 2017 15:55:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/077183/bk_acx0_077183_sample.mp3" length="472861" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Health-Care-Finance-Audiobook/B01MS4EEGR</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51haUL8znhL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Health Care Finance
Author: IntroBooks
Narrator: Andrea Giordani
Format: Unabridged
Length: 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-06-17
Publisher: IntroBooks
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Rising health care expenses have created enormous amounts of pressure in the health care system. A recurring theme is the need for reforms in the health care sector. Addressing the issues of efficient set up, equity, and the easiest possible access to medical care, critical reforms must come. Alternate funding sources must be sourced. Regional disparities must be borne in mind also, before getting deeper into the core of the issues. This is an attempt to shed light on the major areas that warrant the attention of the majority of consumers of health care.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Health Care Finance
Author: IntroBooks
Narrator: Andrea Giordani
Format: Unabridged
Length: 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-06-17
Publisher: IntroBooks
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Rising health care expenses have created enormous amounts of pressure in the health care system. A recurring theme is the need for reforms in the health care sector. Addressing the issues of efficient set up, equity, and the easiest possible access to medical care, critical reforms must come. Alternate funding sources must be sourced. Regional disparities must be borne in mind also, before getting deeper into the core of the issues. This is an attempt to shed light on the major areas that warrant the attention of the majority of consumers of health care.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blockchain Revolution: Understanding the Internet of Money Audiobook by Smart Reads</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Blockchain-Revolution-Understanding-the-Internet-of-Money-Audiobook/B071G3PCVL</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blockchain Revolution: Understanding the Internet of Money
Author: Smart Reads
Narrator: Eddie Leonard Jr.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-08-17
Publisher: Smart Reads
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All the major players are getting onboard with blockchain, a new type of decentralized database that is Bitcoin&apos;s best innovation yet. Santander is checking it out and so is the Deutsche Bank. Heck, even the U.K. government has been sniffing around it. But most importantlyso are your rivals. Which makes it all the more imperative that you get onboard, too.
Blockchain isn&apos;t the easiest piece of tech to understand. But because it will eventually go mainstream, you need to prepare yourself for the blockchain boom by learning what it&apos;s all about and how to use it now.
In this book, we simplify the concept of the blockchain. We also:
This book is for beginners and those who know a fair bit about blockchain. Stuffed with useful info and actionable tips, it will ground you and prepare you for a better way of using your databases from now on. It&apos;s time to take a step towards the future.
About Smart Reads
Smart Reads exists to provide you with the highest quality information in the least amount of time. Our team of professional writers work with experts on given topics to give you the content that matters quickly. Our books are short, easy-to-read and highly informative so you get important information right away.
We also pay it forward by donating five percent of our profit to Pencils of Promise to help build schools, train teachers and support child education. Choose Smart Reads and get smart in less time.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Smart Reads)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2017 11:12:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/088221/bk_acx0_088221_sample.mp3" length="2031952" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Blockchain-Revolution-Understanding-the-Internet-of-Money-Audiobook/B071G3PCVL</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41kgHJInIYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blockchain Revolution: Understanding the Internet of Money
Author: Smart Reads
Narrator: Eddie Leonard Jr.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-08-17
Publisher: Smart Reads
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All the major players are getting onboard with blockchain, a new type of decentralized database that is Bitcoin&apos;s best innovation yet. Santander is checking it out and so is the Deutsche Bank. Heck, even the U.K. government has been sniffing around it. But most importantlyso are your rivals. Which makes it all the more imperative that you get onboard, too.
Blockchain isn&apos;t the easiest piece of tech to understand. But because it will eventually go mainstream, you need to prepare yourself for the blockchain boom by learning what it&apos;s all about and how to use it now.
In this book, we simplify the concept of the blockchain. We also:
This book is for beginners and those who know a fair bit about blockchain. Stuffed with useful info and actionable tips, it will ground you and prepare you for a better way of using your databases from now on. It&apos;s time to take a step towards the future.
About Smart Reads
Smart Reads exists to provide you with the highest quality information in the least amount of time. Our team of professional writers work with experts on given topics to give you the content that matters quickly. Our books are short, easy-to-read and highly informative so you get important information right away.
We also pay it forward by donating five percent of our profit to Pencils of Promise to help build schools, train teachers and support child education. Choose Smart Reads and get smart in less time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blockchain Revolution: Understanding the Internet of Money
Author: Smart Reads
Narrator: Eddie Leonard Jr.
Format: Unabridged
Length: 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-08-17
Publisher: Smart Reads
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All the major players are getting onboard with blockchain, a new type of decentralized database that is Bitcoin&apos;s best innovation yet. Santander is checking it out and so is the Deutsche Bank. Heck, even the U.K. government has been sniffing around it. But most importantlyso are your rivals. Which makes it all the more imperative that you get onboard, too.
Blockchain isn&apos;t the easiest piece of tech to understand. But because it will eventually go mainstream, you need to prepare yourself for the blockchain boom by learning what it&apos;s all about and how to use it now.
In this book, we simplify the concept of the blockchain. We also:
This book is for beginners and those who know a fair bit about blockchain. Stuffed with useful info and actionable tips, it will ground you and prepare you for a better way of using your databases from now on. It&apos;s time to take a step towards the future.
About Smart Reads
Smart Reads exists to provide you with the highest quality information in the least amount of time. Our team of professional writers work with experts on given topics to give you the content that matters quickly. Our books are short, easy-to-read and highly informative so you get important information right away.
We also pay it forward by donating five percent of our profit to Pencils of Promise to help build schools, train teachers and support child education. Choose Smart Reads and get smart in less time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Finance a Marijuana Business: Cannabis Meets Crowdfunding Audiobook by Douglas Slain</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Finance-a-Marijuana-Business-Cannabis-Meets-Crowdfunding-Audiobook/B018IVTLKM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Finance a Marijuana Business: Cannabis Meets Crowdfunding
Subtitle: Private Placement Handbooks &amp; Cannabis Commerce Handbooks, Book 3
Author: Douglas Slain
Narrator: Laura E. Richcreek
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-30-15
Publisher: Private Placement Advisors LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Three developments signal a new regulatory regime is on the way.
An enormous, quasi-dormant underground economy is awakening, and large components are coming to the surface. Taylor West, deputy director of the 440-member National Cannabis Industry Association, said, &quot;There is a whole canopy of products that goes beyond plants.&quot; He cites cannabis-infused foods and drinks, cannabis oils, butters, tinctures, and salves.
New regulatory demands will spark other opportunities, such as laboratories to test for impurities and software systems to track product from seed to sale. But make no mistake about it: Some investors in some of the publicly held cannabis-connected companies will lose money.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Douglas Slain)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Nov 2015 20:22:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/048366/bk_acx0_048366_sample.mp3" length="1808802" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/How-to-Finance-a-Marijuana-Business-Cannabis-Meets-Crowdfunding-Audiobook/B018IVTLKM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/411esC+6-sL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Finance a Marijuana Business: Cannabis Meets Crowdfunding
Subtitle: Private Placement Handbooks &amp; Cannabis Commerce Handbooks, Book 3
Author: Douglas Slain
Narrator: Laura E. Richcreek
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-30-15
Publisher: Private Placement Advisors LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Three developments signal a new regulatory regime is on the way.
An enormous, quasi-dormant underground economy is awakening, and large components are coming to the surface. Taylor West, deputy director of the 440-member National Cannabis Industry Association, said, &quot;There is a whole canopy of products that goes beyond plants.&quot; He cites cannabis-infused foods and drinks, cannabis oils, butters, tinctures, and salves.
New regulatory demands will spark other opportunities, such as laboratories to test for impurities and software systems to track product from seed to sale. But make no mistake about it: Some investors in some of the publicly held cannabis-connected companies will lose money.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How to Finance a Marijuana Business: Cannabis Meets Crowdfunding
Subtitle: Private Placement Handbooks &amp; Cannabis Commerce Handbooks, Book 3
Author: Douglas Slain
Narrator: Laura E. Richcreek
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-30-15
Publisher: Private Placement Advisors LLC
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Three developments signal a new regulatory regime is on the way.
An enormous, quasi-dormant underground economy is awakening, and large components are coming to the surface. Taylor West, deputy director of the 440-member National Cannabis Industry Association, said, &quot;There is a whole canopy of products that goes beyond plants.&quot; He cites cannabis-infused foods and drinks, cannabis oils, butters, tinctures, and salves.
New regulatory demands will spark other opportunities, such as laboratories to test for impurities and software systems to track product from seed to sale. But make no mistake about it: Some investors in some of the publicly held cannabis-connected companies will lose money.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disrupting Digital Business Audiobook by R Ray Wang</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Disrupting-Digital-Business-Audiobook/B017NYCYFY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Disrupting Digital Business
Subtitle: Create an Authentic Experience in the Peer-to-Peer Economy
Author: R Ray Wang
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We are no longer an economy of products and services. The digital transformation demands that we focus our attention on experiences and outcomes. Business leaders and their organizations must shift to keeping promises - no matter how their customers interact with them. But organizations no longer control the conversation. In this era of social and mobile technology, customers, employees, suppliers, and partners are in direct communication with one another. Those personal networks and the brands they&apos;re passionate about influence their decision making and their spending. The workforce has changed, too. Employees expect to be able to determine when and how they will work, the technology they&apos;ll use, and the values their company will espouse.
Organizations can take part in this conversation only if they recognize how and where it&apos;s happening. Resisting these changes will leave executives, managers, and their companies powerless. Organizations must pivot with and ahead of these social, organizational, and technological shifts or risk being left behind. Technology guru Ray Wang shows how organizations can surf the waves of change - how they can keep their promises. Current trends, when taken seriously, require a new way of thinking about business that includes five key areas:
Digital disruption has changed how we do our work. But by mastering these trends, you&apos;ll delight your customers with every interaction.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (R Ray Wang)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2015 07:11:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/025937/bk_adbl_025937_sample.mp3" length="2329436" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Disrupting-Digital-Business-Audiobook/B017NYCYFY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/71w7B2VChJL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Disrupting Digital Business
Subtitle: Create an Authentic Experience in the Peer-to-Peer Economy
Author: R Ray Wang
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We are no longer an economy of products and services. The digital transformation demands that we focus our attention on experiences and outcomes. Business leaders and their organizations must shift to keeping promises - no matter how their customers interact with them. But organizations no longer control the conversation. In this era of social and mobile technology, customers, employees, suppliers, and partners are in direct communication with one another. Those personal networks and the brands they&apos;re passionate about influence their decision making and their spending. The workforce has changed, too. Employees expect to be able to determine when and how they will work, the technology they&apos;ll use, and the values their company will espouse.
Organizations can take part in this conversation only if they recognize how and where it&apos;s happening. Resisting these changes will leave executives, managers, and their companies powerless. Organizations must pivot with and ahead of these social, organizational, and technological shifts or risk being left behind. Technology guru Ray Wang shows how organizations can surf the waves of change - how they can keep their promises. Current trends, when taken seriously, require a new way of thinking about business that includes five key areas:
Digital disruption has changed how we do our work. But by mastering these trends, you&apos;ll delight your customers with every interaction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Disrupting Digital Business
Subtitle: Create an Authentic Experience in the Peer-to-Peer Economy
Author: R Ray Wang
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We are no longer an economy of products and services. The digital transformation demands that we focus our attention on experiences and outcomes. Business leaders and their organizations must shift to keeping promises - no matter how their customers interact with them. But organizations no longer control the conversation. In this era of social and mobile technology, customers, employees, suppliers, and partners are in direct communication with one another. Those personal networks and the brands they&apos;re passionate about influence their decision making and their spending. The workforce has changed, too. Employees expect to be able to determine when and how they will work, the technology they&apos;ll use, and the values their company will espouse.
Organizations can take part in this conversation only if they recognize how and where it&apos;s happening. Resisting these changes will leave executives, managers, and their companies powerless. Organizations must pivot with and ahead of these social, organizational, and technological shifts or risk being left behind. Technology guru Ray Wang shows how organizations can surf the waves of change - how they can keep their promises. Current trends, when taken seriously, require a new way of thinking about business that includes five key areas:
Digital disruption has changed how we do our work. But by mastering these trends, you&apos;ll delight your customers with every interaction.

Members Reviews:
Great Context!
This book is a must read if you&#226;re trying to separate current fads from longer-term structural changes with respect to digitization. I&#226;m an SAP employee and, in this capacity, have had the opportunity to solicit Ray&#226;s opinions on business trends on a number of occasions. I&#226;m always amazed by both the breadth and depth of his reach and his ability to synthesize many issues down to concise actionable advice. This book provides historical context on issues unfolding before us. Please note that this is my personal opinion and does not necessarily reflect the views of my employer.

Digital brilliance
Digital brilliance is going to come in the form of asking the right questions, by accessing the best data, while understanding context and relevance for yourself, your business, your partners and your ecosystem. Where are you in your chain? This book will guide you.

Useful but not insightful
A bit repetitive with too few real life examples to prove his point. Just too many statements without enough evidence

Amazing book, Ray does a wonderful job!
Ray does an amazing job, providing the tools required to build business 2.0 to disrupt tomorrow!

Digital World Awakening
This book provides a great introduction and core explanation to the digital world we are becoming.
Disruption is a given, however the book gives insight as to how traditional business models are changing, which not only impact our own internal survival as a business, but how effectively we can transact in the digital-ecosystem.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Economic Collapse Audiobook by Bobby Akart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Economic-Collapse-Audiobook/B01GEZUH6Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Economic Collapse
Subtitle: Prepping for Tomorrow Series
Author: Bobby Akart
Narrator: Joseph C. Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-01-16
Publisher: Bobby Akart Inc., a Tennessee Corporation
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 46 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All empires collapse eventually. There have been no exceptions in the history of mankind. Their reign ends when they are defeated by a larger, more powerful enemy, or when their financing runs out, resulting in collapse.
Economic Collapse is a primer on the reality that our nation will ultimately perish at the hands of economic and societal collapse. The United States economy can collapse as a result of our own government&apos;s mismanagement of our national debt or external factors such as a global financial meltdown, an attack on the US dollar, and other predictable scenarios.
History is replete with the rise and fall of empires. Are Americans so arrogant, or oblivious, to realize that we are in a stage of decline and collapse? Some of the signs of decline include a downward cultural spiral, an over-reliance on government and the inability to protect the integrity of a nation&apos;s borders. Sound familiar?
Because you never know when the day before, is the day before. Prepare for tomorrow.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bobby Akart)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jun 2016 16:38:28 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/060260/bk_acx0_060260_sample.mp3" length="1221844" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Economic-Collapse-Audiobook/B01GEZUH6Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51lD1OhLEFL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Economic Collapse
Subtitle: Prepping for Tomorrow Series
Author: Bobby Akart
Narrator: Joseph C. Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-01-16
Publisher: Bobby Akart Inc., a Tennessee Corporation
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 46 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All empires collapse eventually. There have been no exceptions in the history of mankind. Their reign ends when they are defeated by a larger, more powerful enemy, or when their financing runs out, resulting in collapse.
Economic Collapse is a primer on the reality that our nation will ultimately perish at the hands of economic and societal collapse. The United States economy can collapse as a result of our own government&apos;s mismanagement of our national debt or external factors such as a global financial meltdown, an attack on the US dollar, and other predictable scenarios.
History is replete with the rise and fall of empires. Are Americans so arrogant, or oblivious, to realize that we are in a stage of decline and collapse? Some of the signs of decline include a downward cultural spiral, an over-reliance on government and the inability to protect the integrity of a nation&apos;s borders. Sound familiar?
Because you never know when the day before, is the day before. Prepare for tomorrow.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Economic Collapse
Subtitle: Prepping for Tomorrow Series
Author: Bobby Akart
Narrator: Joseph C. Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-01-16
Publisher: Bobby Akart Inc., a Tennessee Corporation
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 46 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All empires collapse eventually. There have been no exceptions in the history of mankind. Their reign ends when they are defeated by a larger, more powerful enemy, or when their financing runs out, resulting in collapse.
Economic Collapse is a primer on the reality that our nation will ultimately perish at the hands of economic and societal collapse. The United States economy can collapse as a result of our own government&apos;s mismanagement of our national debt or external factors such as a global financial meltdown, an attack on the US dollar, and other predictable scenarios.
History is replete with the rise and fall of empires. Are Americans so arrogant, or oblivious, to realize that we are in a stage of decline and collapse? Some of the signs of decline include a downward cultural spiral, an over-reliance on government and the inability to protect the integrity of a nation&apos;s borders. Sound familiar?
Because you never know when the day before, is the day before. Prepare for tomorrow.

Members Reviews:
Head for the Hills
Getting past the lengthy introduction is a substantial chore.  When we finally drill down to  book material bedrock, Akart provides a thumbnail sketch of a few of the major civilizations of the ancient world and the panoply of reasons for their ultimate decline.  He provides a fairly comprehensive explanation of economic jargon such as GDP, recession, stagflation, etc., then numbs us with a recitation of the comparative rates of inflation for what seems like a list of all 205 (give or take) of the world&apos;s sovereign nations.
His hard right conservative outlook sharply disapproves of social welfare safety nets and has harsh words for governments that invest in infrastructure as a means of reviving a sagging economy.  He has no investment strategies, advising only that people keep cash, and lots of it, in some unspecified location that is not a bank.  He stops short of suggesting that one bury the money in the garden, but this seems to be his unspoken recommendation.
His nightmare scenario of a world in chaos advises that prudent citizens arm themselves for the specific purpose of killing those who might try to grab their stash of food and supplies.
Akart is addressing a very specific segment of the population, a group that will embrace his philosophy with enthusiasm and bullets.  The rest of us can&apos;t go wrong by stocking up on a little extra food, some bottled water and a few batteries.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Overpromise and Overdeliver, Revised Edition Audiobook by Rick Barrera</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Overpromise-and-Overdeliver-Revised-Edition-Audiobook/B013KO7FEG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Overpromise and Overdeliver, Revised Edition
Subtitle: How to Design and Deliver Extraordinary Customer Experiences
Author: Rick Barrera
Narrator: Rick Barrera
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-10-15
Publisher: Rick Barrera
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Wall Street Journal and BusinessWeek best seller - fully revised and updated.
The old clich&#233; is that smart companies underpromise and overdeliver. But in today&apos;s crowded market, underpromising is a ticket to oblivion.
Companies like American Girl, Best Buy, and Apple came out of nowhere to dominate their markets. How did they scoop up their bigger and wealthier competition? It wasn&apos;t through a fat marketing budget. It was because they made, and kept, dangerously ambitious promises. In fact, they overpromised to lure customers in - and then overdelivered to keep them.
Rick Barrera shows how to make sure that every point of contact between your company and its customers is well executed and fulfills an over-the-top brand promise to drive word of mouth and rapid growth.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rick Barrera)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Aug 2015 11:32:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/040835/bk_acx0_040835_sample.mp3" length="2439777" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Overpromise-and-Overdeliver-Revised-Edition-Audiobook/B013KO7FEG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51WZDW7jOUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Overpromise and Overdeliver, Revised Edition
Subtitle: How to Design and Deliver Extraordinary Customer Experiences
Author: Rick Barrera
Narrator: Rick Barrera
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-10-15
Publisher: Rick Barrera
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Wall Street Journal and BusinessWeek best seller - fully revised and updated.
The old clich&#233; is that smart companies underpromise and overdeliver. But in today&apos;s crowded market, underpromising is a ticket to oblivion.
Companies like American Girl, Best Buy, and Apple came out of nowhere to dominate their markets. How did they scoop up their bigger and wealthier competition? It wasn&apos;t through a fat marketing budget. It was because they made, and kept, dangerously ambitious promises. In fact, they overpromised to lure customers in - and then overdelivered to keep them.
Rick Barrera shows how to make sure that every point of contact between your company and its customers is well executed and fulfills an over-the-top brand promise to drive word of mouth and rapid growth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Overpromise and Overdeliver, Revised Edition
Subtitle: How to Design and Deliver Extraordinary Customer Experiences
Author: Rick Barrera
Narrator: Rick Barrera
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-10-15
Publisher: Rick Barrera
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Wall Street Journal and BusinessWeek best seller - fully revised and updated.
The old clich&#233; is that smart companies underpromise and overdeliver. But in today&apos;s crowded market, underpromising is a ticket to oblivion.
Companies like American Girl, Best Buy, and Apple came out of nowhere to dominate their markets. How did they scoop up their bigger and wealthier competition? It wasn&apos;t through a fat marketing budget. It was because they made, and kept, dangerously ambitious promises. In fact, they overpromised to lure customers in - and then overdelivered to keep them.
Rick Barrera shows how to make sure that every point of contact between your company and its customers is well executed and fulfills an over-the-top brand promise to drive word of mouth and rapid growth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Macroeconomics Basics Audiobook by IntroBooks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Macroeconomics-Basics-Audiobook/B077JC43LQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Macroeconomics Basics
Author: IntroBooks
Narrator: Andrea Giordani
Format: Unabridged
Length: 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-17
Publisher: IntroBooks
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Macroeconomic forces affect all of us in our daily lives. Inflation rates influence the prices we pay for goods and services and, in turn, the value of our incomes and our savings. Interest rates determine the cost of borrowing and the yield on bank accounts and bonds, while exchange rates affect our command over foreign products as well as the value of our foreign assets.
And all of this represents just the tip of the iceberg. Numerous macro variables - ranging from unemployment to productivity - are equally important in shaping the economic environment in which we live.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2017 02:09:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/100729/bk_acx0_100729_sample.mp3" length="1677523" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Macroeconomics-Basics-Audiobook/B077JC43LQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/511Y+spM5DL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Macroeconomics Basics
Author: IntroBooks
Narrator: Andrea Giordani
Format: Unabridged
Length: 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-17
Publisher: IntroBooks
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Macroeconomic forces affect all of us in our daily lives. Inflation rates influence the prices we pay for goods and services and, in turn, the value of our incomes and our savings. Interest rates determine the cost of borrowing and the yield on bank accounts and bonds, while exchange rates affect our command over foreign products as well as the value of our foreign assets.
And all of this represents just the tip of the iceberg. Numerous macro variables - ranging from unemployment to productivity - are equally important in shaping the economic environment in which we live.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Macroeconomics Basics
Author: IntroBooks
Narrator: Andrea Giordani
Format: Unabridged
Length: 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-16-17
Publisher: IntroBooks
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Macroeconomic forces affect all of us in our daily lives. Inflation rates influence the prices we pay for goods and services and, in turn, the value of our incomes and our savings. Interest rates determine the cost of borrowing and the yield on bank accounts and bonds, while exchange rates affect our command over foreign products as well as the value of our foreign assets.
And all of this represents just the tip of the iceberg. Numerous macro variables - ranging from unemployment to productivity - are equally important in shaping the economic environment in which we live.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Are Market Basket Audiobook by Daniel Korschun, Grant Welker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/We-Are-Market-Basket-Audiobook/B011W6TP4W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Are Market Basket
Subtitle: The Story of the Unlikely Grassroots Movement That Saved a Beloved Business
Author: Daniel Korschun, Grant Welker
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-12-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What if a company were so treasured and trusted that people literally took to the streets - by the thousands - to save it? That company is Market Basket, a popular New England supermarket chain. After long-time, CEO Arthur T. Demoulas was ousted by his cousin Arthur S. Demoulas, the company&apos;s managers and rank-and-file workers struck back. Risking their own livelihoods to restore the job of their beloved boss they walked out, but they didn&apos;t walk far. At huge protest rallies, they were joined by loyal customers - leaving stores empty. Suppliers and vendors stopped deliveries - rendering shelves bare. Politicians were forced to take sides. The national media and experts were stunned by the unprecedented defense of an executive. All openly challenged the Market Basket board of directors to make things right. And, in the end, they prevailed. With its arresting firsthand accounts from the streets and executive suites, We Are Market Basket is as inspiring as it is instructive. What is it about Market Basket and its leader that provokes such ferocious loyalty? How does a company spread across three states maintain a culture that embraces everyone - from cashier to customer - as family? Can a company really become an industry leader by prioritizing stakeholders over shareholders? Set against a backdrop of bad blood and corporate greed, We Are Market Basket chronicles the epic rise, fall, and redemption of this iconic and uniquely American company.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Daniel Korschun)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Aug 2015 18:24:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/007298/bk_brll_007298_sample.mp3" length="2399705" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/We-Are-Market-Basket-Audiobook/B011W6TP4W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61q1ai4MuOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Are Market Basket
Subtitle: The Story of the Unlikely Grassroots Movement That Saved a Beloved Business
Author: Daniel Korschun, Grant Welker
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-12-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What if a company were so treasured and trusted that people literally took to the streets - by the thousands - to save it? That company is Market Basket, a popular New England supermarket chain. After long-time, CEO Arthur T. Demoulas was ousted by his cousin Arthur S. Demoulas, the company&apos;s managers and rank-and-file workers struck back. Risking their own livelihoods to restore the job of their beloved boss they walked out, but they didn&apos;t walk far. At huge protest rallies, they were joined by loyal customers - leaving stores empty. Suppliers and vendors stopped deliveries - rendering shelves bare. Politicians were forced to take sides. The national media and experts were stunned by the unprecedented defense of an executive. All openly challenged the Market Basket board of directors to make things right. And, in the end, they prevailed. With its arresting firsthand accounts from the streets and executive suites, We Are Market Basket is as inspiring as it is instructive. What is it about Market Basket and its leader that provokes such ferocious loyalty? How does a company spread across three states maintain a culture that embraces everyone - from cashier to customer - as family? Can a company really become an industry leader by prioritizing stakeholders over shareholders? Set against a backdrop of bad blood and corporate greed, We Are Market Basket chronicles the epic rise, fall, and redemption of this iconic and uniquely American company.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Are Market Basket
Subtitle: The Story of the Unlikely Grassroots Movement That Saved a Beloved Business
Author: Daniel Korschun, Grant Welker
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-12-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What if a company were so treasured and trusted that people literally took to the streets - by the thousands - to save it? That company is Market Basket, a popular New England supermarket chain. After long-time, CEO Arthur T. Demoulas was ousted by his cousin Arthur S. Demoulas, the company&apos;s managers and rank-and-file workers struck back. Risking their own livelihoods to restore the job of their beloved boss they walked out, but they didn&apos;t walk far. At huge protest rallies, they were joined by loyal customers - leaving stores empty. Suppliers and vendors stopped deliveries - rendering shelves bare. Politicians were forced to take sides. The national media and experts were stunned by the unprecedented defense of an executive. All openly challenged the Market Basket board of directors to make things right. And, in the end, they prevailed. With its arresting firsthand accounts from the streets and executive suites, We Are Market Basket is as inspiring as it is instructive. What is it about Market Basket and its leader that provokes such ferocious loyalty? How does a company spread across three states maintain a culture that embraces everyone - from cashier to customer - as family? Can a company really become an industry leader by prioritizing stakeholders over shareholders? Set against a backdrop of bad blood and corporate greed, We Are Market Basket chronicles the epic rise, fall, and redemption of this iconic and uniquely American company.

Members Reviews:
Engaging business book
A great read for family businesses, leaders working to enhance their work culture and just interesting overall read on customer loyalty.

The ins and outs of the Market Basket Movement.
Good read. The narrator was clear, energetic and engaging, I enjoyed listening to this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Turn Waste into Wealth Audiobook by Mark C. DeLuzio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Turn-Waste-into-Wealth-Audiobook/B01M8GN2C1</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Turn Waste into Wealth
Subtitle: How to Find Cash in Every Corner of the Company
Author: Mark C. DeLuzio
Narrator: Dan McGowan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-16
Publisher: Maven House Press
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Cash is lying around everywhere in companies. It&apos;s in warehouses and on shelves, hiding in plain sight as inventory. It litters administrative offices, disguised as incorrect invoices, late billings, sloppy requests from salespeople. It sits in company lobbies waiting for sales calls to start. All that cash is retrievable - available for re-investment. Turn Waste into Wealth will help you get that cash by turning your organization into a lean company.
You&apos;ll learn:
Great companies continuously improve everything they do to increase shareholder returns. If you&apos;re new to lean or already using lean practices, Turn Waste into Wealth will help you make your company great.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mark C. DeLuzio)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2016 21:16:14 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/070555/bk_acx0_070555_sample.mp3" length="925093" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Turn-Waste-into-Wealth-Audiobook/B01M8GN2C1</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51t-iTOnnOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Turn Waste into Wealth
Subtitle: How to Find Cash in Every Corner of the Company
Author: Mark C. DeLuzio
Narrator: Dan McGowan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-16
Publisher: Maven House Press
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Cash is lying around everywhere in companies. It&apos;s in warehouses and on shelves, hiding in plain sight as inventory. It litters administrative offices, disguised as incorrect invoices, late billings, sloppy requests from salespeople. It sits in company lobbies waiting for sales calls to start. All that cash is retrievable - available for re-investment. Turn Waste into Wealth will help you get that cash by turning your organization into a lean company.
You&apos;ll learn:
Great companies continuously improve everything they do to increase shareholder returns. If you&apos;re new to lean or already using lean practices, Turn Waste into Wealth will help you make your company great.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Turn Waste into Wealth
Subtitle: How to Find Cash in Every Corner of the Company
Author: Mark C. DeLuzio
Narrator: Dan McGowan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-16
Publisher: Maven House Press
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Cash is lying around everywhere in companies. It&apos;s in warehouses and on shelves, hiding in plain sight as inventory. It litters administrative offices, disguised as incorrect invoices, late billings, sloppy requests from salespeople. It sits in company lobbies waiting for sales calls to start. All that cash is retrievable - available for re-investment. Turn Waste into Wealth will help you get that cash by turning your organization into a lean company.
You&apos;ll learn:
Great companies continuously improve everything they do to increase shareholder returns. If you&apos;re new to lean or already using lean practices, Turn Waste into Wealth will help you make your company great.

Members Reviews:
A Consultant&apos;s Tale...
A little simplistic and full of unverified generic examples about fantastic improvements obtained as a result of principles being adopted.  Not saying I disagree with it, but not exactly useful either.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Moats Audiobook by Bud Labitan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Moats-Audiobook/B014M0KMU6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Moats
Subtitle: The Competitive Advantages of Buffett and Munger Businesses
Author: Bud Labitan
Narrator: Jeffrey A. Hering
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-31-15
Publisher: Cesar Labitan, Jr., MD, MBA
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This may be the best business book that describes the competitive advantages of profitable businesses. Moats describes the nature of 70 selected businesses purchased by Buffett and Munger for Berkshire Hathaway Inc. Moats is a very useful resource for investors, managers, and students of business. Since its subject matter has proven success, Moats may become a useful practical text in businesses schools around the world. Moats also looks at the sustainability of these competitive advantages in each of the 70 chapters.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bud Labitan)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Aug 2015 09:16:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/042110/bk_acx0_042110_sample.mp3" length="2262687" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Moats-Audiobook/B014M0KMU6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51SlOnFWezL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Moats
Subtitle: The Competitive Advantages of Buffett and Munger Businesses
Author: Bud Labitan
Narrator: Jeffrey A. Hering
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-31-15
Publisher: Cesar Labitan, Jr., MD, MBA
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This may be the best business book that describes the competitive advantages of profitable businesses. Moats describes the nature of 70 selected businesses purchased by Buffett and Munger for Berkshire Hathaway Inc. Moats is a very useful resource for investors, managers, and students of business. Since its subject matter has proven success, Moats may become a useful practical text in businesses schools around the world. Moats also looks at the sustainability of these competitive advantages in each of the 70 chapters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Moats
Subtitle: The Competitive Advantages of Buffett and Munger Businesses
Author: Bud Labitan
Narrator: Jeffrey A. Hering
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-31-15
Publisher: Cesar Labitan, Jr., MD, MBA
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This may be the best business book that describes the competitive advantages of profitable businesses. Moats describes the nature of 70 selected businesses purchased by Buffett and Munger for Berkshire Hathaway Inc. Moats is a very useful resource for investors, managers, and students of business. Since its subject matter has proven success, Moats may become a useful practical text in businesses schools around the world. Moats also looks at the sustainability of these competitive advantages in each of the 70 chapters.

Members Reviews:
Shallow understanding
Author has simply listed out the investments.  Very little in depth analysis.  Reader is mechanical.

Audio Quality Horrific
What disappointed you about Moats?
Overall, the book was just OK. Quite repetitive, and once you heard about 2-3 companies, everything was the same.
Biggest complaint though was the audio quality. It sounded like it was recorded in some guy&apos;s basement. COUNTLESS mispronunciations, and grammatical mistakes. The guy messed up so many times, it made it nearly impossible to listen. There were major errors and gaps in the audio where the reader made a mistake, but no one ever edited it out. By far the lowest quality audio I have ever heard on Audible.

Some useful info, but mostly pointless
Lots of repetition, no real analysis. A few of the case studies were interesting but most were just regurgitated basic facts that gave really little insight. The voiceover was relatively poor too. Overall a waste of money.

Average Analysis
Good concept but more depth would have been appreciated in each moat thats all it lacked

A very useful book.
Where does Moats rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
Top ten. Absolutely fantastic book with a lot of very useful info. I keep getting back to this book every time I need to make sure I know what the moat is and means for any company.
Who was your favorite character and why?
I was impressed by specification of all examples of moats.
Have you listened to any of Jeffrey A. Herings other performances? How does this one compare?
No, I didn&apos;t. It was very good.
Did you have an emotional reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
I love this book for enormous contribution to anyone interesting in understanding what a moat means for  the companies .
Any additional comments?
Thank you .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summary, Analysis &amp; Review of Robbie Kellman Baxter&apos;s The Membership Economy by Instaread</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-Analysis-Review-of-Robbie-Kellman-Baxters-The-Membership-Economy-by-Instaread-Audiobook/B01N33VSAU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary, Analysis &amp; Review of Robbie Kellman Baxter&apos;s The Membership Economy by Instaread
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Sam Scholl
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-18-17
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Membership Economy: Find Your Super Users, Master the Forever Transaction, and Build Recurring Revenue is a guide intended to show companies, nonprofits, and individuals how they can create a membership program and why it is important that they do so. Author Robbie Kellman Baxter offers specific advice for a wide variety of organizations and asserts the need to create memberships that place the customer at the center of any business model.
As consumers increasingly seek access to products and services instead of ownership, people are interested in becoming members of communities that can serve this desire. Companies that recognize the value of this &quot;membership economy&quot; provide their customers with an ongoing and stable relationship that engenders positive feelings of belonging to a community of users and develops often intense brand loyalty.
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Instaread)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jan 2017 21:51:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/077888/bk_acx0_077888_sample.mp3" length="858741" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-Analysis-Review-of-Robbie-Kellman-Baxters-The-Membership-Economy-by-Instaread-Audiobook/B01N33VSAU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61yc-8JoqdL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary, Analysis &amp; Review of Robbie Kellman Baxter&apos;s The Membership Economy by Instaread
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Sam Scholl
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-18-17
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Membership Economy: Find Your Super Users, Master the Forever Transaction, and Build Recurring Revenue is a guide intended to show companies, nonprofits, and individuals how they can create a membership program and why it is important that they do so. Author Robbie Kellman Baxter offers specific advice for a wide variety of organizations and asserts the need to create memberships that place the customer at the center of any business model.
As consumers increasingly seek access to products and services instead of ownership, people are interested in becoming members of communities that can serve this desire. Companies that recognize the value of this &quot;membership economy&quot; provide their customers with an ongoing and stable relationship that engenders positive feelings of belonging to a community of users and develops often intense brand loyalty.
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary, Analysis &amp; Review of Robbie Kellman Baxter&apos;s The Membership Economy by Instaread
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Sam Scholl
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-18-17
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Membership Economy: Find Your Super Users, Master the Forever Transaction, and Build Recurring Revenue is a guide intended to show companies, nonprofits, and individuals how they can create a membership program and why it is important that they do so. Author Robbie Kellman Baxter offers specific advice for a wide variety of organizations and asserts the need to create memberships that place the customer at the center of any business model.
As consumers increasingly seek access to products and services instead of ownership, people are interested in becoming members of communities that can serve this desire. Companies that recognize the value of this &quot;membership economy&quot; provide their customers with an ongoing and stable relationship that engenders positive feelings of belonging to a community of users and develops often intense brand loyalty.
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.

Members Reviews:
How to take advantage of a new marketing trend
The new thing in marketing for companies, large or small, is the development of &#226;membership&#226; programs that helps to develop brand loyalty, such as Costco, a company that earns more in membership fees than it does from sales of products.
Instaread&#226;s Summary, Analysis &amp; Review of Robbie Kellman Baxter&#226;s The Membership Economy is a comprehensive look at the author&#226;s book on the history of membership programs, and how they are established. This brief, easy-to-read summary gives a detailed discussion of the book&#226;s main takeaways, and the author&#226;s style and credentials. In just about 10 to 15 minutes of reading, you&#226;ll get a good idea of the content and worth of this book.
I received a free copy of this summary.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Perfume Audiobook by Jean-Claude Ellena</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Perfume-Audiobook/B072JL27D5</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Perfume
Subtitle: The Alchemy of Scent
Author: Jean-Claude Ellena
Narrator: David de Vries
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-02-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
To women the whole world over, perfume means glamour, and in the world of perfume, Jean-Claude Ellena is a superstar. In this one-of-a-kind book, the master himself takes you through the doors of his laboratory and explains the process of creating precious fragrances, revealing the key methods and recipes involved in this mysterious alchemy.
Perfume is a cutthroat, secretive multibillion-dollar industry, and Ellena provides an insider&apos;s tour, guiding us from initial inspiration through the mixing of essences and synthetic elements, to the deluxe packaging and marketing in elegant boutiques worldwide, and even the increasingly complicated safety standards that are set in motion for each bottle of perfume that is manufactured. He explains how the sense of smell works, using a palette of fragrant materials, and how he personally chooses and composes a perfume. He also reveals his unique way of creating a fragrance by playing with our olfactory memories in order to make the perfume seductive and desired by men and women the world over. Perfume illuminates the world of scent and manufactured desire by a perfumer who has had clients the likes of Cartier, Van Cleef &amp; Arpels, Bulgari, and Herm&#233;s.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jean-Claude Ellena)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Jun 2017 13:49:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/009127/bk_brll_009127_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Perfume-Audiobook/B072JL27D5</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51GIUjllxkL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Perfume
Subtitle: The Alchemy of Scent
Author: Jean-Claude Ellena
Narrator: David de Vries
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-02-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
To women the whole world over, perfume means glamour, and in the world of perfume, Jean-Claude Ellena is a superstar. In this one-of-a-kind book, the master himself takes you through the doors of his laboratory and explains the process of creating precious fragrances, revealing the key methods and recipes involved in this mysterious alchemy.
Perfume is a cutthroat, secretive multibillion-dollar industry, and Ellena provides an insider&apos;s tour, guiding us from initial inspiration through the mixing of essences and synthetic elements, to the deluxe packaging and marketing in elegant boutiques worldwide, and even the increasingly complicated safety standards that are set in motion for each bottle of perfume that is manufactured. He explains how the sense of smell works, using a palette of fragrant materials, and how he personally chooses and composes a perfume. He also reveals his unique way of creating a fragrance by playing with our olfactory memories in order to make the perfume seductive and desired by men and women the world over. Perfume illuminates the world of scent and manufactured desire by a perfumer who has had clients the likes of Cartier, Van Cleef &amp; Arpels, Bulgari, and Herm&#233;s.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Perfume
Subtitle: The Alchemy of Scent
Author: Jean-Claude Ellena
Narrator: David de Vries
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-02-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
To women the whole world over, perfume means glamour, and in the world of perfume, Jean-Claude Ellena is a superstar. In this one-of-a-kind book, the master himself takes you through the doors of his laboratory and explains the process of creating precious fragrances, revealing the key methods and recipes involved in this mysterious alchemy.
Perfume is a cutthroat, secretive multibillion-dollar industry, and Ellena provides an insider&apos;s tour, guiding us from initial inspiration through the mixing of essences and synthetic elements, to the deluxe packaging and marketing in elegant boutiques worldwide, and even the increasingly complicated safety standards that are set in motion for each bottle of perfume that is manufactured. He explains how the sense of smell works, using a palette of fragrant materials, and how he personally chooses and composes a perfume. He also reveals his unique way of creating a fragrance by playing with our olfactory memories in order to make the perfume seductive and desired by men and women the world over. Perfume illuminates the world of scent and manufactured desire by a perfumer who has had clients the likes of Cartier, Van Cleef &amp; Arpels, Bulgari, and Herm&#233;s.

Members Reviews:
What?
The author has accomplished something I never expected. His love for perfume will make me question ever using it again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Great Rebalancing Audiobook by Michael Pettis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Great-Rebalancing-Audiobook/B00CJID2OM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Great Rebalancing
Subtitle: Trade, Conflict, and the Perilous Road Ahead for the World Economy
Author: Michael Pettis
Narrator: A.T. Chandler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-10-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 57 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
China&apos;s economic growth is sputtering, the Euro is under threat, and the United States is combating serious trade disadvantages. Another Great Depression? Not quite. Noted economist and China expert Michael Pettis argues instead that we are undergoing a critical rebalancing of the world economies. Debunking popular misconceptions, Pettis shows that severe trade imbalances spurred on the recent financial crisis and were the result of unfortunate policies that distorted the savings and consumption patterns of certain nations. Pettis examines the reasons behind these destabilizing policies, and he predicts severe economic dislocations--a lost decade for China, the breaking of the Euro, and a receding of the U.S. dollar--that will have long-lasting effects.
Pettis explains how China has maintained massive--but unsustainable--investment growth by artificially lowering the cost of capital. He discusses how Germany is endangering the Euro by favoring its own development at the expense of its neighbors. And he looks at how the U.S. dollar&apos;s role as the world&apos;s reserve currency burdens America&apos;s economy. Although various imbalances may seem unrelated, Pettis shows that all of them--including the U.S. consumption binge, surging debt in Europe, China&apos;s investment orgy, Japan&apos;s long stagnation, and the commodity boom in Latin America--are closely tied together, and that it will be impossible to resolve any issue without forcing a resolution for all.
Demonstrating how economic policies can carry negative repercussions the world over, The Great Rebalancing sheds urgent light on our globally linked economic future.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Pettis)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 May 2013 13:06:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/011685/bk_adbl_011685_sample.mp3" length="1187572" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Great-Rebalancing-Audiobook/B00CJID2OM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51n4UNAZx-L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Great Rebalancing
Subtitle: Trade, Conflict, and the Perilous Road Ahead for the World Economy
Author: Michael Pettis
Narrator: A.T. Chandler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-10-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 57 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
China&apos;s economic growth is sputtering, the Euro is under threat, and the United States is combating serious trade disadvantages. Another Great Depression? Not quite. Noted economist and China expert Michael Pettis argues instead that we are undergoing a critical rebalancing of the world economies. Debunking popular misconceptions, Pettis shows that severe trade imbalances spurred on the recent financial crisis and were the result of unfortunate policies that distorted the savings and consumption patterns of certain nations. Pettis examines the reasons behind these destabilizing policies, and he predicts severe economic dislocations--a lost decade for China, the breaking of the Euro, and a receding of the U.S. dollar--that will have long-lasting effects.
Pettis explains how China has maintained massive--but unsustainable--investment growth by artificially lowering the cost of capital. He discusses how Germany is endangering the Euro by favoring its own development at the expense of its neighbors. And he looks at how the U.S. dollar&apos;s role as the world&apos;s reserve currency burdens America&apos;s economy. Although various imbalances may seem unrelated, Pettis shows that all of them--including the U.S. consumption binge, surging debt in Europe, China&apos;s investment orgy, Japan&apos;s long stagnation, and the commodity boom in Latin America--are closely tied together, and that it will be impossible to resolve any issue without forcing a resolution for all.
Demonstrating how economic policies can carry negative repercussions the world over, The Great Rebalancing sheds urgent light on our globally linked economic future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Great Rebalancing
Subtitle: Trade, Conflict, and the Perilous Road Ahead for the World Economy
Author: Michael Pettis
Narrator: A.T. Chandler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-10-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 57 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
China&apos;s economic growth is sputtering, the Euro is under threat, and the United States is combating serious trade disadvantages. Another Great Depression? Not quite. Noted economist and China expert Michael Pettis argues instead that we are undergoing a critical rebalancing of the world economies. Debunking popular misconceptions, Pettis shows that severe trade imbalances spurred on the recent financial crisis and were the result of unfortunate policies that distorted the savings and consumption patterns of certain nations. Pettis examines the reasons behind these destabilizing policies, and he predicts severe economic dislocations--a lost decade for China, the breaking of the Euro, and a receding of the U.S. dollar--that will have long-lasting effects.
Pettis explains how China has maintained massive--but unsustainable--investment growth by artificially lowering the cost of capital. He discusses how Germany is endangering the Euro by favoring its own development at the expense of its neighbors. And he looks at how the U.S. dollar&apos;s role as the world&apos;s reserve currency burdens America&apos;s economy. Although various imbalances may seem unrelated, Pettis shows that all of them--including the U.S. consumption binge, surging debt in Europe, China&apos;s investment orgy, Japan&apos;s long stagnation, and the commodity boom in Latin America--are closely tied together, and that it will be impossible to resolve any issue without forcing a resolution for all.
Demonstrating how economic policies can carry negative repercussions the world over, The Great Rebalancing sheds urgent light on our globally linked economic future.

Members Reviews:
A must book!
A must book for whose interested in finance, economy and geopolitics or world matters. Although the performance is excellent i recommend the paper or kindle version since the topics sometimes require reading back as well as seeing the formulas.

Deep and professional while easy to understand.
What did you love best about The Great Rebalancing?
It&apos;s deep and professional, while also written in easy to understand language with many examples that really clarify the subject. It&apos;s also free from hidden advertisements - no references to paid web sites etc...
What did you like best about this story?
It describes the current economic situation in objective and balanced way, including some non so intuitive economical matters in simple ways.

Calling all Republicans
This is for everyone who thinks they understand (but really doesn&apos;t)
balance of trade
exchange rates
interest rates
or for anyone who is worried about China or India or some other emerging market
or for anyone who thinks importing stuff from China is a bad thing for the US
or is worried about trade deficits
This is a really good book, might be worth a second read.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Morning Miracle Audiobook by Dave Kindred</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Morning-Miracle-Audiobook/B006U0XBM8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Morning Miracle
Subtitle: Inside the Washington Post - a Great Newspaper Fights for Its Life
Author: Dave Kindred
Narrator: Dale Connelly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Morning Miracle, Dave Kindred takes an in-depth look at the 21st-century newspaper by spending time in the inner sanctum of one of the country&apos;s most venerable: The Washington Post. With unprecedented access to every nook and cranny of the paper, Kindred provides a comprehensive, entertaining, no-holds-barred look at what it takes to turn out a world-class paper day in and day out. He conveys the sense of the excitement and drama, the personalities and conflicts that shape copy every day. He delves into the business side of a great newspaper struggling to meet Wall Street&apos;s demands for ever-increasing profits. And focuses on the role and importance of journalism in American democracy.
Morning Miracle explains how a great newspaper fights for its very existence against economic and technological forces unique to these times.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[Kindred] brings passion, insight, empathy, and a critical eyeas well as great access to Post reporters and management, including Ben Bradlee, Bob Woodward, David Broder, and Dana Priestto this completely engrossing look at the decline of a great newspaper.... Sad and delightful at the same time.&quot; (Booklist)
&quot;A fine piece of writing and reporting.&quot; (The Atlantic)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dave Kindred)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2012 10:49:49 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/000475/bk_acx0_000475_sample.mp3" length="690620" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Morning-Miracle-Audiobook/B006U0XBM8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/511II1G3jIL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Morning Miracle
Subtitle: Inside the Washington Post - a Great Newspaper Fights for Its Life
Author: Dave Kindred
Narrator: Dale Connelly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Morning Miracle, Dave Kindred takes an in-depth look at the 21st-century newspaper by spending time in the inner sanctum of one of the country&apos;s most venerable: The Washington Post. With unprecedented access to every nook and cranny of the paper, Kindred provides a comprehensive, entertaining, no-holds-barred look at what it takes to turn out a world-class paper day in and day out. He conveys the sense of the excitement and drama, the personalities and conflicts that shape copy every day. He delves into the business side of a great newspaper struggling to meet Wall Street&apos;s demands for ever-increasing profits. And focuses on the role and importance of journalism in American democracy.
Morning Miracle explains how a great newspaper fights for its very existence against economic and technological forces unique to these times.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[Kindred] brings passion, insight, empathy, and a critical eyeas well as great access to Post reporters and management, including Ben Bradlee, Bob Woodward, David Broder, and Dana Priestto this completely engrossing look at the decline of a great newspaper.... Sad and delightful at the same time.&quot; (Booklist)
&quot;A fine piece of writing and reporting.&quot; (The Atlantic)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Morning Miracle
Subtitle: Inside the Washington Post - a Great Newspaper Fights for Its Life
Author: Dave Kindred
Narrator: Dale Connelly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-12
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Morning Miracle, Dave Kindred takes an in-depth look at the 21st-century newspaper by spending time in the inner sanctum of one of the country&apos;s most venerable: The Washington Post. With unprecedented access to every nook and cranny of the paper, Kindred provides a comprehensive, entertaining, no-holds-barred look at what it takes to turn out a world-class paper day in and day out. He conveys the sense of the excitement and drama, the personalities and conflicts that shape copy every day. He delves into the business side of a great newspaper struggling to meet Wall Street&apos;s demands for ever-increasing profits. And focuses on the role and importance of journalism in American democracy.
Morning Miracle explains how a great newspaper fights for its very existence against economic and technological forces unique to these times.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[Kindred] brings passion, insight, empathy, and a critical eyeas well as great access to Post reporters and management, including Ben Bradlee, Bob Woodward, David Broder, and Dana Priestto this completely engrossing look at the decline of a great newspaper.... Sad and delightful at the same time.&quot; (Booklist)
&quot;A fine piece of writing and reporting.&quot; (The Atlantic)

Members Reviews:
Lacks in Entertainment
Is there anything you would change about this book?
I think I was expecting something more than just the gradual death of the newspaper idustry.  There were some interesting bits, but more a history lrsson than entertainment.
How would you have changed the story to make it more enjoyable?
Over the years, there had to be some interesting stories and witty happenings.  I would have highlighted a few more of these...
What aspect of Dale Connellys performance would you have changed?
It was fine.
Do you think Morning Miracle needs a follow-up book? Why or why not?
Just the newspaper industry obituary</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Secrets of Silicon Valley Audiobook by Deborah Perry Piscione</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Secrets-of-Silicon-Valley-Audiobook/B00EVW1XEA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Secrets of Silicon Valley
Subtitle: What Everyone Else Can Learn from the Innovation Capital of the World
Author: Deborah Perry Piscione
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 09-03-13
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While the global economy languishes, one place just keeps growing despite failing banks, uncertain markets, and high unemployment: Silicon Valley. In the last two years, more than 100 incubators have popped up there, and the number of angel investors has skyrocketed. Today, 40 percent of all venture capital investments in the United States come from Silicon Valley firms, compared to 10 percent from New York.
In Secrets of Silicon Valley, entrepreneur and media commentator Deborah Perry Piscione takes us inside this vibrant ecosystem where meritocracy rules the day. She explores Silicon Valley&apos;s exceptionally risk-tolerant culture, and why it thrives despite the many laws that make California one of the worst states in the union for business. Drawing on interviews with investors, entrepreneurs, and community leaders, as well as a host of case studies from Google to Paypal, Piscione argues that Silicon Valley&apos;s unique culture is the best hope for the future of American prosperity and the global business community and offers lessons from the Valley to inspire reform in other communities and industries, from Washington, DC to Wall Street.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Deborah Perry Piscione)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2013 12:06:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/007130/bk_reco_007130_sample.mp3" length="2399798" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Secrets-of-Silicon-Valley-Audiobook/B00EVW1XEA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51nI01NmqML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:01:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Secrets of Silicon Valley
Subtitle: What Everyone Else Can Learn from the Innovation Capital of the World
Author: Deborah Perry Piscione
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 09-03-13
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While the global economy languishes, one place just keeps growing despite failing banks, uncertain markets, and high unemployment: Silicon Valley. In the last two years, more than 100 incubators have popped up there, and the number of angel investors has skyrocketed. Today, 40 percent of all venture capital investments in the United States come from Silicon Valley firms, compared to 10 percent from New York.
In Secrets of Silicon Valley, entrepreneur and media commentator Deborah Perry Piscione takes us inside this vibrant ecosystem where meritocracy rules the day. She explores Silicon Valley&apos;s exceptionally risk-tolerant culture, and why it thrives despite the many laws that make California one of the worst states in the union for business. Drawing on interviews with investors, entrepreneurs, and community leaders, as well as a host of case studies from Google to Paypal, Piscione argues that Silicon Valley&apos;s unique culture is the best hope for the future of American prosperity and the global business community and offers lessons from the Valley to inspire reform in other communities and industries, from Washington, DC to Wall Street.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Secrets of Silicon Valley
Subtitle: What Everyone Else Can Learn from the Innovation Capital of the World
Author: Deborah Perry Piscione
Narrator: Andrea Gallo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 09-03-13
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 11 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While the global economy languishes, one place just keeps growing despite failing banks, uncertain markets, and high unemployment: Silicon Valley. In the last two years, more than 100 incubators have popped up there, and the number of angel investors has skyrocketed. Today, 40 percent of all venture capital investments in the United States come from Silicon Valley firms, compared to 10 percent from New York.
In Secrets of Silicon Valley, entrepreneur and media commentator Deborah Perry Piscione takes us inside this vibrant ecosystem where meritocracy rules the day. She explores Silicon Valley&apos;s exceptionally risk-tolerant culture, and why it thrives despite the many laws that make California one of the worst states in the union for business. Drawing on interviews with investors, entrepreneurs, and community leaders, as well as a host of case studies from Google to Paypal, Piscione argues that Silicon Valley&apos;s unique culture is the best hope for the future of American prosperity and the global business community and offers lessons from the Valley to inspire reform in other communities and industries, from Washington, DC to Wall Street.

Members Reviews:
Fantastic read!!!
Great book, fantastic read.  Don&apos;t let all the 1 star scare you all.  I live in Silicon Valley and find this book insightful.
I am quite disappointed on some 1 stars, they rated her based on her political party affiliation.  That is unfortunate, I thought us liberals should be open minded and give credit where it is due.  Isn&apos;t this what America is all about?

Concise, informative description of why the Bay Area is decades ahead most of America
Ms. Piscione, formerly of the Washinginton National Capitol Area, has provided the American citizen with just why the California Bay Area is the world&apos;s mecca for innovation and ideas that change the way people live and why much of the United States needs to replicate to some degree the intellectual and passionate culture that area has established.
A book valuable for those interested in comparing how a culture that caters to inspiring human imagination and ingenuity relates to our current political dysfunction: of how the free flow of ideas allows for advancement compared to ideas held as commodities and as private property that must not be let loose---as one finds in politics today.
Highly recommended.

Excellent book
A book full of important anecdotes and insights about the origin and future of Silicone Valley. Also a pleasure to read.

A must read book for those interested in replicating SV
It is very insightful for me as a foreign Entrepreneur in SV how this place is conceived by an american author and to coincide with Deborah how I see this place too.
I think something missing in the book is highlighting the importance for the &quot;imitators&quot; of Silicon Valley to be connected with this region.
After reading it I was plenty convinced that it is a waste of time trying to replicate SV. It is easier, cheaper and more efective connecting with the Innovation Capital of the World.
A great book, really useful for the current work that I&apos;m doing.

Excellent book, just it
No doubt, it is the best book that I read in this year.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Secret Club That Runs the World Audiobook by Kate Kelly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Secret-Club-That-Runs-the-World-Audiobook/B00K1HRDDE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Secret Club That Runs the World
Subtitle: Inside the Fraternity of Commodities Traders
Author: Kate Kelly
Narrator: Teri Clark Linden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-14
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 49 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When most people think of the drama of global finance, they think of stocks and bonds, venture capital, high-tech IPOs, and complex mortgage backed securities. But commodities? Crude oil and soybeans? Copper and wheat? What could be more boring?
Thats exactly what the elite commodity traders want you to think. They dont seek the media spotlight. They dont want to be as famous as Warren Buffett or Bill Gross. Their astonishing wealth was created in near-total obscurity, because they dwelled either in closely held private companies or deep within large banks and corporations, where commodity profits and losses werent broken out.
But if the individual participants in the great commodities boom of the 2000s went unnoticed, their impact did not. Over several years the size of the market exploded, and so did prices for raw materials - raising serious questions about whether the big traders were intentionally jacking up the cost of gasoline, food, and other essentials bought by ordinary people around the world. What was really driving all those price spikes?
Now Kate Kelly, the bestselling author of Street Fighters, takes us inside this secretive inner circle that controls so many things we all depend on. She gets closer than any previous reporter to understanding these whip-smart, aggressive, and often egomaniacal men (yes, they are nearly all men). They work hard, play hard, flaunt their wealth, and bet millions every day on a blend of facts, analysis, and pure gut instinct.
Drawing on her exclusive access to the secret club, and following the trail from New York to Houston, London, Dubai, and beyond, Kelly reveals the immense power in the hands of a few, and the so-far contentious efforts by the Obama administration to rein in the cowboys.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kate Kelly)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2014 12:46:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/006138/bk_brll_006138_sample.mp3" length="2399792" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Secret-Club-That-Runs-the-World-Audiobook/B00K1HRDDE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51bbehj1IVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Secret Club That Runs the World
Subtitle: Inside the Fraternity of Commodities Traders
Author: Kate Kelly
Narrator: Teri Clark Linden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-14
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 49 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When most people think of the drama of global finance, they think of stocks and bonds, venture capital, high-tech IPOs, and complex mortgage backed securities. But commodities? Crude oil and soybeans? Copper and wheat? What could be more boring?
Thats exactly what the elite commodity traders want you to think. They dont seek the media spotlight. They dont want to be as famous as Warren Buffett or Bill Gross. Their astonishing wealth was created in near-total obscurity, because they dwelled either in closely held private companies or deep within large banks and corporations, where commodity profits and losses werent broken out.
But if the individual participants in the great commodities boom of the 2000s went unnoticed, their impact did not. Over several years the size of the market exploded, and so did prices for raw materials - raising serious questions about whether the big traders were intentionally jacking up the cost of gasoline, food, and other essentials bought by ordinary people around the world. What was really driving all those price spikes?
Now Kate Kelly, the bestselling author of Street Fighters, takes us inside this secretive inner circle that controls so many things we all depend on. She gets closer than any previous reporter to understanding these whip-smart, aggressive, and often egomaniacal men (yes, they are nearly all men). They work hard, play hard, flaunt their wealth, and bet millions every day on a blend of facts, analysis, and pure gut instinct.
Drawing on her exclusive access to the secret club, and following the trail from New York to Houston, London, Dubai, and beyond, Kelly reveals the immense power in the hands of a few, and the so-far contentious efforts by the Obama administration to rein in the cowboys.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Secret Club That Runs the World
Subtitle: Inside the Fraternity of Commodities Traders
Author: Kate Kelly
Narrator: Teri Clark Linden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-03-14
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 49 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When most people think of the drama of global finance, they think of stocks and bonds, venture capital, high-tech IPOs, and complex mortgage backed securities. But commodities? Crude oil and soybeans? Copper and wheat? What could be more boring?
Thats exactly what the elite commodity traders want you to think. They dont seek the media spotlight. They dont want to be as famous as Warren Buffett or Bill Gross. Their astonishing wealth was created in near-total obscurity, because they dwelled either in closely held private companies or deep within large banks and corporations, where commodity profits and losses werent broken out.
But if the individual participants in the great commodities boom of the 2000s went unnoticed, their impact did not. Over several years the size of the market exploded, and so did prices for raw materials - raising serious questions about whether the big traders were intentionally jacking up the cost of gasoline, food, and other essentials bought by ordinary people around the world. What was really driving all those price spikes?
Now Kate Kelly, the bestselling author of Street Fighters, takes us inside this secretive inner circle that controls so many things we all depend on. She gets closer than any previous reporter to understanding these whip-smart, aggressive, and often egomaniacal men (yes, they are nearly all men). They work hard, play hard, flaunt their wealth, and bet millions every day on a blend of facts, analysis, and pure gut instinct.
Drawing on her exclusive access to the secret club, and following the trail from New York to Houston, London, Dubai, and beyond, Kelly reveals the immense power in the hands of a few, and the so-far contentious efforts by the Obama administration to rein in the cowboys.

Members Reviews:
Narrator makes this a tough one
The narrator was terrible. I thought I was listening to the computerized text read program from the internet videos.
Book is pretty interesting though, just wish someone who was capable of portraying some sort of emotion was narrating.

Good
Remarkable how some were making money during what felt like an utter collapse of the U.S. banking industry in 2008.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Antidote Audiobook by Barry Werth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Antidote-Audiobook/B00IEGSDMY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Antidote
Subtitle: Inside the World of New Pharma
Author: Barry Werth
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-25-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 1989, the charismatic Joshua Boger left Merck, then America&apos;s most admired business, to found a drug company that would challenge industry giants and transform health care. Barry Werth described the company&apos;s tumultuous early days during the AIDS crisis in The Billion-Dollar Molecule, a celebrated classic of science and business journalism. Now he returns to tell a riveting story of Vertex&apos;s bold endurance and eventual success.
The $325-billion-a-year pharmaceutical business is America&apos;s toughest and one of its most profitable. It is riskier and more rigorous at just about every stage than any other business, from the towering biological uncertainties inherent in its mission to treat disease; to the 30-to-1 failure rate in bringing out a successful medicine even after a molecule clears all the hurdles to get to human testing; to the multibillion-dollar cost of ramping up a successful product; to operating in the world&apos;s most regulated industry, matched only by nuclear power.
Werth captures the full scope of Vertex&apos;s 25-year drive to deliver breakthrough medicines. At a time when America struggles to maintain its innovative edge, The Antidote is a powerful inside look at one of the most intriguing and important business stories of recent decades.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A revealing, readable book about &apos;some of competitive capitalism&apos;s most complicated science and most cutthroat marketing maneuvers.&apos;&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Barry Werth)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2014 19:08:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/003587/bk_tant_003587_sample.mp3" length="2399819" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Antidote-Audiobook/B00IEGSDMY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41zKURjjwNL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>16:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Antidote
Subtitle: Inside the World of New Pharma
Author: Barry Werth
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-25-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 1989, the charismatic Joshua Boger left Merck, then America&apos;s most admired business, to found a drug company that would challenge industry giants and transform health care. Barry Werth described the company&apos;s tumultuous early days during the AIDS crisis in The Billion-Dollar Molecule, a celebrated classic of science and business journalism. Now he returns to tell a riveting story of Vertex&apos;s bold endurance and eventual success.
The $325-billion-a-year pharmaceutical business is America&apos;s toughest and one of its most profitable. It is riskier and more rigorous at just about every stage than any other business, from the towering biological uncertainties inherent in its mission to treat disease; to the 30-to-1 failure rate in bringing out a successful medicine even after a molecule clears all the hurdles to get to human testing; to the multibillion-dollar cost of ramping up a successful product; to operating in the world&apos;s most regulated industry, matched only by nuclear power.
Werth captures the full scope of Vertex&apos;s 25-year drive to deliver breakthrough medicines. At a time when America struggles to maintain its innovative edge, The Antidote is a powerful inside look at one of the most intriguing and important business stories of recent decades.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A revealing, readable book about &apos;some of competitive capitalism&apos;s most complicated science and most cutthroat marketing maneuvers.&apos;&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Antidote
Subtitle: Inside the World of New Pharma
Author: Barry Werth
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-25-14
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 1989, the charismatic Joshua Boger left Merck, then America&apos;s most admired business, to found a drug company that would challenge industry giants and transform health care. Barry Werth described the company&apos;s tumultuous early days during the AIDS crisis in The Billion-Dollar Molecule, a celebrated classic of science and business journalism. Now he returns to tell a riveting story of Vertex&apos;s bold endurance and eventual success.
The $325-billion-a-year pharmaceutical business is America&apos;s toughest and one of its most profitable. It is riskier and more rigorous at just about every stage than any other business, from the towering biological uncertainties inherent in its mission to treat disease; to the 30-to-1 failure rate in bringing out a successful medicine even after a molecule clears all the hurdles to get to human testing; to the multibillion-dollar cost of ramping up a successful product; to operating in the world&apos;s most regulated industry, matched only by nuclear power.
Werth captures the full scope of Vertex&apos;s 25-year drive to deliver breakthrough medicines. At a time when America struggles to maintain its innovative edge, The Antidote is a powerful inside look at one of the most intriguing and important business stories of recent decades.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A revealing, readable book about &apos;some of competitive capitalism&apos;s most complicated science and most cutthroat marketing maneuvers.&apos;&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
For me this was not interesting
Sorry for the harsh commentary.... It&apos;s like someone compiled all of their stock market announcements  into a book, flavored with some irrelevant details about the employees... I was hoping to hear some insights about the pharma market. The book started well.

Creating Societal Value
Enjoyed listening to the inside stories about the challenges of creating life enhancing products for humanity. A+

Development of elegant new medicine
The author brings us inside the finance and science of the development of an entirely new concept in medicine. Vertex looks at chronic illness at the mechanism and focuses on fixing the problem rather than the symptoms. This is the 21st century in health care.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Michael E. Porter&apos;s Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Michael-E-Porters-Competitive-Strategy-Techniques-for-Analyzing-Industries-and-Competitors-Audiobook/B01IPFVL0E</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Michael E. Porter&apos;s Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing Industries and Competitors
Author: P&#225;draig Belton
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
First published in 1980, Michael E. Porter&apos;s Competitive Strategy went against the accepted wisdom of the time that said firms should focus on expanding their market share. Porter claimed they should, in fact, analyze the five forces that mold the environment in which they compete: new entrants, substitute products, buyers, suppliers, and industry rivals. Then they could rationally choose one of three &quot;generic strategies&quot; - lowering cost, differentiating their product, or catering to a niche market.
With its straightforward, nontechnical approach, Competitive Strategy soon became one of the most influential and frequently quoted books on business strategy. But it has not been without its critics, who say Porter picked his examples and academic research selectively. Others, meanwhile, claim his theories - now almost four decades old - are out of date for an economy increasingly shaped by globalization, technology, and the Internet.
Competitive Strategy is still Porter&apos;s most widely read work, but he has also published Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior Performance (1985), looking at competition from the standpoint of a whole industry, and The Competitive Advantage of Nations (1990), which examines how countries compete with each other economically.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (P&#225;draig Belton)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2016 01:53:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/063893/bk_acx0_063893_sample.mp3" length="584146" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Michael-E-Porters-Competitive-Strategy-Techniques-for-Analyzing-Industries-and-Competitors-Audiobook/B01IPFVL0E</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51DgjYHMhzL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Michael E. Porter&apos;s Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing Industries and Competitors
Author: P&#225;draig Belton
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
First published in 1980, Michael E. Porter&apos;s Competitive Strategy went against the accepted wisdom of the time that said firms should focus on expanding their market share. Porter claimed they should, in fact, analyze the five forces that mold the environment in which they compete: new entrants, substitute products, buyers, suppliers, and industry rivals. Then they could rationally choose one of three &quot;generic strategies&quot; - lowering cost, differentiating their product, or catering to a niche market.
With its straightforward, nontechnical approach, Competitive Strategy soon became one of the most influential and frequently quoted books on business strategy. But it has not been without its critics, who say Porter picked his examples and academic research selectively. Others, meanwhile, claim his theories - now almost four decades old - are out of date for an economy increasingly shaped by globalization, technology, and the Internet.
Competitive Strategy is still Porter&apos;s most widely read work, but he has also published Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior Performance (1985), looking at competition from the standpoint of a whole industry, and The Competitive Advantage of Nations (1990), which examines how countries compete with each other economically.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Michael E. Porter&apos;s Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing Industries and Competitors
Author: P&#225;draig Belton
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
First published in 1980, Michael E. Porter&apos;s Competitive Strategy went against the accepted wisdom of the time that said firms should focus on expanding their market share. Porter claimed they should, in fact, analyze the five forces that mold the environment in which they compete: new entrants, substitute products, buyers, suppliers, and industry rivals. Then they could rationally choose one of three &quot;generic strategies&quot; - lowering cost, differentiating their product, or catering to a niche market.
With its straightforward, nontechnical approach, Competitive Strategy soon became one of the most influential and frequently quoted books on business strategy. But it has not been without its critics, who say Porter picked his examples and academic research selectively. Others, meanwhile, claim his theories - now almost four decades old - are out of date for an economy increasingly shaped by globalization, technology, and the Internet.
Competitive Strategy is still Porter&apos;s most widely read work, but he has also published Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior Performance (1985), looking at competition from the standpoint of a whole industry, and The Competitive Advantage of Nations (1990), which examines how countries compete with each other economically.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Little Black Book of Economic Development Audiobook by Don Allen Holbrook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Little-Black-Book-of-Economic-Development-Audiobook/B00B5068O6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Little Black Book of Economic Development
Author: Don Allen Holbrook
Narrator: Chaz Allen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-13
Publisher: Two Knights One Horse Productions
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
China and India are on the rise! The United States is sending jobs overseas! What is the 21st century coming to?
Communities are hapless in their knowledge of how to respond at the local level to global pressures and competition. Holbrook calls his fellow economic developers to arms to address these daunting times and create unprecedented new opportunities for America&apos;s future. Don Holbrook sees the U.S. in a global economic struggle that will decide its future as a superpower.
This book is that blueprint for change that has been needed within economic development. He urges our decision makers to adopt a sweeping program of reforms and comprehensive strategies he calls &quot;Prosperity with a Purpose&quot;. As a Certified Economic Developer, Don has solutions that can revive towns&apos; &amp; cities&apos; economic fortunes. He discusses how World Class Communities are a mindset not determined by geographic location or population.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Don Allen Holbrook)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jan 2013 23:55:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/004524/bk_acx0_004524_sample.mp3" length="1975843" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Little-Black-Book-of-Economic-Development-Audiobook/B00B5068O6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61xgmT9bRlL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Little Black Book of Economic Development
Author: Don Allen Holbrook
Narrator: Chaz Allen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-13
Publisher: Two Knights One Horse Productions
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
China and India are on the rise! The United States is sending jobs overseas! What is the 21st century coming to?
Communities are hapless in their knowledge of how to respond at the local level to global pressures and competition. Holbrook calls his fellow economic developers to arms to address these daunting times and create unprecedented new opportunities for America&apos;s future. Don Holbrook sees the U.S. in a global economic struggle that will decide its future as a superpower.
This book is that blueprint for change that has been needed within economic development. He urges our decision makers to adopt a sweeping program of reforms and comprehensive strategies he calls &quot;Prosperity with a Purpose&quot;. As a Certified Economic Developer, Don has solutions that can revive towns&apos; &amp; cities&apos; economic fortunes. He discusses how World Class Communities are a mindset not determined by geographic location or population.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Little Black Book of Economic Development
Author: Don Allen Holbrook
Narrator: Chaz Allen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-13
Publisher: Two Knights One Horse Productions
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
China and India are on the rise! The United States is sending jobs overseas! What is the 21st century coming to?
Communities are hapless in their knowledge of how to respond at the local level to global pressures and competition. Holbrook calls his fellow economic developers to arms to address these daunting times and create unprecedented new opportunities for America&apos;s future. Don Holbrook sees the U.S. in a global economic struggle that will decide its future as a superpower.
This book is that blueprint for change that has been needed within economic development. He urges our decision makers to adopt a sweeping program of reforms and comprehensive strategies he calls &quot;Prosperity with a Purpose&quot;. As a Certified Economic Developer, Don has solutions that can revive towns&apos; &amp; cities&apos; economic fortunes. He discusses how World Class Communities are a mindset not determined by geographic location or population.

Members Reviews:
This book captures the art and science of the strange craft of Economic Development
This is the book I&apos;d require any new economic development professional in my organization to read... and encourage any public official or community leader honestly working to improve our community&apos;s economic development to read this book and understand its message.
Mr. Holbrook&apos;s The Little Black Book of Economic Development is much more than this, but it is worth its cost just for the list of supportive quotations from a &apos;who&apos;s who&apos; list of economic development professionals from across the country.
Daryl Phillips, CEcD
Hickman County Economic &amp; Community Development Association

It could have been great, but it wasn&apos;t
I appreciated the levels this author went to for this book. While he has the credentials and experience of an economic development guru, I found this book too theoretical and wordy for the subject matter. It was difficult to follow, not because the subject matter is complex, but because the explanations were lofty and did not highlight specific cases and scenarios. I was looking for a book that was more in-depth than my first book on economic development: Boom Town. This was a book that other Amazon customers had purchased. It could have been great, I just wish the writing were more specific with concrete details and explanations. It just didn&apos;t have the information I was looking for.

A must read for anyone in the field of Economic Development
Good insight into the world of Economic Development, this is a must read for someone in this field of work.

A rare jewel in the literature
I enjoyed the author&apos;s insight and knowledge of the workings of international development institutions. Light and interesting reading!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The CEO Pay Machine Audiobook by Steven Clifford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-CEO-Pay-Machine-Audiobook/B071Y7XCSS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The CEO Pay Machine
Subtitle: How It Trashes America and How to Stop it
Author: Steven Clifford
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-17
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The former top CEO examines the scandalous and corrupt reasons behind obscene pay packages for corporate executives - and explains how this hurts all of us - and how we can stop it.
Today, the pay gap between chief executive officers of major US firms and their workers is higher than ever before - depending on the method of calculation, CEOs get paid between 300 and 700 times more than the average worker. Such outsized pay is a relatively recent phenomenon, but despite all the outrage, few detractors truly understand the numerous factors that have contributed to the dizzying upward spiral in CEO compensation.
Steven Clifford, a former CEO who has also served on many corporate boards, has a name for these procedures and practices: the CEO Pay Machine. The CEO Pay Machine is Clifford&apos;s thorough and shocking explanation of the &apos;machine&apos; - how it works, how its parts interact, and how every step pushes CEO pay to higher levels. As Clifford sees it, the payment structure for CEOs begins with shared delusions that reinforce one other. Once this groupthink is accepted as corporate dogma, it becomes infinitely harder to see any decision as potentially irrational or dysfunctional. Yet, as Clifford notes, the Pay Machine has caused immeasurable harm to companies, shareholders, economic growth, and democracy itself. He uses real-life examples of the top four CEOs named the highest paid in 2011 through 2014. Clifford examines how board directors and compensation committees have directly contributed to the rising salaries and bonuses of the country&apos;s richest executives; what&apos;s more, Clifford argues, each of those companies could have paid their CEOs 90 percent less and performed just as well.
Witty and infuriating, The CEO Pay Machine is a thorough and incisive critique of an economic issue that affects all American workers.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Steven Clifford)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2017 08:03:01 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/003126/bk_peng_003126_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-CEO-Pay-Machine-Audiobook/B071Y7XCSS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61MJkJswDAL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The CEO Pay Machine
Subtitle: How It Trashes America and How to Stop it
Author: Steven Clifford
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-17
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The former top CEO examines the scandalous and corrupt reasons behind obscene pay packages for corporate executives - and explains how this hurts all of us - and how we can stop it.
Today, the pay gap between chief executive officers of major US firms and their workers is higher than ever before - depending on the method of calculation, CEOs get paid between 300 and 700 times more than the average worker. Such outsized pay is a relatively recent phenomenon, but despite all the outrage, few detractors truly understand the numerous factors that have contributed to the dizzying upward spiral in CEO compensation.
Steven Clifford, a former CEO who has also served on many corporate boards, has a name for these procedures and practices: the CEO Pay Machine. The CEO Pay Machine is Clifford&apos;s thorough and shocking explanation of the &apos;machine&apos; - how it works, how its parts interact, and how every step pushes CEO pay to higher levels. As Clifford sees it, the payment structure for CEOs begins with shared delusions that reinforce one other. Once this groupthink is accepted as corporate dogma, it becomes infinitely harder to see any decision as potentially irrational or dysfunctional. Yet, as Clifford notes, the Pay Machine has caused immeasurable harm to companies, shareholders, economic growth, and democracy itself. He uses real-life examples of the top four CEOs named the highest paid in 2011 through 2014. Clifford examines how board directors and compensation committees have directly contributed to the rising salaries and bonuses of the country&apos;s richest executives; what&apos;s more, Clifford argues, each of those companies could have paid their CEOs 90 percent less and performed just as well.
Witty and infuriating, The CEO Pay Machine is a thorough and incisive critique of an economic issue that affects all American workers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The CEO Pay Machine
Subtitle: How It Trashes America and How to Stop it
Author: Steven Clifford
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-17
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The former top CEO examines the scandalous and corrupt reasons behind obscene pay packages for corporate executives - and explains how this hurts all of us - and how we can stop it.
Today, the pay gap between chief executive officers of major US firms and their workers is higher than ever before - depending on the method of calculation, CEOs get paid between 300 and 700 times more than the average worker. Such outsized pay is a relatively recent phenomenon, but despite all the outrage, few detractors truly understand the numerous factors that have contributed to the dizzying upward spiral in CEO compensation.
Steven Clifford, a former CEO who has also served on many corporate boards, has a name for these procedures and practices: the CEO Pay Machine. The CEO Pay Machine is Clifford&apos;s thorough and shocking explanation of the &apos;machine&apos; - how it works, how its parts interact, and how every step pushes CEO pay to higher levels. As Clifford sees it, the payment structure for CEOs begins with shared delusions that reinforce one other. Once this groupthink is accepted as corporate dogma, it becomes infinitely harder to see any decision as potentially irrational or dysfunctional. Yet, as Clifford notes, the Pay Machine has caused immeasurable harm to companies, shareholders, economic growth, and democracy itself. He uses real-life examples of the top four CEOs named the highest paid in 2011 through 2014. Clifford examines how board directors and compensation committees have directly contributed to the rising salaries and bonuses of the country&apos;s richest executives; what&apos;s more, Clifford argues, each of those companies could have paid their CEOs 90 percent less and performed just as well.
Witty and infuriating, The CEO Pay Machine is a thorough and incisive critique of an economic issue that affects all American workers.

Members Reviews:
Wow  definitely read this book!
Urgent, passionate, smart  and shocking. This book gets at the root of a major cause and symptom of economic inequality in society today. The author also shows how the CEO pay machine hurts American industry. This book is easy to understand for a non-specialist and really opened my eyes. Well worth the effort to read.

Gret book!
incredible insight into the corporate makeup, compensation structure and how others can benefit from this formerly secret  knowledge .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Broker, Trader, Lawyer, Spy: The Secret World of Corporate Espionage Audiobook by Eamon Javers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Broker-Trader-Lawyer-Spy-The-Secret-World-of-Corporate-Espionage-Audiobook/B005VT571W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Broker, Trader, Lawyer, Spy: The Secret World of Corporate Espionage
Author: Eamon Javers
Narrator: Raymond Scully
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-17-11
Publisher: HarperCollins
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Today&apos;s global economy has a dark underbelly. Using cutting-edge technology and age-old techniques of deceit and manipulation, corporate spies are the hidden puppeteers of globalized business. They control markets, determine prices, influence corporate decisions, and manage the flow of data and information of some of the world&apos;s biggest conglomerates. In an age when international conflicts are as likely to be corporation versus corporation as they are to be nation versus nation, the actions of these remarkably efficient covert operatives raise a host of crucial - and frightening - moral and legal questions.
In his gripping, alarming expos&#233;, Eamon Javers recounts the sordid history of this hidden world - from Allan Pinkerton, the nation&apos;s first &quot;private eye&quot; through Howard Hughes&apos;s private CIA, to the shocking realities of a vast modern-day spying network with tentacles reaching into virtually every corner of the globe.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eamon Javers)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Oct 2011 04:26:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/000177/bk_acx0_000177_sample.mp3" length="1073108" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Broker-Trader-Lawyer-Spy-The-Secret-World-of-Corporate-Espionage-Audiobook/B005VT571W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51hSA3yZJdL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Broker, Trader, Lawyer, Spy: The Secret World of Corporate Espionage
Author: Eamon Javers
Narrator: Raymond Scully
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-17-11
Publisher: HarperCollins
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Today&apos;s global economy has a dark underbelly. Using cutting-edge technology and age-old techniques of deceit and manipulation, corporate spies are the hidden puppeteers of globalized business. They control markets, determine prices, influence corporate decisions, and manage the flow of data and information of some of the world&apos;s biggest conglomerates. In an age when international conflicts are as likely to be corporation versus corporation as they are to be nation versus nation, the actions of these remarkably efficient covert operatives raise a host of crucial - and frightening - moral and legal questions.
In his gripping, alarming expos&#233;, Eamon Javers recounts the sordid history of this hidden world - from Allan Pinkerton, the nation&apos;s first &quot;private eye&quot; through Howard Hughes&apos;s private CIA, to the shocking realities of a vast modern-day spying network with tentacles reaching into virtually every corner of the globe.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Broker, Trader, Lawyer, Spy: The Secret World of Corporate Espionage
Author: Eamon Javers
Narrator: Raymond Scully
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-17-11
Publisher: HarperCollins
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Today&apos;s global economy has a dark underbelly. Using cutting-edge technology and age-old techniques of deceit and manipulation, corporate spies are the hidden puppeteers of globalized business. They control markets, determine prices, influence corporate decisions, and manage the flow of data and information of some of the world&apos;s biggest conglomerates. In an age when international conflicts are as likely to be corporation versus corporation as they are to be nation versus nation, the actions of these remarkably efficient covert operatives raise a host of crucial - and frightening - moral and legal questions.
In his gripping, alarming expos&#233;, Eamon Javers recounts the sordid history of this hidden world - from Allan Pinkerton, the nation&apos;s first &quot;private eye&quot; through Howard Hughes&apos;s private CIA, to the shocking realities of a vast modern-day spying network with tentacles reaching into virtually every corner of the globe.

Members Reviews:
Fascinating Stories
Fascinating vignettes about global corporate intel gathering. Often well told. But it&apos;s essentially a bunch of long-form articles, generally the same story arcs in each chapter, with no overarching story. The conclusion is rushed and almost out of place. But I&apos;d recommend it as a good read because the topic is so novel and the authors research is well done. One note on the narrator: he&apos;s great but conspicuously mispronounces common and easily researchable words/names central to the text: Vladimir Putin, Louis Brandeis, and others.

Interesting but not riveting
What did you like best about Broker, Trader, Lawyer, Spy: The Secret World of Corporate Espionage? What did you like least?
I enjoyed the  descriptive history of investigation and spying.  The employment of taxpayer trained government officials in the private sector working toward whoever pays the highest dollar rather than serving the country is offensive.  These spies and mercenaries are no patriots and are owed nothing by their country.
Do you think Broker, Trader, Lawyer, Spy: The Secret World of Corporate Espionage needs a follow-up book? Why or why not?
No.
Any additional comments?
It was well performed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 52-Week Low Formula Audiobook by Luke L. Wiley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-52-Week-Low-Formula-Audiobook/B00RDB3G9Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The 52-Week Low Formula
Subtitle: A Contrarian Strategy that Lowers Risk, Beats the Market, and Overcomes Human Emotion
Author: Luke L. Wiley
Narrator: Luke L. Wiley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-24-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 53 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A new but timeless strategy and mindset that should greatly help investors lower downside risk while achieving market outperformance.
In The 52-Week Low Formula: A Contrarian Strategy That Lowers Risk, Beats the Market, and Overcomes Human Emotion, wealth manager Luke L. Wiley, CFP examines the principles behind selecting the outstanding companies and great investment opportunities that are being overlooked. Along the way, Wiley offers a melding of the strategies used by such investment giants as Warren Buffett, Howard Marks, Michael Porter, Seth Klarman, and Pat Dorsey. His proven formula helps investors get the upper hand by identifying solid companies that are poised for growth but have fallen out of the spotlight. Shows you how to investigate companies and identify opportunities. Includes detailed discussions of competitive advantage, purchase value, return on invested capital, and debt levels. Presents several case studies to examine companies that have overcome obstacles by trading around their 52-week lows.
The 52-Week Low Formula is a must-listen for investors and financial advisors who want to break through conventional strategies and avoid common mistakes.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Luke L. Wiley)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Dec 2014 23:16:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/019215/bk_adbl_019215_sample.mp3" length="2153057" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-52-Week-Low-Formula-Audiobook/B00RDB3G9Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51AORO8wqiL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The 52-Week Low Formula
Subtitle: A Contrarian Strategy that Lowers Risk, Beats the Market, and Overcomes Human Emotion
Author: Luke L. Wiley
Narrator: Luke L. Wiley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-24-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 53 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A new but timeless strategy and mindset that should greatly help investors lower downside risk while achieving market outperformance.
In The 52-Week Low Formula: A Contrarian Strategy That Lowers Risk, Beats the Market, and Overcomes Human Emotion, wealth manager Luke L. Wiley, CFP examines the principles behind selecting the outstanding companies and great investment opportunities that are being overlooked. Along the way, Wiley offers a melding of the strategies used by such investment giants as Warren Buffett, Howard Marks, Michael Porter, Seth Klarman, and Pat Dorsey. His proven formula helps investors get the upper hand by identifying solid companies that are poised for growth but have fallen out of the spotlight. Shows you how to investigate companies and identify opportunities. Includes detailed discussions of competitive advantage, purchase value, return on invested capital, and debt levels. Presents several case studies to examine companies that have overcome obstacles by trading around their 52-week lows.
The 52-Week Low Formula is a must-listen for investors and financial advisors who want to break through conventional strategies and avoid common mistakes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The 52-Week Low Formula
Subtitle: A Contrarian Strategy that Lowers Risk, Beats the Market, and Overcomes Human Emotion
Author: Luke L. Wiley
Narrator: Luke L. Wiley
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-24-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 53 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A new but timeless strategy and mindset that should greatly help investors lower downside risk while achieving market outperformance.
In The 52-Week Low Formula: A Contrarian Strategy That Lowers Risk, Beats the Market, and Overcomes Human Emotion, wealth manager Luke L. Wiley, CFP examines the principles behind selecting the outstanding companies and great investment opportunities that are being overlooked. Along the way, Wiley offers a melding of the strategies used by such investment giants as Warren Buffett, Howard Marks, Michael Porter, Seth Klarman, and Pat Dorsey. His proven formula helps investors get the upper hand by identifying solid companies that are poised for growth but have fallen out of the spotlight. Shows you how to investigate companies and identify opportunities. Includes detailed discussions of competitive advantage, purchase value, return on invested capital, and debt levels. Presents several case studies to examine companies that have overcome obstacles by trading around their 52-week lows.
The 52-Week Low Formula is a must-listen for investors and financial advisors who want to break through conventional strategies and avoid common mistakes.

Members Reviews:
Somewhat Dissapointing
This book leaves much to be desired.  The author doesn&apos;t explain when to sell, except referring to a &quot;reset&quot;.  He doesn&apos;t explain to sell at a 50% profit, or at 52-week high, etc.  Also, he never quite explains where to get the numbers or exactly how to make the calculations.  Perhaps the printed book provides a little more, but the audio was disappointing.

must have for value traders
this is a great book for anyone looking to learn the strategies behind value trading.
the contents include a 5 step system that must be followed before buying a stock in order to remove any emotion and misinformation with your investents
after listening to this book I feel I have a good idea how to determine if a company is under valued but I feel that step 5 should be step 1. step 5 is seeing if the stock is at or near it&apos;s 52 week low. because it&apos;s a lot of work involved in the other 4 steps to only find that it is trading at a high point.

Great Strategy
Any additional comments?
I found the book easy to follow and have implemented it in my portfolio. Luke took the time to call me to discuss a couple of questions I had on the filter calculations. I would highly recommend it to any investor.

Great theory, great read.
Great book. Author was committed  to getting the reader to grasp his theory. He didn&apos;t give the readers exactly what they wanted though. The readers should understand how and why the theory works, but is left to do some homework of their own. Which is good because if the author was to give the reader everything it&apos;s my opinion that the reader wouldn&apos;t  be successful. He actually taught the reader how to fish.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Popular Economics Audiobook by John Tamny</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Popular-Economics-Audiobook/B00VU2QCKE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Popular Economics
Subtitle: What the Rolling Stones, Downton Abbey, and LeBron James Can Teach You About Economics
Author: John Tamny
Narrator: Daniel Penz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-13-15
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 79 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Forbes editor John Tamny uses entertaining stories from sports, movies, popular culture, and famous businesses to demonstrate the basic principles of economics. The Rolling Stones, the Dallas Cowboys, and Paris Hilton become examples of good and bad tax policy. The Godfather, Gone With the Wind, and The Sopranos reveal the downside of antitrust regulation while the Michigan Wolverines&apos; 2007 loss to Appalachian State explains why regulations often fail to achieve their intended purposes. NBA star LeBron James&apos; exploits on the basketball court illustrate free trade and comparative advantage while the cooking of chicken wings makes the case for a stable dollar.
Popular Economics is an everyman&apos;s guide to how money really works - a lesson politicians try (and fail) to grasp every day.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Tamny)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2015 10:53:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/033742/bk_acx0_033742_sample.mp3" length="2273847" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Popular-Economics-Audiobook/B00VU2QCKE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ge9bf6e7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Popular Economics
Subtitle: What the Rolling Stones, Downton Abbey, and LeBron James Can Teach You About Economics
Author: John Tamny
Narrator: Daniel Penz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-13-15
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 79 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Forbes editor John Tamny uses entertaining stories from sports, movies, popular culture, and famous businesses to demonstrate the basic principles of economics. The Rolling Stones, the Dallas Cowboys, and Paris Hilton become examples of good and bad tax policy. The Godfather, Gone With the Wind, and The Sopranos reveal the downside of antitrust regulation while the Michigan Wolverines&apos; 2007 loss to Appalachian State explains why regulations often fail to achieve their intended purposes. NBA star LeBron James&apos; exploits on the basketball court illustrate free trade and comparative advantage while the cooking of chicken wings makes the case for a stable dollar.
Popular Economics is an everyman&apos;s guide to how money really works - a lesson politicians try (and fail) to grasp every day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Popular Economics
Subtitle: What the Rolling Stones, Downton Abbey, and LeBron James Can Teach You About Economics
Author: John Tamny
Narrator: Daniel Penz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-13-15
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 79 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Forbes editor John Tamny uses entertaining stories from sports, movies, popular culture, and famous businesses to demonstrate the basic principles of economics. The Rolling Stones, the Dallas Cowboys, and Paris Hilton become examples of good and bad tax policy. The Godfather, Gone With the Wind, and The Sopranos reveal the downside of antitrust regulation while the Michigan Wolverines&apos; 2007 loss to Appalachian State explains why regulations often fail to achieve their intended purposes. NBA star LeBron James&apos; exploits on the basketball court illustrate free trade and comparative advantage while the cooking of chicken wings makes the case for a stable dollar.
Popular Economics is an everyman&apos;s guide to how money really works - a lesson politicians try (and fail) to grasp every day.

Members Reviews:
amazing modern book on economics
Every millennial should read this book. ...entertaining, informative, revolutionary...a masterpiece at educating while trekking great stories.

Bravo
Concise, informative, accurate, and influential.  A book I definitely recommend and a book I definitely will read again.  He can change your opinion about trade deficits, inflation, gold, and how government impedes peace and prosperity by manipulating economics through monetary policy. Get ready to unlearn a lot of what you thought you knew if you happened to have been educated in a government school and have not been otherwise influenced by liberty minded thinkers. Well done.

Clear and informative common sense
This book uses every day examples to explain Economics that anyone can understand. Great narration.
Highly recommend to anyone interested in understanding Economics.

Will go down as a &apos;Great&apos; book in economics.
John&apos;s logic is good and conclusion match the outcomes we see interference in markets and fee choice. He made clear how governments do not create wealth and compete with the private sector by applying taxes and soaking up credit that could be used to improve our life and standard of living.
My only criticism is for more data. But it&apos;s absence makes the book an easy read and easy to understand.

Good stuff
Although I disagree with his idea that deficits don&apos;t matter, Tamny has some very good insights into economics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Digital Banking Revolution Audiobook by Luigi Wewege</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Digital-Banking-Revolution-Audiobook/B06WLGX23Y</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Digital Banking Revolution
Subtitle: How Financial Technology Companies Are Rapidly Transforming the Traditional Retail Banking Industry Through Disruptive Innovation
Author: Luigi Wewege
Narrator: Jim Cassidy
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-14-17
Publisher: Luigi Wewege
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Over the past decade financial service innovations have contributed to a completely new way in which customers can bank, threatening the status quo of traditional retail banks, and redefining a banking model which has been in place for generations. These new technological advancements have facilitated the rapid emergence of digital banking firms and FinTech companies, leading to established banks being forced to swiftly increase their pace of digital adoption to stay relevant and stop mass client attrition to these agile financial start-ups. These threats come at an inopportune time for banks due to mature markets currently experiencing stagnant growth. This coupled with decreasing profit margins due to the competitive pricing of new entrants, and financial customer loyalty becoming ever increasingly more tenuous.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Luigi Wewege)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2017 09:08:06 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/079964/bk_acx0_079964_sample.mp3" length="2441565" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Digital-Banking-Revolution-Audiobook/B06WLGX23Y</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Aqf6Gi7lL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Digital Banking Revolution
Subtitle: How Financial Technology Companies Are Rapidly Transforming the Traditional Retail Banking Industry Through Disruptive Innovation
Author: Luigi Wewege
Narrator: Jim Cassidy
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-14-17
Publisher: Luigi Wewege
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Over the past decade financial service innovations have contributed to a completely new way in which customers can bank, threatening the status quo of traditional retail banks, and redefining a banking model which has been in place for generations. These new technological advancements have facilitated the rapid emergence of digital banking firms and FinTech companies, leading to established banks being forced to swiftly increase their pace of digital adoption to stay relevant and stop mass client attrition to these agile financial start-ups. These threats come at an inopportune time for banks due to mature markets currently experiencing stagnant growth. This coupled with decreasing profit margins due to the competitive pricing of new entrants, and financial customer loyalty becoming ever increasingly more tenuous.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Digital Banking Revolution
Subtitle: How Financial Technology Companies Are Rapidly Transforming the Traditional Retail Banking Industry Through Disruptive Innovation
Author: Luigi Wewege
Narrator: Jim Cassidy
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-14-17
Publisher: Luigi Wewege
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Over the past decade financial service innovations have contributed to a completely new way in which customers can bank, threatening the status quo of traditional retail banks, and redefining a banking model which has been in place for generations. These new technological advancements have facilitated the rapid emergence of digital banking firms and FinTech companies, leading to established banks being forced to swiftly increase their pace of digital adoption to stay relevant and stop mass client attrition to these agile financial start-ups. These threats come at an inopportune time for banks due to mature markets currently experiencing stagnant growth. This coupled with decreasing profit margins due to the competitive pricing of new entrants, and financial customer loyalty becoming ever increasingly more tenuous.

Members Reviews:
Surprisingly entertaining listen
The potted history of money and banking - fascinating. The clarion call to current day banks - informative. I greatly enjoyed this book and learning about how digital technologies are revolutionising this central feature of commerce. I would have two suggestions for the author. I would love to have the whole manuscript processed through Hemingway Editor to get rid of rambling sentences and stacked nouns. And I would have the narration track edited for stumbles and the odd repeated sentence. Well worth the listen; it would have even more if a joy with that bit of extra effort.

Absolutely incredible, truly an enjoyable listen!
If you could sum up The Digital Banking Revolution in three words, what would they be?
Informative, revolutionary, and fascinating!
What other book might you compare The Digital Banking Revolution to and why?
I honestly can&apos;t think of anything that compares to this book - There&apos;s so much new and intriguing information in this that nothing even comes close to being on par or similar to this.
Which scene was your favorite?
There are no &quot;scenes&quot; per se in this book as it&apos;s non-fiction, but I particularly liked that the entire book was on various technological advances in the industry - Being a programmer myself I found this absolutely fascinating.
If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be?
Technology - For better or for worse?
While there&apos;s a lot of technological advances in the banking industry, I&apos;m not sure if this is a good thing or not - It allows potentially corrupt bankers to either manipulate or predict how the industry will go, and this could be terrifying for some people!
Any additional comments?
I&apos;d recommend this book to anyone whether they&apos;re interested in banking/finance or not - I&apos;m not but it appealed to me as a programmer, and I definitely don&apos;t regret it - It was absolutely fascinating from start to finish even to an outsider of the industry.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Valley of the Gods Audiobook by Alexandra Wolfe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Valley-of-the-Gods-Audiobook/B01MS2OJ2G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Valley of the Gods
Subtitle: A Silicon Valley Story
Author: Alexandra Wolfe
Narrator: Arden Hammersmith
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-10-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 56 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a riveting, hilarious account, reporter Alexandra Wolfe exposes a world that is not flat but bubbling - the men and women of Silicon Valley, whose hubris and ambition are changing the world.
Each year, young people from around the world go to Silicon Valley to hatch an idea, start a company, strike it rich, and become powerful and famous. In The Valley of the Gods, Wolfe follows three of these upstarts who have &quot;stopped out&quot; of college and real life to live and work in Silicon Valley in the hopes of becoming the next Mark Zuckerberg or Elon Musk. No one has yet documented the battle for the brightest kids, kids whose goals are no less than making billions of dollars - and the fight they wage in turn to make it there. They embody an American cultural transformation: A move away from the East Coast hierarchy of Ivy Leagues and country clubs toward the startup life and a new social order.
Meet the billionaires who go to training clubs for 30-minute &quot;body slams&quot; designed to fit in with the start-up schedule; attend parties where people devour peanut butter-and-jelly sushi rolls; and date and seduce in a romantic culture in which thick glasses, baggy jeans, and a t-shirt is the costume of any sex symbol (and where a jacket and tie symbolize mediocrity). Through Wolfe&apos;s eyes, we discover how they date and marry, how they dress and live, how they plot and dream, and how they have created a business world and an economic order that has made us all devotees of them.
A blistering, brilliant, and hysterical examination of this new ruling class, The Valley of the Gods presents tomorrow&apos;s strange new normal where the only outward signs of tech success are laptops and ideas.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alexandra Wolfe)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2017 15:09:14 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007749/bk_sans_007749_sample.mp3" length="2399774" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Valley-of-the-Gods-Audiobook/B01MS2OJ2G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/510FdlcwX3L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Valley of the Gods
Subtitle: A Silicon Valley Story
Author: Alexandra Wolfe
Narrator: Arden Hammersmith
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-10-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 56 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a riveting, hilarious account, reporter Alexandra Wolfe exposes a world that is not flat but bubbling - the men and women of Silicon Valley, whose hubris and ambition are changing the world.
Each year, young people from around the world go to Silicon Valley to hatch an idea, start a company, strike it rich, and become powerful and famous. In The Valley of the Gods, Wolfe follows three of these upstarts who have &quot;stopped out&quot; of college and real life to live and work in Silicon Valley in the hopes of becoming the next Mark Zuckerberg or Elon Musk. No one has yet documented the battle for the brightest kids, kids whose goals are no less than making billions of dollars - and the fight they wage in turn to make it there. They embody an American cultural transformation: A move away from the East Coast hierarchy of Ivy Leagues and country clubs toward the startup life and a new social order.
Meet the billionaires who go to training clubs for 30-minute &quot;body slams&quot; designed to fit in with the start-up schedule; attend parties where people devour peanut butter-and-jelly sushi rolls; and date and seduce in a romantic culture in which thick glasses, baggy jeans, and a t-shirt is the costume of any sex symbol (and where a jacket and tie symbolize mediocrity). Through Wolfe&apos;s eyes, we discover how they date and marry, how they dress and live, how they plot and dream, and how they have created a business world and an economic order that has made us all devotees of them.
A blistering, brilliant, and hysterical examination of this new ruling class, The Valley of the Gods presents tomorrow&apos;s strange new normal where the only outward signs of tech success are laptops and ideas.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Valley of the Gods
Subtitle: A Silicon Valley Story
Author: Alexandra Wolfe
Narrator: Arden Hammersmith
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-10-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 56 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a riveting, hilarious account, reporter Alexandra Wolfe exposes a world that is not flat but bubbling - the men and women of Silicon Valley, whose hubris and ambition are changing the world.
Each year, young people from around the world go to Silicon Valley to hatch an idea, start a company, strike it rich, and become powerful and famous. In The Valley of the Gods, Wolfe follows three of these upstarts who have &quot;stopped out&quot; of college and real life to live and work in Silicon Valley in the hopes of becoming the next Mark Zuckerberg or Elon Musk. No one has yet documented the battle for the brightest kids, kids whose goals are no less than making billions of dollars - and the fight they wage in turn to make it there. They embody an American cultural transformation: A move away from the East Coast hierarchy of Ivy Leagues and country clubs toward the startup life and a new social order.
Meet the billionaires who go to training clubs for 30-minute &quot;body slams&quot; designed to fit in with the start-up schedule; attend parties where people devour peanut butter-and-jelly sushi rolls; and date and seduce in a romantic culture in which thick glasses, baggy jeans, and a t-shirt is the costume of any sex symbol (and where a jacket and tie symbolize mediocrity). Through Wolfe&apos;s eyes, we discover how they date and marry, how they dress and live, how they plot and dream, and how they have created a business world and an economic order that has made us all devotees of them.
A blistering, brilliant, and hysterical examination of this new ruling class, The Valley of the Gods presents tomorrow&apos;s strange new normal where the only outward signs of tech success are laptops and ideas.

Members Reviews:
Meh
Interesting info about the social side of Silicon Valley and all that but romanticized it and heavily overplayed the stereotypes of nerdy coder with no social skills vs the banker on the east coast. It also didn&apos;t really talk about the work these people were doing at all. Not much exposure to thiel himself either. Overall would not recommend, listen to something else

Great Insider&apos;s Guide to navigating Silicon Valley
Helped me to learn more about the subcultures of Silicon Valley; the people, places, habits, and mindset of the most influential people in Silicon Valley.

Tells it like it is...
No mirages here...just real facts, experiences, lives, and observations.  Great Book.  Listen to it!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It&apos;s Not the Big that Eat the Small...It&apos;s the Fast that Eat the Slow Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Its-Not-the-Big-that-Eat-the-SmallIts-the-Fast-that-Eat-the-Slow-Audiobook/B002UZL5RU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: It&apos;s Not the Big that Eat the Small...It&apos;s the Fast that Eat the Slow
Subtitle: How to Use Speed as a Competitive Tool in Business
Author: Jason Jennings, Laurence Haughton
Narrator: Jason Jennings, Laurence Haughton
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-09-02
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 79 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It&apos;s Not the Big that Eat the Small...It&apos;s the Fast that Eat the Slow contains all the secrets and tactics used by the fastest business people to achieve great success in their chosen fields - at dizzying speed.
In this engaging and informative guide you will learn how to:

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Bursting with lengthy anecdotes...[a] compelling examination of business competition.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jason Jennings)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Aug 2002 11:09:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/newm/000016/bk_newm_000016_sample.mp3" length="3588598" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Its-Not-the-Big-that-Eat-the-SmallIts-the-Fast-that-Eat-the-Slow-Audiobook/B002UZL5RU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41dnGtSfbwL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: It&apos;s Not the Big that Eat the Small...It&apos;s the Fast that Eat the Slow
Subtitle: How to Use Speed as a Competitive Tool in Business
Author: Jason Jennings, Laurence Haughton
Narrator: Jason Jennings, Laurence Haughton
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-09-02
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 79 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It&apos;s Not the Big that Eat the Small...It&apos;s the Fast that Eat the Slow contains all the secrets and tactics used by the fastest business people to achieve great success in their chosen fields - at dizzying speed.
In this engaging and informative guide you will learn how to:

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Bursting with lengthy anecdotes...[a] compelling examination of business competition.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: It&apos;s Not the Big that Eat the Small...It&apos;s the Fast that Eat the Slow
Subtitle: How to Use Speed as a Competitive Tool in Business
Author: Jason Jennings, Laurence Haughton
Narrator: Jason Jennings, Laurence Haughton
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-09-02
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 79 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It&apos;s Not the Big that Eat the Small...It&apos;s the Fast that Eat the Slow contains all the secrets and tactics used by the fastest business people to achieve great success in their chosen fields - at dizzying speed.
In this engaging and informative guide you will learn how to:

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Bursting with lengthy anecdotes...[a] compelling examination of business competition.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
Great content but poor audio quality
Great audio book from a content perspectuve....but quality of audio poor.  It skips certain parts of the book

A very good Book
The book provides very good examples which makes it easy to understand.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cryptocurrency: The No-Nonsense Starter Guide to Mastering Bitcoin, Blockchain &amp; The</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Cryptocurrency-The-No-Nonsense-Starter-Guide-to-Mastering-Bitcoin-Blockchain-The-Cryptocurrency-Revolution-Volume-1-Audiobook/B077PBKPDK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Cryptocurrency: The No-Nonsense Starter Guide to Mastering Bitcoin, Blockchain &amp; The Cryptocurrency Revolution (Volume 1)
Author: Graham Johnson
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-23-17
Publisher: Graham Johnson
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Discover the no-nonsense starter guide to mastering bitcoin, blockchain &amp; the cryptocurrency revolution!
This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to expand your knowledge on cryptocurrencies, such as bitcoin, and the workings behind them, such as blockchain. Over the past several years blockchain and cryptocurrencies have grown in popularity, especially with the media. It may not be completely criticism-free, people have tried to make the claim that it&apos;s only a shared database full of hype from venture capitalists, but it is actually a technology that is able to bring about a lot of change. With the information that you will find in this audiobook, you will have a better and deeper understanding of cryptocurrencies and blockchain. You will also discover that its uses span farther than financial, and it comes in handy with almost every area of business.
In this audiobook you will discover:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Graham Johnson)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Nov 2017 12:48:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/101493/bk_acx0_101493_sample.mp3" length="1051211" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Cryptocurrency-The-No-Nonsense-Starter-Guide-to-Mastering-Bitcoin-Blockchain-The-Cryptocurrency-Revolution-Volume-1-Audiobook/B077PBKPDK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61cGu-p7FEL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Cryptocurrency: The No-Nonsense Starter Guide to Mastering Bitcoin, Blockchain &amp; The Cryptocurrency Revolution (Volume 1)
Author: Graham Johnson
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-23-17
Publisher: Graham Johnson
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Discover the no-nonsense starter guide to mastering bitcoin, blockchain &amp; the cryptocurrency revolution!
This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to expand your knowledge on cryptocurrencies, such as bitcoin, and the workings behind them, such as blockchain. Over the past several years blockchain and cryptocurrencies have grown in popularity, especially with the media. It may not be completely criticism-free, people have tried to make the claim that it&apos;s only a shared database full of hype from venture capitalists, but it is actually a technology that is able to bring about a lot of change. With the information that you will find in this audiobook, you will have a better and deeper understanding of cryptocurrencies and blockchain. You will also discover that its uses span farther than financial, and it comes in handy with almost every area of business.
In this audiobook you will discover:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Cryptocurrency: The No-Nonsense Starter Guide to Mastering Bitcoin, Blockchain &amp; The Cryptocurrency Revolution (Volume 1)
Author: Graham Johnson
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-23-17
Publisher: Graham Johnson
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Discover the no-nonsense starter guide to mastering bitcoin, blockchain &amp; the cryptocurrency revolution!
This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to expand your knowledge on cryptocurrencies, such as bitcoin, and the workings behind them, such as blockchain. Over the past several years blockchain and cryptocurrencies have grown in popularity, especially with the media. It may not be completely criticism-free, people have tried to make the claim that it&apos;s only a shared database full of hype from venture capitalists, but it is actually a technology that is able to bring about a lot of change. With the information that you will find in this audiobook, you will have a better and deeper understanding of cryptocurrencies and blockchain. You will also discover that its uses span farther than financial, and it comes in handy with almost every area of business.
In this audiobook you will discover:

Members Reviews:
This books gives all around clarified and very much point by point data in cryptographic forms of money.
Excellent book ! This books gives all around clarified and very much point by point data in cryptographic forms of money. It additionally contains demonstrated tips on the best way to begin. This book set is extremely top notch and it was exceptionally easy to peruse and simple to understand.The writer depicts all standards of cryptographic forms of money and shows how they functions. You will likewise discover a few hints of putting resources into digital currencies that will help you on the main stage. On the off chance that you w&#206;nt to be effective in this new universe of cash venture, you re&#206;lly need to h&#206;ve this book!

Awesome book.
This book contains demonstrated advances and techniques on the best way to grow your insight on digital forms of money, for example, bitcoin, and the workings behind them, for example,blockchain.
You will find the knowledge about Crypto currency . You will likewise find that its uses traverse more distant than money related, and it proves to be useful with practically every zone of business.So the book is highly recommended.

Well purchase!!
This book was exceptionally useful to me.I truly great by perusing this book.I have gain from this book. This book demonstrated advances and techniques on the best way.Recommended it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pedigree Audiobook by Lauren A. Rivera</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Pedigree-Audiobook/B00XOT1H4W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pedigree
Subtitle: How Elite Students Get Elite Jobs
Author: Lauren A. Rivera
Narrator: Dina Pearlman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-09-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 56 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Americans are taught to believe that upward mobility is possible for anyone who is willing to work hard, regardless of their social status. Yet it is often those from affluent backgrounds who land the best jobs. Pedigree takes listeners behind the closed doors of top-tier investment banks, consulting firms, and law firms to reveal the truth about who really gets hired for the nation&apos;s highest-paying entry-level jobs, who doesn&apos;t, and why.
Drawing on scores of in-depth interviews as well as firsthand observation of hiring practices at some of America&apos;s most prestigious firms, Lauren Rivera shows how, at every step of the hiring process, the ways that employers define and evaluate merit are strongly skewed to favor job applicants from economically privileged backgrounds. She reveals how decision makers draw from ideas about talent - what it is, what best signals it, and who does (and does not) have it - that are deeply rooted in social class. Displaying the &quot;right stuff&quot; that elite employers are looking for entails considerable amounts of economic, social, and cultural resources on the part of the applicants and their parents.
Challenging our most cherished beliefs about college as a great equalizer and the job market as a level playing field, Pedigree exposes the class biases built into American notions about the best and the brightest, and shows how social status plays a significant role in determining who reaches the top of the economic ladder.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Lauren A. Rivera)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2015 08:33:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/023860/bk_adbl_023860_sample.mp3" length="1842096" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Pedigree-Audiobook/B00XOT1H4W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61E4DXsRhDL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pedigree
Subtitle: How Elite Students Get Elite Jobs
Author: Lauren A. Rivera
Narrator: Dina Pearlman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-09-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 56 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Americans are taught to believe that upward mobility is possible for anyone who is willing to work hard, regardless of their social status. Yet it is often those from affluent backgrounds who land the best jobs. Pedigree takes listeners behind the closed doors of top-tier investment banks, consulting firms, and law firms to reveal the truth about who really gets hired for the nation&apos;s highest-paying entry-level jobs, who doesn&apos;t, and why.
Drawing on scores of in-depth interviews as well as firsthand observation of hiring practices at some of America&apos;s most prestigious firms, Lauren Rivera shows how, at every step of the hiring process, the ways that employers define and evaluate merit are strongly skewed to favor job applicants from economically privileged backgrounds. She reveals how decision makers draw from ideas about talent - what it is, what best signals it, and who does (and does not) have it - that are deeply rooted in social class. Displaying the &quot;right stuff&quot; that elite employers are looking for entails considerable amounts of economic, social, and cultural resources on the part of the applicants and their parents.
Challenging our most cherished beliefs about college as a great equalizer and the job market as a level playing field, Pedigree exposes the class biases built into American notions about the best and the brightest, and shows how social status plays a significant role in determining who reaches the top of the economic ladder.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pedigree
Subtitle: How Elite Students Get Elite Jobs
Author: Lauren A. Rivera
Narrator: Dina Pearlman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-09-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 56 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Americans are taught to believe that upward mobility is possible for anyone who is willing to work hard, regardless of their social status. Yet it is often those from affluent backgrounds who land the best jobs. Pedigree takes listeners behind the closed doors of top-tier investment banks, consulting firms, and law firms to reveal the truth about who really gets hired for the nation&apos;s highest-paying entry-level jobs, who doesn&apos;t, and why.
Drawing on scores of in-depth interviews as well as firsthand observation of hiring practices at some of America&apos;s most prestigious firms, Lauren Rivera shows how, at every step of the hiring process, the ways that employers define and evaluate merit are strongly skewed to favor job applicants from economically privileged backgrounds. She reveals how decision makers draw from ideas about talent - what it is, what best signals it, and who does (and does not) have it - that are deeply rooted in social class. Displaying the &quot;right stuff&quot; that elite employers are looking for entails considerable amounts of economic, social, and cultural resources on the part of the applicants and their parents.
Challenging our most cherished beliefs about college as a great equalizer and the job market as a level playing field, Pedigree exposes the class biases built into American notions about the best and the brightest, and shows how social status plays a significant role in determining who reaches the top of the economic ladder.

Members Reviews:
Outstanding study
Comprehensive descripton of the admission process of law, investment banking and consulting firms with full of insights of the elite students

Amazing
Truly amazing book. I am going to buy a paper version in addition to audio

Very insightful
I loved this book! I recommend this book to anyone thinking about starting college or to anyone studying the American class system.

Every one needs to read this.
appreciate the exposure of information about privileged schooling and hiring.  need hiring practices to change.
Thank  you.

This should have been a much shorter narrative
Incredible amounts of repetition - go for the cliffs notes version plus the appendix. Can not recommend.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summary of: The Industries of the Future: by Alec Ross | Includes Analysis Audiobook by Instaread</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-of-The-Industries-of-the-Future-by-Alec-Ross-Includes-Analysis-Audiobook/B01CYX1JUK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of: The Industries of the Future: by Alec Ross | Includes Analysis
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Instaread
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-15-16
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Preview:
The Industries of the Future provides an insider&apos;s perspective on emerging digital industries. Many of these emerging technologies, including robotics, genomics, the codification of money into currencies such as Bitcoin, and the development of Big Data analytics, were once considered science fiction. These technological changes build upon the proliferation of personal computers and telecommunications technology in the late 20th century. Many of these changes, such as enhanced robotics, will begin altering American lifestyles by the end of the next decade. The economic potential of these industries is such that genomics alone is projected to grow to become an industry that rivals the Internet in terms of economic impact. The industries of the future will also present new and unique challenges for cybersecurity....
PLEASE NOTE: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and NOT the original book.
Inside this Instaread Summary of The Industries of the Future:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Instaread)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2016 19:47:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/055328/bk_acx0_055328_sample.mp3" length="826037" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Summary-of-The-Industries-of-the-Future-by-Alec-Ross-Includes-Analysis-Audiobook/B01CYX1JUK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51RyHdrjKTL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of: The Industries of the Future: by Alec Ross | Includes Analysis
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Instaread
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-15-16
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Preview:
The Industries of the Future provides an insider&apos;s perspective on emerging digital industries. Many of these emerging technologies, including robotics, genomics, the codification of money into currencies such as Bitcoin, and the development of Big Data analytics, were once considered science fiction. These technological changes build upon the proliferation of personal computers and telecommunications technology in the late 20th century. Many of these changes, such as enhanced robotics, will begin altering American lifestyles by the end of the next decade. The economic potential of these industries is such that genomics alone is projected to grow to become an industry that rivals the Internet in terms of economic impact. The industries of the future will also present new and unique challenges for cybersecurity....
PLEASE NOTE: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and NOT the original book.
Inside this Instaread Summary of The Industries of the Future:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary of: The Industries of the Future: by Alec Ross | Includes Analysis
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Instaread
Format: Unabridged
Length: 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-15-16
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Preview:
The Industries of the Future provides an insider&apos;s perspective on emerging digital industries. Many of these emerging technologies, including robotics, genomics, the codification of money into currencies such as Bitcoin, and the development of Big Data analytics, were once considered science fiction. These technological changes build upon the proliferation of personal computers and telecommunications technology in the late 20th century. Many of these changes, such as enhanced robotics, will begin altering American lifestyles by the end of the next decade. The economic potential of these industries is such that genomics alone is projected to grow to become an industry that rivals the Internet in terms of economic impact. The industries of the future will also present new and unique challenges for cybersecurity....
PLEASE NOTE: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and NOT the original book.
Inside this Instaread Summary of The Industries of the Future:

Members Reviews:
summary from research project
this is particularly interesting to me because I have an 18 year old daughter. She&apos;s making plans to go to school, these are topics it could influence her choice of careers. Very well done and succinct

Trends you need to know
What direction should you be taking your organiztion in the future?  Alec Ross offers detailed analysis of how technology with drive the economy over the next decade.  Join the conversation!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Entrepreneur Audiobook by Daniel D&apos;apollonio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Entrepreneur-Audiobook/B06XN6LVR6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Entrepreneur
Subtitle: Entrepreneur Mind Sets and Habits to Live Your Dreams
Author: Daniel D&apos;apollonio
Narrator: Michael Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-03-17
Publisher: Daniel D&apos;apollonio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A quick listen on some of the mind sets and habits of entrepreneurs! This has actionable information on how to unleash the full power of a successful entrepreneur within you. The world&apos;s most famous saying today has to be &quot;everyone can be an entrepreneur&quot;. Like most sayings, it is largely on the money, excuse the pun. Yet, like a lot of sayings, there is some distillation to be done before you can take the words at face value. Sure enough, you do not need fancy academic papers to succeed at business. You do not need to come from money to have a shot at being a successful entrepreneur. That&apos;s not all; there is no standard to adhere to in order to make it in business. What you mostly need is the stuff of life: You need a strong mental core; you need grit, determination, and a propensity to take risks.
And yet this is perhaps what makes entrepreneurship the hardest field of them all. The field is full of turbulence; more often than not, it is hard to predict how tomorrow will shape up as a businessman. It may take you two decades or two years to see real success. This may explain why so many people fail in their start-ups (more than 90 percent of start-ups don&apos;t get to celebrate their fifth birthdays!).Well, you don&apos;t have to set yourself up for failure while starting your next big business. To ensure you start on good footing, this audiobook will dissect the mind sets of some of the most successful people that have ever lived. It will teach you the stuff of life and the mind set that you need to succeed in the business world, and offer it in a format that you can easily understand as an aspiring businessman. Here is a preview of what you&apos;ll learn....</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Daniel D&apos;apollonio)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Mar 2017 11:07:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/081482/bk_acx0_081482_sample.mp3" length="801795" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Entrepreneur-Audiobook/B06XN6LVR6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51bDB+UKQDL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Entrepreneur
Subtitle: Entrepreneur Mind Sets and Habits to Live Your Dreams
Author: Daniel D&apos;apollonio
Narrator: Michael Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-03-17
Publisher: Daniel D&apos;apollonio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A quick listen on some of the mind sets and habits of entrepreneurs! This has actionable information on how to unleash the full power of a successful entrepreneur within you. The world&apos;s most famous saying today has to be &quot;everyone can be an entrepreneur&quot;. Like most sayings, it is largely on the money, excuse the pun. Yet, like a lot of sayings, there is some distillation to be done before you can take the words at face value. Sure enough, you do not need fancy academic papers to succeed at business. You do not need to come from money to have a shot at being a successful entrepreneur. That&apos;s not all; there is no standard to adhere to in order to make it in business. What you mostly need is the stuff of life: You need a strong mental core; you need grit, determination, and a propensity to take risks.
And yet this is perhaps what makes entrepreneurship the hardest field of them all. The field is full of turbulence; more often than not, it is hard to predict how tomorrow will shape up as a businessman. It may take you two decades or two years to see real success. This may explain why so many people fail in their start-ups (more than 90 percent of start-ups don&apos;t get to celebrate their fifth birthdays!).Well, you don&apos;t have to set yourself up for failure while starting your next big business. To ensure you start on good footing, this audiobook will dissect the mind sets of some of the most successful people that have ever lived. It will teach you the stuff of life and the mind set that you need to succeed in the business world, and offer it in a format that you can easily understand as an aspiring businessman. Here is a preview of what you&apos;ll learn....</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Entrepreneur
Subtitle: Entrepreneur Mind Sets and Habits to Live Your Dreams
Author: Daniel D&apos;apollonio
Narrator: Michael Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-03-17
Publisher: Daniel D&apos;apollonio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A quick listen on some of the mind sets and habits of entrepreneurs! This has actionable information on how to unleash the full power of a successful entrepreneur within you. The world&apos;s most famous saying today has to be &quot;everyone can be an entrepreneur&quot;. Like most sayings, it is largely on the money, excuse the pun. Yet, like a lot of sayings, there is some distillation to be done before you can take the words at face value. Sure enough, you do not need fancy academic papers to succeed at business. You do not need to come from money to have a shot at being a successful entrepreneur. That&apos;s not all; there is no standard to adhere to in order to make it in business. What you mostly need is the stuff of life: You need a strong mental core; you need grit, determination, and a propensity to take risks.
And yet this is perhaps what makes entrepreneurship the hardest field of them all. The field is full of turbulence; more often than not, it is hard to predict how tomorrow will shape up as a businessman. It may take you two decades or two years to see real success. This may explain why so many people fail in their start-ups (more than 90 percent of start-ups don&apos;t get to celebrate their fifth birthdays!).Well, you don&apos;t have to set yourself up for failure while starting your next big business. To ensure you start on good footing, this audiobook will dissect the mind sets of some of the most successful people that have ever lived. It will teach you the stuff of life and the mind set that you need to succeed in the business world, and offer it in a format that you can easily understand as an aspiring businessman. Here is a preview of what you&apos;ll learn....</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Busting the Interest Rate Lies Audiobook by Mona Kuljurgis, Kim D. H. Butler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Busting-the-Interest-Rate-Lies-Audiobook/B01IRGYP9A</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Busting the Interest Rate Lies
Subtitle: Discover the Whole Truth About Money and How You Can Keep Control of Yours
Author: Mona Kuljurgis, Kim D. H. Butler
Narrator: Kim D. H. Butler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-22-16
Publisher: Kim D. H. Butler
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What you don&apos;t understand about interest rates probably is hurting you financially!
Typical financial wisdom and advice is sometimes lacking, and at other times, altogether wrong. This book fills in important gaps about essential but little-understood financial topics you won&apos;t hear about from most financial advisors.
Busting the Interest Rate Lies corrects common financial myths such as:
Additionally, you&apos;ll discover rarely discussed facts about:
Whether you are just learning to manage your money or whether you are an experienced investor, Busting the Interest Rate Lies offers information to help you avoid common financial mistakes and put thousands of dollars into your pocket!</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mona Kuljurgis)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jul 2016 22:39:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/063999/bk_acx0_063999_sample.mp3" length="2308538" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Busting-the-Interest-Rate-Lies-Audiobook/B01IRGYP9A</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ibV2RdQWL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Busting the Interest Rate Lies
Subtitle: Discover the Whole Truth About Money and How You Can Keep Control of Yours
Author: Mona Kuljurgis, Kim D. H. Butler
Narrator: Kim D. H. Butler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-22-16
Publisher: Kim D. H. Butler
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What you don&apos;t understand about interest rates probably is hurting you financially!
Typical financial wisdom and advice is sometimes lacking, and at other times, altogether wrong. This book fills in important gaps about essential but little-understood financial topics you won&apos;t hear about from most financial advisors.
Busting the Interest Rate Lies corrects common financial myths such as:
Additionally, you&apos;ll discover rarely discussed facts about:
Whether you are just learning to manage your money or whether you are an experienced investor, Busting the Interest Rate Lies offers information to help you avoid common financial mistakes and put thousands of dollars into your pocket!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Busting the Interest Rate Lies
Subtitle: Discover the Whole Truth About Money and How You Can Keep Control of Yours
Author: Mona Kuljurgis, Kim D. H. Butler
Narrator: Kim D. H. Butler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-22-16
Publisher: Kim D. H. Butler
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What you don&apos;t understand about interest rates probably is hurting you financially!
Typical financial wisdom and advice is sometimes lacking, and at other times, altogether wrong. This book fills in important gaps about essential but little-understood financial topics you won&apos;t hear about from most financial advisors.
Busting the Interest Rate Lies corrects common financial myths such as:
Additionally, you&apos;ll discover rarely discussed facts about:
Whether you are just learning to manage your money or whether you are an experienced investor, Busting the Interest Rate Lies offers information to help you avoid common financial mistakes and put thousands of dollars into your pocket!

Members Reviews:
The Truth about Interest!
&quot;Busting the Interest Rate Lies&quot; by Kim D.H.Butler
This book is about having and controlling your money including controlling interest you pay and earn. This is one of the 7 principles of Prosperity found in &#226;Financial Planning has Failed&#226;  also by Kim D.H. Butler.  &#226;Busting the Insurance Rate Lies&#226; is the book every young person should read and keep handy as they enter the world of living and keep handy as they travel through life.  It stresses that Americans with little education in finances are subjected to hype from lenders and marketers and are an easy target. The book gives the reader tips on where to make smart choices so interest works for them. The chapter about car buying includes a great ploy for negotiating the price for a new car.  The real facts about buying new, or used cars are revealed with precise calculations and predictions provided by the Truth Concepts Software. The information is relayed in an easy to read fictional narrative which makes complex and dry material readable and clear.  Investing money in Whole Life insurance as opposed to leaving it in a savings account or paying off a mortgage are discussed and Buying a house, Profitable Real Estate investing, and The Savvy Home-Buyers Guide, takes the reader through finding a house, how much you can afford, how to finance and telling the truth about fifteen and thirty year loans.  This is a very good book to have on your bookshelf as you will find yourself referring to it again and again.

More help  in learning to become your own financial manager
Good teaching regarding volume of interest, savings, financing, and rate of return.  Kim Butler&apos;s whole series of books are fantastic - with the exception of 8 perspectives on prosperity economics.  The book is written in storybook fashion if you are a fan of that type of learning.

Great book. As a Realtor and real estate investor
Great book. As a Realtor and real estate investor, it&apos;s extremely valuable information on the real impact of paying interest on a mortgage or any loan for that matter. Sure you have to do it sometimes, so this book helps you go into it with your eyes wider open and with more motivation to pay off the loan sooner.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Completing Capitalism Audiobook by Bruno Roche, Jay Jakub</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Completing-Capitalism-Audiobook/B06XSK13DT</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Completing Capitalism
Subtitle: Heal Business to Heal the World
Author: Bruno Roche, Jay Jakub
Narrator: Tom Kruse
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-17
Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For the past 50 years, the business world has been dominated by the Milton Friedman financial capitalism economic model, which preaches that it is the &quot;sole social responsibility of business to maximize profit for distribution to shareholders&quot;. This one-dimensional focus represents a grossly incomplete view of reality - there are many other factors businesses need to pay attention to if they are to thrive and endure - and has resulted in increasing global economic dysfunction, widening inequality, and environmental destruction.
In this book, Roche and Jakub offer a new model that is built around detailed metrics to measure and track performance in all forms of capital, including social, human, and natural as well as financial. And this is not simply theory: The model has been extensively field-tested in live business pilots in Africa, Asia, and elsewhere. It is delivering superior measurable performance across the different forms of capital, including generating more profit than a profit maximization approach. Recent high-profile books like Capital in the Twenty-First Century have exposed the shortcomings of today&apos;s financial capitalism model, but this book goes far beyond by describing a well-developed, proven alternative.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bruno Roche)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2017 19:44:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/082934/bk_acx0_082934_sample.mp3" length="2379067" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Completing-Capitalism-Audiobook/B06XSK13DT</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51BDHt8gOHL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Completing Capitalism
Subtitle: Heal Business to Heal the World
Author: Bruno Roche, Jay Jakub
Narrator: Tom Kruse
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-17
Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For the past 50 years, the business world has been dominated by the Milton Friedman financial capitalism economic model, which preaches that it is the &quot;sole social responsibility of business to maximize profit for distribution to shareholders&quot;. This one-dimensional focus represents a grossly incomplete view of reality - there are many other factors businesses need to pay attention to if they are to thrive and endure - and has resulted in increasing global economic dysfunction, widening inequality, and environmental destruction.
In this book, Roche and Jakub offer a new model that is built around detailed metrics to measure and track performance in all forms of capital, including social, human, and natural as well as financial. And this is not simply theory: The model has been extensively field-tested in live business pilots in Africa, Asia, and elsewhere. It is delivering superior measurable performance across the different forms of capital, including generating more profit than a profit maximization approach. Recent high-profile books like Capital in the Twenty-First Century have exposed the shortcomings of today&apos;s financial capitalism model, but this book goes far beyond by describing a well-developed, proven alternative.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Completing Capitalism
Subtitle: Heal Business to Heal the World
Author: Bruno Roche, Jay Jakub
Narrator: Tom Kruse
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-09-17
Publisher: Berrett-Koehler Publishers
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For the past 50 years, the business world has been dominated by the Milton Friedman financial capitalism economic model, which preaches that it is the &quot;sole social responsibility of business to maximize profit for distribution to shareholders&quot;. This one-dimensional focus represents a grossly incomplete view of reality - there are many other factors businesses need to pay attention to if they are to thrive and endure - and has resulted in increasing global economic dysfunction, widening inequality, and environmental destruction.
In this book, Roche and Jakub offer a new model that is built around detailed metrics to measure and track performance in all forms of capital, including social, human, and natural as well as financial. And this is not simply theory: The model has been extensively field-tested in live business pilots in Africa, Asia, and elsewhere. It is delivering superior measurable performance across the different forms of capital, including generating more profit than a profit maximization approach. Recent high-profile books like Capital in the Twenty-First Century have exposed the shortcomings of today&apos;s financial capitalism model, but this book goes far beyond by describing a well-developed, proven alternative.

Members Reviews:
how to do business with a good purpose
A good book on sustainability, with a pragmatic vision on how to do business with a good purpose

A new fresh healthy look at capitalism.
Love the book. A great look at the current state of capitalism and its weaknesses. The book challenges the current concepts and presents an amazing balanced alternative to the current system. The alternative is something that takes all stake holders into account, from planet to financial investors. Great read highly recommend.

could turn business into a global force for good
Compelling, challenging, thought-provoking and hopeful. This could literally turn business into a global force for good.

Five Stars
A refreshing approach to business.

Exceptional
Deep and extremely insightful.  The concepts discussed have the ability to change how we see and do business and  therefore build a better future for those after us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ethereum: A Comprehensive Beginner&apos;s Guide to Learn and Understand Ethereum Technology and Its</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Ethereum-A-Comprehensive-Beginners-Guide-to-Learn-and-Understand-Ethereum-Technology-and-Its-Functions-Audiobook/B0779K5C1S</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ethereum: A Comprehensive Beginner&apos;s Guide to Learn and Understand Ethereum Technology and Its Functions
Author: Alex Johnson
Narrator: William Bahl
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-10-17
Publisher: K.M. Publishing
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While, by now, almost everyone has heard of Bitcoin, far fewer people have heard of Ethereum, an alternative cryptocurrency to Bitcoin that is about far more than just digital transactions, and is catching on in the business world in a big way. What&apos;s more, unlike Bitcoin which is already worth more than $5,000 per unit, you can buy into Ethereum far more cheaply. If you are interested in learning more, then Ethereum: A Comprehensive Beginners Guide to Learn and Understand Ethereum Technology and its Functions is the book you have been waiting for.
Ethereum is the second largest name in the world of cryptocurrency in 2017, falling only behind the almighty Bitcoin when it comes to usage numbers, despite having been created much more recently. Ether also sees a fair amount of speculative investment, with this picking up significantly in 2017 and leaving one ether currently worth about $300.
While the Bitcoin platform is, first and foremost, a means of facilitating cryptocurrency transactions, Ethereum is heavily focused in the area of smart contract technology and a majority of its applications run some type of smart contract or another. Inside, you will learn just what a smart contract is and how it is going to affect virtually every aspect of your life within 10 years tops. All told, Ethereum looks to be one of the most surefire bets when it comes to taking advantage of the cryptocurrency craze; so, what are you waiting for? Take control of your financial future and buy this book today!
Inside you will find:</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alex Johnson)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Nov 2017 00:51:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/100573/bk_acx0_100573_sample.mp3" length="980367" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Ethereum-A-Comprehensive-Beginners-Guide-to-Learn-and-Understand-Ethereum-Technology-and-Its-Functions-Audiobook/B0779K5C1S</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Syv7BuqEL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ethereum: A Comprehensive Beginner&apos;s Guide to Learn and Understand Ethereum Technology and Its Functions
Author: Alex Johnson
Narrator: William Bahl
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-10-17
Publisher: K.M. Publishing
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While, by now, almost everyone has heard of Bitcoin, far fewer people have heard of Ethereum, an alternative cryptocurrency to Bitcoin that is about far more than just digital transactions, and is catching on in the business world in a big way. What&apos;s more, unlike Bitcoin which is already worth more than $5,000 per unit, you can buy into Ethereum far more cheaply. If you are interested in learning more, then Ethereum: A Comprehensive Beginners Guide to Learn and Understand Ethereum Technology and its Functions is the book you have been waiting for.
Ethereum is the second largest name in the world of cryptocurrency in 2017, falling only behind the almighty Bitcoin when it comes to usage numbers, despite having been created much more recently. Ether also sees a fair amount of speculative investment, with this picking up significantly in 2017 and leaving one ether currently worth about $300.
While the Bitcoin platform is, first and foremost, a means of facilitating cryptocurrency transactions, Ethereum is heavily focused in the area of smart contract technology and a majority of its applications run some type of smart contract or another. Inside, you will learn just what a smart contract is and how it is going to affect virtually every aspect of your life within 10 years tops. All told, Ethereum looks to be one of the most surefire bets when it comes to taking advantage of the cryptocurrency craze; so, what are you waiting for? Take control of your financial future and buy this book today!
Inside you will find:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ethereum: A Comprehensive Beginner&apos;s Guide to Learn and Understand Ethereum Technology and Its Functions
Author: Alex Johnson
Narrator: William Bahl
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-10-17
Publisher: K.M. Publishing
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While, by now, almost everyone has heard of Bitcoin, far fewer people have heard of Ethereum, an alternative cryptocurrency to Bitcoin that is about far more than just digital transactions, and is catching on in the business world in a big way. What&apos;s more, unlike Bitcoin which is already worth more than $5,000 per unit, you can buy into Ethereum far more cheaply. If you are interested in learning more, then Ethereum: A Comprehensive Beginners Guide to Learn and Understand Ethereum Technology and its Functions is the book you have been waiting for.
Ethereum is the second largest name in the world of cryptocurrency in 2017, falling only behind the almighty Bitcoin when it comes to usage numbers, despite having been created much more recently. Ether also sees a fair amount of speculative investment, with this picking up significantly in 2017 and leaving one ether currently worth about $300.
While the Bitcoin platform is, first and foremost, a means of facilitating cryptocurrency transactions, Ethereum is heavily focused in the area of smart contract technology and a majority of its applications run some type of smart contract or another. Inside, you will learn just what a smart contract is and how it is going to affect virtually every aspect of your life within 10 years tops. All told, Ethereum looks to be one of the most surefire bets when it comes to taking advantage of the cryptocurrency craze; so, what are you waiting for? Take control of your financial future and buy this book today!
Inside you will find:

Members Reviews:
It can have any kind of effect in your life
These smart contracts are doing things like completing complicated financial transactions or doing the work of people like notaries and contract negotiators. They are currently in the midst of a rapid adoption rate due to the speed of transaction verification along with the fact that neither party can pull out of the agreement once it has been added to the blockchain. Smart contracts are able to work in tandem with regular contracts in many ways and the state goal of the Ethereum platform is to reduce the cost of traditional services associated with contracts by making those services easier to deal with for the average person.

This book discusses the fundamentals of the Ethereum blockchain and what sets it apart from others of its ilk....
Ethereum is about more than simply digital transactions, however, and through its work on smart contracts has set its sights on reconfiguring vast swaths of personal and professional interactions. The following chapters of this book had ensured me that I can be ready on what&#226;s ahead. This book discusses the fundamentals of the Ethereum blockchain and what sets it apart from others of its ilk.

I learned so many usefull things from this book.
I&apos;m not an expert in Etherum. Not at all. But I&apos;m not a total neophyte either. I know a little about mining and understand how blockchain technology works, at least on a basic level. This book help me take it up a notch in the way I think about Ethereum especially, but all crypto and fintech as well. I feel like I have a much better sense of where this technology is going and how it will become applicable in the future. This is indeed a very educational read.

I do appreciate to the author for the fantastic book.
A comprehensive guide book to learn and understand the functions of ehtereum and its technology.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stocks Audiobook by Winston J. Duncan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Stocks-Audiobook/B01E5WS7P8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stocks
Subtitle: Stock Trading Basics and Strategies for Beginners - Invest Wisely and Profit from Day One
Author: Winston J. Duncan
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 04-13-16
Publisher: Winston J. Duncan
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Welcome to the kingdom of stock trading!
Are you looking for a way in which you can make your money grow? Are you tired of earning a minimal amount of interest on your savings account? Or perhaps, you would like to improve your financial lifestyle dramatically and are wondering where to start? If you have a positive response to any of these questions, then stock trading is the right option for you.
Stock trading appears to be complex and challenging for anyone who has never tried it before. However, looking at the list of the world&apos;s richest people is evidence enough that stock trading works. The question is, how can you get started today?
The first thing you need to do is get an excellent understanding of stock trading, and all the basic information on what it entails, and that is what this book will provide for you. This book breaks down everything you need to know about stock trading from the very beginning.
It starts with a detailed analysis and definition of exactly what stock trading is, explaining the meaning of stocks and how buying and selling of stocks can lead to profitability. The book then goes on to describe the different types of stocks, so that an investor can make the right decision based on their stock trading motivation.
This section is followed by a breakdown of all the trading basics, designed to make it easier for anyone to start trading immediately. These basics also include how to read and understand stock price listing and stock trading tables. This will make sure that all the figures that you see association with stocks will have meaning, making it less daunting to try and analyze them
The strategies you can follow when trading in stock are also explained. This helps an investor decide which would be the best strategy for them based on the amount of time they have available, how much they want to invest and their level of skill in investing.
The final chapter of the book is filled with tips that are designed to make stock trading easier, including how to trade stocks in the present and the strategies to employ for trading in the future. These tips are really those hidden secrets that no one tells you, which make turning a profit significantly easier, and also dispels a lot of the myths that surround stock trading.
Being a stock trader does not require you to have a deep level of skill and understanding. It is a learning process and one that you can successfully grow into once you have the right tools to get started. By going through this book, you are almost guaranteed to have enough knowledge to become a successful trader.
Once you have gone through all the information in this book, will immediately be able to begin trading in stocks, without the fear that you will incur heavy losses.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Winston J. Duncan)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Apr 2016 07:34:41 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/057207/bk_acx0_057207_sample.mp3" length="2363709" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Stocks-Audiobook/B01E5WS7P8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61DxP9lZrJL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:01:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stocks
Subtitle: Stock Trading Basics and Strategies for Beginners - Invest Wisely and Profit from Day One
Author: Winston J. Duncan
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 04-13-16
Publisher: Winston J. Duncan
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Welcome to the kingdom of stock trading!
Are you looking for a way in which you can make your money grow? Are you tired of earning a minimal amount of interest on your savings account? Or perhaps, you would like to improve your financial lifestyle dramatically and are wondering where to start? If you have a positive response to any of these questions, then stock trading is the right option for you.
Stock trading appears to be complex and challenging for anyone who has never tried it before. However, looking at the list of the world&apos;s richest people is evidence enough that stock trading works. The question is, how can you get started today?
The first thing you need to do is get an excellent understanding of stock trading, and all the basic information on what it entails, and that is what this book will provide for you. This book breaks down everything you need to know about stock trading from the very beginning.
It starts with a detailed analysis and definition of exactly what stock trading is, explaining the meaning of stocks and how buying and selling of stocks can lead to profitability. The book then goes on to describe the different types of stocks, so that an investor can make the right decision based on their stock trading motivation.
This section is followed by a breakdown of all the trading basics, designed to make it easier for anyone to start trading immediately. These basics also include how to read and understand stock price listing and stock trading tables. This will make sure that all the figures that you see association with stocks will have meaning, making it less daunting to try and analyze them
The strategies you can follow when trading in stock are also explained. This helps an investor decide which would be the best strategy for them based on the amount of time they have available, how much they want to invest and their level of skill in investing.
The final chapter of the book is filled with tips that are designed to make stock trading easier, including how to trade stocks in the present and the strategies to employ for trading in the future. These tips are really those hidden secrets that no one tells you, which make turning a profit significantly easier, and also dispels a lot of the myths that surround stock trading.
Being a stock trader does not require you to have a deep level of skill and understanding. It is a learning process and one that you can successfully grow into once you have the right tools to get started. By going through this book, you are almost guaranteed to have enough knowledge to become a successful trader.
Once you have gone through all the information in this book, will immediately be able to begin trading in stocks, without the fear that you will incur heavy losses.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stocks
Subtitle: Stock Trading Basics and Strategies for Beginners - Invest Wisely and Profit from Day One
Author: Winston J. Duncan
Narrator: Dave Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 1 min
Language: English
Release date: 04-13-16
Publisher: Winston J. Duncan
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Welcome to the kingdom of stock trading!
Are you looking for a way in which you can make your money grow? Are you tired of earning a minimal amount of interest on your savings account? Or perhaps, you would like to improve your financial lifestyle dramatically and are wondering where to start? If you have a positive response to any of these questions, then stock trading is the right option for you.
Stock trading appears to be complex and challenging for anyone who has never tried it before. However, looking at the list of the world&apos;s richest people is evidence enough that stock trading works. The question is, how can you get started today?
The first thing you need to do is get an excellent understanding of stock trading, and all the basic information on what it entails, and that is what this book will provide for you. This book breaks down everything you need to know about stock trading from the very beginning.
It starts with a detailed analysis and definition of exactly what stock trading is, explaining the meaning of stocks and how buying and selling of stocks can lead to profitability. The book then goes on to describe the different types of stocks, so that an investor can make the right decision based on their stock trading motivation.
This section is followed by a breakdown of all the trading basics, designed to make it easier for anyone to start trading immediately. These basics also include how to read and understand stock price listing and stock trading tables. This will make sure that all the figures that you see association with stocks will have meaning, making it less daunting to try and analyze them
The strategies you can follow when trading in stock are also explained. This helps an investor decide which would be the best strategy for them based on the amount of time they have available, how much they want to invest and their level of skill in investing.
The final chapter of the book is filled with tips that are designed to make stock trading easier, including how to trade stocks in the present and the strategies to employ for trading in the future. These tips are really those hidden secrets that no one tells you, which make turning a profit significantly easier, and also dispels a lot of the myths that surround stock trading.
Being a stock trader does not require you to have a deep level of skill and understanding. It is a learning process and one that you can successfully grow into once you have the right tools to get started. By going through this book, you are almost guaranteed to have enough knowledge to become a successful trader.
Once you have gone through all the information in this book, will immediately be able to begin trading in stocks, without the fear that you will incur heavy losses.

Members Reviews:
Extremely basic
This is for someone who knows practically nothing about the stock market. Not very helpful for someone with the training experience

Too basic
This book is written for a middle school level of comprehension and is not helpful if you want to learn any aspects of trading.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy Audiobook by Charles Hugh Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Get-a-Job-Build-a-Real-Career-and-Defy-a-Bewildering-Economy-Audiobook/B019S03GVM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy
Author: Charles Hugh Smith
Narrator: John Eastman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-28-15
Publisher: Listen and Think Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
You hear it everywhere: The days of good jobs and great careers - even with a college degree - are over and dead. That the economy has become so mystifyingly controlled, convoluted, and convulsive that a lifetime career has become a fantasy pursuit for chumps. In this bewildering environment, how do you get direction and, more importantly, move forward?
In Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy, respected financial blogger Charles Smith (oftwominds.com) turns the conventional wisdom on its head. This book delivers the insight and positive action plan to get you employed.
Just starting out? Laid off? Trying to restart you career? Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy arms you with the knowledge you need. Are you a parent, grandparent, friend, or counselor helping others sort education and career options? Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy assays the current economic maelstrom to give you a fresh, invigorating perspective - and the competitive edge - to understand how to get a job and build the career you want. This book is designed to tilt the odds in your favor whether you are a high school or college student, a recent college graduate pondering graduate school, or someone reentering the workforce after a layoff.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Charles Hugh Smith)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Dec 2015 16:24:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/050482/bk_acx0_050482_sample.mp3" length="2400175" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Get-a-Job-Build-a-Real-Career-and-Defy-a-Bewildering-Economy-Audiobook/B019S03GVM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/517x4u5BtlL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy
Author: Charles Hugh Smith
Narrator: John Eastman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-28-15
Publisher: Listen and Think Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
You hear it everywhere: The days of good jobs and great careers - even with a college degree - are over and dead. That the economy has become so mystifyingly controlled, convoluted, and convulsive that a lifetime career has become a fantasy pursuit for chumps. In this bewildering environment, how do you get direction and, more importantly, move forward?
In Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy, respected financial blogger Charles Smith (oftwominds.com) turns the conventional wisdom on its head. This book delivers the insight and positive action plan to get you employed.
Just starting out? Laid off? Trying to restart you career? Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy arms you with the knowledge you need. Are you a parent, grandparent, friend, or counselor helping others sort education and career options? Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy assays the current economic maelstrom to give you a fresh, invigorating perspective - and the competitive edge - to understand how to get a job and build the career you want. This book is designed to tilt the odds in your favor whether you are a high school or college student, a recent college graduate pondering graduate school, or someone reentering the workforce after a layoff.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy
Author: Charles Hugh Smith
Narrator: John Eastman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-28-15
Publisher: Listen and Think Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
You hear it everywhere: The days of good jobs and great careers - even with a college degree - are over and dead. That the economy has become so mystifyingly controlled, convoluted, and convulsive that a lifetime career has become a fantasy pursuit for chumps. In this bewildering environment, how do you get direction and, more importantly, move forward?
In Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy, respected financial blogger Charles Smith (oftwominds.com) turns the conventional wisdom on its head. This book delivers the insight and positive action plan to get you employed.
Just starting out? Laid off? Trying to restart you career? Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy arms you with the knowledge you need. Are you a parent, grandparent, friend, or counselor helping others sort education and career options? Get a Job, Build a Real Career and Defy a Bewildering Economy assays the current economic maelstrom to give you a fresh, invigorating perspective - and the competitive edge - to understand how to get a job and build the career you want. This book is designed to tilt the odds in your favor whether you are a high school or college student, a recent college graduate pondering graduate school, or someone reentering the workforce after a layoff.

Members Reviews:
Well structured and reasoned advice for the person who wants to take charge of his life and work
Charles Hugh Smith claims that explaining things is his great gift. He has a genius for surveying a body of human activity, summarize it in bullet points, and present the bullet pointed list of the implications.
Two years ago I was attracted to his &quot;Why things are Falling Apart and What We Can Do about it.&quot; It was a very solid analysis of the problems that beset the governments of the Western world, especially the United States, and a prescription of steps that might be taken to alleviate problems. Since then he has restricted his scope a bit. It is no longer &quot;what we can do about them&quot; but &quot;what you can do about them.&quot; Smith has accepted the reality of the fact that a person who would buy and read his books is above average. He will probably achieve success by virtue of those characteristics that set him above the common man.  Therefore, rather than preach to the common man in the hopes that they will come to their senses, he now offers advice to individuals with regard to how to cope with the world as it is, common men included.
This volume builds on Smith&apos;s theses in &quot;The Nearly Free University and The Emerging Economy: The Revolution in Higher Education.&quot;  The American system of higher education, like that of most of the world, was established decades or centuries ago.  The rationale was that education had to be centralized because (1) educational resources, primarily books, were scarce and expensive, (2) education had to be delivered in person, and (3) communication and transportation were slow, so students and educators had to be in the same place.
Higher education created a cartel.  They control a scarce commodity, a credential called the &quot;University Diploma,&quot; which is perceived as necessary for a person to advance into the workplace.  They perpetuate the misconception that this credential is some kind of a testament to the capability and attainments of the graduate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fix My Wi-Fi, Please Audiobook by Aaron Tilley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Fix-My-Wi-Fi-Please-Audiobook/B0167IA350</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fix My Wi-Fi, Please
Author: Aaron Tilley
Narrator: Daniel May
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-01-15
Publisher: Forbes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The lowly home router is now swamped with connected devices and video bingeing. Eero has a rescuefor a price.
&#169;2014 Forbes (P)2014 Forbes</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Aaron Tilley)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2015 16:27:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/pe/bofo/000510/pe_bofo_000510_sample.mp3" length="239798" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Fix-My-Wi-Fi-Please-Audiobook/B0167IA350</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51SPBJIN0eL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:07:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fix My Wi-Fi, Please
Author: Aaron Tilley
Narrator: Daniel May
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-01-15
Publisher: Forbes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The lowly home router is now swamped with connected devices and video bingeing. Eero has a rescuefor a price.
&#169;2014 Forbes (P)2014 Forbes</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fix My Wi-Fi, Please
Author: Aaron Tilley
Narrator: Daniel May
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-01-15
Publisher: Forbes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The lowly home router is now swamped with connected devices and video bingeing. Eero has a rescuefor a price.
&#169;2014 Forbes (P)2014 Forbes</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Business Solution to Poverty Audiobook by Mal Warwick, Paul Polak</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Business-Solution-to-Poverty-Audiobook/B00EAH35CY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Business Solution to Poverty
Subtitle: Designing Products and Services for Three Billion New Customers
Author: Mal Warwick, Paul Polak
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-09-13
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The nearly three billion people living on two dollars a day are not just the worlds greatest challenge - they represent an extraordinary market opportunity. The key is what Paul Polak and Mal Warwick call Zero-Based Design: starting from scratch to create innovative products and services tailored for the very poor, armed with a thorough understanding of what they really want and need, and driven by what Polak and Warwick call &quot;the ruthless pursuit of affordability&quot;.
Polak has been doing this work for years, and Warwick has extensive experience in both business and philanthropy. Together, they show how their design principles and vision can enable unapologetic capitalists to supply the very poor with clean drinking water, electricity, irrigation, housing, education, health care, and other necessities at a fraction of the usual cost and at profit margins comparable to those of businesses in the developed world.
Promising governmental and philanthropic efforts to end poverty have not reached scale because they lack the incentives of the market to attract massive resources. This book opens an extraordinary opportunity for nimble entrepreneurs, investors, and corporate executives that will result not only in vibrant, growing businesses but also a better life for the worlds poorest people.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mal Warwick)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Sep 2013 06:13:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/005835/bk_blak_005835_sample.mp3" length="2392130" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Business-Solution-to-Poverty-Audiobook/B00EAH35CY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51JvwjgaX0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Business Solution to Poverty
Subtitle: Designing Products and Services for Three Billion New Customers
Author: Mal Warwick, Paul Polak
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-09-13
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The nearly three billion people living on two dollars a day are not just the worlds greatest challenge - they represent an extraordinary market opportunity. The key is what Paul Polak and Mal Warwick call Zero-Based Design: starting from scratch to create innovative products and services tailored for the very poor, armed with a thorough understanding of what they really want and need, and driven by what Polak and Warwick call &quot;the ruthless pursuit of affordability&quot;.
Polak has been doing this work for years, and Warwick has extensive experience in both business and philanthropy. Together, they show how their design principles and vision can enable unapologetic capitalists to supply the very poor with clean drinking water, electricity, irrigation, housing, education, health care, and other necessities at a fraction of the usual cost and at profit margins comparable to those of businesses in the developed world.
Promising governmental and philanthropic efforts to end poverty have not reached scale because they lack the incentives of the market to attract massive resources. This book opens an extraordinary opportunity for nimble entrepreneurs, investors, and corporate executives that will result not only in vibrant, growing businesses but also a better life for the worlds poorest people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Business Solution to Poverty
Subtitle: Designing Products and Services for Three Billion New Customers
Author: Mal Warwick, Paul Polak
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-09-13
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The nearly three billion people living on two dollars a day are not just the worlds greatest challenge - they represent an extraordinary market opportunity. The key is what Paul Polak and Mal Warwick call Zero-Based Design: starting from scratch to create innovative products and services tailored for the very poor, armed with a thorough understanding of what they really want and need, and driven by what Polak and Warwick call &quot;the ruthless pursuit of affordability&quot;.
Polak has been doing this work for years, and Warwick has extensive experience in both business and philanthropy. Together, they show how their design principles and vision can enable unapologetic capitalists to supply the very poor with clean drinking water, electricity, irrigation, housing, education, health care, and other necessities at a fraction of the usual cost and at profit margins comparable to those of businesses in the developed world.
Promising governmental and philanthropic efforts to end poverty have not reached scale because they lack the incentives of the market to attract massive resources. This book opens an extraordinary opportunity for nimble entrepreneurs, investors, and corporate executives that will result not only in vibrant, growing businesses but also a better life for the worlds poorest people.

Members Reviews:
If you are after big money, this is a must read book
&quot;The business solution to Poverty&quot; is a very insightful reading and is highly recommended for social entrepreneurs, business leaders, non-profit making organizations to read. The authors, Paul and Mal, have shared in this book how to build a sustainable and profitable business by solving the fundamental problems for the masses - people in poverty - those who are earning 2 dollars a day.
Do not think it is an easy start for such business.  It is going to take a longer period of time when you design a product/solution the masses need.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Riding the Roller Coaster Audiobook by Charles K. Hyde</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Riding-the-Roller-Coaster-Audiobook/B00SVV0T7E</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Riding the Roller Coaster
Subtitle: A History of the Chrysler Corporation: Great Lakes Books Series
Author: Charles K. Hyde
Narrator: Dave K. Lawson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-29-15
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the Chrysler Six of 1924 to the front-wheel-drive vehicles of the &apos;70s and &apos;80s to the minivan, Chrysler boasts an impressive list of technological firsts. But even though the company has catered well to a variety of consumers, it has come to the brink of financial ruin more than once in its seventy-five-year history.
How Chrysler has achieved monumental success and then managed colossal failure and sharp recovery is explained in Riding the Roller Coaster, a lively, unprecedented look at a major force in the American automobile industry since 1925. Charles Hyde tells the intriguing story behind Chrysler--its products, people, and performance over time--with particular focus on the company&apos;s management.
The book covers Walter P. Chrysler&apos;s life and automotive career before 1925, when he founded the Chrysler Corporation, to 1998, when it merged with Daimler-Benz. Chrysler made a late entrance into the industry in 1925, when it emerged from Chalmers and Maxwell, and further grew when it absorbed Dodge Brothers and American Motors Corporation. Throughout, the colorful personalities of its leaders--including Chrysler himself and Lee Iacocca--emerged as strong forces in the company&apos;s development, imparting a risk-taking mentality that gave the company its verve.
Winner of the Michigan Notable Book Award. The book is published by Wayne State University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Carefully documented, well written and full of detail, history professor Charles Hyde brings facts and figures together into the often astonishing story of Chrysler, right up to the merger with Daimler in 1998.&quot; (Old Cars Magazine)
&quot;Charles Hyde&apos;s book, Riding the Roller Coaster, is a welcome addition to anyone&apos;s library of automotive history.... This volume will serve as a standard reference on the history of an American auto maker, its successes and its failures.&quot; (Larry Lankton, Michigan Technological University)</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Charles K. Hyde)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jan 2015 15:21:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/029813/bk_acx0_029813_sample.mp3" length="962747" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Riding-the-Roller-Coaster-Audiobook/B00SVV0T7E</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61Qfrpp+wlL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:02:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Riding the Roller Coaster
Subtitle: A History of the Chrysler Corporation: Great Lakes Books Series
Author: Charles K. Hyde
Narrator: Dave K. Lawson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-29-15
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the Chrysler Six of 1924 to the front-wheel-drive vehicles of the &apos;70s and &apos;80s to the minivan, Chrysler boasts an impressive list of technological firsts. But even though the company has catered well to a variety of consumers, it has come to the brink of financial ruin more than once in its seventy-five-year history.
How Chrysler has achieved monumental success and then managed colossal failure and sharp recovery is explained in Riding the Roller Coaster, a lively, unprecedented look at a major force in the American automobile industry since 1925. Charles Hyde tells the intriguing story behind Chrysler--its products, people, and performance over time--with particular focus on the company&apos;s management.
The book covers Walter P. Chrysler&apos;s life and automotive career before 1925, when he founded the Chrysler Corporation, to 1998, when it merged with Daimler-Benz. Chrysler made a late entrance into the industry in 1925, when it emerged from Chalmers and Maxwell, and further grew when it absorbed Dodge Brothers and American Motors Corporation. Throughout, the colorful personalities of its leaders--including Chrysler himself and Lee Iacocca--emerged as strong forces in the company&apos;s development, imparting a risk-taking mentality that gave the company its verve.
Winner of the Michigan Notable Book Award. The book is published by Wayne State University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Carefully documented, well written and full of detail, history professor Charles Hyde brings facts and figures together into the often astonishing story of Chrysler, right up to the merger with Daimler in 1998.&quot; (Old Cars Magazine)
&quot;Charles Hyde&apos;s book, Riding the Roller Coaster, is a welcome addition to anyone&apos;s library of automotive history.... This volume will serve as a standard reference on the history of an American auto maker, its successes and its failures.&quot; (Larry Lankton, Michigan Technological University)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Riding the Roller Coaster
Subtitle: A History of the Chrysler Corporation: Great Lakes Books Series
Author: Charles K. Hyde
Narrator: Dave K. Lawson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-29-15
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the Chrysler Six of 1924 to the front-wheel-drive vehicles of the &apos;70s and &apos;80s to the minivan, Chrysler boasts an impressive list of technological firsts. But even though the company has catered well to a variety of consumers, it has come to the brink of financial ruin more than once in its seventy-five-year history.
How Chrysler has achieved monumental success and then managed colossal failure and sharp recovery is explained in Riding the Roller Coaster, a lively, unprecedented look at a major force in the American automobile industry since 1925. Charles Hyde tells the intriguing story behind Chrysler--its products, people, and performance over time--with particular focus on the company&apos;s management.
The book covers Walter P. Chrysler&apos;s life and automotive career before 1925, when he founded the Chrysler Corporation, to 1998, when it merged with Daimler-Benz. Chrysler made a late entrance into the industry in 1925, when it emerged from Chalmers and Maxwell, and further grew when it absorbed Dodge Brothers and American Motors Corporation. Throughout, the colorful personalities of its leaders--including Chrysler himself and Lee Iacocca--emerged as strong forces in the company&apos;s development, imparting a risk-taking mentality that gave the company its verve.
Winner of the Michigan Notable Book Award. The book is published by Wayne State University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Carefully documented, well written and full of detail, history professor Charles Hyde brings facts and figures together into the often astonishing story of Chrysler, right up to the merger with Daimler in 1998.&quot; (Old Cars Magazine)
&quot;Charles Hyde&apos;s book, Riding the Roller Coaster, is a welcome addition to anyone&apos;s library of automotive history.... This volume will serve as a standard reference on the history of an American auto maker, its successes and its failures.&quot; (Larry Lankton, Michigan Technological University)

Members Reviews:
Interesting
I have always had a fascination with cars.  Back in the fifties I use to think the cars looked beautiful but now they all look the same.  I remember in High School I was furious because the administration would not allow me to take auto shop, they said only boys could take the course.  I do enjoy reading about automobiles planes and ships and now no one call tell I cannot read the book.
Americans are a nation of car cultures, plural.  Automobile racing is a popular spectator sport.  The early adoption of the automobile for private transportation and the restoration of old cars to the making of street rods are popular.
It is surprising that there are few authoritative scholarly histories of automobile companies written.  Last year I read the biography of Henry Ford and found it most interesting. So when I saw this book on Chrysler displayed on Audible, I bought it.
Hyde tells the story behind Chrysler- its products, people and performance over time with particular focus on the companys management including Lee Iacocca. The author begins with the story of Walter P Chrysler in 1925 and ends with the merger of Chrysler and Daimler-Benz in 1998.  I was hoping this was a biography of the Chrysler brothers but it is primarily a business history book.  Hyde discusses assembly line production and the architecture of automobile plants and their management.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sensemaking Audiobook by Christian Madsbjerg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Sensemaking-Audiobook/B06X9P1BGV</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sensemaking
Subtitle: What Makes Human Intelligence Essential in the Age of the Algorithm
Author: Christian Madsbjerg
Narrator: Jeremy Maxwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-21-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio UK
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Humans have become subservient to algorithms. Every day brings a new Moneyball fix - a maths whiz who will crack open an industry with clean, fact-based analysis rather than human intuition and experience. As a result we have stopped thinking. Machines do it for us.
Christian Madsbjerg argues that our fixation with data often masks stunning deficiencies, and the risks for humankind are enormous. Blind devotion to number crunching imperils our businesses, our educations, our governments, and our life savings. Too many companies have lost touch with the humanity of their customers while marginalising workers with arts-based skills. Contrary to popular thinking, Madsbjerg shows how many of today&apos;s biggest success stories stem not from &apos;quant&apos; thinking but from deep, nuanced engagement with culture, language, and history. He calls his method sensemaking.
In this landmark book, Madsbjerg lays out five principles for how business leaders, entrepreneurs, and individuals can use it to solve their thorniest problems. He profiles companies using sensemaking to connect with new customers and takes listeners inside the work process of sensemaking &apos;connoisseurs&apos; like investor George Soros, architect Bjarke Ingels, and others. Both practical and philosophical, Sensemaking is a powerful rejoinder to corporate groupthink and an indispensable resource for leaders and innovators who want to stand out from the pack.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Christian Madsbjerg)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2017 15:21:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/twuk/001289/bk_twuk_001289_sample.mp3" length="2399812" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Sensemaking-Audiobook/B06X9P1BGV</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51MSJ59ZJ5L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sensemaking
Subtitle: What Makes Human Intelligence Essential in the Age of the Algorithm
Author: Christian Madsbjerg
Narrator: Jeremy Maxwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-21-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio UK
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Humans have become subservient to algorithms. Every day brings a new Moneyball fix - a maths whiz who will crack open an industry with clean, fact-based analysis rather than human intuition and experience. As a result we have stopped thinking. Machines do it for us.
Christian Madsbjerg argues that our fixation with data often masks stunning deficiencies, and the risks for humankind are enormous. Blind devotion to number crunching imperils our businesses, our educations, our governments, and our life savings. Too many companies have lost touch with the humanity of their customers while marginalising workers with arts-based skills. Contrary to popular thinking, Madsbjerg shows how many of today&apos;s biggest success stories stem not from &apos;quant&apos; thinking but from deep, nuanced engagement with culture, language, and history. He calls his method sensemaking.
In this landmark book, Madsbjerg lays out five principles for how business leaders, entrepreneurs, and individuals can use it to solve their thorniest problems. He profiles companies using sensemaking to connect with new customers and takes listeners inside the work process of sensemaking &apos;connoisseurs&apos; like investor George Soros, architect Bjarke Ingels, and others. Both practical and philosophical, Sensemaking is a powerful rejoinder to corporate groupthink and an indispensable resource for leaders and innovators who want to stand out from the pack.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sensemaking
Subtitle: What Makes Human Intelligence Essential in the Age of the Algorithm
Author: Christian Madsbjerg
Narrator: Jeremy Maxwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 17 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-21-17
Publisher: Hachette Audio UK
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Humans have become subservient to algorithms. Every day brings a new Moneyball fix - a maths whiz who will crack open an industry with clean, fact-based analysis rather than human intuition and experience. As a result we have stopped thinking. Machines do it for us.
Christian Madsbjerg argues that our fixation with data often masks stunning deficiencies, and the risks for humankind are enormous. Blind devotion to number crunching imperils our businesses, our educations, our governments, and our life savings. Too many companies have lost touch with the humanity of their customers while marginalising workers with arts-based skills. Contrary to popular thinking, Madsbjerg shows how many of today&apos;s biggest success stories stem not from &apos;quant&apos; thinking but from deep, nuanced engagement with culture, language, and history. He calls his method sensemaking.
In this landmark book, Madsbjerg lays out five principles for how business leaders, entrepreneurs, and individuals can use it to solve their thorniest problems. He profiles companies using sensemaking to connect with new customers and takes listeners inside the work process of sensemaking &apos;connoisseurs&apos; like investor George Soros, architect Bjarke Ingels, and others. Both practical and philosophical, Sensemaking is a powerful rejoinder to corporate groupthink and an indispensable resource for leaders and innovators who want to stand out from the pack.

Members Reviews:
Superb core idea buried under tedious filler
To best understand Christian Madsbjerg&apos;s _Sensemaking: The Power of the Humanites in the Age of the Algorithm_, start at the penultimate sentence of the book:
&quot;Algorithms can do many things, but they will never actually give a damn.&quot;
In an age of Big Data and machine learning, someone should frame that and put it on the wall of every STEM-related department in every college/university in the world.
This is a business book of anti-business ideas. It&apos;s not cool, rational corporatism, but a look at why the context of being human trumps many of the number-driven directions our companies, industries, markets, and science are taking us. It&apos;s a move away from cold, hard facts and toward that of which we cannot lose sight in our rush toward salvation by data.
You see, there&apos;s something about the psyche, the longings, passions, cultures, histories, and soul of each human being and each people group that can&apos;t be captured in a number. We can say that the number is correct, but is it true? Truth takes into account a much greater context, and it&apos;s this that the author says is why too much trust in surveys and soulless statistics can lead us to lies&#226;or at least a greatly diminished understand of reality.
While the following example is not in the book (which highlights one of the cons we&apos;ll get to later), it captures the essential idea of _Sensemaking_.
Director Ken Burns&apos;s groundbreaking documentary _The Civil War_ told the essence of the conflict through tender words written in letters to loved ones back home. It framed battles within the lyrics of songs that stirred men&apos;s hearts in the heat of combat. It told the little stories of little people caught in a big war. It focused on the humanity lost in that tumult.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Miracle Audiobook by Michael Schuman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Miracle-Audiobook/B006R64VEM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Miracle
Subtitle: The Epic Story of Asia&apos;s Quest for Wealth
Author: Michael Schuman
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-30-11
Publisher: Harper Collins
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Spanning nine countries, filled with heroic tales of bold decisions and self-sacrifice, and probing vast historical undercurrents, &quot;The Miracle&quot; takes readers inside private boardroom meetings, heated business negotiations, factory floors, and presidential cabinet sessions for a behind-the-scenes look at the events that shaped Asia&apos;s economic ascent - and will shape the world in the century to come. With this insider&apos;s view, Michael Schuman uncovers how outsourcing to Asia began, how Asia&apos;s most successful companies became global corporations, and reveals the technological changes and global economic shifts that made Asia&apos;s boom possible. Schuman focuses on the compelling human side to this economic story, and readers will meet the political strongmen, the entrepreneurs, and the key policymakers who shared the same dream: to uplift Asia to its proper place of influence in the world and eradicate the poverty around them.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Schuman)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Dec 2011 22:01:01 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/000448/bk_acx0_000448_sample.mp3" length="1613545" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/The-Miracle-Audiobook/B006R64VEM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/616g10wF3cL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>14:08:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Miracle
Subtitle: The Epic Story of Asia&apos;s Quest for Wealth
Author: Michael Schuman
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-30-11
Publisher: Harper Collins
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Spanning nine countries, filled with heroic tales of bold decisions and self-sacrifice, and probing vast historical undercurrents, &quot;The Miracle&quot; takes readers inside private boardroom meetings, heated business negotiations, factory floors, and presidential cabinet sessions for a behind-the-scenes look at the events that shaped Asia&apos;s economic ascent - and will shape the world in the century to come. With this insider&apos;s view, Michael Schuman uncovers how outsourcing to Asia began, how Asia&apos;s most successful companies became global corporations, and reveals the technological changes and global economic shifts that made Asia&apos;s boom possible. Schuman focuses on the compelling human side to this economic story, and readers will meet the political strongmen, the entrepreneurs, and the key policymakers who shared the same dream: to uplift Asia to its proper place of influence in the world and eradicate the poverty around them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Miracle
Subtitle: The Epic Story of Asia&apos;s Quest for Wealth
Author: Michael Schuman
Narrator: Fred Stella
Format: Unabridged
Length: 14 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-30-11
Publisher: Harper Collins
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Spanning nine countries, filled with heroic tales of bold decisions and self-sacrifice, and probing vast historical undercurrents, &quot;The Miracle&quot; takes readers inside private boardroom meetings, heated business negotiations, factory floors, and presidential cabinet sessions for a behind-the-scenes look at the events that shaped Asia&apos;s economic ascent - and will shape the world in the century to come. With this insider&apos;s view, Michael Schuman uncovers how outsourcing to Asia began, how Asia&apos;s most successful companies became global corporations, and reveals the technological changes and global economic shifts that made Asia&apos;s boom possible. Schuman focuses on the compelling human side to this economic story, and readers will meet the political strongmen, the entrepreneurs, and the key policymakers who shared the same dream: to uplift Asia to its proper place of influence in the world and eradicate the poverty around them.

Members Reviews:
Packed with stories of both bussinesses and gov
The book is a fascinating story of Asia development from the 1950s up until the present time. It describes both businesses and governments and then highlights the intricate connections (or power struggles) between them. It is well written and a pleasure to listen to and I learned a great deal. As an entrepreneur myself, I found the book encouraging.
I read reviews on Amazon before buying this book. Some of them said the author was certainly biased and advocated government intervention over free market. I found no such thing in this book. In fact, the author presented a lot of facts, history and biographies and left it to the reader to judge. If anything, I felt like he was slightly more pro-market in his conclusions, but maybe that&apos;s a wrong a impression. The author does a good job of presenting every opinion there was and cites both pro-market and pro-government advocates.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Warren Buffett and the Art of Stock Arbitrage Audiobook by Mary Buffett, David Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Warren-Buffett-and-the-Art-of-Stock-Arbitrage-Audiobook/B004ALZ1I6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Warren Buffett and the Art of Stock Arbitrage
Subtitle: Proven Strategies for Arbitrage and Other Special Investment Situations
Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-09-10
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;Give a man a fish and you will feed him for a day. Teach a man to arbitrage and you will feed him forever.&quot; ---Warren Buffett
Warren Buffett and the Art of Stock Arbitrage is the first book to explore the secret world of Warren Buffett&apos;s arbitrage and special situations investing. Long considered one of the most powerful and profitable yet least understood of Buffett&apos;s investment operations, these special types of investments have been the edge that has made Warren Buffett the world&apos;s greatest investor. This book examines Buffett&apos;s special brand of arbitrage investing, which involves taking advantage of short-term price discrepancies that often occur when one company offers to buy another company. Though these discrepancies are small, they offer almost risk-free investment opportunities that have given Buffett an average annual rate of return of 23 percent on his invested capital. Buffett&apos;s strategies for investing in special situations like spin-offs, liquidations, recapitalizations, and tender offers are also explained. This body of investment opportunities, though small in number, has allowed Buffett to make substantial investments that give him high returns with very little risk.
Mary Buffett and David Clark, the authors of four best-selling books on Warren Buffett&apos;s investment methods, take the listener deep into the world of Buffett&apos;s arbitrage and special situation operations, giving us his strategies, his math equations for determining value, and dozens of examples of his investments in this very lucrative segment of investment operations. In the years that Buffett&apos;s normal portfolio of long-term investments has done poorly, it is his investments in arbitrage and special situations that have lifted his performance to the record levels that have made him the second richest man in the world.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mary Buffett)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Nov 2010 16:29:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/001713/bk_tant_001713_sample.mp3" length="2399674" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Warren-Buffett-and-the-Art-of-Stock-Arbitrage-Audiobook/B004ALZ1I6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51L2FVrBAAL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Warren Buffett and the Art of Stock Arbitrage
Subtitle: Proven Strategies for Arbitrage and Other Special Investment Situations
Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-09-10
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;Give a man a fish and you will feed him for a day. Teach a man to arbitrage and you will feed him forever.&quot; ---Warren Buffett
Warren Buffett and the Art of Stock Arbitrage is the first book to explore the secret world of Warren Buffett&apos;s arbitrage and special situations investing. Long considered one of the most powerful and profitable yet least understood of Buffett&apos;s investment operations, these special types of investments have been the edge that has made Warren Buffett the world&apos;s greatest investor. This book examines Buffett&apos;s special brand of arbitrage investing, which involves taking advantage of short-term price discrepancies that often occur when one company offers to buy another company. Though these discrepancies are small, they offer almost risk-free investment opportunities that have given Buffett an average annual rate of return of 23 percent on his invested capital. Buffett&apos;s strategies for investing in special situations like spin-offs, liquidations, recapitalizations, and tender offers are also explained. This body of investment opportunities, though small in number, has allowed Buffett to make substantial investments that give him high returns with very little risk.
Mary Buffett and David Clark, the authors of four best-selling books on Warren Buffett&apos;s investment methods, take the listener deep into the world of Buffett&apos;s arbitrage and special situation operations, giving us his strategies, his math equations for determining value, and dozens of examples of his investments in this very lucrative segment of investment operations. In the years that Buffett&apos;s normal portfolio of long-term investments has done poorly, it is his investments in arbitrage and special situations that have lifted his performance to the record levels that have made him the second richest man in the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Warren Buffett and the Art of Stock Arbitrage
Subtitle: Proven Strategies for Arbitrage and Other Special Investment Situations
Author: Mary Buffett, David Clark
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 28 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-09-10
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;Give a man a fish and you will feed him for a day. Teach a man to arbitrage and you will feed him forever.&quot; ---Warren Buffett
Warren Buffett and the Art of Stock Arbitrage is the first book to explore the secret world of Warren Buffett&apos;s arbitrage and special situations investing. Long considered one of the most powerful and profitable yet least understood of Buffett&apos;s investment operations, these special types of investments have been the edge that has made Warren Buffett the world&apos;s greatest investor. This book examines Buffett&apos;s special brand of arbitrage investing, which involves taking advantage of short-term price discrepancies that often occur when one company offers to buy another company. Though these discrepancies are small, they offer almost risk-free investment opportunities that have given Buffett an average annual rate of return of 23 percent on his invested capital. Buffett&apos;s strategies for investing in special situations like spin-offs, liquidations, recapitalizations, and tender offers are also explained. This body of investment opportunities, though small in number, has allowed Buffett to make substantial investments that give him high returns with very little risk.
Mary Buffett and David Clark, the authors of four best-selling books on Warren Buffett&apos;s investment methods, take the listener deep into the world of Buffett&apos;s arbitrage and special situation operations, giving us his strategies, his math equations for determining value, and dozens of examples of his investments in this very lucrative segment of investment operations. In the years that Buffett&apos;s normal portfolio of long-term investments has done poorly, it is his investments in arbitrage and special situations that have lifted his performance to the record levels that have made him the second richest man in the world.

Members Reviews:
This is a great book on arbitrage
Warren Buffet is the MAN!!!

Good book.
Downloaded it. Good book.

Amazing reading
Successfully combined &amp; briefed the the topics with the Buffet&apos;s  tactics. Though the book has a potential to elaborate more on the arbitrage knowledge, but the given briefing  is quite enough. Anyway, the main thing here is Buffet&apos;s arbitrage tactics.

good book, easily readable
good book,easily readable,informative.

ok
ok</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bad Paper Audiobook by Jake Halpern</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Bad-Paper-Audiobook/B00OYFUW96</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bad Paper
Subtitle: Chasing Debt from Wall Street to the Underworld
Author: Jake Halpern
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-28-14
Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 73 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Jake Halpern introduces us to a former banking executive and a former armed robber who become partners and go in quest of &quot;paper&quot; - the uncollected debts that are sold off by banks for pennies on the dollar. As Halpern shows, the world of consumer debt collection is a wild and unregulated shadow land, where operators may misrepresent a debtor&apos;s situation, make illegal threats, and even lay claim to debts that are not theirs to collect in the first place. Halpern follows his collectors as they intimidate competitors with weapons, manage high-pressure call centers, and scheme new ways to benefit from American&apos;s debt-industrial complex. He also explores the history of collection agencies and reveals the human cost of a system that leaves hardworking Americans with little opportunity to retire their debts in a reasonable way.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jake Halpern)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Oct 2014 16:15:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/drms/000454/bk_drms_000454_sample.mp3" length="2392966" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Bad-Paper-Audiobook/B00OYFUW96</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51xPKLrqNvL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bad Paper
Subtitle: Chasing Debt from Wall Street to the Underworld
Author: Jake Halpern
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-28-14
Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 73 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Jake Halpern introduces us to a former banking executive and a former armed robber who become partners and go in quest of &quot;paper&quot; - the uncollected debts that are sold off by banks for pennies on the dollar. As Halpern shows, the world of consumer debt collection is a wild and unregulated shadow land, where operators may misrepresent a debtor&apos;s situation, make illegal threats, and even lay claim to debts that are not theirs to collect in the first place. Halpern follows his collectors as they intimidate competitors with weapons, manage high-pressure call centers, and scheme new ways to benefit from American&apos;s debt-industrial complex. He also explores the history of collection agencies and reveals the human cost of a system that leaves hardworking Americans with little opportunity to retire their debts in a reasonable way.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bad Paper
Subtitle: Chasing Debt from Wall Street to the Underworld
Author: Jake Halpern
Narrator: Qarie Marshall
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-28-14
Publisher: Dreamscape Media, LLC
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 73 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Jake Halpern introduces us to a former banking executive and a former armed robber who become partners and go in quest of &quot;paper&quot; - the uncollected debts that are sold off by banks for pennies on the dollar. As Halpern shows, the world of consumer debt collection is a wild and unregulated shadow land, where operators may misrepresent a debtor&apos;s situation, make illegal threats, and even lay claim to debts that are not theirs to collect in the first place. Halpern follows his collectors as they intimidate competitors with weapons, manage high-pressure call centers, and scheme new ways to benefit from American&apos;s debt-industrial complex. He also explores the history of collection agencies and reveals the human cost of a system that leaves hardworking Americans with little opportunity to retire their debts in a reasonable way.

Members Reviews:
An Examination of Bad Debts; its Buyers &amp; Sellers
Id be a bum on the street with a tin cup if the markets were efficient.
 Jake Halpern, Bad Paper: Chasing Debt from Wall Street to the Underworld
New New Journalism about the financial/debt markets is &quot;So HOT right now&quot;.
I went into this book thinking it was going to be a bad copy of a Michael Lewis book. Anyway, a friend of mine recommended this highly. She also has a great book out about debt and the poor (How the Other Half Banks: Exclusion, Exploitation, and the Threat to Democracy), so I overcame my reluctance and read &apos;Bad Paper&apos;. IT stunned me. A lot of the basics I understood before, but Halpern was able to add detail and texture to the industry and the players. It reads like Dante&apos;s Inferno. First Circle (Banks?), Second Circle (Hedge Funds/Debt Buyers?), Third Circle (Fresh Debt Brokers?), Fourth Circle (Large, more reputable Debt Collectors?), Fifth Circle (Mom &amp; Pop Debt Collectors?), 6th Circle (Older/Crap/Bad Paper Brokers?), 7th Circle (White Dope Peddlers?), 8th Circle (Thieves?), Lawyers (9th Circle). I guess it holds up.
Anyway, the book was tighter than I imagined it was going to be. It was measured, well-documented, and its methodology was documented and obvious. Jake Halpern wasn&apos;t venturing too far out with his recommendation or his observations. He played a very close narrative game, and it worked well of this book. Sometimes, you don&apos;t have to cook the story too much, the story is already there -- waiting to be eaten. Jake Halern did a good balance of being in the story and getting the hell out of the way.
So, next on my list (after I recover from the emotional toil of this book) is Mehrsa Baradaran&apos;s book (How the Other Half Banks) and Jayne Meyer&apos;s Dark Money.

Gripping Story
Any additional comments?
The gritty, often shady, business of buying, selling, and collecting debt is told in this closeup view of some people in the industry. Strongly recommended!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>China&apos;s Super Consumers Audiobook by Savio Chan, Michael Zakkour</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Chinas-Super-Consumers-Audiobook/B00PQZF8TC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: China&apos;s Super Consumers
Subtitle: What 1 Billion Customers Want and How to Sell it to Them
Author: Savio Chan, Michael Zakkour
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Chinese consumers are changing the world - understand them and sell to them
China has transformed itself from a feudal economy in the 19th century, to Mao and Communism in the 20th century, to the largest consumer market in the world by the early 21st century. China&apos;s Super Consumers explores the extraordinary birth of consumerism in China and explains who these super consumers are. China&apos;s Super Consumers offers an in-depth explanation of what&apos;s inside the minds of Chinese consumers and explores what they buy, where they buy, how they buy, and most importantly, why they buy.
The audiobook is filled with real-world stories of the foreign and domestic companies, leading brands, and top executives who have succeeded in selling to this burgeoning marketplace. This remarkable book also takes you inside the boardrooms of the people who understand Chinese consumers and have had success in the Chinese market. A hands-on resource for succeeding in the Chinese marketplace. Filled with real-world stories of companies who have made an impact in China. Discover what the Chinese consumer wants and how to deliver the goods. Written by Savio Chan and Michael Zakkour, two leading experts on the Chinese market. This book is an invaluable resource for anyone who wants a clear understanding of how China&apos;s super consumers are changing the world and how to sell to them.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Savio Chan)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Dec 2014 16:50:20 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/021395/bk_adbl_021395_sample.mp3" length="1951328" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Chinas-Super-Consumers-Audiobook/B00PQZF8TC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51wCWpRFqUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: China&apos;s Super Consumers
Subtitle: What 1 Billion Customers Want and How to Sell it to Them
Author: Savio Chan, Michael Zakkour
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Chinese consumers are changing the world - understand them and sell to them
China has transformed itself from a feudal economy in the 19th century, to Mao and Communism in the 20th century, to the largest consumer market in the world by the early 21st century. China&apos;s Super Consumers explores the extraordinary birth of consumerism in China and explains who these super consumers are. China&apos;s Super Consumers offers an in-depth explanation of what&apos;s inside the minds of Chinese consumers and explores what they buy, where they buy, how they buy, and most importantly, why they buy.
The audiobook is filled with real-world stories of the foreign and domestic companies, leading brands, and top executives who have succeeded in selling to this burgeoning marketplace. This remarkable book also takes you inside the boardrooms of the people who understand Chinese consumers and have had success in the Chinese market. A hands-on resource for succeeding in the Chinese marketplace. Filled with real-world stories of companies who have made an impact in China. Discover what the Chinese consumer wants and how to deliver the goods. Written by Savio Chan and Michael Zakkour, two leading experts on the Chinese market. This book is an invaluable resource for anyone who wants a clear understanding of how China&apos;s super consumers are changing the world and how to sell to them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: China&apos;s Super Consumers
Subtitle: What 1 Billion Customers Want and How to Sell it to Them
Author: Savio Chan, Michael Zakkour
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Chinese consumers are changing the world - understand them and sell to them
China has transformed itself from a feudal economy in the 19th century, to Mao and Communism in the 20th century, to the largest consumer market in the world by the early 21st century. China&apos;s Super Consumers explores the extraordinary birth of consumerism in China and explains who these super consumers are. China&apos;s Super Consumers offers an in-depth explanation of what&apos;s inside the minds of Chinese consumers and explores what they buy, where they buy, how they buy, and most importantly, why they buy.
The audiobook is filled with real-world stories of the foreign and domestic companies, leading brands, and top executives who have succeeded in selling to this burgeoning marketplace. This remarkable book also takes you inside the boardrooms of the people who understand Chinese consumers and have had success in the Chinese market. A hands-on resource for succeeding in the Chinese marketplace. Filled with real-world stories of companies who have made an impact in China. Discover what the Chinese consumer wants and how to deliver the goods. Written by Savio Chan and Michael Zakkour, two leading experts on the Chinese market. This book is an invaluable resource for anyone who wants a clear understanding of how China&apos;s super consumers are changing the world and how to sell to them.

Members Reviews:
Very highlight, need to further details
Many good examples and case studies, very nice book for western audience to refresh the image of contemporary business world in China</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blockchain Audiobook by Jake Whiteley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Blockchain-Audiobook/B01N7T6QW2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blockchain
Subtitle: The Database Revolution That Will Change the World
Author: Jake Whiteley
Narrator: John Lewis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-19-17
Publisher: Eddie Grant
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Become part of the technological revolution that is predicted to be bigger than the Internet!
If you have heard the phrase blockchain thrown around in one context or another but still aren&apos;t quite sure just what is being discussed exactly, don&apos;t feel bad. You are certainly not alone. The truth of the matter is that despite the fact that it has been around for less than a decade, the phrase blockchain already means different things to different people. Currently, when a person is talking about blockchain, odds are they are talking about it in relation to cryptocurrencies in general, or possibly in connection with bitcoin specifically, as this was where the technology got its start. Additionally, these days you will likely hear the phrase in conjunction with that of smart contracts on an increasingly regular basis.
If all that didn&apos;t really do much to make the whole situation any clearer, then you are better off finding out more information from Blockchain: The Database Revolution That Will Change the World!
While blockchain is still such a relatively new technology that its true potential has not yet been ascertained, that hasn&apos;t stopped analysts from all sectors from jumping on it ravenously and declaring it the most important technology since the Internet itself. Despite the fact that if you are not familiar with blockchain, then these claims sound quite farfetched, the short answer is that yes, blockchain is likely going to change the world in your lifetime, it just isn&apos;t quite there yet.
What this means is that you still have time to become an early adopter of the technology, but only if you act quickly. Inside you will find everything you need to understand just what a blockchain is and the multitude of ways it can change your life for the better.</description>
      <author>biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jake Whiteley)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2017 18:48:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/077954/bk_acx0_077954_sample.mp3" length="1440019" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Business/Blockchain-Audiobook/B01N7T6QW2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/518Y1748s1L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:07:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blockchain
Subtitle: The Database Revolution That Will Change the World
Author: Jake Whiteley
Narrator: John Lewis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-19-17
Publisher: Eddie Grant
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Become part of the technological revolution that is predicted to be bigger than the Internet!
If you have heard the phrase blockchain thrown around in one context or another but still aren&apos;t quite sure just what is being discussed exactly, don&apos;t feel bad. You are certainly not alone. The truth of the matter is that despite the fact that it has been around for less than a decade, the phrase blockchain already means different things to different people. Currently, when a person is talking about blockchain, odds are they are talking about it in relation to cryptocurrencies in general, or possibly in connection with bitcoin specifically, as this was where the technology got its start. Additionally, these days you will likely hear the phrase in conjunction with that of smart contracts on an increasingly regular basis.
If all that didn&apos;t really do much to make the whole situation any clearer, then you are better off finding out more information from Blockchain: The Database Revolution That Will Change the World!
While blockchain is still such a relatively new technology that its true potential has not yet been ascertained, that hasn&apos;t stopped analysts from all sectors from jumping on it ravenously and declaring it the most important technology since the Internet itself. Despite the fact that if you are not familiar with blockchain, then these claims sound quite farfetched, the short answer is that yes, blockchain is likely going to change the world in your lifetime, it just isn&apos;t quite there yet.
What this means is that you still have time to become an early adopter of the technology, but only if you act quickly. Inside you will find everything you need to understand just what a blockchain is and the multitude of ways it can change your life for the better.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/534/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Blockchain
Subtitle: The Database Revolution That Will Change the World
Author: Jake Whiteley
Narrator: John Lewis
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-19-17
Publisher: Eddie Grant
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Business, Commerce &amp; Economy

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Become part of the technological revolution that is predicted to be bigger than the Internet!
If you have heard the phrase blockchain thrown around in one context or another but still aren&apos;t quite sure just what is being discussed exactly, don&apos;t feel bad. You are certainly not alone. The truth of the matter is that despite the fact that it has been around for less than a decade, the phrase blockchain already means different things to different people. Currently, when a person is talking about blockchain, odds are they are talking about it in relation to cryptocurrencies in general, or possibly in connection with bitcoin specifically, as this was where the technology got its start. Additionally, these days you will likely hear the phrase in conjunction with that of smart contracts on an increasingly regular basis.
If all that didn&apos;t really do much to make the whole situation any clearer, then you are better off finding out more information from Blockchain: The Database Revolution That Will Change the World!
While blockchain is still such a relatively new technology that its true potential has not yet been ascertained, that hasn&apos;t stopped analysts from all sectors from jumping on it ravenously and declaring it the most important technology since the Internet itself. Despite the fact that if you are not familiar with blockchain, then these claims sound quite farfetched, the short answer is that yes, blockchain is likely going to change the world in your lifetime, it just isn&apos;t quite there yet.
What this means is that you still have time to become an early adopter of the technology, but only if you act quickly. Inside you will find everything you need to understand just what a blockchain is and the multitude of ways it can change your life for the better.

Members Reviews:
Good start. It died at the end.
first part of the book was informative. However the last chapter turned into more of a technical manual. It went too deep for this type of a book. yet the amount of information provided was insufficient to have any real impact. overall a decent book. Don&apos;t waste your time on the last chapter

Mismatch?
My goal in reading this book was to get a better understanding of how blockchain works, where it is likely to be employed, and to think about whether all the hype is warranted.
This book is pretty light on the second and third of those goals, with more guidance on how to set up your own blockchain. Really? Is a person who is planning to set up a blockchain going to start with a one hour self help book?
I now plan to look elsewhere such as on YouTube for some visual guides and maybe for another article or book to help me understand the hype.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
